Pre-Professional Program International Peace ... - Arcadia University

�
2004–2006
UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
�

Admissions
Telephone numbers for inquiries:
Full-time and part-time Undergraduate
Full-time and part-time Graduate
Call toll-free 1-877-ARCADIA (1-877-272-2342)
or e-mail admiss@arcadia.edu
www.arcadia.edu
Other offices may be reached through the University switchboard, 215-572-2900.
Emergency Closing Numbers
Radio stations will announce the emergency closing of the University by number,
rather than name. Arcadia University has been assigned number 338 for courses
scheduled before 4 p.m. For late afternoon, and evening courses Arcadia University
has been assigned number 2338.
Arcadia University is committed to assuring equal opportunity to all persons and
does not discriminate on the basis of ethnicity, national origin, ancestry, race, color, ,
religion, creed, sex, marital status, affectional or sexual orientation, age or disability in
its educational programs, activities, admissions or employment practices, as required by
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendment of
1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Americans with Disabilities Act
of 1990, and the Age Discrimination Act. Inquiries concerning compliance with this
policy and campus accessibility should be sent to: Affirmative Action Officer, Grey
Towers Castle, Arcadia University, 450 S. Easton Road, Glenside, PA 19038-3295;
telephone: 215-572-2947.
Arcadia University Catalog—Vol. CIII, No. 1 (Undergraduate)
The Undergraduate Catalog of Arcadia University, at the time of its publication, contains the most recent information about
the undergraduate programs offered and the policies and procedures governing them. However, due to the dynamic quality of
the University community, changes are bound to occur in the months preceding the next revision. The University, therefore,
reserves the right to change without notice any information contained in this catalog.

___________________________________________________________
Arcadia University
Undergraduate Catalog
2004–2006
1

Academic Calendar 2004–2005 ______________________________
Academic Calendar 2004–2005
Fall 2004 Semester
Fall semester class dates September 1–December 13
*Course changes—drop/add September 1–September 13
Labor Day – all classes canceled September 6
Undergraduate course withdrawal with adviser’s approval September 14–October 27
Undergraduate pass/fail course request deadline September 21
Undergraduate 6th week evaluation reports due October 13
Mid-semester October 20
Undergraduate course withdrawal with dean’s approval October 20–November 23
Graduate course withdrawal (adviser/instructor approval) October 20–December 13
Deadline for removal of pass/fail option October 27
Priority registration for Spring 2005 November 1–12
Thanksgiving vacation November 24–December 28
Undergraduate course withdrawal not permitted November 24–December 21
Reading day (8:30 a.m.–4 p.m.) December 14
Final examinations December 14 (4 p.m.)–21
Spring 2005 Semester
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – Holiday January 17
Spring semester class dates January 18–May2
*Course changes—drop/add January 18–28
Undergraduate course withdrawal with adviser’s approval January 31–March 18
Undergraduate pass/fail course request deadline February 7
Undergraduate 6th week evaluation reports due February 28
Spring vacation/London Preview March 5–13
Mid-semester March 14
Undergraduate course withdrawal with dean’s approval March 21–April 8
Graduate course withdrawal (adviser/instructor approval) March 14–May 10
Deadline for removal of pass/fail option March 18
Honors Convocation March 19
Priority registration for Summer and Fall 2005 April 4–April 15
Undergraduate course withdrawal not permitted April 11–May 10
Thesis Day April 29
Reading day (8:30 a.m.–4 p.m.) May 3
Final examinations May 3–May 10
Commencement May 20
Summer Sessions 2005
Undergraduate Session I May 23–June 29
Science I May 31–June 30
Session II July 5–August 11
Science II July 5–August 4
Graduate Session I May 22–June 28
Session II July 3–August 3
Session III August 7–August 25
* New courses may not be added after the first week of classes (7 calendar days) without the approval of the instructor
or department chair for the course.
2

________________________________ Academic Calendar 2005–2006
Academic Calendar 2005–2006
Fall 2005 Semester
Fall semester class dates August 31–December 13
*Course changes—drop/add August 31–September 13
Labor Day – No classes September 5
Undergraduate course withdrawal with adviser’s approval September 14–October 26
Undergraduate pass/fail course request deadline September 20
Undergraduate 6th week evaluation reports due October 12
Mid-semester October 19
Undergraduate course withdrawal with dean’s approval October 27–November 21
Graduate course withdrawal (adviser/instructor approval) October 20–December 20
Deadline for removal of pass/fail option October 26
Priority for Spring 2006 October 31–November 12
Thanksgiving vacation November 23–27
Undergraduate course withdrawal not permitted November 22–December 20
Reading day (8:30 a.m.–4 p.m.) December 13
Final examinations December 13 (4 p.m.)–20
Spring 2006 Semester
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day – Holiday January 16
Spring semester class dates January 17–May 1
*Course changes—drop/add January 17–30
Undergraduate course withdrawal with adviser’s approval January 31–March 20
Undergraduate pass/fail course request deadline February 6
Undergraduate 6th week evaluation reports due February 28
Mid-semester March 7
Spring vacation/London Preview March 11–19
Undergraduate course withdrawal with dean’s approval March 21–April 10
Graduate course withdrawal (adviser/instructor approval) March 7–May 9
Deadline for removal of pass/fail option March 20
Honors Convocation March 25
Priority for Summer and Fall 2006 April 3–15
Undergraduate course withdrawal not permitted April 11–May 9
Thesis Day April 28
Reading day (8:30 a.m.–4 p.m.) May 2
Final examinations May 2 (4 p.m.)–May 9
Commencement May 19
Summer Sessions 2006
Undergraduate Session I May 22–June 28
Science I May 30–June 29
Session II July 3–August 10
Science II July 3–August 3
Graduate Session I May 22–June 28
Session II July 3–August 3
Session III August 7–August 25
* New courses may not be added after the first week of classes (7 calendar days) without the approval of the instructor
or department chair for the course.
3

Contents _________________________________________________
Contents
Academic Calendar 2004–2005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Academic Calendar 2005–2006. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
The University. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
A Comprehensive University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Student Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Student Rights and Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Campus Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Academic Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Registration Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Expenses, Financial Aid and Scholarships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Financial Aid and Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Academic Policies and Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Registration for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Attendance at Classes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Course Schedule Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Auditing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
The Code of Academic Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Academic Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Withdrawal, Dismissal, Readmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Credit Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Education Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Academic Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Day Undergraduate Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Degrees and Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Evening Undergraduate Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Degrees and Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Academic Programs with an International Focus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Pre-Professional Programs and Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Directions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Campus Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover
4

___________________________________________________________
Mission Statement
The University
Arcadia University prepares students for life in a rapidly changing global society. As
a comprehensive, independent institution, Arcadia University offers men and women a
broad range of undergraduate and graduate programs on its suburban Philadelphia
campus and through its Center for Education Abroad.
Arcadia University prides itself on meeting the changing educational, career and
developmental needs of students, alumni and the local community while emphasizing
the strengths of a liberal education. Non-sectarian, with strong historic ties to the
Presbyterian Church, Arcadia University is committed to serving students of all ages
and cultural backgrounds. A dedicated community of teacher/scholars, administrators,
staff, trustees and students work in genuine collegiality to create a climate for learning
and personal growth based upon intellectual challenge and nurturing relationships.
At Arcadia University, the following qualities define educational excellence:
• Skill in critical thinking and effective communication
• Mastery of a major field of knowledge
• Appreciation of multiple disciplinary perspectives and methods of understanding
• Proficiency in applying what is learned
• Ability to work productively in culturally heterogeneous groups
• Understanding of the integral relationships among the peoples of the world
• Commitment to ethical decision-making and socially responsible community
participation
5

The University ____________________________________________
The University
A Comprehensive University Providing
Preparation for Work and Life
Arcadia University, a private, comprehensive university, offers a wide array of liberal
arts and professional programs in a personalized setting. Building on 151 years of
academic achievement, this coeducational, independent institution is committed to
forging a synthesis of liberal education and career preparation in its undergraduate
programs. Recognizing the pluralism of our nation and the increasing internationalism
in business and other institutions, the University also is committed to expanding
students’ horizons, and preparing them to prosper in a world of cultural diversity.
Students may pursue undergraduate study at Arcadia University on a full-time or
part-time basis day or evening; for credit or not for credit. The University offers highquality
undergraduate degree programs in more than 30 fields of study, as well as
master’s degrees, doctoral degrees and certificates of advanced study.
An Arcadia University education is rooted in the traditions of liberal learning. The
academic program is designed to help students acquire a broad understanding of
humankind, nature and society; specialization of some depth in a chosen field as a basis
for career opportunities, graduate study or personal satisfaction; and intellectual abilities
and skills needed to continue learning throughout life.
Students pursue course work in English composition, modern language, mathematics,
science and in the humanities and social sciences. In addition, two interdisciplinary
courses are required: “Global Justice” and “Pluralism in the United States.” In these
courses, students focus not only on acquiring factual knowledge, but also on three key
processes: critical thinking and analysis, communication, and collaborative efforts that
enhance students’ abilities to work effectively with others.
Essential to the process of learning is the ability to organize ideas and communicate
them effectively. Arcadia University has served as a leader in the development of a
Writing-Across-the-Curriculum Program, establishing a national reputation in the
teaching of writing. The University, therefore, places special emphasis on written
expression, not only in the core curriculum but also within each discipline.
The focus on “process” helps students develop skills needed in the workplace,
regardless of their career choice. Such skills—critical thinking and analysis, written and
spoken communication, and working effectively with others—also are cited frequently
by employers as essential for advancement within a profession.
Through programs such as cooperative education and internships, Arcadia’s
undergraduate students gain practical experience related to their fields of study.
Students also have opportunities for joint research and publishing with their peers and
with faculty, especially in the fields of psychology and the sciences. Such activities
provide valuable career preparation and heighten the students’ awareness of how
scientists or other professionals work.
Today’s students will live and work in a world very different from that of their
6

_____________________________________________ The University
parents. Cultural diversity in America grows daily; multinational corporations make
decisions with a global purview; increasingly, nations are becoming economically as well
as politically inter-reliant. To prosper in such a world, students must participate in
multicultural experiences. They must meet and come to know people from backgrounds
other than their own. They must learn about other cultures and value systems on a
personal basis.
Arcadia University offers resources to help students develop this multicultural
awareness. Through the Arcadia University Center for Education Abroad, Arcadia
students may participate in any of several dozen programs in Australia, England,
Greece, Italy, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Scotland, Spain, and
Wales. Through the many students studying at the University from overseas, resident
and commuter students come to know students from many foreign countries on a more
personal basis.
Because of the extensive graduate and continuing education programs of the
University, the Arcadia campus brings together diverse populations not only in terms of
nationality, but also in terms of age. Students from young adults through senior citizens
share the learning environment—and frequently learn as much from one another as
they do from their textbooks.
The University continually strives to involve students actively in discovering
information and ideas for themselves, in solving problems, and in making decisions—to
prepare for the challenges of the future.
History
Arcadia University, known as Beaver College for most of the 20th century, was
founded in 1853 in western Pennsylvania. In that year, a group of civic and church
leaders in Beaver, Pennsylvania, northwest of Pittsburgh established the Beaver Female
Seminary, one of the first institutions in Pennsylvania (and one of only seven in the
nation) devoted to higher education for women. In 1872, the institution adopted the
name Beaver College and Musical Institute, and opened its doors to young men. Then,
in 1907, the name was shortened to Beaver College and enrollment once more limited
to female students.
In 1925 the College moved to Jenkintown, Pennsylvania, a suburb of Philadelphia.
This location afforded larger facilities, a more adequate campus and greater
opportunities for development.
It soon became apparent that additional property would be needed to provide for the
expansion of the College. In the autumn of 1929, the Trustees were fortunate in
securing a nearby estate located in Glenside and known as Grey Towers which, with its
spacious grounds and stone buildings, provides a campus of great dignity and beauty.
The College operated both the Jenkintown and Glenside campuses into the mid-1960’s,
when it consolidated all activities onto the Grey Towers property. In 1972, the College
again became co-educational and began offering graduate level programs.
In the next thirty years, Beaver College grew significantly, evolving from a small
undergraduate, liberal arts college serving a traditional-age student body into a
comprehensive university serving more than 3,000 students through full-time and
part-time undergraduate and graduate programs. The University also operates one of the
largest study abroad programs in the U.S., the Center for Education Abroad serving
7

The University ____________________________________________
about 2,000 students each year. In light of this growth in size and the range of its
degree programs, the institution applied for and achieved university status in 2000 and
changed its name to Arcadia University on July 16, 2001.
Originally under the auspices of the Methodist Episcopal Church, Arcadia University
now maintains an historic relationship with the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.), but is
independently controlled and ecumenical in spirit.
Accreditation
Arcadia University is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, by the National Association of
Schools of Art and Design, and approved for teacher education by Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, New York and other states (through reciprocity agreements). The American
Medical Association approves Arcadia University for pre-professional education in
medicine and allied health fields. The Department of Chemistry is approved by the
American Chemical Society. The Doctorate in Physical Therapy (D.P.T.) is accredited
by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. The Commission
on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs has accredited the master’s
degree program in Physician Assistant Studies. The M.S. in Genetic Counseling is
accredited by the American Board of Genetic Counseling. The M.A. in Counseling
program has been accepted for membership in the Council of Applied Masters Programs
in Psychology and qualifies students to sit for the National Counselor’s Examination
(NCE) and/or licensure in Pennsylvania and the American Psychological Association
has authorized the University to award continuing education units. The Pennsylvania
Supreme Court accepts Arcadia University degrees to register law students. The
Forensic Science Program has been accepted to apply for provisional accreditation by
the Forensic Science Education Programs Accreditation Commission. The University’s
Department of Business Administration and Economics is a member of the AACSB
International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, the
Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP), the Middle
Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Administration (MAACBA), the
American Institute of Graphic Design and the Service Members Opportunity Colleges.
Documents of accreditation may be reviewed in the President’s Office by appointment.
Opportunities
The University draws upon the rich educational resources of metropolitan
Philadelphia. A 20-minute train ride brings students into historic Center City with its
famous orchestra, museums and theatres. New York and Washington, D.C. are also
easily accessible. In a very real sense the area is a vast laboratory where ideas
encountered in the classrooms and books come alive.
These experiences are an integral part of the educational process at Arcadia
University. History in the making is viewed at the United Nations, the World Affairs
Council and the Foreign Policy Research Institute. At the Philadelphia and New York
Stock Exchanges, and at the Commodity Exchange, students see economics in action.
8

_____________________________________________ The University
Field trips to industrial and commercial firms provide first-hand observation of
operational procedures.
Art classes often visit the Philadelphia Museum of Art, New York’s Museum of
Modern Art and Washington’s National Gallery, as well as private collections. Students
of literature and theatre attend plays in Philadelphia and New York. For the future
scientist, the Academy of Natural Sciences, the Benjamin Franklin Institute, the
Botanical Gardens of the University of Pennsylvania, the Morris Arboretum, Bowman’s
Hill Wildflower Preserve and the Schuylkill Center for Environmental Education
supplement classroom experiences.
The cultural and educational assets of Philadelphia attract eminent scholars and
artists who frequently lecture on campus. Arcadia University students exchange
invitations to cultural and social events with students from other colleges in the
vicinity.
Working with institutions and organizations in the community, Arcadia University
students gain experience in their chosen fields under careful supervision. Business and
computer science students may develop post-graduation employment through contacts
established in cooperative education placements with major corporations and small
businesses throughout the Delaware Valley. Opportunities for student teaching are
excellent in this section of the state, noted for its superior public and private schools.
Students in sociology may do fieldwork in service agencies and settlement houses or
may serve a summer internship in a correctional institution. Graphic design students
may develop their portfolios and their experience through placements with area
advertising agencies. Apprenticeships in health care facilities and schools for persons
with disabilities are available to students in psychology and special education. The
political science internship program exposes students to the realities of politics. Many of
these activities constitute service to the community as well as learning experiences.
There are many opportunities for Arcadia University students to engage in volunteer
activities in the local community and in Philadelphia by providing service in hospitals,
political organizations, correctional institutions and various community agencies.
The University is a member of the Southeastern Pennsylvania Consortium of Higher
Education (SEPCHE). SEPCHE is a consortium of eight independent higher education
institutions in the greater Philadelphia region who engage in a collaborative approach
to the challenges of higher education and work together to promote quality and
efficiency of academic programming, student access, faculty development, institutional
operations and community outreach, through sharing of a range of multi-functional
activities, services and information. More information about SEPCHE can be found at
www.SEPCHE.org or by calling 215-572-8543. For cross-registration opportunities
contact the Registrar’s Office.
9

The University ____________________________________________
International Opportunities
Center for Education Abroad
Arcadia University has been a leader in study abroad since 1948 when it was one of
a small handful of American institutions to take undergraduate students to Europe to
study for credit. These programs grew in popularity and the Center for Education
Abroad was founded in 1965. Today, the Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad serves nearly 3,000 students each year from 300 North American colleges and
universities. It offers programs of study in Australia, England, Equatorial Guinea,
Greece, Ireland, Mexico, Scotland, Spain, Northern Ireland, Italy, Wales, and New
Zealand. The Center also supports and implements the University’s commitment to
international education. See the “Study Abroad” section beginning on page 102 for a
description of the programs available.
International Services
The Office of International Services (OIS) serves the University community of
faculty, staff and students to promote international awareness and a global education.
OIS assists Arcadia’s international student population and provides orientation and
programs to integrate students. OIS also advises students and liaises with their faculty
advisers about the many wonderful opportunities for study abroad. The London and
Scotland Preview programs are coordinated by the Director of International Services.
“Preview” Spring Break Programs
Each year, Arcadia University freshmen in good standing are offered the opportunity
to sample life and learning by participating in “Preview,” a week long trip to London,
England or to Edinburgh, Scotland during the Arcadia spring break. Students sample
culture, history and attractions that make these cities famous. The cost of the spring
break trip is $245, which includes round-trip airfare, housing, and programming.
First Year Study Abroad Experience “FYSAE”
Arcadia University offers qualified first year students the opportunity to spend their
first semester in London, England or Stirling, Scotland as part of a Arcadia University
cohort. Students can enroll in classes with other U.S. and international students.
FYSAE introduces students to global learning in their first semester so that they can
expand cultural awareness, develop skills necessary to learn and live independently and
encourage others to study abroad. The admission requirements for the FYSAE program
can be obtained from the Enrollment Management Office.
10

_______________________________________________ Campus Life
Campus Life
Student Environment
Arcadia University students have access to an extensive range of services, activities
and opportunities. The University’s programs derive much of their strength and scope
from the diversity of the student body. The academic programs attract students of all
ages and backgrounds who come from small towns, large cities and suburbs, from the
Philadelphia area and from a large number of states as well as many foreign countries.
The spectrum of campus programs reflects the variety of interests, talents and academic
goals of Arcadia University students.
Cultural Activities
A vast range of campus cultural programs demonstrates the value of the liberal arts
while furthering the educational experience. These activities include lectures,
performances, films, exhibits and symposia.
Outstanding scholars, writers, artists and public figures are brought to the campus and
meet informally with students, in addition to giving formal performances. Arcadia
University sponsors the University Distinguished Lecture Series, and participates in the
Woodrow Wilson Visiting Fellows Program, through which experts in a variety of fields
spend a week on campus presenting lectures and workshops and meeting with students,
faculty and staff. A wide array of academic departments invite guest lecturers to the
campus.
The department of Fine Arts, through the Arcadia University Art Gallery, offers a
regular program of exhibits throughout the year, including the works of faculty, alumni,
students and nationally known guest artists. The department of English, Theatre Arts
and Communications presents both fall and spring productions, as well as a number of
student-directed performances. The Arcadia University Theatre department presents a
number of plays with student casts and crews each year. In addition, outside theatre
groups are invited to campus.
Vocal groups on campus include the Concert Ensemble, and the Gospel Choir.
Students also have the advantage of being close to Philadelphia and New York City
to see plays and dance performances, attend concerts, visit museums, enjoy sporting
events and engage in the cultural experience of the cities.
Student Activities
The student activities program complements the academic program and enhances the
overall educational experience of students through development of, exposure to and
participation in social, cultural, intellectual, recreational and governance programs and
projects. Through these activities, students are introduced to various cultures and
experiences, ideas and issues, art and musical forms and styles of life that bring cultural,
intellectual and social stimulation to the campus community.
Student campus governance is centered in the Student Government Organization.
All full-time students are members of the Student Government Organization, which
11

Campus Life ______________________________________________
regulates the student activities fees and determines the allocation of these funds
through the budgetary committee, appoints students to University committees and
represents the views of students to other constituencies of the University. Students also
serve as members on certain faculty committees. Students and faculty are invited
regularly to Board of Trustees’ meetings and confer with standing committees of the
Board. The Student Government Organization, in conjunction with the Student Affairs
Office, sponsors leadership conferences for campus leaders and interested students.
Student leaders from area colleges join together frequently to attend area programs.
The various clubs and organizations at Arcadia University provide students with
opportunities to meet others who have similar interests and to develop leadership,
organizational and management skills. Involvement also broadens the students’ circle of
friends and enriches the total University experience. Students are encouraged to
establish new organizations.
Academic Clubs: Students with related fields of academic interests often plan meetings
and activities together that feature films, guest speakers, trips and special conferences.
In addition to honor societies described on pages 14 and 15, the academic clubs include
the following:
American Chemical Society
American College of Healthcare
Executives
American Institute of Biological Sciences
Arcadia Association for Special
Education
Biology Club
Education Club
French Club
12
Interact (Sociology)
Literacy Corps
Politically Incorrect
Society for the Advancement of Business
Administration
Spanish Club
Student Physical Therapy Association
Student Physician Assistant Association
Student Programming Board: This organization sponsors a majority of the
extracurricular activities on campus—outdoor concerts, dances, speakers, coffeehouse
performers, comedians, films, and trips to Philadelphia, New York and other places of
interest.
Campus Communications: We have two campus publications produced by students:
The Tower, the student newspaper, and The Enythmion, the student yearbook.
Continuing Education Advisory Board: This organization provides an opportunity for
student members to discuss services, suggestions, concerns and resolutions regarding
issues for Continuing Education students.

_______________________________________________ Campus Life
Special Interest Clubs: Student clubs supporting the common interests and activities of
their members include the following:
Governance
Student Government Organization
(SGO)
Class of 2005
Class of 2006
Class of 2007
Class of 2008
Programming
Blitz Planning Committee
Day Student Club
Residence Hall Council
Student Programming Board
Cultural
Asian Students in America (ASIA)
Black Awareness Society (BAS)
International Club
Latino Association
PRIDE Gay and Straight Alliance
Music
Concert Ensemble
Castleaires
Gospel Choir
Religious
Christian Fellowship
Hillel
Newman Club
Service and Special Interest
Activist Club
Arcadia Association for Special Athletes
(AASA)
Martial Arts Club
Model United Nations
PEERS
Rotoract
Skyward Rock Climbing Club
Society for Castle Restoration
Students Against Destructive Decisions
(SADD)
Student Alumni Association (SAA)
Student Environmental Action Coalition
(SEAC)
Club Sports
Cheerleading Club
Equestrian Team
Media Groups
The Enythmion Yearbook
The Tower Student Newspaper
Honorary
Chi Alpha Epsilon
Psi Chi
Kappa Delta Pi
Phi Alpha Theta
Phi Beta Delta
Pi Delta Phi
Pi Sigma Alpha
Sigma Beta Delta
Sigma Delta Pi
Sigma Tau Delta
Sigma Zeta
13

Campus Life ______________________________________________
Athletics and Recreational Sports
Arcadia University teams compete in the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA) Division III and the Pennsylvania Athletic Conference (PAC). The PAC
conference is comprised of 12 institutions and hosts 13 championships. The
intercollegiate program includes the following sports:
For Men: For Women:
Baseball
Basketball
Cross Country
Golf
Soccer
Swimming
Tennis
Students must be full time students in good academic standing and making
satisfactory academic progress to participate in intercollegiate athletics.
Many Arcadia students are involved in the intramural program. The program is
comprised of leagues, classes and individual workouts. Team activities include volleyball,
indoor soccer, basketball, softball and flag football. There are aerobic workouts as well
as individually structured programs for those who wish to work out independently, yet
receive recognition.
Academic Recognition
Arcadia University emphasizes academic excellence and honors superior
achievement. A major event each spring is the Honors Convocation. Students with
outstanding records are recognized, new members of the honor society are presented
and special prizes are awarded.
In 1994, a chapter of the Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi was established at Arcadia
University. The primary objective of the national Society of Phi Kappa Phi is to
recognize and encourage superior scholarship in all academic disciplines. Phi Kappa Phi
is an honor society, not an honorary society or fraternity. Membership is earned; it is a
true honor. By criteria established by the national organization, undergraduate students
may be considered for election to Phi Kappa Phi if they have senior status, have a
minimum of 24 graded semester hours at Arcadia University, and are in the upper 10
percent of their class, or if they are in the final period of their junior year and are
scholastically in the upper 7 1 /2 percent of their class.
Alpha Sigma Lambda is the premier national honor society for nontraditional/adult
students, recognizing those who achieve academic excellence while facing competing
interests of family, community and work. Arcadia University established the Mu Beta
chapter of ASL in 1999, and held its inaugural induction ceremony in 2000. Those
honored with membership must be matriculated, undergraduate Continuing Education
students with a minimum of 24 graded semester hours at Arcadia University, and who
have at least 12 credits earned in courses in Liberal Arts/Sciences, not including
14
Basketball
Cross Country
Field Hockey
Golf
Lacrosse
Soccer
Softball
Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball

_______________________________________________ Campus Life
applied Arts/Sciences courses. Members must be in the top ten percent of the class and
have a minimum GPA of 3.5.
In 2000, a chapter of the honor society Chi Alpha Epsilon was established at
Arcadia University. This honor society recognizes the academic achievement of
students admitted to the University through non-traditional criteria. Its purposes are to
promote continued high academic standards, to foster increased communication among
its members, and to honor academic excellence achieved by those students admitted to
college via developmental programs. Full-time undergraduate students may be
considered for membership if they have a 3.0 cumulative GPA for two consecutive
semesters and were accepted to Arcadia via developmental or a higher education
opportunity type of program. Alumni who graduated with a 3.0 or better cumulative
GPA and were admitted via a developmental program prior to the formation of the
chapter may also be considered for membership.
The following recognition and professional societies elect to membership students
with exceptional interest and achievement in special fields: Kappa Delta Pi (education),
Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi Beta Delta (International scholars), Pi Delta Phi
(French), Pi Sigma Alpha (political science), Psi Chi (psychology), Sigma Beta Delta
(business management and administration), Sigma Delta Pi (spanish), Sigma Tau Delta
(English), and Sigma Zeta (computer science and mathematics).
Prizes and Awards
The Ira R. Kraybill Award for Academic Achievement for Full-Time Study. To the
student with the highest academic achievement in at least three years of full-time study
at Arcadia University.
The Ira R. Kraybill Award for Academic Achievement for Part-Time Study. To the
part-time student with the highest academic achievement while completing at least half
of his or her course work at Arcadia University.
The President’s Prize. To the junior with the highest cumulative average for five
semesters of study at Arcadia University.
The Provost’s Prize. To the sophomore with the highest cumulative average for three
semesters of study at Arcadia University.
The Ellington Beavers Award for Intellectual Inquiry. To the student whose research
project would best advance the student’s knowledge and skills, and which exemplifies
the intellectual inquiry inherent in good research. This award was established in 1989
by the Arcadia University Board of Trustees honoring the leadership of Ellington
Beavers, former chair of the Board of Trustees, for his distinguished service.
The Vira I. Heinz Scholarship for Education Abroad. An award of $5,000 for
summer study and travel abroad to a maximum of three outstanding sophomore or
junior women who have given evidence of interest in international relations and who,
in addition to achieving a good scholastic record, possesses the qualities of an
ambassador of goodwill for the United States. This award is presented annually by the
Heinz Foundation of Pittsburgh to honor former Trustee Vira I. Heinz.
The Arcadia University Alumni Golden Disc Award. To a senior who, in the opinion
of his or her classmates, has done the most to promote the welfare of Arcadia
University.
15

Campus Life ______________________________________________
The Robert L. Swaim Scholarship Award. To the graduating senior whose academic
record shows the greatest promise of superior achievement in a program of graduate
study. This award was established in 1984 in remembrance of Robert L. and Grace
Swaim by their son.
The Margaret F. LeClair Award for Writing. To the junior who submitted the best
interdisciplinary writing selection based on work done in courses at Arcadia University.
The Gerald L. Belcher Endowed Writing Award. To the undergraduate who
demonstrates excellence in analytical written discourse, as evidenced by an essay
composed especially for this award. This award was established in 1994 in memory of
former Professor of History Gerald L. Belcher, by his family, friends and colleagues.
The Elaine Maimon Award for Excellence in Writing. To the freshman or sophomore
who demonstrates superior achievement in writing during his/her freshman year. This
prize expresses the University’s belief that writing proficiency is one mark of a liberal
education.
The Paul R. Cutright Award. To a senior biology major in recognition of outstanding
academic achievement in the life sciences.
The Business Administration and Economics Department Distinguished
Achievement Awards. For demonstrated academic excellence by a senior in business
administration.
The Health Administration Distinguished Achievement Award. For demonstrated
academic excellence by a senior in health administration.
The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award. To the senior
selected by the faculty on the basis of intellectual capacity and qualities of leadership.
The Philadelphia Section American Chemical Society Scholastic Achievement
Award. To the senior who has made the most significant advance in the study of
chemistry.
The American Institute of Chemists Medal Award. For outstanding achievement in
chemistry by a senior.
The Gates-Alyea-Breyer Award. To an outstanding chemistry student at the freshman,
sophomore or junior level who shows unusual potential to continue studies beyond the
undergraduate degree, with preference given to a student who is seriously considering
teaching as a career. Established by Dr. Arthur C. Breyer, former Professor of Chemistry
and Physics, to honor Dr. Edward D. Gates, former President of Arcadia University, and
Dr. Hubert Newcombe Alyea, Professor of Chemistry, Princeton University.
The Sigma Zeta Awards in Computer Science. To two seniors, one in the day program
and one in the evening program, for excellence in computer science.
The Marilyn Riggs Meshach Memorial Award. For excellence in early childhood
education by a senior.
The Horace C. Woodland Memorial Award. To a senior, a prospective teacher, who
has been most active in promoting better understanding among his or her student
colleagues during his or her years at Arcadia University.
The Evelyn Smith Monteith Graduate Award. To the senior or graduate who shows
promise of significant contribution to the field of elementary education by pursuing a
16

_______________________________________________ Campus Life
planned course of graduate study. This award was made possible in 1988 through a gift
from Alexander C. Monteith in memory of his wife, Evelyn Smith Monteith ’27.
The Doris Fenton Award. For excellence in English by a senior.
The Shakespeare Theater Award. To a senior for excellence and versatility in theatre
arts.
The Excellence in Communications Award. To the outstanding senior with an
excellent academic record and contributions to the life of the program.
The Ruth C. Grant Distinguished Achievement Award in the Fine Arts. To the
senior art major who has displayed artistic excellence in any of the disciplines offered
in the Fine Art Department. This award is presented annually through a gift from Ruth
C. Grant ’37.
The Spruance-Daumier Award. For excellence in art by a senior. This award was
established for the late Benton Spruance, printmaker and former Chair of the Fine Arts
Department, through a gift from Lessing Jay Rosenwald.
The Friends of Arcadia University Art Gallery Award. To a gifted art major who will
be entering graduate school to continue studies in art.
The History Department Distinguished Achievement Award. To a student who, as a
history major, has demonstrated excellence in historical studies.
The Sigma Zeta Award in Mathematics. To a senior for excellence in mathematics.
The William Benner Farran Pre-Law Award. To the senior who is most proficient in
pre-law studies.
The Saul Ewing Pre-Law Advocacy Award. To a student who prepared the best brief
in the constitutional law course.
The Doris E. and John B. Hulse Memorial Award. To a senior majoring in political
science who has attained the highest average in political science courses.
The Martha Jean Hill Award. To a student who has shown the greatest promise as an
experimental psychologist through contributions to teaching and research in the
psychological laboratory at Arcadia University.
The Bernard Mausner Memorial Psi Chi Award. To a senior psychology major for
outstanding promise in human services.
The Gordon Family Award. To the student in a course in sociology, anthropology or
psychology who has demonstrated, through a paper submitted as part of a class
requirement, significant ability in carrying out either library or field research. This
award was established in 1980 by Dr. Adeline Gordon Levine ’62 in honor of her
parents and brother.
The Rayna Sue Moskovitz Memorial Award. To a graduating senior who, in the
opinion of the faculty of the Sociology and Anthropology Department, best exemplifies
Rayna’s great strengths of scholarship and character. Established by faculty in
remembrance of Rayna Sue Moskovitz ’76.
The Howard M. Werthan Prize in Sociology. To an outstanding junior who shows
promise of substantial contribution to the field of sociology. This award, established by
the Werthan family, is presented annually.
17

Campus Life ______________________________________________
Religious Life
Instruction in religion is conducted on a non-sectarian basis. Students are welcome
to worship regularly in the churches of their choice in the area, and ministers of the
many denominations in the community welcome students to their services and other
church activities.
Campus religious organizations include Hillel, Arcadia Christian Fellowship and the
Newman Club. These groups offer various programs and activities for the entire
University community. These organizations offer worship services or special activities on
campus at various times during the year, particularly in celebration of the religious
holidays.
Support Services
Multicultural Affairs
The Multicultural Affairs Office provides leadership in creating an environment that
is supportive and inclusive of students of all backgrounds. It strives to promote
awareness and understanding of differences among members of the Arcadia University
community. In addition, the Multicultural Affairs Office plays a key role in supporting
students of color; gay, lesbian, bisexual, transgender students; and students from various
religious, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds. Programs addressing racial, cultural, religious
and sexual orientation diversity are offered throughout the year. The Assistant Dean of
Students for Multicultural Affairs is involved in numerous training programs and is a
resource for those interested in discussing diversity issues.
Career Services
Career planning is a developmental process extending through the entire university
experience. Through workshops and individual conferences, students are encouraged to
evaluate their skills and objectives as they select courses and major programs, summer
jobs, internships, apprenticeships, careers, employment and graduate school
opportunities. The resources of the Career Information Center, the Career Services
Web site, the online job listing and resume posting service, interviews with employer
and graduate school representatives, the Alumni Career Contact Service, the Alumni
Career Networking Luncheon, and a computer-based career and educational planning
system available on the campus intranet form the supplemental program through which
students seek and explore the options most appropriate for them.
Academic and Personal Support Services
Students sometimes experience personal or academic difficulties or have concerns
they wish to discuss. Since these two areas are often interrelated and sometimes
complex, there are several people on campus available to provide assistance.
For academic concerns, students are encouraged to make appointments to talk with
their academic adviser, the coordinator of the First Year Academic Experience, the
assistant dean for Academic Advising and Placement, the director of the Education
18

_______________________________________________ Campus Life
Enhancement Center, or the Director of Professional and Continuing Education
Studies. Tutoring at the Education Enhancement Center, the Writing Center and the
Math lab is available for students needing academic assistance (see page 28).
For concerns of a personal nature, professional confidential counseling services are
available to full-time students through the Arcadia University Counseling Center.
Students are also encouraged to talk with a staff member from Student Affairs.
In addition, an area coordinator supervises each residence hall and a carefully
selected staff of sophomores, juniors and seniors who are trained as resident assistants,
assigned to each corridor, and serve as peer counselors and resource persons for the
students. Selected upper-class apartment assistants are assigned to the local University
apartments where University students reside. Commuter assistants are supervised by the
associate dean of students. Commuter assistants keep regular hours in the Commuter
Lounge and serve the needs of commuter students.
For continuing education (CE) students (those who are 23 or older, or part-time, or
special status), support is also available through the Professional and Continuing Studies
(PCS). Contact that office at 215-572-2169 for more information about support services
and programs, including the Advisory Board and Alpha Sigma Lambda, the national
honor society for non-traditional students. or visit .
Support Services for Veterans Administration Beneficiaries
Veterans and all students eligible for VA benefits must contact the Registrar’s Office
at the time of registration each semester to request certification of enrollment. The
office forwards appropriate forms to the Veterans Administration; government checks
are sent directly to the student. Any problems or questions regarding VA benefits may
be addressed to the registrar, who serves in an advisory capacity in VA matters.
Support Services for Students with Disabilities
Arcadia University complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Students with disabilities are provided
with academic adjustments on an individual basis according to their particular needs.
Students must provide current and acceptable documentation of their disability at
least three weeks before the start of their first semester at Arcadia University. High
school IEPs, accommodation records from previous colleges and 504 Plans are not
sufficient documentation but may be provided for informational purposes.
Documentation should be no more than five years old. Students should schedule an
assessment interview with the Education Enhancement Center in order to determine
the most appropriate adjustments and services. After this initial meeting either the EEC
director or learning disabilities specialist will be available to work with students on
reading and study skills, learning strategies, time management and/or organizational
skills. For more information, call the director of the Education Enhancement Center at
215-572-4086, e-mail eectutor@arcadia.edu, or visit the EEC web page at
www.arcadia.edu/eec.
Students who would like to discuss how Arcadia University can meet their needs
should call the director of the Education Enhancement Center at 215-572-4086 or send
e-mail to eectutor@arcadia.edu.
19

Campus Life ______________________________________________
Health Services
Student Health Services, located in Heinz Hall, provides health care for full-time
resident and commuter students. Part-time students may use Student Health Services
for a fee, provided they have a completed health record on file. Nurse practitioners
with advanced training in family and women’s health are available during office hours
to help students with any concerns or problems. Physicians hold selected hours in
Student Health Services two days a week. Services include, but are not limited to, the
following: primary assessment and treatment of health problems, illnesses and injuries;
laboratory testing; routine gynecological care; and physician referrals.
Should hospitalization become necessary, Chestnut Hill, Abington Memorial and
numerous Philadelphia-area hospitals are nearby. Student Health Services staff may
assist in determining when a student needs hospital care and making arrangements in
cases of emergency. The cost of hospital care, including emergency room, X-rays,
medicines, lab fees and surgical supplies, is borne by the student.
All full-time students are required to supply information about their health and
medical history at the time they enroll. Immunization for measles, rubella (German
measles), mumps and tetanus toxoid; vaccination for Hepatitis B; and testing for
tuberculosis (PPD/chest X-ray) are required. As required by the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania Arcadia University requires all residential students to show proof of
immunization for meningitis or students must complete a waiver indicating the reason
the immunization has not been completed. All full-time students are required to have a
health record on file in the Student Health Services Department.
The University requires that each student have some type of health insurance.
Health insurance plans are made available to all students who are interested in or have
needs for insurance. Information and applications are available in the Student Health
Services Office, in the Student Affairs Office or in the Academic Services Office.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Students who accept an offer of admission to Arcadia University are expected to be
responsible citizens of the University community, to respect the rights of others, to
observe the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and to abide by the regulations
of the University. In turn, students have the right to expect that their freedom to learn
and to develop as individuals will be respected, and that they will not experience sexual
or racial harassment. These policies, regulations and grievance procedures are defined in
the Arcadia University Student Handbook, which is available to all students through the
University Web site and in the Student Affairs Office.
Safety and Security Procedures
In accordance with both Federal and Pennsylvania legislation, Arcadia University
offers a publication regarding safety and security policies and procedures on campus.
This publication may be obtained from the Public Safety Office or from the Student
Affairs Office.
20

___________________________________________ Campus Facilities
Campus Facilities
Housing/Student Lounges
Residence Halls
Life in the residence halls is a vital and important part of many students’ educational
experience. One of the goals of the residence life program is to help students develop
competence in interpersonal relationships through learning to live compatibly with
people of diverse backgrounds. A professional staff, aided by trained, upperclass students
(resident assistants) who serve as peer counselors, is available to help foster this
development and to aid the students in coping with any problems that arise.
In order to make room assignments, the staff takes into account personal preferences.
Students may choose from a variety of housing options. First-year students are housed
together and placed in halls among upperclass students. Their housing assignments are
based on deposit date combined with the date the housing assignment form is received.
Returning students select rooms for the next year through a computerized lottery
system in the spring. Single, double and triple rooms are available in addition to larger
multiple-person rooms in the Castle and suites in Knight Hall. Apartment
accommodations are available in the Manor at 777 Limekiln Pike, selected student
housing at 1600 Church Road and at local apartments rented by the University.
In addition to Grey Towers Castle, there are five residence halls. Thomas Hall, named
in honor of Dr. and Mrs. Morgan Thomas, was built in 1956. Three other halls were
completed in 1962: Kistler Hall, Heinz Hall and Dilworth Hall, named in honor of Dr.
and Mrs. Raymon M. Kistler, Mrs. Vira I. Heinz and Mr. and Mrs. Walter H. Dilworth,
respectively. Knight Hall, named after the University mascot, with five- and seven-person
suites, opened in January 1997. The Manor was acquired by the University in 2000 and
selected student housing at 1600 Church Road.
Off-Campus Housing
Students may choose to live off campus, but the University does not assume
responsibility for these arrangements. An off-campus housing notice containing
information on apartments and rooms in private homes is available in the Student Affairs
Office. This information is compiled based upon contacts made with the University. The
University assumes no responsibility regarding the quality or availability of the housing.
Student Lounges
The Commuter Lounge is located on the ground floor of the west wing of Heinz
Hall. The lounge is furnished with comfortable sofas, a separate study area, a
refrigerator, microwave, stereo and television. There is also a washroom with a shower.
Lockers for commuters are available in an adjacent room. Students use the lounge as a
place to relax, study and rest between classes and also as a place to eat lunch.
Commuter assistants (CAs), who are trained upperclass students, provide support and
information to commuter students. The commuter assistants’ hours are posted in the
lounge. In addition to the Commuter Assistants’ activities, the Day Student Club often
holds meetings, educational programs and social functions in the lounge.
Each residence hall has several lounges available to resident students and their guests.
There is also open lounge space in Boyer Hall for all students.
21

Campus Facilities __________________________________________
Student Activities Center
The Student Activities Center is located in the west wing on the ground floor of
Dilworth Hall. It consists of several offices, work space and a conference room for use
by student organizations. The Student Government Organization, The Log (yearbook)
and The Tower (student newspaper) have offices in the west wing. Any student
organization is eligible to use the space available for meetings or other activities related
to the University.
Dining Facilities
The University operates dining facilities for both residents and commuters. Flexible
options for meal plans are available to all students. The Dining Hall is open for lunch
and dinner on weekdays and brunch and dinner on Saturdays and Sundays. Students on
the meal plan are required to present a valid ID meal ticket. Commuters and guests of
resident students may pay a flat rate for an individual meal. Special meal plans are
available for commuter students who prefer to eat in the dining hall regularly.
Located on the lower level of the Dining Complex is the snack bar, where students
can purchase sandwiches, beverages and snacks. Specific meal plan options, meal hours
for the dining/breakfast facilities and hours for the snack bar are announced at the start
of each semester.
Classrooms and Laboratories
The Marian Angell Boyer Hall of Science houses the departments of biology,
chemistry and physics, mathematics and computer science, psychology, and sociology
and anthropology. Laboratories have been designed for maximum flexibility to permit
changes as new approaches to science education evolve. In addition, Boyer Hall is the
location of facilities for astronomy, including an observatory housing a 14-inch
Schmidt-Cassegrain telescope with extensive astrophotography capabilities. Other
features of Boyer include a computer center, the John V. Calhoun Amphitheater,
lecture halls, a greenhouse and seminar rooms for general University use. Space is also
available for individual research projects of both students and faculty.
One of the original estate buildings, Murphy Hall, houses Stiteler Auditorium,
fine arts studios, a Macintosh-based digital-imaging studio, a 3-D/sculpture studio, and
the communications studio, which includes three separate editing rooms. The
department of music is located here and includes space for private music instruction.
The Mitchell Studios for ceramics, metals and jewelry are fully equipped with a 50cubic-foot
custom-built “car” kiln. Studios for digital imaging, three-dimensional design,
photography, graphic design and scientific illustration are also located in Murphy Hall.
The Digital Imaging Studio includes a Macintosh facility (PowerMac computers, color
scanners, slide scanner, digital camera, video input/output, laser printers, color
photographic proofing printer, wide-format color printer, desktop photographic color
ink-jet printers, CD-Rom writer and a film recorder). The 3-D studio is equipped with
power tools for wood and metal along with modeling stands for figure work.
The Benton Spruance Fine Arts Center includes Fine Arts Department faculty offices
and studios for printmaking, painting, drawing, two-dimensional design and interior
design. The Fine Arts Center also includes the Arcadia University Art Gallery and the
Arcadia Theater, which have been expanded and renovated through the generosity of
22

___________________________________________ Campus Facilities
Mr. and Mrs. John C. Atwood, Jr. Further renovations of a large painting studio and
exterior landscaping have been completed through a gift of Mrs. Willard J.
Hollingshead, for whom the studio is named.
Taylor Hall, formerly known as the Classroom Building, is named for Reverend Riley
Treadway Taylor, president of Beaver College from 1859–1894 and a leading force of
the school during the 35-year period. Taylor Hall is occupied by the Departments of
Education, English, History, Philosophy and Religion and Political Science. A
curriculum materials laboratory, Education Enhancement Center and administrative
offices are also located in this building.
The Kuch Center, includes a gymnasium, six-lane swimming pool, training room,
aerobics/dance studio, fitness center and locker facilities. In addition, the University
Bookstore and two classrooms are part of the complex.
The University’s Health Sciences Center is occupied by the Physical Therapy
Department. The E. Jane Carlin Wing includes three large teaching labs, a seminar
room, one large (1,710 sq ft) and two medium (850 sq ft) and one small (600 sq ft)
research laboratories, a student lounge, and a clinical practice. The Carlin Wing is
cabled to allow centralized audiovisual capability. The five video sources can be
monitored from each of the teaching labs, the seminar room, the clinical practice, and
the research labs. A video camera can be used in any of these spaces as a source
through the local origination channel. A peer-to-peer network allows resource sharing.
The network provides access to the Landman Library, to Blackboard, the Internet and
the World Wide Web. Offices for the physical therapy faculty are housed in the George
Ruck Suite. Equipment is available for teaching, e.g., anatomical models, treatment
tables, wheelchairs, hydrocollator units, and freezers. A cadre of thermal and electrical
modalities is maintained on-site but becomes outdated so quickly that state-of-the-art
intervention equipment is rented from manufacturers or medical supply companies
when needed. Supplies including goniometers, blood pressure cuffs, sensory and reflex
testing tools, stop watches, materials for taping, etc. are in ready supply. The research
laboratories in the Health Sciences Center contain two isokinetic units, two computerdriven
Gait Mats, two types of three-dimensional computerized motion analysis systems,
a force plate, electromyographic equipment and a metabolic cart. The Motion Analysis
System is a three dimensional computer-based video system with three cameras to
record and analyze movement. The Polhemus 3 Space Fastrak collects 3-D motion
analysis using electromagnetic waves. The AMTI force plate and the 10-channel
electromyography system can be linked with data collection from the Motion Analysis
System. The Gait Mat records footfall variables during locomotion. The metabolic cart
is used in conjunction with the exercise ECG system and Quinton Q50 treadmill. This
equipment provides for graded exercise stress tests. We also have two cycle ergometers
which can be used for exercise testing, five cycle for exercise training, four pulse
oximeters, four hand held dynamometers, etc.
The Physical Therapy Department research laboratories contain two isokinetic units,
three computer-driven Gait Mats, two types of three-dimensional computerized analysis
systems, a force plate, electromyographic equipment, a balance testing system and a
metabolic cart. One isokinetic device is a Kincom 500H and the other is a Cybex II.
The Kincom 500H is an upgraded model with improved stabilization and a touch
screen and is attached to a separate PC for data acquisition and analysis using Lab View
software. The Motion Analysis system is a three dimensional computer-based video
system with three 60 hz cameras to record and analyze movement. The “Polhemus 3
23

Campus Facilities __________________________________________
Space Fastrak” is a hand-held device that collects 3D motion analysis using
electromagnetic waves. It is capable of tracking 4 segments simultaneously with
excellent reported accuracy. The AMTI force plate and the 10-channel
electromyography system can be linked with data collection from the Motion Analysis
System. The Gait Mats record footfall variables during locomotion. The devices provide
computerized analysis of step characteristics and the ability to assess more complex gait
patterns. The Chattecx Balance System is available to evaluate balance responses to
postural perturbations. The metabolic cart is used in conjunction with the ECG system
and Quinton Q50 treadmill to perform graded exercise stress tests. Other equipment
includes two cycle ergometers that are used for exercise testing and five cycles for
exercise training, three pulse oximeters (Nelcor), hand held dynamometers (Chatillon),
ice machine, blood pressure cuffs, stop watches, etc. There are three desktop computers
that are networked to faculty offices.
Brubaker Hall, a three-story instructional building named by Sara Brubaker Steer, a
1941 graduate, in honor of her mother. Brubaker Hall is home to faculty and staff in
the departments of physician assistant studies and Business/Health Administration and
Economics, and is physically joined to the Health Sciences Center by a glass-enclosed
bridge. Designed to take advantage of the newest educational technologies, Brubaker
Hall boasts fully wired multi-media classrooms; two computer labs dedicated to
instructional purposes, including the University’s participation in the SAP America
University Alliance program and intercollegiate business simulation games; nine
examination/consultation rooms for the Physician Assistant master’s degree program,
and a student lounge. Brubaker Hall, together with the Carlin Wing of the Health
Sciences Center, offer students some of the finest instructional facilities in the region.
The University has upgraded accessibility to facilities for the disabled. Ramps and
elevators are available in the Landman Library, Kuch Center, Health Sciences Center, the
Dining Complex, Knight Hall, Brubaker Hall, Boyer Hall and Taylor Hall.
Computer and Information Technology Facilities
Information Technology
The Office of Information Technology (IT) serves the technology needs of the
University’s faculty, staff and students. IT is responsible for planning and development
of the university computing systems and data networks. IT also maintains the campus
network, administrative systems, e-mail servers, University-owned desktop computers,
and the university website and portal. For students, IT maintains the campus computer
labs, offers Internet service and e-mail accounts to all students, and installs network
interface cards in students’ personal computers.
MyArcadia, the Campus Web Portal
MyArcadia is a “portal” Web site, meaning it acts as a gateway to sources of
information. MyArcadia gives students access to online course information and campus
department Web sites. The site is also the main source for campus announcements and
event listings, and provides a quick link to campus e-mail. The MyArcadia Web site is
the result of the recent merging of our online courses Web site, Blackboard, with our
campus intranet Web site. Users now log on only once to one Web site to access both
course and campus information.
24

___________________________________________ Campus Facilities
Where Can I Use My Wireless Laptop?
Laptops equipped with a wireless network card are able to access the Internet and
send and receive e-mail in the following locations: Castle (Mirror, Rose, and
Conference rooms; 2nd floor admin. wing), Health Science Building, Brubaker Hall,
Kuch Center (including the soccer field near Bookstore), Landman Library (including
outdoor areas in front and sides of Library), Student Chat and Residence Hall Study
Lounges.
Where are Computer Labs Located on Campus?
Computer labs are located in Boyer Hall, Brubaker Hall and Landman Library. The
following labs are open for student computing: Boyer Hall 8, 14, 19; Brubaker Hall 304,
305, 307; and the two labs on the lower level of the Landman Library. Please check
under the Technology tab of MyArcadia for computer lab hours.
What Software is Available in the Labs?
The following programs are available on all lab computers: Alcohol 101; Cascon;
Microsoft Office (includes Access, Excel, Frontpage, Publisher, PowerPoint, and Word);
Norton Antivirus; QuickTime; Internet Explorer; SAP Frontend; Shockwave Player;
Flash Player; Real Player; Windows Media Player; WinZip; Acrobat Reader.
Software programs used for specific courses are available in certain labs. Available
software is displayed on a poster in each of the campus computer labs.
What are Online Courses?
Arcadia University has a web-based learning management system for students and
faculty. This system provides supportive classroom materials (syllabi and class materials)
and allows out-of-classroom communication between faculty and students.
Art Gallery
The Arcadia University Art Gallery serves as a recognized regional base of excellence
in the visual arts for the general public, the entire University community, and students
in the Fine Arts Department. Activities include one-person and group exhibitions,
lectures by visiting artists and scholars, panel discussions, gallery talks, and video and
film presentations. With a focus on contemporary art, the gallery has organized solo
exhibitions of work by Dave Allen, Alice Aycock, Jennifer Bolande, Olafur Eliasson,
Felix Gonzalez-Torres, Amy Hauft, Mary Heilmann, Paul Ramirez Jonas, Cary
Leibowitz, Donald Lipski, Michael Lucero, Sr. Mary Corita Kent, Donald Moffett,
Elizabeth Murray, Thomas Nozkowski, Rona Pondick, Ken Price, Kay Rosen, Beat
Streuli, William Wegman, Meyer Vaisman, James Welling, Fred Wilson, and Daisy
Youngblood, among many others.
Recent group shows have explored issues germane to contemporary practice,
including the re-emergence of photo-realist painting, the ‘performative’ figure, the sited
gesture, and the sublime as depicted in images of the sea and the sky. These thematic
exhibitions typically feature work by a mixture of local, national, and international
artists and are accompanied by illustrated catalogs or gallery notes authored by the
curator. “Works on Paper,” a biennial exhibition series juried by a prominent guest
curator, brings well-known and emerging regional artists to the Gallery. It alternates
every other year with “A Closer Look,” a series of smaller, guest-curated group shows
featuring the work of 3 to 5 artists chosen from the ongoing roster of artists previously
selected for “Works on Paper.” The Philadelphia Inquirer and other area newspapers, as
well as national publications such as Art in America and Artforum magazines,
consistently review Gallery exhibitions.
25

Campus Facilities __________________________________________
Art students actively participate in the Gallery’s programming. Student exhibition
opportunities include the annual “Senior Thesis” show and a biennial presentation of
student work selected by art department faculty titled “Faculty Choice.” Students also
have an opportunity to see the work of their professors in a biennial series of faculty
shows. Additionally, a student representative sits on the Gallery’s Advisory Board,
which is comprised of Arcadia faculty and area art and museum professionals.
The Gallery is funded in part by the Philadelphia Exhibitions Initiative (a program
funded by The Pew Charitable Trusts), the National Endowment for the Arts, and the
Pennsylvania Council on the Arts, as well as through a group of Friends of the Arcadia
University Art Gallery and private contributions and foundations such as The Arcadia
Foundation, William B. Dietrich Foundation, the Samuel S. Fels Fund and the
Montgomery County Foundation.
The Art Gallery is located in the Benton Spruance Fine Arts Center, in a building
that originally functioned as the power plant for the Grey Towers estate designed by
Horace Trumbauer in 1893.
Landman Library
Arcadia University’s new multi-million dollar Landman Library, named for former
Arcadia President Dr. Bette E. Landman, furthers the University’s global mission by
offering students and faculty increased technology for collaborative education and
access to learning partners both on campus and around the globe.
Landman Library houses a print collection of over 140,000 volumes and offers access
to several thousand full text periodicals and appropriate subject specific indexes to
facilitate research. The Library provides the patron the opportunity to print, download,
or e-mail this information. Reference librarians are available to assist readers in their
pursuit of information and resources.
The Susan Smyth Shenker Grand Reading Room on the second floor offers great
seating and both hard-wired and network wireless connectivity. The view is fabulous
and it is perhaps the most pleasant reading and contemplative space in the area. There
are numerous group study rooms ideal for students who desire to work together.
The ground floor includes the reference collection, exhibit space, circulation desk,
and computer with access to the online catalogue. Window seats along the south wall
provide intimate study space with a view of the campus. The Stein Periodicals Room
offers an intimate study area with lounge seating and low tables. Multimedia
collections, the University Archives, compact shelving, café, and multimedia classrooms
are on the lower level.
Landman Library information and hours can be accessed online at
www.arcadia.edu/library. The Library’s online databases, study guides and resource
materials are available to students and faculty via MyArcadia, from anywhere at
anytime.
Students additionally have access to public and academic libraries in Philadelphia
and surrounding areas. The Library is a member of ALA, PLA, SEPCHE, and the Tri-
State College Library Cooperative (TCLC) consisting of over 40 colleges and
universities, PALINET and OCLC.
26

___________________________________________ Campus Facilities
Instructional Media Services
Instructional Media Services (IMS), is located in Boyer Hall. The IMS office
oversees and delivers to classrooms instructional equipment such as overhead projectors,
TV/VCR systems, video cameras, data-video projectors, portable sound systems and
laptop computers.
Bookstore
The Bookstore is located on the second floor of the Kuch Center and is open during
the fall and spring semesters from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 11 a.m.
to 2 p.m. Saturday. Bookstore hours are extended during the first two weeks of classes
during each semester. Educationally priced software, textbooks, and general reading and
reference books are available in addition to school, office and art supplies. Emblematic
clothing and giftware, snacks and drinks, health and beauty aids are available. Services
offered with valid identification are personal and payroll check cashing, and film
developing.
Additional Campus Offices
Blake Hall, originally the gatehouse of the William Welsh Harrison estate, was first
remodeled through a gift from Mr. and Mrs. John V. Blake in memory of their daughter,
Virginia. The building was again remodeled in 1989 and in 1996, and provides
administrative offices for Institutional Advancement and Development.
Other campus offices and residences include the Arcadia University Center for
Education Abroad at 1601 Church Road, University Relations at 2005 Church Road,
Alumni and Parent Relations at 2059 Church Road, The Manor at 777 Church Road,
a student apartment building at 1600 Church Road, and 2035 Church Road the
University Guest House.
27

Academic Resources _______________________________________
Academic Resources
In its commitment to provide high quality educational programs, Arcadia University
offers services that provide academic support, special programs that enhance the
learning experience, and programs that augment the students’ opportunities to apply
their knowledge in out-of-class settings.
Academic Services
Academic Advising
New students are assigned a faculty adviser from the department in which they have
indicated an interest. This adviser provides information and advice in planning course
programs for the first few semesters of study. When students officially declare a major,
usually in the sophomore year, a faculty member from that major department becomes
their adviser. Office hours for advisers are typically posted outside their offices.
In addition, the Coordinator of the First Year Academic Experience provides fulltime
first-year students with assistance regarding all academic support services. To
contact the Coordinator of the First Year Academic Experience, call 215-572-4035. The
Assistant Dean for Academic Advising and Placement provides academic assistance to
full-time upper-class students, and can be reached at 215-572-2922. The Director of
Professional and Continuing Studies provides academic assistance to part-time students
and can be reached directly at 215-572-2929 or through the Graduate and Professional
Studies secretary at 215-572-2169.
Act 101 Program
The goal of the Arcadia University Act 101 Program is to help students reach their
maximum potential by providing an academic support system. Some students admitted
to this Program will take a one-credit Learning Strategies Workshop course. In
addition, the Act 101 Program provides tutoring, counseling and supplemental
instruction.
Tutoring is available in areas such as mathematics, English, science and modern
language, and in both individual and group sessions. The counseling component
provides a variety of academic, career, personal and financial aid counseling, as well as
self-concept development. For more information contact Dr. Doreen Loury, Director of
Act 101 Program at 215-572-4087.
Gateway to Success
Students accepted via Gateway to Success are typically required to take a reduced
course load in the fall of their first year and a one-credit Learning Strategies Workshop
course. Academic support services are available through the University’s Education
Enhancement Center, Writing Center and Math Lab.
28

_________________________________________ Academic Resources
Tutoring and Academic Support
Undergraduate students seeking academic assistance should visit the Education
Enhancement Center (EEC), Taylor Hall, Room 202. Students may request a tutor,
consult our resources, or use the computer lab. Students who wish to improve their
academic performance should make an appointment with the EEC director. For more
information, call 215-572-4086 or visit the EEC Web page at www.arcadia.edu/eec.
The Writing Center is located in Taylor Hall, Room 206, and provides individual
consultations by appointment or on a drop-in basis for students working on writing
projects. The Writing Center is staffed by undergraduate and graduate students. Day
and evening hours are available. For more information, call 215-572-4051.
The Math Lab is located in Boyer Hall, Room 116, and provides drop-in peer tutoring
to all students enrolled in math courses. For more information, call 215-572-2149.
Chemistry department students who are members of the American Chemical Society
provide tutoring for chemistry and physics courses. Students should contact the
Chemistry department directly.
Special Academic Opportunities
The University Writing Program
Writing is more than a way to communicate the results of liberal learning; writing is
a way to learn. At Arcadia University, students write regularly to engage fully the ideas
presented in their courses, fulfilling one promise of a liberal education: proficiency in
critical thinking and effective communication.
The University Writing Program is built on the foundation of a sequence of freshmen
composition courses, Thought and Expression, focus on analytical reading and writing,
critical thinking, and careful expression of ideas. In these courses, students read material
from a variety of fields and learn to write for various academic and personal purposes.
In the process of reviewing conventions of standard written English and studying their
own writing processes, students learn to write, revise, and edit multiple drafts of
important projects, and they learn how to respond productively to the works-in-progress
of other students.
The Arcadia University Writing Center is based on the principles of collaborative
learning. By asking probing questions and by responding to papers that are still in the
draft stages, experienced undergraduate and graduate student consultants assist their
peers in the writing process. Writing Center consultants have regularly scheduled hours
in Taylor Hall 206, where they offer one-to-one tutorials on issues ranging from
documentation and editing to discovering and narrowing paper topics; from reviewing
matters of grammar and punctuation to organizing, developing, and revising paper drafts.
Experiential Learning Opportunities
Arcadia University’s academic programs give vitality to learning by interweaving
career preparation with liberal learning. Our commitment includes belief in the value of
off-campus learning experiences. Students are provided the opportunity for such
29

Academic Resources _______________________________________
experiential learning opportunities through cooperative education, internships in the
student’s chosen profession, community service opportunities, and the chance to study
abroad or in other academic settings.
Cooperative Education Program
Cooperative education provides an opportunity to combine on-campus academic
study with periods of off-campus, education-oriented employment in areas related to
students’ academic and career interests. Through this program, students experience
immediate application of their academic training while contributing to the financing of
their education. They may be exposed to varied cultural backgrounds and geographic
locations through their work experiences. They learn to adapt gradually to the work
environment and can explore interests and emerging careers on an organized basis.
Co-op students are paid at prevailing rates by their employers. Work assignments are
normally full-time for a six-month period. Students taking additional co-ops may take
part-time work assignments (20 or more hours per week) for six months combined with
part-time study (a maximum of 11 credits), or full-time assignments during the summer
(a minimum of 250 hours). An academic adviser establishes learning objectives for each
work assignment. Upon the successful completion of each work assignment and its
learning contract, academic credit is awarded.
Tuition and fees are charged for each co-op placement (see pp. 49, 51). While
students may complete two co-op work assignments within a four-year program, many
students elect to take more or longer work assignments, thus extending their college
program.
The Cooperative Education Program is open to students in all majors who are in
good academic standing. (For a description of the cooperative education courses, see
page 233.) For further information, call the director of Cooperative Education at
215-572-2939.
Internships
Many departments provide the opportunity for students to receive academic credit for
paid or unpaid work in a supervised professional setting. These career internships are
usually linked to seminar meetings with other interns and provide a chance for students
to share and reflect upon their experiences. The descriptions for internship-type
experiences are found in the listing of courses for each major.
Service to Community
As Arcadia University consciously affirms the value of social responsibility, students
are encouraged to become active in the Community Service Office, and its service
programs and projects. The University’s commitment to service has grown since its
affiliation with Campus Compact, a national association of colleges that promote
student participation in meaningful service to the community.
The Community Service Office acts as a clearinghouse for information on various
organizations and service opportunities in the greater Philadelphia community. The
Coordinator can offer assistance in developing service projects that address specific
academic connections and personal interests. The office also works with faculty to
develop course work incorporating service. Some courses may offer partial credit for
30

_________________________________________ Academic Resources
volunteer work. Internships and work-study positions are also available with many
community-based service agencies. Recognition of individuals contributing to the
community is emphasized.
Students participate in the planning and implementation of Hunger and
Homelessness Week and other special events during the year. A one-day service project
is a feature of New Student Orientation each fall. New ideas for service programs are
always welcome. An up-to-date directory of programs and agencies that need volunteers
is published each semester, available on CD, and a newsletter publishes up-to-date
information on service opportunities. Student leaders may attend national conferences
and training in community service and volunteer issues. For further information,
contact the coordinator of Community Service located in Knight Hall, at 215-572-4000.
The Washington Semester/Washington Center
In cooperation with the American University, Arcadia University participates in The
Washington Semester Programs, which are designed to give college undergraduates a
better understanding of national and international affairs through a study of
government in action. Students spend one semester at the American University during
the spring of their sophomore or junior year and register for one of the following twelve
programs: U.S. Politics, Law Enforcement: Security v. Liberty, Gender and Politics,
Public Law, Foreign Policy, Peace and Conflict Resolution, Economic Policy,
Journalism, Justice, International Environment and Development, Transforming
Communities, and International Business and Trade. The programs combine seminars,
internships and research in a full semester of academic work in Washington, D.C. The
student remains enrolled at Arcadia University, but there are some additional expenses
for the American University program. Scholarship money is available. The Washington
Center offers full-time semester-long and summer internships and two-week academic
seminars throughout the year. Internships appropriate to individual interests are
arranged for students in all majors. For additional information go to Web sites
www.washingtonsemester.com and www.twc.edu
31

__________________________________________________________
Admissions
32

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Admissions for
Full-time Students
High school students, transfer students and international students who wish to enroll
on a full-time basis will pursue on average 16 credits per semester (with a minimum of
12 credits) on a matriculated basis.
Procedures for Entering Freshmen
Historically, Arcadia University has emphasized the importance of individual students
and their individual talents and strengths. The University’s admissions program reflects
this same commitment. Students are selected on the basis of educational preparation,
intellectual promise and potential.
During the admissions process, Enrollment Management counselors carefully review
each candidates credentials. Particular emphasis is placed on candidates’ academic
records, including the types of programs followed and the grades and class rank earned.
The application essay, standardized test scores, transcripts, and counselor and teacher
recommendations are required. Character references, participation in school and
community activities, work experience and any other supporting credentials presented
by the student are considered in the evaluation. The result is a highly individualized
approach to the selection of students.
For students who graduated from high school five or more years ago, attention is
given to academic records and life experience, including work and military service.
Prospective students are encouraged to submit their applications as early as possible
in the academic year. Applicants are notified of the admission decision on a rolling
basis, usually within several weeks from the date of completion of the application.
Secondary School Preparation
Generally, freshmen offered admission to Arcadia University have completed an
academic or college preparatory program in secondary school. The Enrollment
Management Office assesses each applicant’s records individually and considers past
achievement as well as ability and promise when making admissions decisions.
Recognizing the value of a well-rounded and balanced education, the following
distribution of secondary school units is recommended:
English 4
History and Social Studies 4
Mathematics 3 (including Algebra II and Geometry)
Modern Language 2 (in one language)
Laboratory Science 3
Additional units in modern language, mathematics and laboratory science are desirable
as electives.
A strong background in the sciences and mathematics is recommended for students
interested in the pre-physical therapy, pre-physician assistant studies, pre-medical and
other pre-health professions programs or the combined engineering program.
33

Admissions _______________________________________________
Candidates whose high school programs have not followed the recommended pattern,
but whose total credentials show evidence of potential for success at Arcadia
University, are invited to apply with the assurance that their records will be given full
and careful consideration.
Interviews
Prospective students are encouraged to visit the University to meet with an
Enrollment Management counselor for a personal interview and to take a studentguided
campus tour. Although the interview is not required, it is in the student’s best
interest to schedule an interview to discuss college plans and to learn firsthand about
the special qualities and characteristics of the campus. Students may schedule an
appointment at any point during the admissions process, either before or after applying
for admission. The visit is most meaningful on weekdays when classes are in session.
For those who are unable to visit the campus on weekdays, appointments may be
scheduled on Saturday mornings from September through May. Parents are welcome to
accompany the student on the visit and will be invited into the interview to have their
specific questions and concerns addressed.
Students who graduated from high school five or more years ago are encouraged to
meet with a member of the Enrollment Management staff for a personal interview. The
interview is a forum to discuss educational and career goals and to review how the
Enrollment Management staff might assist the student in making a smooth transition to
college.
In some cases, the interview may be considered essential to the admissions decision;
hence the Enrollment Management Office reserves the option to request an interview
when deemed appropriate.
Required Credentials for Entering Freshmen
1. Application Forms
Application forms can be obtained from the Arcadia University Enrollment
Management Office. Applications can also be downloaded from the Arcadia
University Web site at www.arcadia.edu. Candidates should follow the instructions
provided and return the application with a non-refundable fee of $30. Checks are to
be made payable to Arcadia University.
Students can also apply electronically from the Arcadia University Web site
(www.arcadia.edu).
Arcadia University is also a member of the Common Application group. Students
can obtain copies of the Common Application form from their high school guidance
counselors, transfer counselors or by contacting the Arcadia University Enrollment
Management Office toll-free at 1-877-ARCADIA (877-272-2342) or 215-572-2910,
or e-mail admiss@arcadia.edu. Arcadia University also accepts electronically
transmitted applications. The Common Application can be downloaded from either
the Common Application Web site at www.commonapp.org or the Arcadia
University Web site at www.arcadia.edu.
Applicants who are in high school at the time they apply are required to submit
evaluations from a guidance counselor and a teacher of an academic subject.
Evaluation forms for this purpose are attached to the application form or obtained
34

_________________________________________________ Admissions
from the Enrollment Management Office, although letters of recommendation are
also acceptable and welcome.
While there is no deadline, applications should be submitted as early as possible.
However, applicants who wish to be considered for financial aid should submit their
applications by March 1 (see Financial Aid and Scholarships, page 53).
2. Transcripts
Freshman candidates are required to submit an official high school transcript. The
transcript must be sent directly to the Arcadia University Enrollment Management
Office by the high school attended and should bear the appropriate signatures and
seals to be considered official. The high school record should also include a list of
courses and grades in progress at the time the application is filed.
Some secondary schools prefer that their students submit college applications
through their guidance offices. In these cases, the application, high school transcript
and recommendations are sent to Arcadia University as a package.
Either procedure is acceptable. However, it is the responsibility of the prospective
student to ensure that the secondary school record or a certificate of General
Educational Diploma (GED) is sent to the Enrollment Management Office.
If a preliminary examination of credentials reveals the need for further
information, prospective students will be notified.
Students who graduated from high school seven or more years ago need only
submit an official high school transcript (from the latest school attended) or GED
test results. Generally, official transcripts should be received prior to the beginning
of the student’s first semester. However, if transcripts have not been received by that
time, students may still enroll on a part-time, non-matriculated basis.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants must submit results of the Scholastic Achievement Test
(SAT) of the College Board (www.collegeboard.org) or the American College
Testing (ACT) Assessment Program (www.act.org).
Results included on the high school transcript will be accepted, but applicants are
encouraged to code their test registration forms with the Arcadia University code,
which is 2039 for SAT and 3524 for ACT. Scores are then sent directly to Arcadia
University from the College Board, Box 592, Princeton, NJ 08540.
For students who graduated from high school five or more years ago, SAT or
ACT scores are not generally required. However, in some cases, these scores may be
requested if it is felt they would be useful for advising purposes.
4. Portfolio
All students applying to the University as fine arts majors in the BA or BFA
degree program must submit a portfolio of work before acceptance into the
program is granted. The portfolio review deadline for freshmen seeking fall
admission is June 1.
Applicants to the Scientific Illustration Program are also required to submit a
portfolio as part of the admissions process.
Portfolio review guidelines will be sent to appropriate candidates when their
applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment Management
Office.
35

Admissions _______________________________________________
5. Audition
All students applying for the B.F.A. in Acting are required to audition for the
program. Specific information will be sent to the appropriate candidates when their
applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment Management
Office.
6. Supplementary Materials
The Enrollment Management Office is interested in knowing as much as possible
about applicants as individuals with their own special capacities, interests and
desires. Therefore, in addition to the required credentials, applicants are encouraged
to submit whatever materials they believe will assist the admissions staff in assessing
their talents and potential. Examples of such materials include the visual arts,
creative writing, research projects in the sciences or other subjects; evidence of
hobbies, community or other volunteer services; and programs and reviews in any of
the performing arts in which students have participated.
Homeschool Admissions
Arcadia University recognizes the value of non-traditional learning. A
homeschooler’s experience can bring a fresh perspective that enhances our campus
community. We encourage home-educated students to apply for admission.
Required Credentials for Homeschooled Students:
1. Application for Admission
2. SAT or ACT scores
3. Two letters of recommendation. One should be from an evaluator or teacher and
the other can be from a second teacher, an employer, or another adult who can
effectively assess academic abilities. Please note that recommendations from family
members will be considered in addition to two (2) recommendations from
unrelated individuals.
4. One or more of the following:
• State Approved Diploma
•GED
• Comprehensive representation of the homeschool curriculum (grades 9–12).
This can be provided in any combination of the following: portfolio, course
outlines, syllabi, log book, etc.
• Grade report and/or sample works of the student representing a variety of
subjects and spanning the four years of the student’s secondary education.
Evaluator’s reports are also helpful.
5. A personal interview with an Enrollment Management Counselor is not required
but is strongly recommended.
Optional Supplemental Materials:*
SAT II Subject Tests
AP Test Scores
CLEP Exam Scores
Additional writing samples or course material (e.g., science lab report).
Any other relevant material that the student would like to submit.
* These materials can often be helpful in determining a student’s scholarship potential
36

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Acceptance and Deposit
Although students who are offered admission have until May 1 to notify the
University of their decision to attend (in accordance with the University Board
Candidates’ Reply Date), they are encouraged to submit a deposit as soon as their
decision has been made. Earlier deposits will have an advantage in the choice of
housing opportunities. Historically, all students who submit deposits by May 1 have
received housing. Resident students are required to submit a deposit of $200; commuter
students, $100. This deposit is credited against the charges for the following semester,
but is not refundable should students not enter the University on the date for which
they are accepted.
For students who are enrolled in a high school program at the time of their
acceptance, it is understood that they will maintain the same level of academic
achievement through the remainder of their high school senior year. If a student’s work
falls below a satisfactory level, the acceptance may be rescinded.
Alternate Admissions Plans
1. Early Decision Plan of Application
Freshman candidates with good scholastic records and recommendations may wish
to apply under this plan. Applicants must certify that Arcadia University is their
first choice. Candidates may apply to other colleges but must agree to withdraw such
applications when notified of acceptance by Arcadia University. The procedure is
the same for the regular plan of application, except that the formal application
should be received by the Enrollment Management Office no later than October 15,
and complete credentials must be in the office by November 1.
Applicants will be notified of admission decisions by December 1. Accepted
candidates must pay a non-refundable deposit of $200 (resident students) or $100
(commuter students) by February 1. It is understood that students accepted under
this plan will maintain the same level of academic achievement through the
remainder of their high school senior year or acceptance may be rescinded.
Early decision candidates will be informed of their financial aid status before the
February 1 reply date, provided they have submitted all financial aid forms by
December 1 (see page 53).
2. Early Admission
Well-qualified, highly motivated students who have demonstrated personal and
social maturity may enter the University at the end of their junior year rather than
completing graduation requirements in high school. A personal interview is required,
as is the written approval of parents, plus that of a guidance counselor or principal
along with the credentials required of all freshman applicants.
3. Deferred Admission
For many students the college experience is richer and more relevant if, between
high school and college, they take a year off to gain a broader experience and added
maturity. Upon written request, Arcadia University will grant deferred admission to
accepted candidates.
37

Admissions _______________________________________________
4. Entrance at Mid-year
Students may be admitted for the spring semester. Applicants are urged to consult
with an Enrollment Management counselor as to the feasibility of entrance at midyear
in light of the curriculum they have chosen.
5. Gateway to Success/ACT 101
Students identified by the Enrollment Management Office as having potential to
succeed at Arcadia University, despite some modest elements in their credentials,
may be offered admission via Gateway to Success or via the ACT 101 support
program.
Students accepted under the ACT 101 support program are required to comply
with one or several conditions during their first or later years of study at the
University. Conditions may include some of the following components: completion
of a learning strategies course, a slight reduction in the freshman year course load,
attendance at tutoring or counseling sessions, peer mentoring and/or peer tutoring,
or other modifications. The program director will work with students to determine
the individualized programs best-suited to assure their success.
Students accepted via Gateway to Success may be required to take a slightly
reduced course load during their freshman year. Academic support services are
available through the University’s Educational Enhancement Center.
Choice of Major
Freshmen may enter Arcadia University with or without a field of specialization in
mind. In most cases, it is not necessary to make a choice at the time of admission.
Indication of interest in a particular field at the freshman level is considered subject to
change, and formal declaration of a major is usually made in the sophomore year.
However, some pre-professional programs, such as Pre-Physical Therapy, Pre-Physician
Assistant Studies, and International Peace and Conflict Resolution, and some majors
such as Education, Scientific Illustration and Fine Arts, have specific requirements or
call for particular attention to the courses taken from the start of the freshman year.
Students considering these programs are urged to check the appropriate catalog pages
for further information concerning requirements and to meet with their advisers as early
as possible to plan their schedules.
Advanced Placement
Students who have earned scores of three or higher on Advanced Placement
examinations of the College Board will be awarded credit toward the bachelor’s degree
for courses comparable to those offered at Arcadia University. Those interested in
learning more about Advanced Placement courses or examinations should obtain
information from their high school guidance office or contact AP Exams, P.O. Box
6671, Princeton, NJ 08541-6671; by phone at 609-771-7300, or online at
www.collegeboard.org.
Another means by which incoming students can earn advanced credit is through the
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or Excelsior College Examinations
(formerly known as ACT PEP and Regents Examinations) (see page 46). Inquiries
about advanced placement and credit should be addressed to the Arcadia University
Registrar at 215-572-2100.
38

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Honors Program
Incoming freshmen and transfer students are evaluated for possible acceptance into
the Honors Program based upon the strength of their admissions application. To be
considered for the program, freshman applicants must have at least a 1200 SAT score
and graduate in the top 10 percent of their class; transfers must have a transfer GPA of
at least a 3.25 from an accredited institution.
Procedures for Transfer Students
Students interested in entering Arcadia University from other colleges or universities
are welcome to apply for admission to either the fall or spring semester. Transfer
applicants should be in good standing, have a grade point average of 2.5 or better, and
have demonstrated the ability to do college-level work, in order to be considered for
admission.
Eligibility for admission is based primarily on each candidate’s previous college
performance; however, students having completed fewer than 30 semester hours of
college credit will be considered on the basis of their high school transcript, test scores
and whatever college study has been completed.
Entering transfer students are given the same financial aid consideration as freshmen.
Transfer students are also reviewed for merit scholarships and achievement awards.
Potential transfer students who were eligible for ACT 101 at their previous institution
should inform the Enrollment Management Office during the application process in
order to evaluate their eligibility for the Arcadia University ACT 101 program.
Arcadia University has a number of admissions agreements with area community
colleges. Contact the Enrollment Management Office toll-free at 1-877-ARCADIA
(877-272-2342) for more information.
Required Credentials for Transfer Students
1. Application Forms
Transfer application forms can be obtained from the Arcadia University
Enrollment Management Office. Applications can also be downloaded from the
Arcadia University Web site (www.arcadia.edu). Candidates should follow the
instructions provided and return the application with a non-refundable fee of $30.
Checks are to be made payable to Arcadia University.
Students may also apply electronically from the Arcadia University Web site
(www.arcadia.edu).
Arcadia University is also a member of the Common Application group. Students
can obtain copies of the Common Application form from their high school guidance
counselors, transfer counselors or by contacting the Enrollment Management Office
toll-free at 1-877-ARCADIA (877-272-2342) or 215-572-2910, or e-mail
admiss@arcadia.edu. Arcadia University will also accept electronically transmitted
applications. The Common Application can be downloaded from either the
Common Application Web site at www.commonapp.org or the Arcadia University
Web site at www.arcadia.edu.
While there is no deadline, the application should be submitted as early as
possible. However, applicants who wish to be considered for financial aid are advised
39

Admissions _______________________________________________
to submit their applications by April 1 for September admission (see Financial Aid
and Scholarships, page 53).
2. Transcripts
Transfer candidates who have successfully completed the equivalent of two or
more semesters of full-time college-level work (30 credits or more) are not required
to submit secondary school transcripts unless they are applying for financial
assistance. If, however, in the judgment of the Enrollment Management Office, such
records would lead to a more accurate assessment of a candidate’s abilities, secondary
school transcripts will be requested.
Transfer applicants must have official transcripts sent to the Enrollment
Management Office from each post-secondary school attended (regardless of whether
they wish to receive transfer credit from each institution). Transcripts must bear the
appropriate seals and signatures to be considered official. Copies of catalogs from
previous institutions, with appropriate course descriptions, may be required for
evaluation of transfer credit.
Students with fewer than 30 college credits must submit both secondary school
transcripts and college transcripts.
International students wishing to transfer to Arcadia University must have their
undergraduate transcripts evaluated by an independent service based in the United
States. The Enrollment Management Office will provide recommendations if
needed.
3. Test Scores
Transfer applicants who have successfully completed the equivalent of one or
more years of full-time college-level study need not submit the results of the
Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT) of the College Board or the American College
Testing (ACT) Assessment Program. For students who graduated from high school
seven or more years ago, standardized test scores are generally not required.
However, the Enrollment Management Office reserves the right to request these test
results if such testing would lead to a more accurate assessment of a candidate.
4. Portfolio
Students transferring into the University as fine arts majors are required to submit
a portfolio. The contents of the portfolio should reflect the student’s abilities in the
proposed concentration but should also contain work representing the student’s
overall abilities. Portfolio review guidelines will be sent to appropriate candidates
when their applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment
Management Office. For fall semester transfer students the portfolio deadline is July 1.
5. Audition
All students applying for the B.F.A. in Acting are required to audition for the
program. Specific information will be sent to the appropriate candidates when their
applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment Management
Office.
6. Supplementary Materials
Transfer students applying for admission to education programs, including the
Environmental Studies 3+2 program, should contact the chair of the Education
Department to discuss credit evaluation and program requirements related to courses
already taken.
40

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Transfer students considering pursuing the 4+2 1/2 program in Physical Therapy,
the 4+2 program in Physician Assistant Studies, or the 4+2 program in
International Peace and Conflict Resolution should contact the transfer coordinator
in the Enrollment Management Office to receive academic advising early in the
admissions process.
Other applicants should submit whatever materials they believe will assist the
admissions staff in assessing their talents and potential. Examples of such materials
include a personal statement recommendations; and evidence of hobbies, community
or volunteer services.
Acceptance and Deposit
Although transfer students who are offered admission to the full-time program for the
fall semester have until May 1 to notify the University of their decision to attend (in
accordance with the University Board Candidates’ Reply Date), they should submit a
deposit as soon as they have made a decision. (Students accepted after May 1 are given
two weeks to submit their deposits.) Those who submit earlier deposits will have an
advantage in housing opportunities. Historically, all students who submit deposits by
May 1 have received housing. Transfer students accepted for the spring semester must
submit their deposits before the semester begins.
Resident students are required to submit a deposit of $200; commuter students, $100.
This deposit is credited against the charges for the following semester, but is not
refundable should students not enter the University on the date for which they are
accepted.
For students who are enrolled in an academic program at the time of their
acceptance, it is understood that they will maintain the same level of academic
achievement through the remainder of their current program. If a student’s work falls
below a satisfactory level, the acceptance may be rescinded.
Transfer Credit
Transfer credit is granted for college level work completed at another accredited
institution if the course content is comparable to that offered at Arcadia University or
appropriate for the degree program. Credit will not be granted for courses in which
grades below “C–” are earned. A maximum of 90 credits may be transferred from a fouryear
institution, or 75 credits from a two-year institution. The Enrollment Management
staff provides credit evaluations for transfer students to help facilitate the transition to
Arcadia University.
Assignment or exemption for English composition is determined by performance on
the Arcadia University Writing Inventory or by a transfer credit evaluation.
Assignment or exemption in mathematics and modern language is determined by
performance on a placement examination administered by the University or by a
transfer credit evaluation.
Ordinarily, students must be enrolled in the University for the final three full
semesters (or the equivalent) of their program and complete at least half the credits for
their major or concentration at Arcadia University. Certain majors may require more.
With departmental approval, students transferring to the University may complete
requirements for the degree with fewer credits, but a minimum of 32 is required.
41

Admissions _______________________________________________
Interviews
Transfer students are welcome to visit the University to meet with an Enrollment
Management counselor for a personal interview or to take a student-guided campus
tour. The interview is a forum to discuss educational and career goals, transfer of
credits, and how the Enrollment Management staff can facilitate the transition to
Arcadia University.
In some cases, the interview may be considered essential to the admissions decision;
hence the Enrollment Management Office reserves the option to request an interview
when deemed appropriate.
Monthly Transfer Evaluation Days are also held to assist students with their
admission and financial aid questions. Preliminary credit evaluations are performed and
application fees are waived for all who attend.
Additional Credentials for International Students
International students planning to study at Arcadia University under Student (F)
Visas are required to enroll on a full-time basis (12 or more credits). They must satisfy
the appropriate admissions requirements and procedures, demonstrate proficiency in the
English language and provide an affidavit of financial responsibility. Academic records
should include courses studied, grades earned, diplomas, certificates and results of
comprehensive examinations. A certified translation of previous education records is
required if the records are in a language other than English.
Applicants whose native language is not English must submit their scores from the
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Information on TOEFL may be
obtained by writing TOEFL Services, CN 6151, Princeton, NJ 08541-6151 or through
www.toefl.org.
Undergraduate students must achieve a minimum score of 520 on the TOEFL, with
no sub-score below 50. The minimum required score on the computer-based TOEFL is
190. Students who do not meet the minimum TOEFL requirement, but who have
strong academic records, can receive a Conditional Letter of Acceptance (CLA). The
CLA is valid for up to one year, allowing a student to study English, and to reach the
required TOEFL score. Study at the American Language Academy on the Arcadia
University campus is recommended.
Transfer and second degree candidates must have their undergraduate transcripts
evaluated by an independent service based in the United States. For further
information please contact the international student coordinator in the Enrollment
Management Office.
International Baccalaureate
Arcadia University reviews and evaluates International Baccalaureate (IB) Higher
Level courses on an individual basis. Normally, University course credit is granted for
scores of 5 or higher in courses that are applicable to the degree program. Full IB
diploma holders are also evaluated on an individual basis. No credit is given for
subsidiary-level courses.
42

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Admissions for
Part-time Students
Students who wish to enroll in part-time study for day or evening programs can do so
either as a degree-seeking matriculated student or as a special-status non-matriculated
student. Students who begin study at Arcadia University as non-matriculated students
can apply for matriculation at a later time. Students who wish to pursue Post
Baccalaureate Certification, Undergraduate Certificate Programs or audit courses can
also enroll on a part-time basis. Academically talented high school students and visiting
students from other colleges and universities can also enroll as part-time students.
As a part-time student, you must be accepted into a degree program as a matriculated
student to receive financial aid for which you may be eligible. Students accepted under nonmatriculated
status are not eligible to receive financial aid.
Degree Status (Matriculated status) is appropriate for those students who have an
academic record that indicates a high likelihood of success and who meet the
appropriate admissions criteria for matriculated students.
Special Status (Non-matriculated status) is appropriate for students who wish to take
courses for personal advancement or satisfaction, who are presently seeking degree
status, or who are not qualified for immediate acceptance for degree status on the basis
of their prior academic record. Special-status students are limited to two courses during
a given semester, 6–8 credits in one semester, and are subject to departmental approval
and availability of space. A maximum of the equivalent of one-half year of credits
(15–16) may be taken as a special-status student unless permission is granted for
additional credit. After completion of 15–16 credits, students will be considered degree
candidates provided a 2.0 grade point average or better is achieved and all official
transcripts from prior institutions have been received. Non-matriculated students are not
eligible to receive financial aid.
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs are appropriate for individuals who already
hold a bachelor’s degree and are seeking to update prior knowledge, to prepare for a
career change, or to meet prerequisites for entry into an advanced degree program.
Audit/Non-Credit Courses can be taken on a non-participatory basis for individuals
not seeking credit for courses.
High School Students who are academically talented may take one college-level
course per semester while they are in high school. If the course is taken for high school
credit only, the student will register as an auditor and a letter of completion is sent to
the high school. If the course is taken for college credit, the student registers for the
credits and a transcript is issued for the course.
Visiting Student Status is appropriate for individuals from other colleges and
universities who wish to enroll in courses at Arcadia University and have these credits
transferred back to their institutions.
Required Credentials for Part-time Students
1. Application Forms
Students interested in part-time study can obtain a Part-time Undergraduate
Admission Application Form from the Arcadia University Enrollment Management
43

Admissions _______________________________________________
Office. Applications can also be downloaded from the Arcadia University Web site
at www.arcadia.edu. All students enrolling for the first time must send a nonrefundable
$30 application fee with their application. Checks are to be made
payable to Arcadia University.
Students can also apply electronically from the Arcadia University Web site
(www.arcadia.edu).
Applicants who wish to be considered for financial aid (provided matriculated
status is granted) are advised to submit their applications by March 1 for September
admission (see page 53).
2. Transcripts
Freshman candidates must submit an official high school transcript from the latest
school attended or General Education Diploma (GED) Test results. The transcript
must be sent directly to the Enrollment Management Office by the high school
attended and should bear the appropriate signatures and seals to be considered
official.
Transfer students who have successfully completed the equivalent of 30 or more
credits of college-level work are not required to submit secondary school transcripts
unless they are applying for financial assistance. Secondary school transcripts may be
requested by the Enrollment Management Office if such records would lead to a
more accurate assessment of a candidate’s academic abilities.
Transfer applicants must have official transcripts sent to the Enrollment
Management Office from each post-secondary school attended (regardless of whether
they wish to receive transfer credit from each institution). Transcripts must bear the
appropriate seals and signatures to be considered official. Copies of catalogs from
previous institutions, with appropriate course descriptions, may be required for
accurate evaluation of transfer credit.
High School Students who wish to take college courses while still in high school
must submit a copy of the high school transcript showing courses in progress and a
letter from the high school counselor giving permission to take the course.
Post-Baccalaureate candidates must submit an official transcript from their
degree-granting institution showing proof of completion of a bachelor’s degree.
Transcripts must bear the appropriate seals and signatures to be considered
official.
Auditors and Visiting Students enrolled at other institutions do not need to
submit transcripts, unless they are enrolling in courses that require proof of
satisfactory completion of prerequisite course work.
Generally, official transcripts should be received prior to the beginning of the
student’s first semester. However, if transcripts have not been received by that time,
the student may still enroll as a special-status student.
3. Test Scores
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Testing (ACT)
Assessment Program scores are not required. However, these scores may be requested
if it is felt that they would be useful for advising purposes.
4. Portfolio
All students applying to the University as fine arts majors in the B.A. or B.F.A.
degree program must submit a portfolio of work before acceptance into the program
44

_________________________________________________ Admissions
is granted. The portfolio deadline for freshmen is June 1 and the deadline for
transfer candidates is July1.
Applicants to the Scientific Illustration Program are also required to submit a
portfolio as part of the admissions process.
Portfolio review guidelines will be sent to appropriate candidates when their
applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment Management Office.
5. Audition
All students applying for the B.F.A. in Acting are required to audition for the
program. Specific information will be sent to the appropriate candidates when their
applications are received or may be requested from the Enrollment Management
Office.
Interviews
An interview is recommended in order to simplify the admissions process, ensure that
a suitable program of study can be arranged, evaluate the transfer of any previous
college credits and provide advisory consultation. This consultation can assist students
in identifying goals and selecting appropriate courses. Interviews can be arranged by
contacting the Enrollment Management Office toll-free at 1-877-ARCADIA
(877-272-2342) or e-mail admiss@arcadia.edu.
Credit Assessment
Credits can be granted for college course work completed at other accredited
institutions. Credits can also be earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP), the Excelsior College Examinations (formerly known as ACT PEP
and Regents Examinations), the Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC), the
American Council of Education (ACE), the Program on Noncollegiate Sponsored
Instruction (PONSI), the Life Office Management Association (LOMA), Certified
Financial Analyst (CFA) examinations, American Institute of Banking (AIB), and the
American Institute for CPCU and Insurance Institute of America (AICPCU/IIA). The
total number of credits earned by examination may not exceed 64 credits for a daytime
program, or 60 credits for an evening program.
Ordinarily, students are required to complete at least half the credits for their major
and concentration at Arcadia University, although more may be required for certain
majors or concentrations. Transfer students presenting more than half the credits for a
major or concentration should see the appropriate department chairperson to identify
appropriate courses.
The Enrollment Management Office provides credit assessments for students with
prior college-level credits to help facilitate their transition to Arcadia University. For
further information regarding credit assessment contact the Enrollment Management
Office toll-free at 1-877-ARCADIA (877-272-2342) or e-mail admiss@arcadia.edu.
1. Transfer Credit
Transfer credit is granted for work completed at another accredited institution if
the course content is comparable to that offered at Arcadia University or
appropriate for the degree program. Credit will not be granted for courses in which
45

Admissions _______________________________________________
grades below “C–” are earned. A maximum of 90 credits may be transferred from a
four-year institution, or 75 credits from a two-year institution.
Assignment or exemption for English composition and mathematics is based upon
placement examinations administered by the University or by transfer credit
evaluation. Assignment or exemption for foreign languages is also based upon a
placement examination administered by the University or by transfer credit
evaluation.
2. College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
Arcadia University participates in the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board. This program includes two
types of tests: (1) General Examinations (English composition, mathematics, natural
sciences, humanities and social science-history) and (2) Subject Examinations in
specific undergraduate subjects.
Students who pass one or more of the General Examinations at or above the
ACE-recommended score will be exempt from the appropriate general education
requirements. Course credit may be earned through the Subject Examinations in
those areas appropriate to the Arcadia University curricula. The passing mark in
each of these examinations is the ACE-recommended score.
CLEP information and registration forms can be obtained by calling the local
College Board Office at 215-387-7600 or 609-771-7865. Requests for scores for
completed tests should be made to the Educational Testing Service at 609-921-7000.
For more information about CLEP, visit The College Board Web site at
www.collegeboard.org.
3. ACT Proficiency Examination Program
The University also accepts credits for successful completion of the American
College Testing/Proficiency Examination Program (ACT/PEP) examinations.
As of September 1, 1998, the ACT/PEP: Regents College Examinations
(ACT/PEP:RCE) are administered directly by Regents College (now Excelsior
College) and not by the ACT/PEP program. For more information, visit their Web
site at www.excelsiorcollege.com.
4. Military
Students may be granted credit for previous military training or course work in
accordance with the recommendations of the American Council on Education
(ACE) as described in the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience in the
Armed Forces. Arcadia University also grants credits based on the content of
educational programs offered through Servicemembers Opportunity Colleges (SOC).
5. Other Organizations
The University recognizes ACE credit recommendations for courses offered by
industries, corporations, labor unions, professional societies and federal agencies as
identified through the ACE National Guide. Credit is also accepted for elective
courses taken through the Program on Noncollegiate Sponsored Instruction
(PONSI) and accredited chapters of the American Institute of Banking (AIB), the
Life Office Management Association (LOMA) and the Certified Financial Analyst
(CFA) examinations in business administration and accounting.
46

_________________________________________________ Admissions
Community Scholars Program
The Community Scholars Program offers lifelong learning and cultural opportunities
for individuals of all ages interested in continuing personal and educational growth.
Non-credit, daytime courses are offered by expert faculty in the liberal arts. Courses
meet weekly during the fall, winter, spring and summer semesters. Trips, concerts,
lectures and special events are also scheduled throughout the year.
Persons 60 years of age or older who wish to audit day or evening college courses at a
reduced rate, or want further information, should contact the Community Scholars
Program at 215-572-2914.
FALL ENROLLMENT
Undergraduate full-time . . . . . . . . . 1570
(by class)
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Undergraduate part-time . . . . . . . . . 254
Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Evening and weekend . . . . . . . . . 145
Graduate part-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169
Graduate full-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
External (International programs) . . 946
Grand Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4242
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
Undergraduate full-time
United States and Territories . . . . . . 1532
Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Colorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Delaware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
District of Columbia . . . . . . . . . . 3
Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Illinois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Kansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Kentucky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Louisiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Registration Statistics 2003
Massachusetts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Missouri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
New Hampshire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
New Jersey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
New York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Ohio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pennsylvania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1138
Rhode Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Vermont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Columbia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Cyprus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Equitorial Guinea . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Ghana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Luxembourg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
N. Ireland (U.K.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Nepal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Trinidad/Tabago . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Zimbabwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Grand Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570
Approximately 68 percent of the full-time students who enroll as freshmen complete the four-year
degree program at Arcadia University.
47

Admissions _______________________________________________
48

__________________________________________________________
49
Expenses, Financial Aid
and Scholarships

___________________________________________________ Expenses
Expenses, Financial Aid
and Scholarships
Expenses
Expenses for Full-time Students
(enrollment in 12 or more credits per semester)
The cost for the 2004–05 academic year at Arcadia University, exclusive of books,
clothing, transportation, recreation and incidentals, is $31,680 for full-time resident
students; $22,720 for full-time commuter students.
Resident Students
Semester Year
Tuition $11,220 $22,440
Board and Room* ** 4,480 8,960
Activities and General Fee _______ 140 _______ 280
$15,840 $31,680
Commuter Students
Semester Year
Tuition $11,220 $22,440
Activities and General Fee _______ 140 _______ 280
$11,360 $22,720
Special Fees
Application fee: $30 (non-refundable).
Applied music lessons: $400 per instrument per semester.
Auditing fee: $400 per course (persons 60 years of age or older, $125 per course).
Cooperative education assignment: In addition to the appropriate tuition, a fee of
$200 is charged for each assignment.
Course fees: Students will be charged a course fee for enrollment in courses for which
the University provides special facilities, equipment or materials. Currently, any
* An additional charge of $460-660 per semester is made for a single room, if available, depending on the size of the
room selected. Double-single rooms (one person in a standard room) are assigned only when there is sufficient
space. A credit of $460 per semester will be made to students assigned to triple accommodations (three students in
a standard room).
** Rooms are available during the summer months at a weekly rate with or without meals. Students residing on
campus for six weeks or more will receive a substantial discount to the weekly rate. Summer accommodations are
based on double occupancy. When available, single rooms can be provided for a weekly surcharge. There are 10
meals per week in the summer, Monday through Friday and no weekend meal plans.
50

Expenses _________________________________________________
student taking natural science courses involving a lab will be charged a $60
laboratory fee per course for each semester. Other fees may be assessed as warranted
on a course-by-course basis (to be announced at the first class meeting of the given
semester or term).
Examination for credit: Students will be charged a fee of $400 per course, which
includes the examination, review and processing of course transcript.
Fine arts studio courses: Additional expenses may be charged for supplies.
Parking permit: $60 per year, if carrying 9 or more credits; $30 per semester, if carrying
less than 12 undergraduate credits or less than 9 graduate credits; no fee after 4 p.m.
Deposits
Registration Deposit
For entering students: A deposit of $200 is required for entering resident students;
$100 for entering, full-time commuter students. This amount is credited toward charges
for the coming year, but is non-refundable should the student not enter the University
on the date for which admission has been approved. Except for Early Decision
candidates, the deposit is due by May 1.
Entering students accepted under the Early Decision Plan pay a non-refundable
deposit on or before February 1: $200 for resident students; $100 for commuter students
beginning with the Fall 2004 Semester.
For returning students: In the spring, returning resident students pay a deposit of
$300; returning full-time commuter students pay a deposit of $100. This amount is
credited toward charges for the coming year. The deposit is not refundable after June 1.
Damage Deposit
All full-time students will be charged a refundable $100 damage deposit. The
University will hold this deposit until such time as the student graduates or officially
withdraws from the University.
Personal Property and Health Insurance
The University is not responsible for loss of or damage to clothing or other personal
property brought to the campus. It is recommended that students provide private
insurance coverage.
Students must have health insurance. Students can provide for their own coverage,
or enroll in a student health insurance program designed for Arcadia University.
Further information is available from the Student Affairs Office.
Payment
Students are billed in advance for each semester. Student accounts are expected to be
paid in full on or before the date due. The Arcadia University Monthly Payment Plan
is available to all full-time students. This plan enables students or their parents to pay
all or part of their annual expenses interest free in 10 monthly payments. Plan
payments begin June 1 and end on March 1 of each year. There is a $40 annual fee for
participation in this program. Brochures describing the Arcadia University Monthly
51

___________________________________________________ Expenses
Payment Plan are mailed to students each spring or can be obtained by calling the plan
administrator, Key Education Resources at 1-800-KEY-LEND or see Web site
www.key.com/EDUCATE.
Admission to classes and occupancy of residence halls may be denied pending the
satisfactory resolution of all financial obligations. Student accounts more than 30 days
past due will be charged a $50 late fee. Student accounts more than 60 days past due
will be subject to a monthly finance charge equal to 1 percent of the past due balance.
Students with accounts 90 days past due will not be permitted to participate in
extracurricular activities, register for future classes, participate at graduation, or receive
current grades or academic transcripts. Students with accounts 120 days past due may
be dismissed from the University. Students with accounts 180 days past due may be
placed with a collection agency and listed with a credit bureau. Additionally, these
students will be responsible for all finance charges assessed to their account, all costs
associated with placing their account with a collection service, and all costs of
litigation.
The Board of Trustees of Arcadia University reserves the right to change tuition and fees
and to make other charges at any time without further notice.
Expenses for Part-time Students
(enrollment in 1–11 credits per semester)
Day and Evening Students
Tuition (for 1–11 credits) $400 per credit hour
High School Students
High school students, who are approved for enrollment in college-level courses, but
not for credit, pay a fee of $400 per course. Those who are approved to take courses for
credit pay the prevailing rates for tuition and fees.
Special Fees:
Application fee: $30 (non-refundable).
Applied music lessons: $400 per instrument per semester.
Auditing fee: $400 per course (persons 60 years of age or older, $125 per course).
Cooperative education assignment: In addition to the appropriate tuition, a fee of
$200 is charged for each assignment.
Course fees: Students will be charged a course fee for enrollment in courses for which
the University provides special facilities, equipment or materials. Currently, any
student taking natural science courses involving a lab will be charged a $60
laboratory fee per course for each semester. Other fees may be assessed as warranted
on a course-by-course basis (to be announced at the first class meeting of the given
semester or term).
Deferred payment: A charge of $35 is made for each semester for which a student pays
in installments.
Examination for credit: Students will be charged a fee of $400 per course, which
includes the examination, review and processing of course transcript.
52

Expenses _________________________________________________
Fine Arts studio courses: Additional expenses may be charged for supplies.
Parking permit: $60 per year, if carrying 9 or more credits; $30 per semester, if carrying
less than 12 undergraduate credits or less than 9 graduate credits; no fee after 4 p.m.
Payment
For part-time students, payment in full is due for the first semester on or before August
1 or at time of registration if later than August 1. Second semester payment in full is
due before December 15, or at registration if later than December 15. VISA,
MasterCard, and Discover are accepted forms of payment. The University also offers
payment schedules and deferred payment plans for part-time students. Students who
receive tuition reimbursement from their employers may apply for participation in the
Employer Reimbursement Payment Agreement (ERPA). Under this plan, the employer’s
portion of tuition is due two weeks after grades are mailed, thereby allowing students to
apply the employer’s reimbursement to the semester during which the work was done.
Applications for ERPA are available in the Registrar’s Office and the Continuing
Education Office.
A monthly payment plan can be arranged: the first third of total tuition is due at
registration; the second third by the end of the first month of classes; the remainder by
the end of the second month. A charge of $35 is made for using the monthly payment
plan. This fee must be paid at the time of registration, in addition to the one-third of
tuition, and is not refundable should the student withdraw from the course. If payment
of tuition is being made by deferred payments and all payments have not been met by
the final due dates, the University will charge a $50 late fee. When a student who is
paying in installments withdraws from a course, he or she is liable for any deferred
tuition still due in accordance with the University refund policy.
Admission to classes may be denied pending the satisfactory resolution of all
financial obligations. Student accounts more than 30 days past due will be charged a
$50 late fee. Student accounts more than 60 days past due will be subject to a monthly
finance charge equal to one percent of the past due balance. Students with accounts 90
days past due will not be permitted to participate in extracurricular activities, register
for future classes, participate at graduation, or receive current grades or academic
transcripts. Students with accounts 120 days past due may be dismissed from the
University. Students with accounts 180 days past due may be placed with a collection
agency and listed with a credit bureau. Additionally, these students will be responsible
for all finance charges assessed to their account, all costs associated with placing their
account with a collection service, and all costs of litigation.
The Board of Trustees of Arcadia University reserves the right to change tuition and fees
and to make other charges at any time without further notice.
Refunds
Students who withdraw from the University, or change their status from full-time to
part-time, after the semester begins must complete the appropriate forms in the
Registrar’s Office. The date of notification and the date the room is vacated are used in
the calculation of tuition and board refunds. The amount of refund is determined in
accordance with the schedule on page 51. Fees, room charges and audited courses are not
53

________________________________ Financial Aid and Scholarships
refundable. Students who receive federally funded financial aid will have their refunds
determined according to the guidelines issued by the Department of Education.
Students considering withdrawal before the conclusion of a semester are encouraged
to contact the Business Office in order to obtain a detailed estimate of the financial
implication of their withdrawal.
Tuition Board
Withdrawal Charge Refund Charge Refund
Within the 1st week of classes 10% 90% 10% 90%
After the 1st week and before the end of the 2nd week 20% 80% 15% 85%
After the 2nd week and before the end of the 3rd week 40% 60% 20% 80%
After the 3rd week and before the end of the 4th week 60% 40% 25% 75%
After the 4th week and before the end of the 5th week 80% 20% 30% 70%
Tuition refunds for students remaining enrolled but withdrawing from a specific
course will not be made after the fifth week of the semester.
Financial Aid and Scholarships
Arcadia University places great emphasis on sound financial aid counseling. The
counseling services of the Enrollment Management Office are available to both enrolled
and prospective students. These services include general assistance in the completion of
financial aid forms, preparation of a personal or family financial plan, and advice on
alternative sources of funds. Currently, the Enrollment Management Office provides
financial assistance in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and work-study to nearly
97 percent of its current full-time students.
Arcadia University programs and courses are approved by the Veterans Administration
and eligible veterans, dependents, or war orphans may realize the appropriate
educational benefits. A Certificate of Eligibility should be requested at the local office
for Veterans Affairs (see page 19).
The University makes every effort to ensure that students who need financial aid are
able to attend Arcadia University. All qualified applicants receive consideration for aid
without regard to race, color, creed, age, sex, national origin, handicap, political
affiliation or any other non-merit factor.
All awards of aid are made by the Enrollment Management Office on the basis of
financial need as established through the Congressional Needs Analysis formula using
data from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The amount of
financial aid granted is based primarily on family need, but many other factors are
considered, including family assets, number of dependents, number of other children in
college, extraordinary medical expenses and other special considerations. Funds
available, academic record and number of applicants may also affect the amount and
type of aid. Eligibility for aid requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or an eligible
non-citizen; a matriculated student enrolled for the purpose of obtaining a degree; and
54

Financial Aid and Scholarships ______________________________
be making satisfactory academic progress toward completion of a chosen program of
study. A high school diploma or GED is also required of all students, except for those
who are homeschooled. Homeschooled students who satisfy their state’s requirements
pertaining to homeschooling are eligible for federal aid and state aid. Limited
institutional scholarship aid is available to international students.
By encouraging utilization of all possible sources of aid, the University can award aid
to a greater number of students. Therefore, it is important to both the student and the
University that students apply for any available federal, state, or local scholarships and
grants. (Check with your high school guidance office or the Enrollment Management
Office for information.) Any outside grants, scholarships and tuition assistance
awards/benefits received should be reported to the Enrollment Management Office
immediately. The University reserves the right to adjust previously awarded Arcadia
University scholarships and awards accordingly.
Financial aid is awarded for one academic year at a time; students make formal
application for renewal annually. Renewal depends upon continued financial need and
successful academic progress.* Students who encounter unexpected financial difficulties
after financial aid is granted or during the school year are urged to discuss their
problems promptly with a member of the Enrollment Management staff. All
information submitted as part of the aid application is subject to verification.
Application Procedures
Procedures for New Full-time Students
All new students, including transfer applicants and freshmen, receive equal
consideration for financial aid. New students who wish to apply for financial aid must
submit, in addition to the regular application for admission, the following financial
documents:
1. Arcadia University Financial Aid Form: Request from the Enrollment Management
Office or file online at www.arcadia.edu. Complete and return to the same office.
2. Signed photocopy of the family’s most recent federal income tax return: Send to
the Enrollment Management Office.**
3. Signed photocopy of the student’s latest federal income tax return: Send to the
Enrollment Management Office.
4. Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): Available at high school or
from the University. Complete and mail to address designated on form. Be sure to
list Arcadia University’s Title IV Code: 003235 on the form. The FAFSA may also
be filed electronically at www.fafsa.ed.gov.
5. Deadline for submission of all forms for fall semester entrance: March 1
(applications received after this date will still be considered.)
** For financial aid consideration, successful academic progress is defined as completion of a minimum of 24 semester
hours of credit for every two semesters of financial aid received as a full-time student, as well as a minimum
cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for upperclass students and 1.75 for freshmen. One-term exceptions to this
policy may be granted if the Academic Standing Committee allows the student to remain enrolled.
** Parental tax information is required only for dependent students (under 24 years of age, unmarried).
55

________________________________ Financial Aid and Scholarships
Procedures for Returning Full-time Students
Students already enrolled at Arcadia University who wish to apply for financial aid for
the first time or to request a renewal of financial aid for the following year should
submit the following financial documents:
1. Arcadia University Financial Aid Form for returning students: Request from the
Enrollment Management Office or file on-line at www.arcadia.edu. Complete and
return to the same office.
2. Signed photocopy of the family’s most recent federal income tax return: Send to
the Enrollment Management Office.**
3. Signed photocopy of the student’s latest federal income tax return: Send to the
Enrollment Management Office.
4. Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): Renewal form will be sent by
Federal Student Aid programs to the student’s home address. If not a renewal, the
applicant should obtain a FAFSA form from the Enrollment Management Office or
file on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov.
5. Deadline for submission of all forms for fall semester: April 1.
Financial Aid Programs
Arcadia University Grants
Arcadia University grants are allocated to full-time undergraduate students on the
basis of need and include a number of grants supported by endowments and the
generous annual gifts of Arcadia University alumni and friends. Recipients of these
grants are selected annually by the Committee on Student Financial Aid. In the
2003–2004 academic year, over 1093 awards were made totaling more than $5.5
million.
State Grants
Many states administer grant programs for students attending colleges both in and
out of state. All students applying to Arcadia University for aid are required to apply
for state grant funds. Students living in the state of Pennsylvania and found eligible for
state grant funding (PHEAA Grant) could expect to receive a maximum of $3,300 for
the 2003–04 academic year. Pennsylvania residents applying for a PHEAA Grant must
submit the FAFSA to Federal Student Aid programs by May 1 for the following fall
semester. Students are limited to eight semesters of PHEAA Grant aid as a full-time
student, 16 semesters as a part-time student. Specific academic progress guidelines must
also be met each year for renewal.
Pennsylvania students who have graduated from a Pennsylvania high school, have
obtained at least sophomore status and have a 3.0 cumulative GPA may be eligible to
receive a PHEAA New Economy Technology Scholarship, provided they are enrolled
full-time in an approved science, math or technology bachelor’s degree program and
plan to work in a science or technical field (not medical) after graduation. For specific
criteria and applications, contact PHEAA at www.aessuccess.org or 1-800-692-7392.
56

Financial Aid and Scholarships ______________________________
Federal Grants
Federal Pell Grant
Pell Grants (maximum of $4,050/yr. for 2004–05) are available to eligible
matriculated undergraduate students taking a minimum of 3 credits/semester and
enrolled for the purpose of obtaining a degree. Eligibility is determined by a federal
formula, which measures the ability of students and their families to meet educational
expenses. To be considered for the Pell Grant, students must file the FAFSA (Free
Application for Federal Student Aid).
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
SEOG is a program for students of exceptional financial need who would be unable to
continue their education without the grant. Funds are administered by the University
to eligible full-time undergraduate students and the average award for 2004–05 is
between $500 and $1,000.
Loans
Federal Perkins Loan
The Perkins Loan is a federal loan program administered by the University and based
on need as established through the financial aid application. This loan may be awarded
as a part of the financial aid package to full-time undergraduate students with
exceptional need.
Federal Stafford Loan
The Federal Stafford Loan program provides annual loans up to $2,625 for freshmen,
$3,500 for sophomores, $5,500 for juniors and seniors, and $8,500 for graduate students.
All applicants must demonstrate need for the subsidized Stafford Loan. The interest
rate is variable but may not exceed 8.25 percent. It is reset every July 1. Repayment
begins six months after graduation or termination of study on at least a half-time basis,
and borrowers are allowed 10 years to repay the loan. Students must complete a
Stafford Loan Acceptance Form, which is available in Enrollment Management, or can
be filed online at www.arcadia.edu. The student will then be sent a Federal Stafford
Loan Master Promissory Note, which they must return directly to the guarantor. The
Federal Stafford Loan Master Promissory Note is good for loans for up to ten years at
the same institution and need only be filed once at Arcadia University. Annually,
students must complete the Stafford Loan Acceptance Form to renew the loan.
Students who do not qualify for the federal interest subsidy because they do not meet
the federal financial need analysis standards may borrow through the unsubsidized
Federal Stafford Loan program.
The unsubsidized loan can be issued for the full amount of eligibility or in
combination with a subsidized Federal Stafford Loan. However, on any portion of the
unsubsidized loan, interest can be paid quarterly by the student, at the current rate,
while the student is enrolled in school, or the interest can be capitalized and deferred
until the student ceases enrollment on a half-time basis or graduates.
Students who meet the federal requirements for independent student status may be
eligible to receive additional funding through the unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan
57

________________________________ Financial Aid and Scholarships
program. Total Stafford Loan borrowing (including subsidized and unsubsidized loans)
may not exceed the following annual maximums:
Freshman year $2,625 ($6,625)* Sophomore year $3,500 ($7,500)
Junior and Senior years $5,500 ($10,500)* Graduate level $18,500
Federal PLUS Loan
The Federal PLUS Loan is a program through which a parent or guardian may
borrow on behalf of a dependent student if the parent is determined to have a
satisfactory credit history. The amount of the PLUS loan may not exceed cost of
attendance minus any estimated financial assistance the student has or may receive
during the period of enrollment. The interest rate on the Federal PLUS Loan is
variable, adjusted annually, but may not exceed 9 percent. Interest begins to accrue and
repayment begins upon disbursement of the loan. Applications should be obtained at
participating banks or in the Enrollment Management Office.
Alternative Private Loans
A number of alternative students loans, offered through private lenders, are also
available. Most allow the student to borrow up to the total cost of attendance minus
other aid received. A creditworthy co-signer may be required in many cases. Interest
rates, fees and repayment terms for each loan vary. Information can be obtained in the
Enrollment Management Office or on-line at www.arcadia.edu (click on Financial
Aid/Scholarships, Financing Options).
Work-Study
Federal Work-Study (FWS) is a program administered by the University that
provides jobs for full-time undergraduate students who have great financial need and
who must earn a part of their educational expenses. The opportunity to work on
campus under this program is normally offered as part of the financial aid package.
Work-study awards are earned by students who work in a campus job; however, such
awards are not directly deducted from the tuition bill, as students receive a monthly
paycheck for hours worked and direct deposit is available and encouraged. Eligible
students may also work under FWS in the summer.
Campus jobs are assigned to eligible work-study recipients. Students not receiving
financial aid will be assisted in finding part-time work in the community through the
Career Services Office.
Financial Aid for Study Abroad
Financial aid recipients may use their financial aid awards (with the exception of
work-study) to study abroad on programs sponsored by Arcadia University and the
Center for Education Abroad. Financial aid applies to full year, fall, or spring semester
programs.
*Annual borrowing limit if student is considered independent according to federal guidelines.
58

Scholarships ______________________________________________
Scholarships
Arcadia University Scholarships
Arcadia University Distinguished Scholarship: Merit-based awards are made possible
as a result of generous gifts from alumni and friends of Arcadia University. With the
exception of the Philadelphia Scholar Award, all recipients of the scholarships listed
below are designated by the Enrollment Management Office with no separate
application required. These awards are given to nearly 40 percent of new students each
fall. It honors students’ talents and hard work and recognizes their potential for even
greater success at Arcadia University and in the future. Over a four-year period, the
awards range from $12,000 to $89,760. They are renewable annually for undergraduate
students who remain in good academic standing* and are enrolled full-time.
Scholarship candidates have outstanding records of achievement, pursue competitive
programs of study and often succeed in leadership, community service and
extracurricular activities. Full-time transfer students compete with other transfer
students, with emphasis on courses studied and grade point average.
The Landman Scholarship: Named for former Arcadia president Dr. Bette E. Landman,
is the highest level in the Distinguished Scholarship program. Awarded to a select few
freshmen applicants who demonstrate superior achievement in academics and leadership
during high school the Landman Scholarship is the value of tuition for the year in
which the student enters ($22,440 per year for 4 years, for freshmen entering in the fall
of 2004).
Arcadia University Achievement Award: This award is available to entering
undergraduate students enrolled full-time, who have demonstrated outstanding
leadership, exceptional community or volunteer service, or special talents. This annual
award of $1,000–$6,000 is renewable based on satisfactory academic progress.
Arcadia University Alumni Legacy Grant: This $3,000 award is available, beginning
every fall, to entering dependent children, grandchildren or great-grandchildren of
Arcadia University (formerly Beaver College) alumni who enroll as full-time
undergraduates. To qualify, students must be in the top 25 percent of their class, meet
regular admissions criteria, be accepted for admission to the University, meet
dependency regulations according to federal guidelines and enroll at Arcadia University
as a full-time undergraduate. The grant may be applied only toward fall/spring tuition
charges and is renewable provided the student remains enrolled as a full-time
undergraduate and continues to meet regular academic progress standards.
The Arcadia University Leadership Award: This $1,500 annual, renewable award is
offered to a limited number of incoming freshmen who have demonstrated leadership
and involvement prior to entering Arcadia University, and who are invited to
participate in the Arcadia Leadership Program. Agreement to participate in the
program, which includes attendance at Leadership@Arcadia workshops, attendance at
on-campus events, common readings, presenting or coordinating workshops/events and
community service, is a requirement for receipt and renewal of the award. Additionally,
students must be full-time undergraduates in good academic standing to have the award
renewed for a maximum of eight semesters.
* Good academic standing is defined as a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for upperclass students and
1.75 for freshmen.
59

________________________________________________ Scholarships
Arcadia University Campus Achievement Award For Returning Students: Full-time
undergraduates who have financial need, demonstrated involvement and leadership on
campus and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 may apply. Applications can be
obtained from the Enrollment Management Office or online at ww.arcadia.edu.
Applications for the fall semester are due June 1; applications for the spring semester
are due November 1. Awards range from $200 to $5,000 per year.
The Philadelphia Scholar Award: Scholarships are awarded to five students from
among Philadelphia’s 21 comprehensive high schools. Students are nominated by school
officials on the basis of academic success and promise and then screened by University
officials. The scholarship is $2,000 and is renewable annually.
The Mary L. Alexander Scholarship: An award established in 1992 by a bequest from
Mary L. Alexander ’23, as a lasting memorial to her.
The Jane Geayer ’56 Endowed Scholarship: Established in 2003 by Jane Geayer
Dametz ’56, for undergraduate students with financial need, scholastic ability,
intellectual promise, and qualities of character and leadership. Preference shall be given
to, but not limited to, junior year students who are pursuing courses of study in Fine
Arts, Interior Design and Creative Writing.
The Helen Glase Calhoun Scholarship: An award with preference given to students
interested in science.
The Ruth Groves Chaney Scholarship: An annual award established in 1984 by Mrs.
Irving Groves in her daughter’s honor. This scholarship is for Early Childhood
Education majors.
The Mabel Kuhn Cornell Scholarship: Annual awards for qualified upperclassmen.
The W. Lawrence Curry Memorial Scholarship: An award with preference given to a
student who participates in musical activities.
The Margaret V. Gilman De Luca (’61) and Stephen J. De Luca Scholarship:
Established in 1999 by Mrs. De Luca’s husband, Stephen, this annual scholarship is
given to a student who has demonstrated financial need, expressed an interest in a
career where writing talents are essential, and shown evidence of their abilities.
The Anna Kennedy Eaton Scholarship: An award to an outstanding junior woman
with preference given to students majoring in a natural science.
The Fourjay Foundation Scholarship: An award to a full-time undergraduate senior
who is a resident of Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia County.
The Glenside Centennial Scholarship: In celebration of Glenside’s first one hundred
years (1888–1988), local businesses and friends created a perpetual endowment fund to
support this annual, need-based, scholastic award for residents of Glenside,
Pennsylvania.
The Adeline Wishengrad Gomberg Scholarship: An award established in 1999 by
Professor Gomberg for seniors majoring in education at Arcadia and accepted by
Graduate and Professional Studies. Dr. Gomberg was a professor and Dean of Graduate
and Professional Studies and was recognized and celebrated as a pioneer in the field of
reading.
The Ruth C. Grant Endowed Scholarship Fund: Created in 2002, provides financial
assistance to needy and deserving students studying abroad for a minimum of one
semester, with preference to be given to students studying on the European continent.
60

Scholarships ______________________________________________
The Pauline V. Hamilton Endowed Scholarship Fund: Created in 2001, provides
assistance to needy and deserving students.
The Mary Lewis Hicks Scholarship: An award with preference given to a student
from the Pittsburgh area.
The Marie-Louise Vermeiren Jackson Scholarship: An annual award, endowed in
1989, given to a promising student majoring in education.
The Mary L. Kiefaber Scholarship: An award that was established in 1983 as a
bequest of Mary L. Kiefaber, as a memorial to her.
The Catherine C. and Harry G. Kuch Endowed Scholarship Fund: Created in 1987
by a generous gift from Mr. and Mrs. Kuch, this annual award is made based on
scholastic ability, intellectual promise, qualities of character and leadership, and need,
to undergraduates pursuing degrees in finance or business administration.
The Mildred S. Lininger Scholarship: An award established as a bequest of Mildred S.
Lininger ’28, as a memorial to her.
The Raymond J. McCollum Endowed Memorial Scholarship: An annual award,
established in 1988 by classmates, family and friends, to honor their classmate who died
tragically just before Graduation. This award is for a senior who has demonstrated great
promise for personal and professional achievement.
The Laura Lind McKee Alumni Scholarship Award: One or more awards from the
Montgomery-Bucks Scholarship Club to students from the Montgomery-Bucks area.
The Montgomery-Bucks Scholarship Club: To students from the Montgomery-Bucks area.
The Charlotte W. Newcombe Foundation Undergraduate Scholarship for Mature
Women: Awards for part-time (6–11 credits) and full-time undergraduate students 25
years of age or older who are bachelor degree candidates and have completed half the
credits necessary for the degree. Selection is made on the basis of demonstrated
financial need, and students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better are
invited to apply. Students are selected by staff in the Continuing Education and
Enrollment Management offices. Applications are available in these offices.
The Jami Rodriguez Memorial Scholarship: An award given to a full-time
undergraduate of junior or senior standing who has demonstrated service and leadership
on campus or in external communities, particularly through volunteer work.
Recipient(s) must be in good academic standing and have a cumulative Arcadia
University GPA of 2.0 or better at the time of application review.
The Mary and Emanuel Rosenfeld Endowed Scholarship Fund: Established in 1990
as a lasting tribute to Mary and Emanuel Rosenfeld, this annual award is given to
juniors or seniors who are pre-medical students and who are of proven scholastic ability.
The Mary and Emanuel Rosenfeld Foundation Scholarship: An award to a deserving
member of the sophomore class.
The Irena E. Seligsohn-Rudorfer Memorial Scholarship Fund: Established by the
friends and family of Irena E. Seligsohn-Rudorfer, class of 1983, this award is made
annually to a junior or senior majoring in psychology or sociology, with preference
given to applicants with a disability.
The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust Scholarship: Grants awarded to deserving and
qualified full-time undergraduate students on the basis of financial need. No application
61

________________________________________________ Scholarships
is necessary. All students who meet the criteria are automatically reviewed by the
Enrollment Management Office for consideration.
The Rebecca Shriver Scholarship: An award established in 1998 as a bequest of
Rebecca Hart Shriver, class of 1933 for international study and travel by students
majoring in global studies.
The Benton Spruance Scholarship: An award given with preference to an art major or
a student who participates with distinction in art activities.
The Madeline and Isaac Stein Endowed Scholarship Fund: Created in 1998, to assist
capable students who, without financial assistance, could not enjoy the benefits of an
Arcadia University education.
The Benett Rachel Streichler ’89 Scholarship Fund: Established in 1989 by the
family of Benett Rachel Streichler, on the occasion of her graduation, this annual
award is reserved for students who are physically challenged.
The Surdna Foundation Endowed Scholarships: The Surdna Foundation Endowment,
established in 1989, provides annual awards to qualified students.
The Ruth Van Horn Scholarship: An award established in 1993 as a bequest of Ruth
Van Horn ’34, in her memory.
The Howard M. Werthan Scholarship: An award given to an undergraduate student.
The Women’s Board of Arcadia University Scholarship: Awards to deserving undergraduate
women selected by the Board in consultation with the Committee on Student
Financial Aid.
The Ruth Howells Zurbuchen Scholarship: A scholarship to a promising
undergraduate student.
The Arcadia University National Presbyterian Scholarship: A scholarship sponsored
by Arcadia University in cooperation with the Presbyterian Church U.S.A.
National Merit Scholarships
National Merit Scholarships are awarded on the basis of a nationwide competition by
the National Merit Scholarship Corporation, Evanston, IL. These scholarships are
sponsored by business corporations, colleges and universities, and the National Merit
Corporation.
State Scholarships
Many states administer scholarship programs for students attending colleges both in
and out of state. All students are advised to apply for state scholarship funds wherever
possible. Students should consult their high school guidance counselor, college transfer
counselor or the Arcadia University Enrollment Management Office for information.
City of Philadelphia Scholarships
The City of Philadelphia awards scholarships to graduating seniors in Philadelphia
high schools for use in colleges and universities in the greater Philadelphia area.
62

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
Academic Policies
and Regulations
Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the
policies and requirements as described in this catalog.
The Academic Year
The academic year is divided into two semesters, fall and spring. The fall semester
typically begins in early September and ends in late December while the spring
semester begins in mid-January and ends in May. There are also summer sessions, which
begin during May and continue through early August.
A semester course during the day usually meets two or three periods each week with
additional time for laboratory or studio work; those at night generally meet once a
week. At the discretion of the instructor, individual study, group projects, or other
relevant activities may be substituted occasionally for scheduled class meetings.
Course/Credit Load
Students may enroll on either a full-time (12 or more credits) or a part-time (1 to 11
credits) basis. Full-time students take 12 to 18 credits (three to five courses) during
each regular semester. Students who wish to carry more than 18 credits must petition to
do so by submitting the form for Exception to Academic Policy unless they have (1) a
cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0; (2) a 3.0 (or higher) average for the two
preceding semesters; or (3) full status in the Honors Program. The maximum number of
credits permitted for one semester is 20.
Class Year Defined by Credits for Financial Aid
A student’s grade level classification for financial aid is determined according to the
number of credits he/she completes. Such classification is based on the following:
0-26 credits freshman
27-56 credits sophomore
57-86 credits junior
87+ credits senior
However, day program students with normal progress will typically need to complete
the following number of credits to complete a four-year program within that time
frame:
End of first year 32 credits
End of second year 64 credits
End of third year 96 credits
Successful completion of a total of 128 credits is required for graduation in day
programs and 120 credits for evening.
63

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
Registration for Courses
Each student plans course selection in consultation with an adviser who is a member
of the teaching faculty. The adviser outlines the various programs and opportunities
available within the objectives and interests of the student and must approve the final
selection of courses each semester.
Current students register in April and November for the succeeding semester. New,
full-time students entering the University in the fall term are expected to attend a
summer placement and registration day as well as the orientation program. Full-time
students entering in the middle of the year are invited to an orientation program a few
days before classes start. The placement inventories are given in English, modern
language and mathematics.
Southeastern Pennsylvania Consortium for Higher Education
(SEPCHE)
Cross Registration Available
Arcadia University full-time undergraduate matriculated students, paying full-time
tuition, may register for up to two undergraduate courses a year at any other SEPCHE
member institution.
The cross registration program is designed to provide increased educational access to
all eight-member institutions for students at any member school. Through this program,
students can take courses that might not be available to them at their home campus
and experience the varied and diverse resources on member campuses across the
Delaware Valley.
Students must have completed at least one year as a full-time student at their home
campus before taking courses through the cross registration program. Courses may not
be taken at a member institution if that course or its equivalent is given at the home
institution in the same semester. No tuition or fees will be charged by the host
institution, except for special or extra fees that are part of courses taken, such as lab
fees or international travel costs. Credits earned count toward graduation requirements
on the home campus. The cross registration program does not apply to accelerated
courses, independent study, tutorials, internships, practicum field experience, student
teaching, or private music lessons. However, short-term courses (with 1-4 weeks
overseas travel) listed as spring or fall courses at any SEPCHE institution are included
in the courses that are eligible for cross registration.
For course listings and more information, check the SEPCHE Web site:
http://www.sepche.org
Attendance at Classes
The academic program at Arcadia University is organized mainly around classroom
experiences. Thus, attendance is important. Arcadia University students accept the
responsibility for attending scheduled meetings of their classes and completing their
assignments on time. Each instructor has the responsibility of making clear to students
his or her expectations concerning class attendance. Students are expected to attend all
classes at the regularly scheduled hours immediately before and after vacations.
In cases of prolonged absences because of illness or other unavoidable circumstance,
the likelihood of the student’s being able to make up the work missed will be
64

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
determined through consultation between the Dean of Undergraduate Studies and
Faculty Development and the instructors concerned. It is the student’s responsibility to
report extended absences to the Assistant Dean for Academic Advising and Placement.
Arcadia University recognizes individual student choice in observing religious
holidays that occur during regularly scheduled classes. Students should make
arrangements with their instructors to make up work missed as a result of a religious
observance, and instructors should make every reasonable effort to accommodate such
requests.
Course Schedule Changes
Changes in course registrations may be made during the first two weeks of classes
provided that a drop/add form signed by the student’s adviser is filed with the registrar.
Students may withdraw from a course without penalty before the end of the eighth
week of each semester and will be assigned a grade of W on the transcript. To withdraw
from a course after the eighth week, but before the last four weeks of the semester, the
student must obtain approval for withdrawal from the professor of the course, the
department chairperson in which the course is offered, the student’s adviser and from
the Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development (using the Petition for
Exception to Academic Policy). If the approval is granted, the transcript will indicate
that the student withdrew with a passing grade (WP) or withdrew with a failing grade
(WF).
Withdrawals during the last four weeks of the semester are not allowed except in
extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the student. The Dean of
Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development, in consultation with appropriate
faculty, must approve the withdrawal in addition to the approvals listed above.
(WP/WF remains in effect.)
All requests for withdrawals must be filed by the dates listed in the academic
calendar. Withdrawals from summer courses are governed by the same guidelines, using
the dates of mid-term and three-quarters through the term.
Second Major
Students may pursue a second major within the same degree (i.e., B.A., B.S. or
B.F.A.) for sound academic reasons. The student must meet the requirements for both
majors. Departments may place restrictions on the number of courses that may be used
to satisfy more than one requirement. The student should document the requirements
with the department or departments involved. The final transcript will record the
completion of both majors. Two separate degrees will not be granted to students who
complete a second major (also see Second Degree below).
Second Degree
Undergraduates who wish to earn two degrees from Arcadia University must
complete 160 credits for day programs or 150 credits for evening programs.
Students who hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited academic institution, with
course work applicable to a liberal arts program, may complete a second bachelor’s
degree at Arcadia University with a minimum of 32 credits in a day program or 30
65

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
credits in an evening program. The student must satisfy all departmental requirements
but is exempt from the General Education Requirements.
Independent Study
At Arcadia University, independent study is generally an individual project under the
direction of a faculty member in an area in which the student has had prior education
or experience. An independent study is expected to be planned well in advance of the
semester in which it is to be conducted, and the instructor must approve the plan prior
to registration. A committee (comprised of the instructor, at least one other member of
the department and one member from another department) is appointed by the
department at the beginning of the semester. The members of the committee are to be
involved as appropriate, particularly with the evaluation of the final paper or project. At
the completion of the course, the student files with the registrar a brief title and an
abstract or description of the project. Students may enroll in only one independent
study per semester.
Individualized Major
When a student’s goals cannot be satisfied by existing departmental or
interdepartmental major programs, the student may, in consultation with faculty
advisers, design an individualized major by combining appropriate courses, typically
from two or more departments. Advisers from each academic department represented in
the individualized major should be involved in the design and implementation of the
major. Approval of the dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development and
the Chair of the Undergraduate Academic Programs Committee is required. Criteria for
acceptance include the coherence of the program and its purpose, such as a career goal
or plans for graduate study in an interdisciplinary area. Faculty and students should
obtain approval for an individualized major by the end of the first semester of the
student’s junior year.
Individualized Minor
When a student’s goals cannot be satisfied by existing departmental or interdepartmental
major or minor programs, the student may, in consultation with faculty
advisers, design an individualized minor by combining appropriate courses, typically from
two or more departments. Advisers from each department represented in the
individualized minor should be involved in the design and implementation of the minor.
In general, 5 courses should be included in the minor, for a total of 20 credits. Criteria for
acceptance include the coherence of the program and its purpose, such as a career goal or
plans for graduate study in an interdisciplinary area. Approval by the Dean of
Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development and the Chair of the Undergraduate
Academic Programs Committee is required. Faculty and students should obtain approval
for an individualized minor by the end of the first semester of the student’s junior year.
Auditing
Full-time students can audit courses with the approval of the faculty adviser and
permission of the instructor. Courses audited are not recorded on the student’s
66

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
permanent record. Part-time students may request to audit one or two courses during
regular semesters for a fee. (See pages 49 and 51 for auditing fees.) Persons 60 and older
may audit courses for a fee, and registration is completed through the Community
Scholars Office. (For information call 215-572-2914.) Alumni may be eligible for
special audit rate. Contact Alumni and Parent Relations for more information.
Auditing is on a non-participating basis unless other arrangements are made between
the student and the instructor.
Examinations
The semester does not officially end until the last examination is completed. Examinations
must be taken as scheduled except in cases of illness or other unavoidable reasons. Final
critiques in art are considered examinations and are scheduled during examination
week. Exceptions may be made only by petition to the Committee on Academic
Standing and Petitions no later than the Wednesday after mid-semester.
Unexcused absence from an examination or critique results in failure of the
examination.
6th Week Evaluations
All new students and any upper-class students having academic difficulty are sent a
letter to contact their academic adviser about reviewing their 6th week evaluations. For
new students, sixth week evaluations are provided in each course taken in the fall and
spring semesters of the first year. For upper-class students, sixth week evaluations are
provided in any course that the student is performing at a below average level or
receives a negative faculty comment. The following key explains all of the possible
grades and comments on the 6th week evaluations:
Grades: Q Quality, above average
S Satisfactory, average
J Jeopardy of failure, below average
N No grade (due to insufficient information)
67
Comments: 1 Interacts well in groups
2 Good exam/quiz grades
3 Actively participates in class
4 Completes assignments on time
5 Enthusiasm for the subject
G Poor exam grades
H Inappropriate class behavior
I Incomplete course work
K Lack of participation
L Difficulty with the English language
M Lack of motivation
O Incomplete assignments
T Excessive tardiness
V Various difficulties with written assignments
X Excessive absences
Y Limited ability to take class notes

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
Grades
Reports of grades are issued to students at the end of each semester. Most courses at
Arcadia University are graded by the conventional letter system: A designates excellent
quality of performance; B, good; C, satisfactory; D, poor but passing; F, failure. The
addition of a plus or minus for each of the passing grades gives opportunity to
differentiate performance within each of the stated grades.
In the case of an Incomplete, the instructor determines the date for completion of
the work, but this date may not be later than three weeks into the semester following
the one in which the Incomplete was given. If the work is not completed at that time,
the student or the instructor may petition for an extension of time. If granted, the
student may need to reduce the load of the current semester. If the work is not
completed and an extension not granted, a grade will be assigned that reflects the work
completed. Students should expect that this would usually be an F.
Other grading symbols are used in some courses. Departments have the option of
grading the senior seminar or practicum S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory). S carries
credit. The U is equivalent to F.
With the approval of the adviser, the department and, when relevant, the
chairperson of the department in which the course is taught, students who have
received a grade of “C–” or below in a course can repeat the course without additional
credit if it is essential to their major or career goal. Both grades are entered into the
GPA computation. A course can be repeated only once. Repeating examinations or
completing additional work may not raise a permanent course grade. All final grades,
including Fs, remain a permanent part of the student’s record.
Pass-Fail Option
Students may elect to take a limited number of courses on a pass-fail basis in place of
traditional grading. Under the pass-fail option, students are graded P (passing) or F
(failing). The F is calculated into the semester and overall GPA.
Full-time sophomores, juniors and seniors in satisfactory academic standing may take
one elective course pass-fail each semester. Part-time students who have completed a
minimum of 30 credits may take one elective course pass-fail for each additional set of
15 credits of Arcadia University course work. Requests for pass-fail grading must be
made no later than the end of the third week of classes. Such a request may be
withdrawn by students at any time prior to one week after the mid- semester date. The
following may not be taken pass-fail: courses in the major or minor field, other courses
required for the major or minor program, courses selected to meet general education
requirements and courses in the prerequisite areas for admission into the doctorate-level
physical therapy or master’s-level physician assistant program.
68

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Grade points earned for a course are determined by multiplying the number of
academic credit hours by the grade point value of the grade received. Grade point
values are as follows:
A 4.0 C 2.0
A– 3.7 C– 1.7
B+ 3.3 D+ 1.3
B 3.0 D 1.0
B– 2.7 D– 0.7
C+ 2.3 F 0.0
The grade point average (GPA) is determined by dividing the total grade points by
the total number of course credits for which the student has been enrolled. A minimum
2.0 cumulative and major GPA is required to graduate from the University. “A+” grades
may be recorded on student transcripts but are calculated into the GPA as 4.0.
Courses graded S and those taken under the pass-fail option are not computed in the
GPA. Thus, a student receiving one S and three Cs, or one P and three Cs, would
have a GPA of 2.0. Grades earned in courses taken off campus are also not computed
in the GPA, except for consideration of honors (see page 70).
The Code of Academic Responsibility
Each student accepts the responsibility of maintaining high standards of integrity in
his or her academic performance. It is the responsibility of all students to uphold the
code through the procedures set forth by the University as outlined in the Student
Handbook.
Academic Honors
The Dean’s Distinguished Honor List and Dean’s Honor List, issued twice yearly,
recognize students who have attained high GPAs during the previous term. “Term” is
defined as a semester for full-time students (12 earned credits or more) and the previous
12-month period (including summer) for part-time students. Part-time students must
have earned a minimum of 12 credits during the previous 12-month period to qualify
for either Honor List. Students are placed on the Dean’s Distinguished Honor List with
a term GPA of 3.90 to 4.0. The Dean’s Honor List consists of students with a term
GPA of 3.67 to 3.89.
Seniors with a 3.60 average in courses in their major and a 3.00 cumulative average
are eligible to be considered for departmental honors. Those with outstanding records
are graduated cum laude (3.67 cumulative average), magna cum laude (3.78) and summa
cum laude (3.90). All undergraduate Arcadia University course work is included in
consideration for graduation honors. All transfer students with 60 or more Arcadia
University credits are eligible for honors.
69

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
Academic Standing
To have satisfactory academic standing, students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.0
and a GPA of 2.0 for the previous semester’s work. Students who fall below these
averages will be placed on academic warning, placed on academic probation, or
academically dismissed from the University by the Committee on Academic Standing
and Petitions, using criteria listed below.
Although students on probation are given the opportunity to achieve satisfactory
standing, they are on notice that they could become academically dismissed from the
University. Students may be continued on warning or probation for a subsequent
semester, but they must show progress or they may be academically dismissed from the
University. A student is academically dismissed to return only after thorough study,
with careful attention given to the likelihood that the student can fulfill the graduation
requirement of a 2.0 cumulative GPA and a 2.0 GPA in the major.
Academic standing is determined at the end of each semester, with the criteria
applied to both the semester and cumulative GPAs.
First Year Students (1-26 credits)
• Are placed on Warning, when either GPA is between and including 1.75 to 1.99.
• Are placed on Probation, when either GPA is below 1.75.
• Are subject to Academic Dismissal, generally, when either GPA is below a 1.62.
Upper-class students (sophomores, juniors, seniors)
• Are placed on Probation when either GPA is below 2.0.
• Are subject to Academic Dismissal, when:
the student is on probation for three semesters in his/her career at Arcadia
University or
the cumulative GPA is below a 1.8 (sophomore)
or
the cumulative or major GPA are below a 2.0 (junior or senior).
• Are considered in Jeopardy when the student is a second semester junior or higher
and has an overall and current semester GPA of a 2.0 or above, but has a major
GPA below a 2.0. There are no sanctions associated with this category as there are
currently with the academic probation category. Students who fall into this category
would be assigned to a member of the Academic Affairs staff for advising.
A student may request reconsideration of an academic dismissal decision. Such a
request must be submitted in writing and received by the Assistant Dean for Academic
Advising and Placement. In addition to the written request, a student may appear in
person before the committee on academic standing and petitions. A personal
appearance is purely voluntary. An exemption from academic dismissal is granted only
in those cases where a student’s academic performance was affected by extraordinary
circumstances of which the committee initially was unaware. These circumstances need
to be described in the letter requesting reconsideration.
Parents of dependent students who are on warning or probation, or are academically
dismissed will be sent a letter concerning the academic status of the student.
70

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
Acceleration/Early Graduation
Students with strong academic records wishing to accelerate completion of the degree
program should work closely with the adviser and begin planning early in their college
career. Acceleration may be accomplished in the following ways or combinations of
them: admission with advanced placement credit, credit by examination, summer
courses, or course overloads during the regular semester.
Fulfillment of Graduation Requirements
Faculty advisers and the Registrar are available to assist students in planning their
programs; however, the ultimate responsibility of meeting all requirements for the
degree or certificate rests with the individual student. The student must notify the
Registrar’s Office in writing of his or her intention to complete the degree or certificate
requirements during the semester before the one in which the degree or certificate is to
be completed.
Participation in Graduation Ceremonies
Students are permitted to participate fully in graduation ceremonies if they have met
all academic requirements and obligations to the University. Students who are within
one course (four or fewer credits) of meeting all academic requirements may petition to
participate in the graduation ceremony. The student completes the Petition for
Exception to Academic Policy and submits it to the Dean of Undergraduate Studies
and Faculty Development. For the petition to be granted, there must be evidence that
it is possible for the student to complete the remaining course no later than December
of the year of the graduation ceremony. If the petition is granted, the student is
permitted to participate fully in the graduation ceremonies. However, the student’s
name is listed in the graduation program with parentheses indicating that all degree
requirements have not yet been satisfied.
Transfer Students
To qualify for a degree, students transferring from another college or university must
fulfill the general education requirements and departmental requirements, either by
transfer credit or by courses completed at Arcadia University. Ordinarily, students are
required to complete at least half the credits for their major and concentration at
Arcadia University, although more may be required for certain majors or
concentrations. Transfer students presenting more than half the credits for a major or
concentration should see the department chair to identify appropriate courses. A
maximum of 90 credits may be transferred from a four-year college or university, or a
maximum of 75 credits from a two-year college.
To qualify for a post-baccalaureate certificate, students must fulfill the departmental
requirements for the certificate. Generally, at least half the courses required by the
department must be completed at Arcadia University.
71

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
Residence Requirement
Generally, students must complete the equivalent of the final three semesters of
course work at Arcadia University for the bachelor’s degree. For day programs it is 48
credit hours while for evening programs it is 45 credit hours.
Withdrawal or Dismissal from the University
Notification of withdrawal from the University must be given in writing. Forms for
this purpose are available in the Registrar’s Office. Full-time students withdrawing from
the University should meet with the Assistant Dean for Academic Advising and
Placement before completing the withdrawal form. Part-time students withdrawing from
the University should meet with the Director of Professional and Continuing Studies
before completing the withdrawal forms. The refund policy is explained on pp. 52–53.
The University may, on recommendation of the University physician, request a
student to withdraw for reasons of health. The University reserves the right to dismiss
at any time a student whose academic performance is unsatisfactory or whose conduct is
detrimental to the welfare of other students.
Leave of Absence Policy
A full-time or part-time undergraduate student in good academic standing (2.0
cumulative GPA for upperclassmen, 1.75 cumulative GPA for freshmen) who encounters
unforeseen emergency circumstances, such as illness or death in the immediate family,
may apply for a leave of absence during the current semester, provided the leave period is
30 days or less. Applications for leave must be obtained directly from the Registrar and
will be reviewed by the Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development, Vice
President for Student Affairs and the Dean of Students. Students granted a leave of
absence continue to be charged the regular tuition rate and any financial aid, as originally
allocated, will also remain the same. Should the student not return within the specified
period indicated on the approved request, he or she will be required to officially withdraw
from the University and should immediately contact the Registrar’s Office to complete a
withdrawal form. In cases of withdrawal, tuition charges and applied aid will be
determined according to the University’s regular refund policy for withdrawing students,
listed on pp. 52–53. Please note that meeting individually with professors and
completing missed course work due to a leave of absence is solely the responsibility of
the student.
72

Academic Policies and Regulations ___________________________
Re-admission
Application forms for re-admission are obtained from and submitted to the
Registrar. Students who were in good academic and social standing at the time of
withdrawal or who have achieved satisfactory academic records since that time, will be
readmitted. Any Arcadia University course that is more than ten years old shall be
treated as transfer credit at the time of re-admission. Students who were on academic
probation, warning, or who were dismissed from the University must meet with the
Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development to discuss re-admission. The
Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development will establish criteria for the
student’s re-admission. Students who have attended another college must submit an
official transcript of course work taken. In cases of withdrawal for reasons of health, a
full report from the physician(s) who treated the full-time student must be sent to the
Wellness Center.
Credit for Course Work at Other Institutions
Arcadia University degree candidates who enroll for courses at other accredited
institutions may transfer credit provided that prior approval for the specific course or
courses has been secured from the faculty adviser and the Registrar. To be granted
transfer credit, students must earn a grade of “C–” or above. No more than one
semester hour of credit may be transferred to Arcadia University for each week of
summer school attended. A maximum of 90 credits may be transferred from a four-year
college or university, or a maximum of 75 credits from a two-year college.
Credit from Summer Study Abroad
The registrar must approve credit toward graduation for courses taken abroad in
summer programs. Approval will be granted only for courses in which students fulfill
formal conditions of attendance and evaluation. Requests for approval should be
presented to the Registrar no later than May 1 for courses to be taken during the
ensuing summer. (For more information on study abroad opportunities see pp. 102–104.)
Grades Earned through a Center for Education Abroad Program
The grade earned by an Arcadia University student in any course offered through a
Center for Education Abroad Program will count in the Arcadia University GPA. A
student must petition the Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development’s
Office and have a recommendation letter from the center to count grades from non-
Center for Education Abroad programs. The grades will be translated to the American
equivalent.
73

_____________________________ Academic Policies and Regulations
Credit by Examination
Arcadia University students, at the discretion of the department concerned, may be
exempted from or earn credit for any course in the curriculum by successful
performance on an examination administered by the department. Students should apply
to the chairperson of the department giving the course. Fees are charged for
administration of the exams and for transcripting of credit (see pages 50, 51). The total
number of credits earned by examination may not exceed 64 credits of a daytime
program, or 60 credits of an evening program.
For information about credit through other organizations see pp. 45–46.
Education Records/FERPA
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 is a federal law
which provides that an educational institution covered by this law will maintain the
confidentiality of students’ records. In accordance with the Act, no one outside Arcadia
University shall have access to, nor will the University disclose any information from,
students’ education records without the written consent of students—except to
personnel within the University, to officials of other institutions in which students seek
to enroll, to persons or organizations providing students’ financial aid, to accrediting
agencies carrying out their accreditation function, to persons in compliance with a
judicial order, to parents of dependent students, and to persons in an emergency in
order to protect the health or safety of students or other persons. A complete statement
of the University’s policy in this regard is available from the Registrar’s Office.
74

________________________________________________________________
75
Academic Programs
Beaver College of Undergraduate Studies

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
Academic Programs
Day Undergraduate Academic Programs
Arcadia University offers day undergraduate programs leading to bachelor’s degrees,
special combined degrees, and post-baccalaureate certificates. This section of the catalog
describes the various day undergraduate programs and completion requirements.
Bachelor’s Degrees
Arcadia University offers day undergraduate programs leading to the degrees of
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts. The Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science curricula prepare students for graduate study, as well as careers
in the major field. The Bachelor of Fine Arts curriculum is designed for students
intending to become a professional in their major field.
Bachelor’s Degrees Offered
In the following listing the items in bold are majors and the subsets under the majors
reflect areas of concentration or emphasis.
Bachelor of Arts
Accounting
Art
Studio Art
Art History
Biology
Molecular
Conservation
Allied Health
Biomedical
Business Administration
Economics
Finance
Human Resources Administration
Management
Marketing
Chemistry
Chemistry Professions
Health Professions
Communications
Corporate Communications
Print Communications
Video Communications
Computer Science
76

Academic Programs ________________________________________
Computing Technology
Design
Technical
Education
Elementary Education
Elementary and Early Childhood Education
English
Health Administration
History
Interdisciplinary Science
International Business and Culture
Mathematics
Actuarial Science
Management Information Systems
Philosophy
Political Science
International Politics
Pre-Law and Political Theory
U.S. Politics and Policy
Psychobiology
Psychology
Scientific Illustration
Sociology
Human Services
Pre-Criminal Justice
Spanish
Theatre Arts and English
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Business Administration
Economics
Finance
Human Resources Administration
Management
Marketing
Chemistry
Biochemistry
Chemistry and Business
Computer Science
Mathematics
Management Information Systems
77

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
Bachelor of Fine Arts
Acting
Musical Theatre
Art
Ceramics
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Metals and Jewelry
Painting
Photography
Printmaking
Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degrees
To qualify for a day bachelor’s degree, students must complete 128 credit hours as
follows:
1. General education requirements
2. An approved program of courses in a major field
3. Senior capstone project
4. Minor or electives
Students must achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 and a 2.0 average in
the courses required for the major.
General Education Requirements
Preamble to General Education Requirements
Arcadia University aims to prepare its students for a world of increasing
interdependence and complexity. It is essential to understand the inseparable
connection binding us to other economies, states and value systems. Accelerating
change is an inescapable fact that offers exciting possibilities and challenges. Scientific
discoveries and technological advances have altered our perception of the universe,
while economic development and revolutions in communications have brought cultures
into new interactions, creating a new, global society. Inevitably, our students will live
and practice their professions within multiple contexts. Therefore, general education
requirements play a crucial role in the overall education offered at Arcadia University.
Students will be familiarized not only with one academic discipline, but with many
different areas of knowledge in the contemporary world of learning. To prepare to
compete successfully in this new, interconnected world, Arcadia University’s curriculum
educates its students to become active, not passive learners and to:
• Develop critical and analytical reasoning skills.
• Communicate effectively.
• Learn to apply new technologies to the acquisition of knowledge.
• Become socially responsible citizens.
• Understand the many ways we receive, interpret, and filter information.
78

Academic Programs ________________________________________
• Understand the diverse methodologies of the natural and social sciences,
humanities and the arts.
• Develop skills of active learning through performance and creation.
• Understand the past in order to comprehend the present and prepare for the
future.
• Understand and appreciate cultural differences at home and abroad.
• Understand and appreciate their own culture, its sources and legacies, its past and
present.
• Understand and appreciate both the necessity of ethics and the variety of ethical
systems.
• Be prepared for a lifetime of independent learning.
In sum, Arcadia University educates its students to see themselves within a global
context and to be prepared to approach the world’s diversity and complexity within a
spirit of respect, cooperation and justice.
General Education Required Courses
The University-wide general education requirement consists of eight to fifteen
courses (32 to 58 credits) depending upon prior course work, placement examinations
and degree program being followed. The specific requirements are as follows:
English Two composition courses beyond EN100: Basic College Writing.
Assignment or exemption is based upon a writing inventory
administered by the University or by transfer credit evaluation. (If a
transfer student earned a “B” or better in both EN101 and EN102
equivalent courses, the student is exempt from taking the writing
inventory.)
Mathematics One mathematics course beyond MA100: Introductory Mathematics
with Problem-Solving. Assignment or exemption is based upon a
mathematics placement inventory administered by the University or by
a transfer credit evaluation.
Modern Completion of the 102 level of a language; may be required to take up
Language to two courses in a modern language. Assignment or exemption is based
upon a placement inventory administered by the University or by
transfer credit evaluation. International students and students with two
semesters of a modern language accepted in transfer are exempt from the
modern language requirement. Students who studied a language not
offered at Arcadia University must consult with the chairperson of the
Modern Language Department regarding exemption from this
requirement. Students may transfer American Sign Language (ASL)
courses to fulfill the modern language requirement.
Science Two courses in laboratory science from biology, chemistry, physics,
astronomy, geology, or interdisciplinary science. The two science courses
do not have to be from the same discipline.
International Through substantial travel and study outside the United States that is credit
Experience bearing or by completing one of the following courses, which has a
substantial component of international study: (Students who were raised
outside the United States may petition to waive this requirement.)
79

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
BA 101 International Business
BA 232 International Environment and Legal Issues for Business
BA 344 International Marketing
EC 350 International Economics
ED 342 The Process of Teaching in the Classroom
PL 175 Ethics
PL/PS 245 Political Thought
PL 308 The Greek Mind
PL 309 Modern Philosophy
RE 114 Living Religions of the World
RE 115 Understanding the Old Testament
RE 117 Essentials of Judaism
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 228 Latin American Politics
PS 241 International Relations
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PS 335 Politics of Russia and East Europe
PY 202 Cross-Cultural Psychology
EN 334 Introduction to Linguistics and Language History
EN 329 Narrative Form in Fiction and Film
EN 336 Asian Literature
SO 261 Cross-Cultural Dimensions of International Business
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
AN 262 Myth, Magic and Religion
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture
AH 222 Renaissance Art
AH 224 The Baroque and Rococo
HS 104 European Civilization, 1789-Present
HS 211 Modern Middle East
HS 216 Modern East Asia
HS 218 Modern Africa
HS 234 Modern Russia
HS 325 European Fascism: Fascist Italy and Nazi Germany
HS 326 Age of Dictators-Hitler and Stalin
ID 181 International Experience
All 200 and 300 level modern language courses
ID 111 Global Justice
ID 222 Pluralism in the United States
Area 1 Visual and Performing Arts — One of the following courses:
FA 102 Three-Dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
FA 204 Ceramics I
FA 208 Photography I
80

Academic Programs ________________________________________
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
MU 101 Introduction to Reading and Writing Music
MU 102 Song Writing, Melody, Harmony, Arranging and
Composing Music
MU 141 Survey of Jazz
MU 151 The Enjoyment of Music
MU 204 The Symphony
MU 205 Music in History I
MU 206 Music in History II
MU 215 Broadway Musicals
TH 130 Introduction to Theatre
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
TH 141 Role Playing and Improvisation
TH 220 Special Topics in Stagecraft
TH 221 Dance and Choreography
TH 222 Stage Combat I
TH 261 Stage Design and Lighting
TH 262 Costume Design
Area 2 History/Humanities — Two of the following courses but not from the same
discipline:
EN 107 Human Dilemmas: A Literary Perspective
EN 113 Popular Literary Classics
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
EN 219 Literary Themes and Forms
EN 220 Selected Authors
EN 229 Voices of America
EN 233 Shakespeare
HS 101 Ancient Civilization
HS 102 Medieval Civilization
HS 103 European Civilization, 1347–1789
HS 104 European Civilization, 1789–Present
HS 117 American History to 1865
HS 118 American History since 1865
HS 216 Modern East Asia
HS 218 Modern Africa
HS 234 Modern Russia
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
PL 175 Ethics
PL 245 Political Thought
RE 101 Exploring Religion
RE 113 Contemporary Religious Problems
RE 114 Living Religions of the World
RE 115 Understanding the Old Testament
RE 116 Understanding the New Testament
RE 117 Essentials of Judaism: Major Beliefs and Practices
81

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
Area 3 Social Science — One of the following courses:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
PY 101 General Psychology
PY/SO 153 Social Psychology
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
SO 150 Contemporary Social Problems
SO 229 Women in Society
SO 250 Sex and Society
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
SO 269 Crime & Punishment
SO 280 Sociology of AIDS and HIV
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
PS 101 American Politics
PS 110 Law and the Legal Process
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 210a/b Media and Politics/Political Parties and Interest Groups
(4 credits)
PS 215 Gender Roles and Family Policy
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 230 Health Care and Environmental Policy
PS 240 United States Foreign Policy
PS 241 International Relations
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PS 245 Political Thought
The courses taken to satisfy the distribution areas must be outside the student’s major
field.
A student who studies abroad may either use a course in his/her major to fulfill a
distribution requirement or be allowed to fulfill a general education requirement with
courses taken abroad, subject to the approval of the academic adviser and Registrar.
The course taken to satisfy the international experience requirement may also be used
to satisfy a distribution area or a major/minor requirement.
The Major Programs
Some specialization is a desirable part of undergraduate liberal education as a
foundation for graduate study, a profession, or the student’s own personal satisfaction.
Study toward mastery of a subject in depth is essential to intellectual growth, and
competence in a chosen field is important to a sense of identity.
The major programs at Arcadia University are broadly conceived within the
discipline and related to the student’s general education.
Faculty and administration are concerned with guiding students into a curriculum
and major program best suited to their interests and aptitudes, and with making
students aware of career opportunities to which their choice may lead. When admitted,
freshmen are asked to indicate their expected choice of major and are advised
82

Academic Programs ________________________________________
accordingly. The freshman year, however, is planned as exploratory, and courses taken
during the first year are usually applicable to all curricula in the University.
Students are asked to finalize their selection of a major during the fall of the
sophomore year. Changes are possible, especially between disciplines that are closely
related, but in order to complete the degree program on time, students should make a
final decision by the beginning of the junior year. Students who decide to switch majors
late in their college career might find that they need to take additional course work.
The number of courses required for a major varies from department to department.
Courses in closely related disciplines may be required or recommended. To ensure that
each student’s total course of study will have breadth as well as depth, no more than 52
credits in any one discipline may be counted toward graduation. For the Bachelor of
Fine Arts, 84 credits may be taken in the discipline.
Senior Capstone Project
The capstone project includes substantial written or creative work and the challenge
of analyzing and integrating what has been learned in the student’s major field of study.
Specific criteria for the projects are set by the individual departments, generally as part
of one or more of the required major courses. Seniors are given an opportunity to share
their project experience and outcomes with their peers, the University community, and
family and friends in late spring.
Minors and Electives
The student may elect a minor outside the major field. Minors are specified groups of
at least five courses offered in various disciplines and may include cognates to the
student’s major. A 2.0 grade point average must be maintained in the courses required
for the minor. Students not wishing to complete a minor would enroll in elective
courses in order to satisfy the number of credit hours required for graduation.
Special Combined Degree Programs
Arcadia University is involved in a number of programs that permit students to
combine undergraduate and graduate work or pursue special degree options. All these
programs are offered in the day only.
Arcadia University Combined Undergraduate and Graduate Studies
Arcadia University offers several programs that begin at the undergraduate level and
conclude with either a master’s or a doctorate degree from Arcadia University. Under
the 4+2 program it is possible to obtain a bachelor’s degree in any one of a variety of
majors and either the Master of Medical Science Physician Assistant Program or the
Master of Arts in International Peace and Conflict Resolution degree in six years. (See
pp. 96–99 for more information.) Under the 4+3 program it is possible to obtain a
bachelor’s degree in any one of a variety of majors and the Doctorate in Physical
Therapy. (See pp. 289–290.) Undergraduates may have preferential admission to enter
the Master of Arts in Counseling Program and be exempted from certain courses. (See
83

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
also Environmental Studies Program 3+2 on page 294 and M.Ed. with Special
Education Certification on pages 162, 165.)
Students who complete their undergraduate major in early childhood or elementary
education can take advantage of Arcadia University’s extensive graduate program in
education by continuing their study at the master’s level at Arcadia University.
Students interested in secondary education may combine their undergraduate studies in
a liberal arts major, such as biology, chemistry, mathematics, or English, with graduate
studies in education at Arcadia University in order to obtain their teacher certification
and their master’s degree.
Arcadia University–Columbia University
Combined Engineering Program
Arcadia University has an agreement with Columbia University that provides an
opportunity for students to earn a Bachelor of Science in Engineering in five years or a
Master of Science in Engineering in six years. Typically, students complete the first
three years at Arcadia University and then transfer to Columbia University for
completion of the program. (See pp. 171–172 for a complete program description.)
Arcadia University–Pennsylvania College of Optometry Program
In association with the Pennsylvania College of Optometry (PCO), Arcadia
University students may complete a seven-year program leading to the Doctor of
Optometry. Three years of this program are taken at Arcadia University and the
remaining four years at PCO. (See pp. 260–261 for a complete description.)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificates
Arcadia University offers day programs leading to the post-baccalaureate certificate in
a variety of disciplines. These certificates are designed for individuals who already hold
a bachelor’s degree. The certificates permit individuals to update prior knowledge, to
switch to a new field in order to acquire knowledge and skills applicable to an existing
or anticipated career choice, or to meet the prerequisites for entry into an advanced
degree program.
Post-Baccalaureate Certificates Offered
Business Administration (Pre-M.B.A.)
Computer Science
Corporate Communications
Health Administration
Health Professions or the Sciences
Management Information Systems
84

Academic Programs ________________________________________
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificates
The number of credits for post-baccalaureate certificates varies from 18 to 48 (six to
12 courses). Students must achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 and a 2.0
average in the courses required for the certificate.
Other Programs
Arcadia University offers a number of programs, other than bachelor’s and master’s
degrees and post-baccalaureate certificates, which are designed to meet the educational
needs of a wide variety of individuals. There are programs for current high school
students, and for those who wish to engage in lifelong learning.
High School Program
Arcadia University welcomes academically talented high school students who wish to
take college-level courses during their junior or senior year in high school. Many of the
day and evening undergraduate courses offered by the University are available to high
school students who have the appropriate educational background. Such students may
take the course for high school or college credit. If the course is taken for high school
credit only, the student registers as an auditor and no transcript is issued, although a
letter of completion is sent to the high school. If the course is taken for college credit,
the student registers for credit and a transcript is issued for the course.
Community Scholars Program: Lifelong Learning
The Community Scholars Program offers lifelong learning and cultural opportunities
for all who are interested in continuing personal and professional growth. Non-credit,
daytime courses are offered by expert faculty in the liberal arts. Courses meet weekly
during the fall, winter, spring and summer semesters. Trips, concerts, lectures and
special events are also scheduled throughout the year. Persons 60 and older wishing to
audit day or evening University courses must register through this office. For further
information, call 215-572-2914 or write Community Scholars, Arcadia University,
Glenside, PA 19038.
85

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
Evening Undergraduate
Academic Programs
Arcadia University offers evening undergraduate programs leading to bachelor’s
degrees, and post-baccalaureate certificates. These programs are designed for students
who will pursue a degree on a part-time basis. This section of the catalog describes the
various evening undergraduate programs and completion requirements.
Bachelor’s Degrees
Arcadia University offers evening programs leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. These degrees prepare students for graduate study as well as
careers in the major field.
Bachelor’s Degrees Offered
In the following listing, the items in bold are majors and the subsets under the
majors reflect areas of concentration or emphasis.
Bachelor of Arts
Accounting
Business Administration
Economics
Finance
Human Resources Administration
Management
Marketing
Computer Science
Computing Technology
Design
Technical
Corporate Communications
English
Health Administration
International Business and Culture
Liberal Studies
Management Information Systems
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Business Administration
Finance
Human Resources Administration
Management
Marketing
Computer Science
Management Information Systems
86

Academic Programs ________________________________________
Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degrees (Evening)
To qualify for an evening bachelor’s degree, students must complete 120 credit hours
as follows:
1. General education requirements
2. An approved program of courses in a major field
3. Senior capstone project
4. Minor or electives
Students must achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 and a 2.0 average in
the courses required for the major.
General Education Requirements
Preamble to General Education Requirements
Arcadia University aims to prepare its students for a world of increasing
interdependence and complexity. It is essential that we understand the inseparable
connection binding us to other economies, states and value systems. Accelerating
change is an inescapable fact that offers exciting possibilities and challenges. Scientific
discoveries and technological advances have altered our perception of the universe,
while economic development and revolutions in communications have brought cultures
into new interactions, creating a new, global society. Inevitably, our students will live
and practice their professions within multiple contexts. Therefore, general education
requirements have a crucial role to play in the overall education offered at Arcadia
University. Students will be familiarized not only with one academic discipline, but
with many different areas of knowledge in the contemporary world of learning. In order
to prepare them to compete successfully in this new, interconnected world, Arcadia
University’s curriculum will educate its students to become active, not passive learners
and to:
• Develop critical and analytical reasoning skills.
• Communicate effectively.
• Learn to apply new technologies to the acquisition of knowledge.
• Become socially responsible citizens.
• Understand the many ways we receive, interpret, and filter information.
• Understand the diverse methodologies of the natural and social sciences,
humanities and the arts.
• Develop skills of active learning, through performance and creation.
• Understand the past in order to comprehend the present and prepare for the
future.
• Understand and appreciate cultural differences at home and abroad.
• Understand and appreciate their own culture, its sources and legacies, its past and
present.
• Understand and appreciate both the necessity of ethics and the variety of ethical
systems.
• Be prepared for a lifetime of independent learning.
87

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
In sum, Arcadia University educates its students to see themselves within a global
context and to be prepared to approach the world’s diversity and complexity within a
spirit of respect, cooperation and justice.
General Education Required Courses (Evening)
The University-wide general education requirement consists of eight to thirteen
courses (26 to 40 credits) depending upon prior course work, placement examinations
and program being followed. The specific requirements are as follows:
English Two composition courses beyond EN100: Basic College Writing.
Assignment or exemption is based upon a writing inventory
administered by the University or by transfer credit evaluation. (If a
transfer student earned a “B” or better in both EN101 and EN102
equivalent courses, the student is exempt from taking the writing
inventory.)
Mathematics One mathematics course beyond MA100: Introductory Mathematics
with Problem-Solving. Assignment or exemption is based upon a
mathematics placement inventory administered by the University or by
transfer credit evaluation.
International/ Two modern language or cross cultural/international courses. If a student
Cross Cultural selects modern language courses, the completion of 102 level is required.
Assignment to or exemption from modern language is based upon a
placement inventory administered by the University or by transfer credit
evaluation. International students and students with two semesters of a
modern language accepted in transfer are exempt. Students who studied
a language not offered at Arcadia University must consult with the
chairperson of the Modern Language Department regarding exemption
from this requirement. Students may transfer American Sign Language
(ASL) courses to fulfill this requirement.
A student who selects cross cultural/international courses could select two courses
listed below or one modern language course and one course listed below. The following
courses are considered cross cultural/international:
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
BA 101 International Business
BA 232 International Environment & Legal Issues for Business
HS 211 Modern Middle East
HS 216 Modern East Asia
ID 181 International Experience
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PY 202 Cross-Cultural Psychology
SO 261 Cross Cultural Dimensions of International Business
Science Two courses in science ID 130, 131 (laboratory science may be
substituted)
ID 111 Global Justice
ID 222 Pluralism in the United States
88

Academic Programs ________________________________________
Area 1 Visual and Performing Arts—One of the following courses:
FA 102 Three-Dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
FA 204 Ceramics I
FA 208 Photography I
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
MU 101 Introduction to Reading & Writing Music
MU 102 Song Writing, Melody, Harmony, Arranging and
Composing Music
MU 141 Survey of Jazz
MU 151 The Enjoyment of Music
MU 204 The Symphony
MU 205 Music in History I
MU 206 Music in History II
MU 215 Broadway Musicals
TH 130 Introduction to Theatre
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
TH 141 Role Playing and Improvisation
TH 220 Special Topics in Stagecraft
TH 221 Dance and Choreography
TH 222 Stage Combat I
TH 261 Stage Design and Lighting
TH 262 Costume Design
Area 2 History/Humanities—Two of the following courses but not from the same
discipline:
EN 107 Human Dilemmas: A Literary Perspective
EN 113 Popular Literary Classics
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
EN 219 Literary Themes and Forms
EN 220 Selected Authors
EN 229 Voices of America
EN 233 Shakespeare
HS 101 Ancient Civilization
HS 102 Medieval Civilization
HS 103 European Civilization, 1347–1789
HS 104 European Civilization, 1789–Present
HS 117 American History to 1865
HS 118 American History since 1865
HS 216 Modern East Asia
HS 218 Modern Africa
HS 234 Modern Russia
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
PL 175 Ethics
PL 245 Political Thought
RE 101 Exploring Religion
89

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
RE 113 Contemporary Religious Problems
RE 114 Living Religions of the World
RE 115 Understanding the Old Testament
RE 116 Understanding the New Testament
RE 117 Essentials of Judaism: Major Beliefs and Practices
Area 3 Social Science—One of the following courses:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
PY 101 General Psychology
PY/SO 153 Social Psychology
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
SO 150 Contemporary Social Problems
SO 229 Women in Society
SO 250 Sex and Society
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
SO 280 Sociology of AIDS and HIV
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
PS 101 American Politics
PS 110 Law and the Legal Process
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 210a/b Media and Politics/Political Parties and Interest Groups
(4 credits)
PS 215 Gender Roles and Family Policy
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 230 Health Care and Environmental Policy
PS 240 United States Foreign Policy
PS 241 International Relations
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PS 245 Political Thought
The courses taken to satisfy the distribution areas must be outside the student’s major field.
A student who studies abroad may either use a course in his/her major to fulfill a
distribution requirement or be allowed to fulfill a general education requirement with
courses taken abroad, subject to the approval of the academic adviser and Registrar.
The course taken to satisfy the international experience requirement may also be used
to satisfy a distribution area or a major/minor requirement.
The Major Programs
Some specialization is a desirable part of undergraduate liberal education as a
foundation for graduate study, a profession, or the student’s own personal satisfaction.
Study toward mastery of a subject in depth is essential to intellectual growth, and
competence in a chosen field is important to a sense of identity.
90

Academic Programs ________________________________________
The major programs at Arcadia University are broadly conceived within the
discipline and related to the student’s general education.
The number of courses required for a major varies from department to department.
Courses in closely related disciplines may be required or recommended. To ensure that
each student’s total course of study will have breadth as well as depth, no more than 52
credits in any one discipline may be counted toward graduation.
Senior Capstone Project
The capstone project includes substantial written or creative work and the challenge
of analyzing and integrating what has been learned in the student’s major field of study.
Specific criteria for the projects are set by the individual departments, generally as part
of one or more of the required major courses. Seniors are given an opportunity to share
their project experience and outcomes with their peers, the University community, and
family and friends in late spring.
Minors and Electives
The student may elect a minor outside the major field. Minors are specified groups of
at least five courses offered in various disciplines and may include cognates to the
student’s major. A 2.0 grade point average must be maintained in courses required for
the minor. Students not wishing to complete a minor would enroll in elective courses
in order to satisfy the number of credit hours required for graduation.
Post-Baccalaureate Certificates
Arcadia University offers evening programs leading to the post-baccalaureate
certificate in a variety of disciplines. These certificates are designed for individuals who
already hold a bachelor’s degree. The certificates permit individuals to update prior
knowledge, to switch to a new field in order to acquire knowledge and skills applicable
to an existing or anticipated career choice, or to meet the prerequisites for entry into
an advanced degree program (see pp. 334–341).
Post-Baccalaureate Certificates Offered
Business Administration (Pre-M.B.A.)
Computer Science
Corporate Communications
Health Administration
Health Professions or in the Sciences
Management Information Systems
91

__________________________________________ Academic Programs
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificates
The number of credits for the post-baccalaureate certificates varies from 18 to 48
credit hours (six to twelve courses). Students must achieve a cumulative grade point
average of 2.0 and a 2.0 average in the courses required for the certificate.
Graduate Programs at Arcadia University
Arcadia University offers graduate programs leading to the following degrees:
Master of Arts in Counseling (Community and School Counseling)
Master of Arts in Education
Master of Arts in English
Master of Arts in Health Education
Master of Arts in Humanities
Master of Arts in International Peace and Conflict Resolution
Master of Education
Master of Medical Science—Physician Assistant Program
Master of Science in Genetic Counseling
Master of Science in Forensic Science
Master of Science in Health Education
Master of Science in Public Health
Doctorate of Education with a concentration in Special Education
Doctorate of Physical Therapy
Transitional Doctor of Physical Therapy
The Certificate of Advanced Studies, a post-master’s program of 30 graduate credits,
is also offered.
These programs are described in detail in the Graduate Catalog.
92

__________________________________________________________
92
Courses of Study

____________________________________________ Courses of Study
Courses of Study
Credit toward graduation is expressed in terms of credit hours and entered
accordingly.
Course descriptions indicate which term the course is offered—fall, spring, summer.
The description also indicates whether the course meets during the day or evening (D
for courses starting between 8:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. E for courses starting 5:30 p.m. or
later).
Courses offered through the Center for Education Abroad can be found at the end of
each departmental section.
Experimental Course
An academic department and/or groups of faculty members from more than one
department may develop and offer a new course on an “experimental” basis. Such
courses would be offered no more than twice and are intended eventually to become a
regular part of the University curriculum.
Special Topic
A course may be offered only once by a department. Topics vary according to the
mutual interests of students and faculty. These courses can be at the 200 or 300 level.
Course Numbering
100–199 Introductory undergraduate courses.
Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Juniors and seniors may schedule a maximum of two 100–199 courses in
any one semester.
200–299 Intermediate undergraduate courses.
Open to sophomores, juniors and seniors.
Open to freshmen with approval of adviser and instructor.
300–399 Advanced undergraduate courses.
Open to juniors and seniors.
With permission of the adviser and instructor, sophomores may also enroll.
400–499 Graduate/advanced undergraduate courses.
Open to graduate students and senior undergraduate students.
500–699 Graduate courses.
Open to graduate students.
Undergraduate seniors who are within a few credits of meeting the
requirements for the bachelor’s degree may, with the permission of the
Graduate Council, enroll in a limited number of 500 level graduate
courses. Credit may be awarded either toward the bachelor’s degree or the
master’s, but not both.
700–899 Graduate courses.
Open to graduate students admitted to doctoral degree programs.
The University reserves the right to cancel any course for insufficient enrollment, to
discontinue any major program of study for the same reason, to alter semesters or times
indicated, and to vary course content from that described herein.
93

Academic Programs with an International Focus ________________
Disciplinary Codes
AE Art Education
AH Art History
AN Anthropology
AS American Sign Language
AT Art Therapy
BA Business Administration,
International Business and
Culture, Accounting
BI Biology
CH Chemistry
CM Communications
CS Computer Science
EC Economics
ED Education
EN English
FA Fine Arts
FR French
GM German
HA Health Administration
94
HN Honors
HS History
ID Interdisciplinary
IS International Studies
IT Italian
JA Japanese
LB Liberal Studies
MA Mathematics
ML Modern Languages
MU Music
PH Physics
PL Philosophy
PS Political Science
PY Psychology
RE Religion
SI Scientific Illustration
SO Sociology
SP Spanish
TH Theatre Arts
Academic Programs with an
International Focus
The major and minor degree programs described below primarily involve course work
on the Glenside campus, but also include a required international experience. For
programs offered exclusively in other countries through the Arcadia University Center
for Education Abroad, see the “Study Abroad” section beginning on page 102.
International Business and Culture
Faculty
Professor Biggs
Associate Professors Brinker, Morra (adviser for Economics)
Assistant Professors Bunyaratavej, Church, Halpin (chair), Hejazi (SAP coordinator),
Visiting Assistant Professor Imszennik (2004–2005)
Adjunct Professors Falzone, Kieserman, McAleer, Moonblatt, Sims
Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in International Business and Culture
Minors
International Studies (page 100)

__________________ Academic Programs with an International Focus
Related Fields of Study
Business Administration (page 113)
Chemistry and Business (page 130)
Corporate Communications (pages 141, 142)
Health Administration (page 214)
Psychology (Human Resources) (page 300)
Overview
The Bachelor of Arts in International Business and Culture offered through the
Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics provides course work
that prepares students for positions in business, government and other organizations
that operate globally. Building on a strong liberal arts base, students acquire the skills,
knowledge and abilities that are important for success on the job. The program provides
for study abroad, an internship in an international setting, and proficiency in a second
language. Other required courses provide necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities for
individuals who will be working with people from diverse cultures and backgrounds. For
more information concerning the department, see pp. 113–129.
Freshmen and transfer students admitted to the University can apply for and be
accepted directly into the program. In order to continue in the program, however,
students admitted as freshmen must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.80 or
higher after their third semester (i.e., end of the first semester of the sophomore year).
Transfer students with more than 30 credits in transfer would be accepted into the
program if they have a cumulative transfer grade point average of 2.80 or higher. To
continue in the program, however, transfer students would have to achieve a
cumulative grade point average of 2.80 or higher in their first 15 credits completed at
Arcadia University.
The department strongly recommends the completion of a minor in another field of
study. Minors in accounting and business administration are for students from outside
the department of business/health administration and economics, and are not open to
students majoring in the department.
Bachelor of Arts
The Bachelor of Arts in International Business and Culture provides the necessary
background for students to function effectively in both domestic and international
organizations. The program combines liberal arts, business, language and international
study.
The program requires that students spend a semester or year studying overseas unless
there are extenuating circumstances. Exciting opportunities are relatively easy to
arrange through the Arcadia University Center for Education Abroad. Courses taken at
foreign universities through the Center for Education Abroad receive Arcadia
University credit and may fulfill general education, major field requirements and or
University wide requirements. Generally, the sophomore and junior years are the most
convenient times for Arcadia students to study abroad. The freshman year and the first
semester of the senior year also are possibilities. Arcadia University and the Center for
Education Abroad offer programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales
and Northern Ireland), Australia, Equatorial Guinea, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy,
Korea, Mexico, New Zealand and Spain. Since it is important that students plan ahead
95

Academic Programs with an International Focus ________________
for study abroad, they should consult with their adviser and the Director for
International Services to determine the most appropriate program and course of study
abroad.
Senior Thesis in International Business and Culture
All majors at Arcadia University complete a senior thesis project that involves
integrating prior knowledge, preparing written reports, and making a public
presentation. For majors in the department, this requirement is satisfied by successful
completion of BA370 or BA371: Internship and BA395: Policy Formulation and
Administration, both of which are required courses for majors.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in
International Business and Culture
(Credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth for
day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
1. International Perspective (21–24 credits):
BA 101 International Business
BA 232 International Environment and Legal Issues for Business
EC 350 International Economics
AN 361 Social Change: Globalization and Culture
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA
or
344 International Marketing
BA 349 Marketing: An International Perspective
BA
or
471 International Internship in Business and Culture (see description
on page 127)
ML
or
370 Career Internship in Modern Language (see description on
page 256)
ID 260 Cooperative Education (see description on page 233)
BA 495 Policy Formulation and Administration
2. Business Fundamentals (18 credits):
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
3. Language Proficiency (0–16 credits):
Advanced level proficiency in at least one modern language other than English, as
measured by written/oral examination or completion of four courses beyond the
University’s general education requirement in this area.
4. Geographical/Cultural Area Studies (6–8 credits):
Two additional courses designed to provide insight into the culture of a specific
96

__________________ Academic Programs with an International Focus
geographic area. The courses are selected by the student and approved by the
program coordinator. These courses may concurrently satisfy a university-wide
requirement such as humanities.
5. International Internship or Cooperative Education Experience (credits included on
page 96)
Students are expected to participate in a semester-long internship or cooperative
education experience abroad. Students unable to spend a full semester abroad should
do a summer internship abroad. If neither of the aforementioned options is possible,
students may substitute a domestic internship with a foreign-owned firm that does
business in the United States or in an international division of a U.S. firm doing
business internationally.
6. Two courses in economics (6 credits):
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
7. Two courses in mathematics (7–8 credits):
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision-Making
8. Capstone Experience (3 credits):
BA 395 Policy Formulation and Administration
9. Recommended Electives:
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
EN 215 Writing for Careers
or EN 218 Business Writing
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
Any courses which have a substantial international and/or cultural component.
Pre-Professional Program
International Peace and Conflict
Resolution Program (4+2 Program)
Director
Assistant Professor Haffar
Advisers
Associate Professors Haywood, R. Thompson
Instructor Carneiro
Overview
The interdisciplinary master’s degree program in International Peace and Conflict
Resolution at Arcadia University is designed to produce graduates who are well
prepared for mid-level positions in intergovernmental and non-governmental
organizations (IGO’s and NGO’s) based primarily in the United States and Europe.
97

Academic Programs with an International Focus ________________
These organizations, about 500 IGO’s and 5,000 NGO’s, have operations in all parts of
the world. Academic programs in peace studies and conflict resolution, a growing
international field, are interdisciplinary in nature, encompassing perspectives from
anthropology, biology, economics, history, law, literature, philosophy, political science,
psychology, religion and sociology.
The graduate program requires completion of one year of study and work abroad.
There are full-time and part-time tracks. In the first year of the full-time degree
program, the students complete a core of 24 graduate credits on campus with the option
of 6 additional credits of electives. The off-campus courses and professional experience,
undertaken in the second year, can be coordinated through the Arcadia University
Center for Education Abroad.
This innovative M.A. program allows students to develop an area of concentration
within peace and conflict resolution, build an international network of contacts and
gain practical field experience. Undergraduate students preparing for the International
Peace and Conflict Resolution M.A. program normally pursue a liberal arts major in
the social sciences or humanities. They complete the prerequisite courses listed below,
take several recommended courses, and study abroad for one or two semesters. During
the senior year, interested students apply to the Enrollment Management Office for
entrance into the program. Arcadia University undergraduate students whose academic
records and Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores meet the entrance
requirements are assured of acceptance. The GRE exam may also be waived for Arcadia
students. To maintain the quality of the graduate program, the University reserves the
right to limit enrollment in all its offerings.
Minimum Requirements for Guaranteed Admission to
the Graduate Program in International Peace and
Conflict Resolution
Students who begin at Arcadia University as freshmen:
1. Students must have completed the following prerequisites:
a) Political Science–International Relations (PS 241) or Introduction to Peace and
Conflict Resolution (PS 243) and either an area studies comparative course
(PS 225, 235, or appropriate 285) or American Constitutional Law (PS 220).
b) History–One course from the list for the International Studies Minor (pp.
100–101) or one of the recommended history courses listed on page 99.
c) Anthropology, Biology, Economics, Psychology, or Sociology—One course from
the list for the International Studies Minor (pp. 100–101), or one from the
recommended courses listed on page 99, or one chosen in consultation with the
student’s adviser. Biology majors may use BI 329, Ecology.
d) Study Abroad–One full semester. Courses taken abroad may fulfill the
requirements above, as long as the student’s adviser and/or one of the IPCR
advisers approves them in advance.
2. Students must present evidence of proficiency in a modern language, in addition to
English, using one of the means below:
a) For English-speaking students—Modern Language courses through the 202 level
with all grades “C” or better (A “C–” is not acceptable).
98

__________________ Academic Programs with an International Focus
b) For English-speaking students—Certification of proficiency in a second language
from the Arcadia University’s Modern Language Department.
c) For ESL students—minimum score of 550 on the Toefl exam.
3. A minimum of 3.4 overall GPA with a grade of “C” (not “C–”) or better in
prerequisite courses, including modern language, is required.
4. A minimum total score of 1700 is required on the Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test (verbal, quantitative and analytic sections) with no single test score
below 450. This exam is taken in the junior or senior year.
Students who begin at Arcadia University as a transfer student:
Transfer students are also considered for automatic admission provided that they meet
all the above criteria for freshmen as well as the following:
1. They must earn a bachelor’s degree from Arcadia University.
2. They must take at least three of the prerequisite courses (these may include modern
language courses) at Arcadia University.
Students whose credentials do not meet the requirements to assure automatic
admission to the master’s program may still apply. Students who have already studied
abroad will have an advantage. Modern language proficiency is also very important.
These students will be considered in relation to other qualified candidates in the
general applicant pool. The option to take 6 credits of electives during the first year
will allow otherwise qualified candidates to complete crucial prerequisites, including
modern language, even after they enroll.
Recommended Courses
Advanced Modern Language courses (including a major or minor in a modern
language)
Additional Political Science—Comparative Politics (PS 150), Politics of the
Developing World (PS 225), Latin American Politics (PS 228), Politics of Russia and
East Europe (PS 235), U.S. Foreign Policy (PS 240), Political Thought (PL/PS 245)
and International Model United Nations (PS 280)
Additional History—Modern Middle East (HS 211), Modern East Asia (HS 216),
Modern Russia (HS 234), Prejudice and Persecution in Western History (HS 238),
European Fascism: Fascist Italy and Nazi Germany (HS 325) and Women in Western
Society (HS 336)
Other Social Sciences/Humanities—Principles of Macroeconomics or Microeconomics
(EC 210 or 211), Social Psychology (PY/SO 153), Social Construction of Identity:
Race, Class, Gender and Sexuality (PY 313), Psychology as a Social Science (PY
331,332), Psychology of Women (PY 422), Cultural Anthropology (AN 120),
Inequality (SO 265), Social Theory (LB/SO 385), Ethics (PL 175), Living Religions
of the World (RE 114), Interpreting Literature I/II (EN 199/299), Selected Authors
(EN 220-International Focus) and Asian Literature (EN 336)
99

Academic Programs with an International Focus ________________
International Studies Minor
Coordinator
Associate Professor Haywood
Minor
International Studies
Overview
International Studies is a multidisciplinary minor, supplemental to the major, which
provides the option for students to internationalize their educational experience. In a
world that is increasingly interdependent, the program prepares students in “global
awareness,” a fundamental component of any liberal arts education.
The outstanding feature of the minor is that it provides the student with a
multidisciplinary knowledge base through a foundation course, an advanced seminar,
and individual courses in history, social science and language or literature. Students may
develop an area specialty, especially if they choose to study abroad. In fact, this minor
provides an excellent way to maximize the benefits of study abroad; it prepares the
student for the overseas experience and then provides opportunities to reflect upon it in
an academic setting. However, unlike majors in International Business and Culture,
Spanish and the 4+2 program for the M.A. in International Peace and Conflict
Resolution, this minor does not require proficiency in a second language or study
abroad (though these are options).
Graduates may pursue careers in business, government, international organizations,
social work, counseling, journalism, law, religion, or community service and non-profit
agencies. This program also prepares students for graduate school. Interested students
should meet with their major adviser and with the international studies coordinator.
Participating students must declare their intent through the Registrar’s Office.
Requirements for the Minor (Day and Evening)
(18–20 credits as listed below.)
The International Studies minor consists of five or six courses totaling 18 to 20
credits. Courses for this minor may not include more than two at the 100 level and
must include the required 300-level course listed below. Students take the two required
courses and at least one from each of the three categories: modern history, political and
social science, and modern language and international literature. Students may count
one course, but not more than one, toward both their major and their International
Studies minor. No course may be double-counted to fulfill other minors or general
education requirements.
1. One required course:
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
2. At least one course from each of the category lists below.
If students study abroad, they may substitute an appropriate course taken abroad
with prior approval of the international studies coordinator. Individual courses that are
offered both day and evening normally have two numbers.
100

__________________ Academic Programs with an International Focus
Modern history (at least one course from this list):
HS 104 European Civilization, 1789–present
HS 211 The Modern Middle East
HS 216 Modern East Asia
HS 218 Modern Africa
HS 234 Modern Russia
Political and social science (at least one course from this list):
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
AN 272 Cultures, Conflict and Power
RE 114 Living Religions of the World
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 228 Latin American Politics
PS 240 United States Foreign Policy
PS 241 International Relations
PS 280 International Model United Nations
PS 335 Politics of Russia and East Europe
PS 385 Special Studies/International topic
Modern language and international literature (at least one course from this list):
EN 220 Selected Authors/International topic
EN 342 Special Studies Seminar/International topic
EN 336 Asian Literature
EN 381 Modern British Literature and Culture
FR 101/102 Beginning French I, II
FR 201/202 Intermediate French I, II
FR 214 Reading in French
FR 226 Advanced French Thru Cinema
FR 285 Selected Topics in French
SP 101/102 Beginning Spanish I, II
SP 201/202 Intermediate Spanish I, II
SP 385 Special Topics in Spanish
IT 101/102 Beginning Italian I, II
IT 201/202 Intermediate Italian I, II
GM 101/102 Beginning German I, II
GM 201/202 Intermediate German I, II
GM 285 Special Topics in German
JA 101/102 Beginning Japanese I, II
JA 201 Intermediate Japanese I
Courses to fulfill this minor will be available to both day and evening students.
If students completing this minor decide to apply for the graduate program in
International Peace and Conflict Resolution, they need to refer to the catalog section
for the 4+2 program.
101

Academic Programs with an International Focus/Study Abroad ____
Study Abroad
Undergraduate students are encouraged to take advantage of the offerings of the
Arcadia University Center for Education Abroad that enable them to participate in an
overseas learning experience for a summer, semester or full year for the same tuition,
room and board costs as remaining on the Glenside campus. Transfer students may
study abroad, provided they have completed a minimum of 12 credits of study on the
Glenside campus. The study abroad option affords students the opportunity to
experience another culture and academic environment on a firsthand basis under
careful supervision. Scholarship aid from Arcadia University travels with students who
choose to study abroad on Arcadia University programs, including affiliated programs in
Korea and France. All programs provide strong academic and support services and
encourage students to take maximum advantage of the particular academic, social and
cultural resources of each program location. Careful pre-departure planning, host
country orientation, and early familiarization with the expectations of the host
institution or program requirements promote a smooth transition and a rapid
assimilation into student life abroad.
Arcadia’s study abroad opportunities present an impressive array of disciplines and
specialized fields. These include fine arts and drama, social history, economics,
engineering, language studies, literature, the sciences and many more. Students in
traditional humanities disciplines, the physical sciences and pre-professional programs
can also benefit from study abroad. Internships are available in the fields of business,
art, communications, social science and public policy. Education majors can complete
student teaching for seven or fourteen weeks in the United Kingdom (UK).
Plans for overseas study should be made as early as possible to ensure fulfillment of
all major and core requirements and to establish an academic foundation essential to
success in the chosen program. Students interested in study abroad should consult their
academic adviser and Arcadia University’s study abroad adviser early in their college
careers. Applications for study abroad require careful planning and the approval of both
advisers. Students interested in studying abroad through the Center for Education
Abroad may request a series of catalogs or visit the Web site at www.arcadia.edu/cea for
descriptions of the available programs.
Courses that are part of the Arcadia University curriculum but which are offered
overseas are included in this catalog at the end of the course offerings for the
appropriate departments.
Grades Earned through a Center for Education Abroad Program
The grade earned by an Arcadia University student in any course offered through a
Center for Education Program counts in the Arcadia University GPA. A student must
petition the Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development’s Office and have
a recommendation letter from the Center to count grades from non-Center for
Education Abroad programs. The grades will be translated to the American equivalent.
Study Abroad Programs
Study in Australia: Summer, full-year, fall and spring semester programs are available
in Perth, Cairns Canberra, Townsville, Gold Coast, Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and
Wollongong. Students enroll directly at the host institution. Semester internships are
available in Sydney and Canberra. There are also a number of summer options in
environmental studies, Aboriginal studies, and tropical ecology and coral reef studies, as
well as a summer internship program in Sydney. Credit varies with program length.
102

______ Academic Programs with an International Focus/Study Abroad
Study in Mexico: Summer, full-year, fall and spring semester programs are offered at
the Universidad Panamericana in Guadalajara. Students may enroll for 15 credits of
intensive Spanish. Students who are linguistically qualified may enroll in courses with
instruction in Spanish. Summer intensive language options include a special program
for Business and Commerce.
Study in the United Kingdom: Arcadia administers 28 college- and university-based
programs in England, Scotland and Wales. Students enroll directly in the host
institution for a term, semester or full year. Credit varies with program length. In
addition, special programs include London internships for the summer or semester and a
London Semester program where students can choose courses developed and organized
by Arcadia University. A Scottish Parliamentary internship is also available. There are
also special programs for pre-law and pre-med students, student teachers and several
summer programs.
Study in Ireland and Northern Ireland: Arcadia administers eight university-based
programs in Ireland. Students enroll directly in the host institution for a term, semester
or full year. Credit varies with program length. Locations include Dublin, Galway, Cork,
Limerick, Belfast and three campuses at the University of Ulster. Students may intern
for a semester with a member of the Irish parliament (Dail) through the Institute for
Public Administration in Dublin. There is a special intensive program in fine arts at
the Burren College of Art in Ballyvaughn and a summer program in Dublin.
Study in Greece: Summer, full-year, fall and spring semester programs offer courses
in classical, Byzantine and modern Greece. All programs are based at the Arcadia
University Center in Athens with field-study trips to historic cities and other places of
interest. There are also summer programs in ancient history and archaeology. All
courses are taught in English. Course work in the modern Greek language at the
appropriate level is required.
Study in Italy: Summer, full-year, fall and spring semester program offer courses in
three unique locations: Perugia, Florence, and Rome. Students on each program study
in an intensive Italian language. In addition, a range of courses taught in English
offered in subjects ranging from history and politics to fine arts and literature.
Study in Korea: Study in the summer, spring or fall semester, or for a full year in
Seoul or Daegu as part of a student exchange program. The courses in Asian Studies
are taught in English with an opportunity to study the Korean language. Housing is
arranged on campus in a hall of residence and the summer students can participate in a
field trip around the countryside.
Study in France: Study in the fall or spring semester in Paris through a student
exchange with Hollins College. Students take an intensive French language course and
three additional courses. Some are offered in French and, therefore, students must have
taken intermediate-level French to participate in the program. Students live in central
Paris with French families.
Study in Spain: Fall, summer, full year and spring semester programs in Toledo,
Spain offer courses in Spanish, and include courses in Spanish culture, art history,
politics and history. An intermediate proficiency with Spanish language is required for
this program.
Study in New Zealand: Full year, fall and spring semester programs are available in
Auckland, Dunedin and Wellington. Students enroll at a host institution in one of
these cities. A comprehensive range of subjects and courses is available.
103

Academic Programs with an International Focus/Study Abroad ____
Study in Equatorial Guinea: Fall semester program on the island of Bioko,
Equatorial Guinea that focuses on intensive study of African wildlife and its
conservation through academic coursework and extensive field study.
Summer Programs: Three-to six-week programs are available for 3–6 credits in
Australia, England, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, New Zealand, Scotland and Spain.
The following courses require study in a foreign country. Please be aware that
prerequisites may be required.
BA349
Marketing: An International Experience
(3 credits)
Summer, to be announced
ID181
International Experience
(3 or 4 credits)
Fall, spring or summer
Students have traveled to London, England,
Russia, Mexico and Austria.
ID381
International Experience II
(6 credits)
An upper-level seminar that studies the
history, politics, literature and/or artistic heritage
of a culture other than that of the United States.
104
HN390
Honors Colloquia
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Topics vary and may be repeated from time to
time.
The most recent topic was “Ancient Greece
and its Impact on the Modern World” and
included a two-week study tour of that country.
Plans call for some future topics to include a
study abroad component.
Anthropology: See Sociology and Anthropology, page 307.
Art, Art Education, Art History, Art
Therapy: See Fine Arts, page 185.

____________________________________________________ Biology
Biology
Faculty
Professors Hearn, Hoffman (chair), Vomachka
Associate Professors Bushar, Rose
Instructor Cooper
Adjunct Professor Sanchez
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
Molecular
Conservation
Allied Health
Biomedical
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the Health Professions (page 339)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the Sciences (page 340)
Option
Secondary Education Certification (page 163)
Minor
Biology
Related Fields of Study
Psychobiology (pp. 294–295)
Scientific Illustration (pp. 304–306)
Overview
The programs in biology are designed to help students discover the world of living
things and to understand the direction of current research. Courses emphasize basic life
processes, the organism’s interaction with its environment, and the means by which life
scientists gather information and draw conclusions. Students are encouraged to question
tradition and to sharpen their powers of observation and deduction.
For students who wish to pursue biology in more depth, selecting specific elective
courses provides a framework for understanding major areas of biology and the impact
of current research. Students gain experience in basic laboratory techniques in a variety
of subdisciplines.
Study Abroad Options
Biology majors are encouraged to spend a semester abroad. Many exciting
opportunities are available. It is important, however, that students plan ahead, consult
with their academic adviser and be creative. Either sophomore or junior year is the
most convenient time for students to study overseas. Fall of the senior year is a possible
time for completion of independent research or an internship at a foreign site.
Universities in Scotland match Arcadia’s science curriculum well. Arrangements in
England, Ireland, Australia, and New Zealand, are also routine. The Biology
Department also organizes a fall semester study and fieldwork experience for biology
students on the island of Bioko off the coast of Equatorial Guinea. Arcadia students are
encouraged to consider this exciting program. Contact your academic adviser and/or the
biology department chair to explore possibilities.
105

Biology __________________________________________________
Possible alternatives to facilitate foreign study include these departmental options as
well as individualized plans:
1. Substitute an overseas course for one of the 200 level Biology requirements; e.g., BI
201 (Evolution and Population Biology), BI 211 (Comparative Anatomy and
Physiology), BI 204 (Genetics), BI 222 (Plant).
2. Take an upper-level elective which we do not offer and substitute it for a 300 level
elective; e.g., marine biology, environmental science, plant ecology, exercise
physiology, biology of marsupials and monotremes.
3. Take some of your cognate courses abroad; e.g., organic chemistry, physics.
4. Complete an internship or begin your thesis research in a prestigious research
laboratory setting; e.g., The University of Aberdeen’s Department of Molecular and
Cell Biology or Department of Soil and Plant Science, The University of Glasgow’s
Zoology Department.
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The Bachelor of Arts degree program prepares students in the broad major areas of
the life sciences as well as in the cognate areas of chemistry and mathematics and/or
physics. This program assures students of a solid foundation upon which a deeper and
more specialized knowledge can be built, while affording maximum opportunity for
pursuit of the liberal arts. Customized concentrations within the Bachelor of Arts
program are designed to prepare students who plan to enter graduate or professional
programs of study, medically allied programs, for those who intend to become secondary
school teachers, or for those who wish to combine the formal study of biology with
another field, such as chemistry, art, communications, or business. This program is also
recommended for students who plan to pursue technical career options in research,
development, or applied biology in government or industry. The Bachelor of Arts in
Biology has the greatest degree of overlap with the pre-physical therapy program
requirements (see pp. 289–291) and the pre-physician assistant studies program
requirements (see pp. 287–289) of any major in the University.
Minor in Biology
The minor in biology provides students who have a major interest in another
science, business, or humanities with the opportunity to explore the field of biology for
their own satisfaction or application to a career goal.
Requirements for the Major
(62 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128
credits.)
Core Curriculum
1. Nine courses in biology:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 201 Evolution and Population Biology
BI 204 Genetics
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
106

____________________________________________________ Biology
BI 222 Plant Biology
or BI 329 Ecology
BI 242 Research Methods in Biology
BI 290 Junior Seminar in Biology (2 credits)
BI 490 Senior Seminar in Biology (4 credits)
2. Two courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
3. Two cognate courses in math (MA 110 or higher), or chemistry (CH 201 or higher),
or physics (PH 201 or higher).
4. Three additional biology electives at the 300 level. (For some career goals,
additional electives may be necessary.)
5. Students wishing certain career paths may choose to specialize in one of the
following concentrations. (For some career goals, additional coursework may be
required.)
6. Practical experience in the form of a BI 370-level Internship or BI 389-level
Independent Research is encouraged.
Recommendations for concentrations:
Molecular Biology Concentration:
1. Cognate courses:
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I
CH 202 Organic Chemistry II
2. Biology electives: BI 325 Cell Biology, BI 323 Microbiology, BI 333 Molecular
Biology.
3. Additional recommendations:
PH 201 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I
PH 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics II
Conservation Biology Concentration:
1. Cognate courses:
EC 330 Natural Resource Economics
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
2. Biology electives: BI 332 Animal Behavior, BI 329 Ecology, BI 330 Conservation
Biology.
3. Additional recommendations:
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
FA 208 Photography I
Allied Health Concentration:
1. Cognate courses:
PH 201 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I
PH 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics II
2. Biology electives chosen to fulfill interests and career goals.
107

Biology __________________________________________________
Biomedical Concentration:
1. Cognate courses:
PH 201 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I
PH
or
202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics II
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I
CH 202 Organic Chemistry II
2. Biology electives chosen to fulfill interests and career goals.
3. Additional recommendations:
Students entering biomedical graduate programs should complete both CH 201, CH
202 and PH 201, PH 202.
Requirements for the Minor
(28 credits as listed below)
Students who wish to minor in biology should consult a departmental adviser.
1. Five courses in biology:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 201 Evolution and Plant Biology
or BI 204 Genetics
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
BI 222 Plant Biology
or BI 329 Ecology
2. At least two additional biology electives at the 300 level to be selected with
permission of the biology adviser.
Secondary Certification in Biology
Biology majors seeking certification for secondary teaching in biology must notify
their advisers and Dr. Pomeroy, Coordinator of Science Education. State certification
requirements are very specific, so the earlier students plan for this option, the easier it
is to develop appropriate programs.
Completion of the requirements for the major in biology, which must include the
following courses:
1. Cognate courses:
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I
PH 201 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I
2. Biology electives:
BI 325 Cell Biology
BI 333 Molecular Biology
3. Additional recommendations for certification with approval of the Education
department:
MA 110 Pre-Calculus
PH 223 Essentials of Physical Geology
108

____________________________________________________ Biology
Biology (BI)
101
General Biology I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the science of living
organisms. Emphasis on molecular and cellular
aspects of energy processing, cell reproduction
and genetics.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
102
General Biology II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Introduction to the science of living
organisms. Overview of kingdoms with emphasis
on structure and function of plants and animals.
Consideration of population biology and ecology.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
201
Evolution and Population Biology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of how evolutionary changes contribute
to the diversity of life. Includes an overview of
the history of evolutionary theories as well as the
use of modern molecular techniques, traditional
population biology, and genetics to examine the
evolutionary history of life. The course will also
focus on the role of natural and artificial
selection, sexual selection, kin selection, and
social behavior on the development of specific
adaptations.
Three class hours weekly
Prerequisite: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
204
Genetics
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of the classical and modern views of the
nature of the gene, its transmission and its
function. Includes microbial and population
genetics.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
205
Human Anatomy
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the structure of the human body at
cellular, tissue, organ and system levels.
Laboratory exercises include appropriate
observations and dissections to illustrate each
system being studied.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
206
Human Physiology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of the functioning systems of the human
organism. Emphasizes mechanisms governing the
function of each tissue type as part of the whole
organ. Examines various systems in the laboratory
using a variety of experimental techniques.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
211
Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Comparative study of the structure and
function of vertebrate and invertebrate
organisms. Lecture emphasizes evolutionary
adaptation leading to solutions of environmental
challenges. Laboratory exercises include
observation and dissection of representative
animal examples to highlight structural
adaptations that determine function.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
This course must be completed prior to
enrollment in BI 490 or PB 490.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
109

Biology __________________________________________________
222
Plant Biology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the plant kingdom including algae,
bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms.
Emphasizes evolutionary relationships. Explores
structural and functional adaptations to life on
land among higher plants: plant anatomy, growth
patterns, physiology of photosynthesis, growth
responses to environmental stimuli and hormonal
controls.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. Some field trips.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
242
Biological Research Methods
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
A study of the range of modern scientific
methods used in experimentation, with a focus
on the use of primary scientific literature to
examine scientific design, limitations of
experimental methods and analysis of results.
Topics include experimental design, data
collection, protein analysis, DNA analysis,
histological analysis, population census
techniques, and ecological transect observations.
Periodic essays will be used to critically analyze
specific scientific papers. Selected laboratory
exercises will introduce students to various
techniques used in modern biological
experimentation.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101 and 102; or permission of
the instructor.
290
Junior Seminar in Biology
(Also listed as PB290 for Psychobiology
majors)
(2 credits)
Spring (D)
This seminar examines original literature on
selected topics. Students will complete database
searches, readings of primary literature, oral
presentations, an overview of career options, and
completion of a career preparation assignments
designed to meet individual goals, and
participation in weekly 2 hour seminar.
Prerequisites: BI 202, 203 and junior standing
in biology or psychobiology; or permission of the
instructor.
110
317
Developmental Biology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the basic processes of differentiation
and morphogenesis in plants and animals.
Includes consideration of basic underlying genetic
mechanisms.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102 and 204; or
permission of the instructor.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
321
Human Genetics and Development
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of human heredity and embryological
development with emphasis on underlying
molecular and cellular mechanisms.
Consideration of current advances in
understanding the human genome, gene
expression in development, and major human
genetic and developmental syndromes.
Three class hours and special projects (no
laboratory).
Prerequisite: BI 204; or permission of the
instructor.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
323
Microbiology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of microorganisms in their structure,
function and relationship to their environment,
both physical and human; immunology; genetic
engineering.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, 204, CH 101, 102;
or permission of the instructor.

____________________________________________________ Biology
325
Cell Biology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Cell structure and function at the molecular
level: enzymes, membranes, respiration,
photosynthesis, protein targeting, intracellular
trafficking, information transfer and storage. The
laboratory emphasizes modern biochemical and
molecular technique.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, 204, CH 101, 102
(may be taken concurrently); or permission of
the instructor.
327
Histology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
A biomedical study of the structure and
functions of mammalian cells, tissues and organs
at the microscopic level. Laboratory session
involves an extensive microscopic analysis and
identification of the cells, tissues and organs.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, CH 101, 102; or
permission of the instructor.
329
Ecology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of relationships between organisms and
their environments, including evolution, natural
selection, nutrient cycling, population regulation
and ecosystem description.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. Field trips.
Prerequisites: BI 202, 203; or permission of the
instructor.
330
Conservation Biology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Conservation biology is an emerging field of
biology that documents the loss of worldwide
biodiversity, seeks to understand the genetic and
ecological characteristics of declining
populations, and devises strategies to prevent
further losses. Topics explored include
conservation ethics, taxonomic definitions, global
patterns of biodiversity, genetic diversity within
species, demographic processes, species
interactions, extinctions and invasions, habitat
fragmentation, conservation reserves and
ecological restoration. Lecture, guest lectures,
case study presentations, and field trips.
Prerequisites: BI. 101-102; BI 202-203 or
permission of instructor.
332
Animal Behavior
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the contributions of zoology, ethology,
comparative psychology and ecology to an
understanding of the behavior of animals.
Emphasizes the means by which animals are
adapted to their physical and social
environments. Laboratory work emphasizes the
independent observation of social vertebrates at
the Philadelphia Zoo.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, PY 101, 102; or
permission of the instructor.
111

Biology __________________________________________________
333
Molecular Biology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the molecular structure and
functioning of the gene. Includes in-depth
investigation of current areas of molecular
research in biological fields such as medicine,
development, population biology and evolution.
Laboratory will involve techniques of molecular
biology including DNA purification and analysis,
cloning and the polymerase chain reaction.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, 204, CH 101, 102;
or permission of instructor.
335
Neurobiology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
A study at the molecular, cellular, and systems
level to examine the mechanisms through which
the nervous system mediates behavior.
Emphasizes current and historical experimental
evidence used to define the underlying principles
of the nervous system. Discussions of nervous
system disorders and treatments are integrated
throughout the course. Topics include
development, physiology, pharmacology and
neuroanatomy. The laboratory sessions will
involve a range of models, fixed specimens,
computer simulations; invertebrate, vertebrate
and human experiments to examine nervous
system structure and function.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, CH 101, 102; or
permission of the instructor.
112
337
Immunobiology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the cellular and molecular
components involved in specific and nonspecific
immune responses and regulation. In depth
discussion of experimental evidence is used to
establish our present interpretations of immune
mechanisms. Topics include hematopoiesis,
lymphocyte maturation and activation, somatic
recombination, isotype switching,
hypersensitivity, transplantation, autoimmunity,
AIDS and immunological techniques. Oral
presentations and critical analyses of research
articles are included.
Three class hours weekly and special projects
(no laboratory.)
Prerequisites: BI 101, 102, CH 101, 102; or
permission of the instructor
360
Topics in Biology
(4 credits)
Semester to be announced.
In-depth exploration of a selected topic in the
biological sciences. Topics for future years are
determined by instructor. Emphasizes current
research and methodology.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
370
Internship in Biology
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Internship in a supervised professional setting
for a minimum of eight hours per week. Includes
meetings with other interns and the instructor to
analyze and discuss the work experience.
Requires a journal or laboratory notebook, a
written report, and a student evaluation of the
internship.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing in
Biology or Psychobiology and permission of the
major adviser and chairperson. Interested
students must submit a written proposal for an
internship before registering for the course.
Students must also carry at least 8 additional
credits at Arcadia University while enrolled in
the internship, unless regularly attending on a
part-time basis.

__________________ Biology/Business Administration and Economics
389
Independent Study
Independent, faculty-supervised laboratory or
library research project conducted at on- or offcampus
facilities and summarized in a paper of
appropriate length, style and format. Not usually
acceptable as an elective in place of a 300-level
course.
Prerequisites: four courses in biology, junior or
senior standing in Biology or Psychobiology,
approval of the department and a written
proposal.
490
Senior Seminar in Biology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This capstone course involves the completion
of a faculty-supervised laboratory, field or library
research project in biology, including a paper in
appropriate style and format; participation in a
weekly two-hour seminar; and formal
presentation and defense of a poster.
Prerequisites: BI 290 and senior standing in
biology, with a GPA of 2.00 or higher in the
major.
PB 490
Senior Seminar in Psychobiology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Two-semester capstone course with three
components: completion of a faculty-supervised
laboratory or library research project in
psychobiology, including a paper and a poster
presentation; participation in a weekly two-hour
seminar; and completion of a career preparation
assignment designed to meet individual goals.
Prerequisites: PB290 and BI 332 and senior
standing in psychobiology, with a GPA of 2.00 or
higher in the major.
Business Administration and Economics
Faculty
Professor Biggs
Associate Professors Brinker (coordinator Accounting Program), Morra (adviser for
Economics)
Assistant Professors Bunyaratavej, Halpin (chair), Hejazi (academic coordinator SAP
Educational Alliance Program),
Visiting Assistant Professor Imszennik (2004–2005)
Adjunct Professor Bardwell, D’Oliveira, DiLullo, Falzone, Jamison, Kieserman, Krieger,
McAleer, Mendla, Moonblatt, Moses, Schwartz, Shapiro, Sims
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Business Administration with an emphasis in one of the following:
Economics
Finance
Human Resources Administration
Management
Marketing
Management Information Systems
113

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
Bachelor of Arts
International Business and Culture
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Business Administration Pre-M.B.A. (pp. 334–335)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Health Administration (pp. 338–339)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Management Information Systems (page 341)
Minors
Accounting (Pre-Professional Certification)
Business Administration
Business Administration (Pre-Professional Certification)
Economics
Pre-M.B.A.
Related Fields of Study
Chemistry and Business (pp. 130–131)
Corporate Communications (pp. 141–142)
Health Administration (pp. 214–217)
International Studies Minor (pp. 100–101)
Psychology (Human Resources) (page 300)
Overview
The programs in the Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics
offer course work that prepares students for positions and advancement in business,
government and other organizations. Building on a strong liberal arts base, students
acquire the skills, knowledge and abilities that are important for success on the job.
Recognizing the increasing importance of information technologies in building and
managing successful organizations in the 21st century, Arcadia University has become a
member of the SAP University Alliance Program the global leader in enterprise
software solutions. Our affiliation permits students to learn about cutting-edge
information management practices as applied to various areas of business
administration, including accounting and finance, operations, marketing, and human
resources.
The programs also prepare students to sit for professional certification examinations
such as the Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant
(CMA), Professional in Human Resources (PHR), and Certified Financial Manager
(CFM) as well as others.
Finally the programs are designed to permit the student to pursue further study in
business or economics at the graduate level. The student will find that the first-year
Master in Business Administration (M.B.A.) requirements for many leading graduate
institutions may be waived by courses required in our programs, thus permitting the
M.B.A. to be completed in one year of full-time study. The department has articulation
agreements with many of the Philadelphia area colleges and universities that permit our
students to waive first year requirements and in some instances to take graduate level
courses during the senior year. For information about graduate study, contact the
Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics chairperson. For
students planning to pursue an M.B.A., the Bachelor of Science degree is
recommended.
114

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is a member of the
AACSB International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business,
the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP), and the Middle
Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Administration (MAACBA).
For certain types of courses, the department recognizes transfer credit evaluations
done by professional organizations, such as American Institute of Banking (AIB),
American Council on Education, Post-Secondary Organization for Non-Collegiate
Sponsored Instruction (ACE, PONSI), and Life Organization Management Association
(LOMA). For information on specific organizations and courses, contact the
Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics chairperson.
The department strongly recommends the completion of a minor in another field of
study. Minors in accounting and business administration are for students from outside
the Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics, and are not open to
students majoring in the department. The minor in health administration is available to
accounting and business administration majors as well as majors from other disciplines.
Study Abroad Options
The department strongly encourages all students to spend a semester or year studying
overseas. Exciting opportunities are relatively easy to arrange through the Arcadia
University Center for Education Abroad. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign
universities can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field and/or
University-wide requirements. Generally the sophomore and junior years are the most
convenient time for Arcadia students to study abroad, although the second semester of
the freshman year and the first semester of the senior year also are possibilities.
Recently, students have participated in study abroad in the second semester of the
sophomore year and both semesters of the senior year. Arcadia University has special
arrangements with universities or runs its own programs in the United Kingdom
(England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland), Australia, Equatorial Guinea, France,
Greece, Italy, Ireland, Mexico, South Korea, Spain and New Zealand. Aside from
transportation, the cost is often no greater than a semester or year on the Glenside
campus. Since it is important that students’ plan ahead for study abroad, they should
consult with their adviser as soon as possible, and make their intentions known to the
department chair and the Director for International Services.
Senior Thesis in Accounting, Business Administration, Management
Information Systems and International Business and Culture
All majors at Arcadia University complete a senior thesis project that involves
integrating prior knowledge, preparing written reports, and making a public
presentation. For majors in the department, this requirement is satisfied by successful
completion of BA470 or BA471: Internship and BA495: Policy Formulation and
Administration, both of which are required courses for majors.
Bachelor of Arts
The Bachelor of Arts degree provides background in core business areas as well as in
liberal arts. The Bachelor of Arts is offered in Accounting, Business Administration,
115

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
International Business and Culture and Management Information Systems. Students
pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration who wish to gain greater
depth in a particular business area may complete an emphasis in economics, finance,
human resources administration, management, or marketing. A description of each area
of emphasis can be found in the next section dealing with the Bachelor of Science.
Students who elect not to pursue an emphasis will have the opportunity to gain greater
depth in a variety of liberal arts areas. In some cases, the student may be able to
complete all courses required for a liberal arts major in addition to meeting the
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration.
Bachelor of Science
The Bachelor of Science degree provides background in core business areas as well as
in liberal arts. The Bachelor of Science is offered in Accounting, Business Administration
and Management Information Systems. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration are required to complete an area of emphasis in economics,
finance, human resources administration, management, or marketing.
Accounting: Provides detailed insight into accounting principles, theory, and
specialties such as tax, cost and auditing. Prepares students for positions within
industrial, public, governmental and/or exempt organization settings. Provides all the
courses required to sit for the CPA examination in Pennsylvania and many other
states. The program also prepares the student to sit for the CMA examination and
other professional certifications.
Economics: Provides students with training in the application of micro- and
macroeconomics to problems of business decision-making and the effect of
governmental policies on the business environment. The emphasis prepares students
to pursue business careers that are related to the fields of applied economics,
economic development, regulation, and policy analysis. Students intending to pursue
graduate programs in law, business, public administration, or economics will find that
a business economics and public policy concentration serves as an excellent
foundation.
Finance: Provides in-depth background in finance for students interested in working
in economic and financial institutions or finance departments of corporations. By
taking some additional accounting classes students will be prepared to sit for the
CFM examination.
Human Resources Administration: Provides in-depth background appropriate for
today’s personnel/human resources professional. Prepares students for entry-level
positions in personnel/human resources departments. The program prepares students
to sit for the certification examination administered by the Society for Human
Resources Management.
Management: Prepares students for entry-level positions as managerial trainees.
Provides a broad overview of the manager’s role.
Marketing: Provides background appropriate for entry-level positions in marketing
departments of corporations and more specialized marketing firms such as advertising
agencies and market research organizations.
116

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
International Business and Culture Major
The Bachelor of Arts in International Business and Culture offered through the
Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics provides course work
that prepares students for positions and advancement in business, government and other
organizations that operate globally. Building on a strong liberal arts base, students
acquire the skills, knowledge and abilities that are important for international setting,
and proficiency in a second language. Other required courses provide necessary
knowledge, skills, and abilities for individuals who will be working with people from
diverse cultures and backgrounds.
Management Information Systems Major
The Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees with a major in Management
Information Systems combines business administration and computer science. The
program is technologically rigorous in the areas of design, development, and
implementation of computer based business information systems. The program prepares
students for positions in a variety of organizations as business system analysts,
developers and trainers. The major prepares the student for the ACP (Associate
Computing Professional) certificate.
Minor in Accounting (Pre-Professional Certification)
The minor in accounting is designed to provide non-business majors with in-depth
training in the accounting field. Students who complete the minor by taking the
appropriate eight accounting courses will meet most, if not all, of the requirements to
sit for the CPA examination in Pennsylvania and other states.
Minor in Business Administration (Pre-M.B.A. and
Professional Certifications)
The minor in business administration is designed to provide non-business majors with
an overview of business organizational functions. This background is useful for students
who will be working in organizational settings, regardless of their major. The minor is
also designed to meet first-year M.B.A. requirements at many leading graduate schools.
Individualized minors in finance, management, marketing, or human resources
administration may be tailored for non-business majors to meet particular needs. It may
be possible to design individualized minors that prepare students to sit for professional
certification examinations. Consult with the department chair for further information.
Minor in Economics
The minor in economics is designed to provide students with a general background
in economics and specific training in rigorous analytical thinking. It builds a strong
foundation for graduate study in economics and public administration, business
administration and other areas.
117

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
Daytime and Evening Requirements
There are a few University-wide differences in requirements between the day and
evening programs. All core courses are offered day and evening; however, some
advanced courses are offered evenings only.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science in Accounting and Business Administration
(Credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth for
day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
1. Twelve courses in business administration (36–37 credits):
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
BA 470 Internship in Business Administration
or ID 260 Cooperative Education I
BA 495 Policy Formulation and Administration
2. Three courses in economics (9 credits):
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
One economics course beyond EC 210 and EC 211.
3. Two courses in mathematics (7–8 credits):*
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
4. One course in English (3–4 credits):
EN 215 Writing for Careers
or EN 218 Business Writing
Additional Requirements for the Major in Accounting
(18 credits as listed below):
118
BA 222 Intermediate Accounting I
BA 223 Intermediate Accounting II
BA 225 Cost Accounting
BA 326 Federal Tax Accounting
BA 327 Auditing
BA 328 Advanced Accounting
* Depending upon the student’s math background, MA 095, MA 100 and/or MA 110 Pre-Calculus may be
required.

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
Additional Requirements for an Emphasis Within Business
Administration*
Economics Emphasis (6 credits):
EC 216 Intermediate Microeconomics (this course will also satisfy the
requirement for economics course beyond EC 210 and EC 211)
Two additional advanced economics courses selected with the adviser.
Finance Emphasis (6 credits):
BA 381 Advanced Financial Analysis
BA 382 Investments
EC 212 Money and Banking (this course will also satisfy the requirement
for an economics course beyond EC 210 and EC 211, so the
credits are not included here)
Human Resource Emphasis (6 credits):
BA 364 Industrial Relations
One additional course selected with the adviser.
Management Emphasis (6 credits):
Two courses selected with the adviser.
Marketing Emphasis—two of the following courses (6 credits)
BA 341 Advertising and Sales Promotion
BA 348 Marketing Research
BA
or
344 International Marketing
BA 349 Marketing: An International Experience
Additional Requirements for the Bachelor of Science
Three courses in mathematics (9–12 credits):*
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
MA 202/208 Calculus II/Applied Calculus II
MA 242 Intermediate Methods in Statistics
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in
International Business and Culture
(Credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth for
day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
1. International perspective (21–24 credits):
BA 101 International Business
BA 231 International Environment and Legal Issues for Business
EC 350 International Economics
AN 361 Social Change: Globalization and Culture
* Depending upon the student’s math background, MA 095, MA 100 and/or MA 110 Pre-Calculus may be
required.
119

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
BA
or
344 International Marketing
BA 349 Marketing: An International Perspective
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA
or
471 International Internship in Business and Culture (see description
below)
ML
or
371 International Internship in Modern Language (see description
below)
ID 260 Cooperative education (see description below)
2. Business fundamentals (18 credits):
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
3. Language proficiency (0–16 credits):
Advanced level proficiency in at least one modern language other than English, as
measured by written/oral examination or completion of four courses beyond the
University’s general education requirement in this area.
4. Geographical/cultural area studies (6–8 credits):
Two additional courses designed to provide insight into the culture of a specific
geographic area. The courses are selected by the student and approved by the program
coordinator.
5. International internship or cooperative education experience (credits included in
group 1 above):
Students are expected to participate in a semester-long internship abroad.
Students unable to spend a full semester abroad should do a summer internship
abroad. If neither of the aforementioned options is possible, students may substitute
a domestic internship or cooperative education experience with a foreign-owned
firm that does business in the United States or in an international division of a U.S.
firm doing business internationally.
6. Two courses in economics (6 credits):
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
7. Two courses in mathematics (7–8 credits):
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
120

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
8. Capstone experience (3 credits)
BA 495 Policy Formulation and Administration
9. Recommended electives:
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
EN 215 Writing for Careers
or EN 218 Business Writing
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
Courses that have a substantial international and/or cultural component.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science in Management Information Systems
(Credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth for
day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89).
1. Ten courses in business administration (30 credits):
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
or BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
BA 495 Policy Formulation and Administration
2. Eight courses in computer science (24–26 credits):
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
CS 202 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming II
CS 354 Database Management Systems Design
CS 372 Data Communications
CS 390 Capstone I
CS 391 Capstone II
Two computer science elective in consultation with the adviser
3. Two courses in economics (6 credits):
EC 210 Macroeconomics
EC 211 Microeconomics
4. Two courses in mathematics for the Bachelor of Arts (6–8 credits):*
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
5. Two or three additional courses in mathematics for the Bachelor of Science
(9–12 credits):
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
MA 202/208 Calculus II/Applied Calculus II
MA 242 Intermediate Methods in Statistics
121

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
Requirements for the Minor in Accounting
(Pre-Professional Certification)
(24 credits as listed below.)
1. Eight courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 222 Intermediate Accounting I
BA 223 Intermediate Accounting II
BA 225 Cost Accounting
BA 326 Tax Accounting
BA 327 Auditing
BA 328 Advanced Accounting
Requirements for the Minor in Business Administration
(24 credits as listed below.)
1. Three courses in business administration:
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
2. At least two additional courses in business administration generally from the
following, although some tailoring is possible:
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
BA 363 Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
3. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
4. One course in mathematics:
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
Requirements for the Minor in Business Administration
(Pre-Professional Certification)
These minors are tailored for non-business majors to meet specific certification
requirements such as the Certified Management Accountant (CMA), Professional in
Human Resources (PHR), and Certified Financial Manager (CFM) as well as others.
Interested students must consult with the chair of the department to identify
appropriate courses.
122

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
Requirements for the Pre-M.B.A. Minor
(33 to 35 credits as listed below.)
1. Seven courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
2. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
Requirements for the Minor in Economics
(18 credits as listed below.)
Five courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
EC 212 Money and Banking
EC 216 Intermediate Microeconomics
One economics elective chosen in consultation with the economics adviser.
Business Administration (BA)
101
International Business
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (E)
Basic survey of the fundamentals of business
administration, looking at both external and
internal factors which influence organizational
decisions. The external factors include items such
as political, economic and legal systems as well as
different cultures. Includes specific consideration
of marketing, management, accounting, human
resources, finance and the environment of
business. Looks at the role of the organizational
decision-maker operating in the global market
place. The importance of the factors external to
the organization, particularly international
factors, on managerial decisions is discussed.
Topics include establishing the organization’s
strategic and tactical decisions overall, and in the
functional areas of marketing, finance, operations
and human resources.
Prerequisites: Mathematics proficiency at least
at the level of MA 100.
201
Financial Accounting
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (TBA)
An introduction to the preparation and
analysis of basic financial statements. Specific
topics include asset and equity measurement,
income determination, cash flow and working
capital.
Prerequisite: Facility in working with
quantitative material is required for this course.
Such facility may be demonstrated by appropriate
mathematics courses which were completed
recently, by a sufficiently high, recent SAT or
ACT score, or by a placement examination
through the University or an outside testing
association. Students who need review in
mathematics will need to take MA 100 prior to
BA 201. MA 145 is recommended.
123

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
202
Managerial Accounting
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (TBA)
Continuation of BA 201 and an introduction
to the use of accounting information for
managerial decision-making. Topics include cost
accounting systems, budgeting, decision-making
information and performance reporting.
Prerequisite: BA 201 or equivalent.
222
Intermediate Accounting I
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E)
Extensive examination of accounting theory,
the accounting process, and problems associated
with presenting fairly the financial position and
operating results of business entities. Includes indepth
study of current and non-current assets
and current liabilities.
Prerequisite: BA 202.
Offered in day in even years and evening in
odd years.
223
Intermediate Accounting II
(3 credits)
Spring (D,E)
Continuation of BA 222. Examines generally
accepted accounting principles and problems
associated with presenting fairly the operating
results, financial position and changes in
financial position of business entities. Includes
detailed consideration of shareholders’ equity,
earnings per share, tax allocation, pensions,
leases and price level changes. Introduces
preparation, analysis and interpretation of
financial statements.
Prerequisite: BA 222.
Offered in day in odd years and evening in
even years.
225
Cost Accounting
(3 credits)
Spring (D,E)
Detailed examination of principles and
practices of industrial/commercial cost
accounting. Includes cost planning and
budgeting, cost controls, job order and process
costing systems, standard costing and variance
analysis, variable/direct costing, performance
reports and relevant costs in management
decision making.
Prerequisite: BA 202.
Offered in day in even years and evening in
odd years.
124
230
Legal Environment of Business
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D)
A first-level course. Surveys the business legal
environment and legal subjects of practical utility
to business. Emphasizes basic contractual
concepts including formation, operation and
discharge. Provides an introduction to
governmental control of business.
232
International Environment and Legal
Issues for Business
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Covers the international legal environment
that influences business decisions. Includes
international treaties, sources of international
laws, environmental laws, contracts, tariffs and
trade, licensing, agency and employment, and
regulatory issues. Particular emphasis is given to
the European Economic Community and the
North American free trade Agreement and the
effect they have on the multinational enterprise.
285
Selected Topics in Business
Administration
Not regularly scheduled.
326
Federal Tax Accounting
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E)
Introductory exposure to federal income tax
legislation, rules and regulations applicable to tax
determination for individuals, corporations and
partnerships. Emphasizes the relationships among
tax theory, tax preparation and tax planning.
Prerequisite: BA 202.
Offered in day in even years and evening in
odd years.

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
327
Auditing
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Survey of auditing theory, objectives, and
practices related primarily to the responsibilities
of the independent professional accountant.
Includes an overview of professional ethics,
generally accepted auditing standards and
internal control procedures. Examines data
processing, statistical and sampling methods and
report writing.
Prerequisite: BA 202.
Offered in day in odd years and evening in
even years.
328
Advanced Accounting
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Detailed examination of the problems
associated with business combinations and
consolidations, intercompany profit transactions,
complex affiliation transactions, branch
operations, foreign operations and transactions,
and state and local government fund accounting.
Prerequisite: BA 223; or permission of the
chairperson if taken concurrently with BA 223.
340
Principles of Marketing
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (odd years)
Examination and analysis of marketing
management in the modern organization. Basic
marketing concepts, including a target market
and the four P’s—product, price, place and
promotion are covered. Evaluates the marketing
manager’s task in relation to the strategic and
economic goals of the organization and in terms
of environmental factors, including the
international milieu.
Prerequisites: EC 211 and junior standing.
341
Advertising and Sales Promotion
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Study of the communication-promotion
decision process of organizations. Examines the
effects of source, message, and media variables on
audience, response to communication campaigns,
and the interactions among these variables.
Emphasizes the promotion model consisting of
the roles of personal selling, sales, promotion,
publicity and advertising.
Prerequisite: BA 340.
344
International Marketing
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Examination of potential international market
entry strategies. Includes exporting, the use of
agents and licensing. Also studies the historical
and theoretical background of foreign trade,
world marketing environment and patterns, and
international marketing organization and
management.
Prerequisite: BA 340.
348
Marketing Research
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Consideration of marketing research that
involves the gathering and analysis of
information to assist management in making
marketing decisions. Examines the application of
the research process, methods and technique as
an integral part of strategic decision-making in
marketing management.
Prerequisites: BA 340, MA/PY 141.
349
Marketing: An International
Experience
(3 credits)
Summer (TBA)
This course explores international marketing
with respect to Europe in an experiential fashion.
Students study on the Arcadia University campus
for two weeks, then engage in two weeks of study
in England, and return to Arcadia University for
two final weeks. Specific topics covered include:
The European Economic Community, Product
Planning, U.S. brands in the British marketplace,
British advertising/ promotion techniques and
comparisons of the U.S. and British markets.
Prerequisite: BA 340.
362
Human Resources Administration
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D), Summer (TBA)
Study of the functions performed by the
human resource department in an organization:
human resource planning, recruitment, selection,
performance appraisal, training and development,
wage and salary administration, employee
benefits, safety and health, and employee
management relations. Includes discussion of the
various theories, concepts, approaches, tools and
techniques appropriate for each function.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
125

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
363
International Organizational Behavior
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (D,E), Summer (TBA)
Application of psychological principles to
human relationships within an enterprise. Studies
the dynamics of intrapersonal and interpersonal
relationships, emphasizing the manager’s
leadership role in utilizing and developing human
resources. Includes motivation, interpersonal
communications, leadership and influence,
socialization, organizational development and
career development. A great deal of emphasis is
placed on international factors that influence
effective management in organizations.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
364
Industrial Relations
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Overview of labor relations in government,
private, and community organizations in the
United States. Examines historical background,
methods of organizing, representation, elections,
negotiations, management rights, and collective
bargaining from social, legal and economic
viewpoints. Emphasizes the American system of
regulating the relationship between management
and unions, particularly the protection of the
right to organize, the collective bargaining
process, the labor injunction and other controls
on the right to strike.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
367
Operations Management
(3 credits)
Spring (D,E), Summer (TBA)
Study of the selection, design, control, and
updating of systems concerned with providing
goods or services. Emphasizes quantitative tools
and techniques for dealing with system problems.
Includes program management, statistical quality
control, inventory control, process optimization,
global supply chain, queuing theory, material
requirements planning and enterprise resource
planning.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, MA/PY 141, and
either MA 145 or 201/207.
126
369
Management Information Systems
(Also listed as CS 369)
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Analysis and design of computer-based
information systems for business applications.
Study of relationships between various categories
of information system architectures and
organizational strategic and management
requirements.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and CS 104 or
MA 145 or familiarity with microcomputer
software such as Excel and ACCESS.
380
Principles of Finance
(3 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E), Summer (TBA)
Introduction to corporate finance stressing the
management approach as it applies to asset
management and capital structure. Emphasizes
capital budgeting, capital structure and working
capital management, and sources of funds.
Illustrates basic principles through a problemsolving
approach.
Prerequisites: BA 202 and junior standing. MA
145 is recommended. May not be taken by
students who have completed HA 301.
381
Advanced Financial Analysis
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Introduction to corporate finance stressing the
financial operations of publicly held corporations.
The concepts of time value of money, risk, rates
of return, capital budgeting, and securities
valuation are presented in theory as well as
practice. Illustrates basic principles through a
problem-solving approach.
Prerequisite: BA 380.
382
Investments
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Examination of investment principles and
methods: business condition analysis, portfolio
management, and evaluation of other investment
opportunities. Focuses on analysis of corporate
securities and issues of governmental bodies as
investment vehicles.
Prerequisite: BA 380.

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
390
Seminar in Business Administration
(3 credits)
To be announced
Capstone course in business administration
focusing on current problems and issues in
business administration. Requires a research
paper as a major component of the course.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 369, 380 and senior
standing in business administration.
470
Internship in Business Administration
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (E)
Part-time placement (typically 8 to 12 hours
per week for 10 weeks) designed to have the
student apply academic concepts in a work
environment. The student, the Career Services
Office, and/or the department may arrange the
placement. Placements frequently are in
volunteer organizations with the intern typically
placed in a department related to the major or
concentration. Internships may be done at ones
full-time or part-time employment work site. The
intern also writes a term paper that is related to
the internship. ID 260 may be substituted for this
course.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 369, 380, junior or
senior standing in accounting or business
administration, and permission of the
chairperson.
471
International Internship in Business and
Culture
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (E)
Part-time placement (typically 8 to 12 hours
per week for 10 weeks) designed to have the
student apply academic concepts in an
international work environment. The student,
the Career Services Office and/or the department
may arrange the placement. Placements
frequently are in volunteer organizations with the
intern typically placed in a department related to
the major or concentration. Internships may be
done at ones full-time or part-time employment
work site. The intern also writes a term paper,
which is related to the internship. ID 260 may
be substituted for this course.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 369, 380, junior or
senior standing in accounting or business
administration, and permission of the
chairperson.
495
Policy Formulation and
Administration
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (D,E)
Integration course in policy-making and
administration from the point of view of top
management. Develops a total-organization
approach to problem-solving through case studies
and a general management simulation.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 369, 380 and senior
standing in business administration. BA 367 is
also recommended but can be taken
concurrently.
Economics (EC)
210
Principles of Macroeconomics
(3 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
This course surveys the concepts of supply and
demand, national income accounting, fiscal and
monetary policy, theory of income determination,
and the problems of inflation, unemployment
and economic development. Topics covered
include the meaning and measurement of gross
domestic product, the causes of business cycles,
the role of government expenditures and
taxation in maintaining economic stability, the
role of money in domestic and international
economies, international trade, the determination
of exchange rates and the balance of payments.
The course concludes by evaluating the
performance of governments in financing their
public debt and the resultant effect on financial
markets and the trade deficit.
Prerequisite: Facility in working with
quantitative material is required for this course.
Such facility may be demonstrated by appropriate
mathematics courses which were completed
recently, by a sufficiently high recent SAT or
ACT score, or by a placement examination
through the University or an outside testing
association. Students who need review in
mathematics will need to take MA 100 prior to
EC 210. MA 145 is recommended.
127

Business Administration and Economics _______________________
211
Principles of Microeconomics
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (D)
An examination of the theory of price. Survey
of the concepts of supply and demand, utility,
elasticity, cost and production. Compares price
determination in different markets, perfect
competition, monopolistic competition,
monopoly and oligopoly. Focuses on the
economics of the individual economic agent.
Prerequisite: Facility in working with
quantitative material is required for this course.
Such facility may be demonstrated by appropriate
mathematics courses which were completed
recently, by a sufficiently high recent SAT or
ACT score, or by a placement examination
through the University or an outside testing
association. Students who need review in
mathematics will need to take MA 100 prior to
EC 211. MA 145 is recommended.
212
Money and Banking
(3 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Introduction to the terminology, analysis and
policy of the financial markets. Includes the
organization, administration, and regulation and
deregulation of commercial banks and financial
markets. Detailed examination of the role of
central banking authorities in influencing the
macroeconomy.
Prerequisite: EC 210.
128
216
Intermediate Microeconomics
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Detailed study of price determination and
resource allocation under conditions of pure
competition, monopolistic competition,
monopoly and oligopoly. Examines theories of
consumer choice, cost, production and economics
of time. Also considers the nature of economic
generalizations.
Prerequisites: EC 210, 211.
285
Selected Topics in Economics
Not regularly scheduled.
300
Seminar in Economics
(3 credits)
Not regularly scheduled.
310
Industrial Organization
(3 credits)
This course examines questions relating to the
extent and effects of monopoly power in the
U.S. economy. The topics include the economics
of industrial concentration and mergers, sources
of monopoly power, the prevalence and trend of
such power, and the effects of monopoly power
on total welfare. Furthermore, the course studies
the effect of market imperfections on the degree
of success achieved by producers in satisfying
society’s needs in a market-oriented economy.
Applies the economist’s tools to an evaluation of
public policy toward business and business
practices. Studies of individual industries with
emphases on structure, conduct and performance
will be undertaken.
Prerequisites: EC 210, 211.

_________________________ Business Administration and Economics
330
Natural Resource Economics
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
The aim of this course is to introduce students
to the principles and practice of applying
economic methods of analysis to issues relating
to natural resources and the environment.
Concepts of sustainability and the discounting of
future costs and benefits are discussed and these
techniques are then applied to the use of nonrenewable
and also renewable resources. The
economics of biodiversity loss are examined, and
this leads into a consideration of the economic
valuation of environmental goods.
Prerequisite: EC 211 or permission of the
instructor.
Offered in 2004 and even years.
350
International Economics
(3 credits)
Fall
Analytical treatment of theories and empirical
findings in the explanation of trade flows, foreign
exchange markets, balance of payment,
international liquidity and world economic
institutions.
Prerequisite: EC 210, 211.
Offered in the evening in even years and the
day in odd years.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Business and Economics
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G348
The Economic History of Modern Greece
This is a course on economic history and
economic development which examines the
interdependence and interaction of agriculture,
industry and government in Greece from pre-
Independence (early 19th century) to the present
time. The course provides a theoretical
background on the various factors that determine
economic development. It also examines the
similarities and differences between Greece and
its regional neighbors in the Balkans and the
Eastern Mediterranean. Particular emphasis is
given to examining the effects of governmental
policy on development, the characteristics of
agricultural and industrial sectors, and the
specific problems related to industrial
development in Greece.
Umbra Institute, Italy
EC/PS 311
The Politics & Economics of the
European Union
This course introduces students to the politics
and economics of European integration. The
major topics covered include a detailed
presentation of the origins and evolution of
integration from World War II onward,
discussion of both the politics and economics of
the ESCS, the customs union, the movement
toward the common market (i.e., since the
Single European Act), agricultural policy, fiscal
policy and monetary integration. There will also
be discussion of EU institutions, social and
regional policies, major contemporary issues (e.g.,
immigration, expansion), major events that have
affected the course of integration (e.g., German
unification) and EU relations with other parts of
the world (e.g., with the ACP countries).
129

Chemistry and Business _____________________________________
Ceramics: See Fine Arts, pp. 185–213.
Chemistry and Business
Advisers
Professors Biggs and Mikulski
Degree Program
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry and Business
Overview
The program in chemistry and business is designed for students who have an interest
in chemistry but do not wish to pursue a career in research. With a dual major in
business and chemistry, graduates of the program are prepared for positions in
management, marketing, advertising, sales, or other business activities in chemical and
pharmaceutical companies. A highlight of the program is the senior-level internship,
which involves placement in a chemical or pharmaceutical firm.
In addition to having immediate job applicability, the degree is designed to meet the
M.B.A. requisite courses for many leading graduate institutions. The department has
articulation agreements with many of the Philadelphia area colleges and universities
that permit our students to waive first year requirements and in some instances to take
graduate level courses during the senior year. For information about graduate study,
contact the Department of Business/Health Administration and Economics chairperson.
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is a member of the
AACSB International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business,
the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business Administration (MAACBA),
and the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). The
Chemistry Department is certified by the American Chemical Society.
Requirements for the Majors
(93–100 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
at least 128 credits.)
1. Seven courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
CH 370 Career Internship in Chemistry*
One chemistry elective at the 300 level.
2. Eleven courses in business administration:
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
* BA 470-Internship in Business Administration or ID 260: Cooperative Education may be substituted.
130

_______________________________________ Chemistry and Physics
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
BA 495 Policy Formulation and Administration
3. Four courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 242 Intermediate Methods in Statistics
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
MA 202/208 Calculus II/Applied Calculus II
4. Three courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
One economics course beyond EC 210 and EC 211.
5. Two courses in physics:
PH 201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
6. One course in English:
EN 215 Writing for Careers
or EN 315 Technical Writing
Chemistry and Physics
Faculty
Professor Mikulski (chair)
Associate Professors Campbell, Huber, Mascavage
Assistant Professor Curotto
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry
Chemical Professions
Health Professions
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
Biochemistry
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the Sciences (pp. 339–340)
Option
Secondary Education Certification (pp. 166–167)
Minors
Chemistry
Physics
131

Chemistry and Physics ______________________________________
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Education with a Concentration in Chemistry
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The programs in chemistry provide a working knowledge of the concepts that
underlie chemical and physical phenomena. Each course develops the ability to solve
real scientific problems quantitatively using structural models, mechanisms and the
integrated application of physicochemical principles. Technological and cultural
scientific problems—such as environmental pollution, energy resources and
conservation of natural resources—are explored, along with interesting descriptive and
historical material in astronomy, geology, chemistry and physics.
Study Abroad Option
Chemistry majors may elect to spend a semester or year studying overseas. In
conjunction with their adviser and the chair of the department, students in their
sophomore or junior year may enroll in classes at foreign universities. Credits for these
courses will transfer to Arcadia in order to fulfill general education, major field and/or
University-wide requirements. The Arcadia University Center for Education Abroad
has special arrangements with universities or runs its own programs in the United
Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland), Australia, France, Greece,
Ireland, Korea, Mexico, Spain and New Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost
usually is no greater than a semester or year on the Glenside campus. Since it is
important that students plan ahead for study abroad, interested students should consult
with their advisers and make their intentions known to the department chair and the
director for International Services as soon as possible.
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry
The Bachelor of Arts degree program offers two areas of concentration.
Chemical Professions: Designed for students who expect to qualify for positions in
chemistry, chemical allied professions such as information retrieval or scientific
librarian and secondary school teaching (with the courses required for certification).
Health Professions: Designed for students interested in medicine, dentistry,
veterinary medicine, podiatry, optometry and the paramedical professions.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
The Bachelor of Science degree program prepares students for graduate school in
chemistry, forensic science and chemical allied sciences; for professional-level
employment in the chemical industry; and for secondary, two-year college and
postgraduate college teaching positions.
All Bachelor of Science recipients who complete this program are certified by the
American Chemical Society as having met that Society’s high standards for an
undergraduate degree in chemistry.
132

_______________________________________ Chemistry and Physics
Concentration in Biochemistry: Specifically tailored to students who wish to pursue
advanced training in the health professions, and is often the program of choice for
premedical students.
This concentration is also certified by the American Chemical Society.
Minor in Chemistry
The minor in chemistry is directed toward students who have an interest in
chemistry but who do not wish to pursue a career in chemistry. This course of study
provides a background appropriate for students majoring in areas of science other than
chemistry.
Minor in Physics
The minor in physics is appropriate for students in mathematics, engineering or
chemistry, either to develop a stronger background in the physical sciences or to pursue
advanced training in disciplines such as applied mathematics, engineering or theoretical
chemistry.
Requirements for the Major (Bachelor of Arts)
(56–64 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
128 credits.)
Common Curriculum for Both Concentrations
(32 credits; substitutions in keeping with a student’s intended career may be made with
the approval of the department chairperson.)
1. Five courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry I, II: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
2. Three courses in physics and mathematics from the following:
PH 201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
or
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
MA 201 Calculus I
or MA 202 Calculus II
3. Recommended:
CH 303 Biochemistry
CH 304 Instrumental Methods of Analysis I
CH 305 Inorganic Chemistry
CH 306 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CH 307 Polymers and Biopolymers
133

Chemistry and Physics ______________________________________
CH 351 Quantum Chemistry and Chemical Physics
CH 389 Chemical Research
German or French to fulfill modern language requirement.
PH 223 Essentials of Physical Geology
PH 224 Frontiers in Astronomy
PH 324 Atomic Physics
PH 331 Engineering Mechanics
PH 333 Statistical Thermodynamics
CS 104 The Computer as a Tool
MA 202, 203 Calculus II, III
MA 221 Linear Algebra
MA 352 Differential Equations
MA 356 Numerical Analysis
PL 160 Symbolic Logic
PL 320 Philosophy of Science
Additional Requirements
In addition to the common curriculum, students must also select one of the following
concentrations:
Chemical Professions (24 additional credits):
1. A minimum of four additional chemistry electives, including CH 490: Chemistry
Seminar.
2. A minimum of two electives in other science fields.
Health Professions (32 additional credits):
1. Six courses in biology.
2. A minimum of two additional chemistry electives, including CH 490: Chemistry
Seminar.
134

_______________________________________ Chemistry and Physics
Requirements for the Major (Bachelor of Science)
(52 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 127.)
1. Nine courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry I, II
CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
CH 301, 302 Physical Chemistry I, II
CH 304 Instrumental Methods of Analysis I
CH 305 Inorganic Chemistry
2. Two courses in physics:
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA 201, 202 Calculus I, II
4. CH 490 Chemistry Seminar
5. Recommended:
See the list of recommended courses for the Bachelor of Arts, page 133.
Concentration in Biochemistry
In order to satisfy the requirements for a Concentration in Biochemistry, students
must also successfully complete CH 303, Biochemistry, in addition to the above, and
are expected to have taken BI 101-102, 204, 325 and 333 as well.
Requirements for the Minor in Chemistry
(24 credits as listed below.)
Six courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry I, II
CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
One additional chemistry elective at the 300-level.
Requirements for the Minor in Physics
(20 credits as listed below.)
Five courses in physics:
PH 201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
or
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
PH 324 Atomic Physics
Two additional physics electives at the 300 level.
135

Chemistry and Physics ______________________________________
Chemistry (CH)
100
Language of Science
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
This course covers basic quantitative methods
for introductory science courses. Includes
dimensional and unit analysis in the SI and US
customary system, elementary propagation of
error analysis, problem solving with simultaneous
equations, scientific notation, graphical analysis,
and transcendental analysis.
Prerequisite: Placement in MA110, a passing
grade in MA100 or permission of the instructor
to take it concurrently with MA100.
101
Modern Chemical Concepts I
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to the principles of atomic
structure, chemical bonding, states of matter,
stereochemistry and their relation to the
properties of selected inorganic and organic
substances. Presents the historical development,
methodology and philosophy of our current
understanding of transformations of matter and
energy from an experimental viewpoint.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: CH 100 or placement exam.
102
Modern Chemical Concepts II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of CH 101. Introduces the
principles of chemical energetics, chemical
equilibrium, reaction mechanisms, chemical
kinetics, electrochemistry and radiation
chemistry. Applies chemical principles to the
reaction of inorganic and organic substances from
a quantitative experimental point of view.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: CH 101.
136
201, 202
Organic Chemistry I, II: Structure,
Mechanisms and Reactions
(4 credits each)
201 Fall (D), 202 Spring (D)
Study of the correlation of acid-base theory,
reaction mechanisms, molecular structure,
chemical energetics and spectroscopy to the
chemical and physical properties of organic
functional groups. Laboratory work stresses the
synthesis, separation, identification and analysis
of selected organic compounds using both microand
macroscale techniques..
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: CH 102; or permission of the
department chair.
203
Equilibrium and Analysis
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the principles and theory of
chemical equilibrium in the context of
quantitative chemical analysis. Includes selected
traditional analytical laboratory techniques
frequently applied to analyses of systems of
biological and environmental interest. Also
introduces instrumental techniques of analysis.
Prerequisite: CH 102; or permission of the
chairperson.
301
Physical Chemistry I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of the limitations of the degree of
completion of chemical reactions and physical
processes by natural law. Examines the gaseous
state, liquid state, solid state, thermodynamics,
homogeneous chemical equilibria and phase
equilibria from both experimental and conceptual
viewpoints.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: CH 203, PH 202 or 212, MA
202.

_______________________________________ Chemistry and Physics
302
Physical Chemistry II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of CH 301. Considers the
limitations on the rate of change by natural law.
Explores the concepts of solutions, heterogeneous
equilibria, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics,
quantum mechanics, molecular structure,
statistical mechanics and surface phenomena.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: CH 301.
303
Biochemistry
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the chemistry and metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic
acids, vitamins and hormones, along with
selected topics in comparative biochemistry,
cytochemistry and chemical genetics. Laboratory
work emphasizes independent study and methods
of biochemical research.
Three class hours and four laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: BI 325, CH 202, 203.
304
Instrumental Methods of Analysis I
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the theory and practice of
instrumental analysis. Includes spectrophotometric,
chromatographic and mass spectral
methods as background for the separation,
identification and analysis of chemical substances
of clinical and biological importance.
Three class hours and four laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: CH 203. CH 301, 302 highly
recommended.
305
Inorganic Chemistry
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the representative and transition
elements in the context of atomic and molecular
structure. Introduces organometallic and solidstate
principles as the foundation for
understanding coordination theory and the
biochemistry of inorganic cations. Laboratory
work emphasizes the preparation, properties and
characterization of selected inorganic; and
bioinorganic compounds which employ low and
high temperature, vacuum and physicochemical
techniques, with both aqueous and non-aqueous
systems.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: CH 202, 203. CH 301, 302
highly recommended.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
306
Advanced Organic Chemistry
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Advanced study of selected topics not covered
in the introductory course: Huckle Molecular
Orbital Theory; aromaticity and antiaromaticity;
correlation of structure and activity by linear free
energy relationships; acidity functions and
Bronsted Catalysis; symmetry and
stereochemistry; pericyclic, electrocyclic and
sigmatropic reactions; kinetics and kinetic
isotope effects; and application of spectroscopic
techniques. Laboratory component involves
individual multi-step syntheses and molecular
modeling projects.
Three class hours and four laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: CH 202, 203. CH 301, 302
highly recommended.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
137

Chemistry and Physics ______________________________________
307
Polymers and Biopolymers
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
A coherent introduction to modern polymer
chemistry designed for students interested in
chemistry, physics, engineering and biochemistry.
Specifically, this course aims to broaden the
perspective of students in the different technical
areas to the point where they can appreciate the
scope and importance of polymers, biopolymers
and contemporary polymer technology. Emphasis
is placed on: the nature and synthesis of
polymers; biological polymers and their reactions;
thermodynamics and kinetics of polymerization;
physical characterization, fabrication, testing and
uses of both natural and synthetic polymeric
materials.
Four class hours weekly.
Prerequisites: CH 201, 202.
333
Statistical Thermodynamics
(Also listed as PH 333)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
The principles of thermodynamics will be
investigated from a modern statistical point of
view based upon ensemble theory. This includes
Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-
Einstein statistics, transport phenomena, thermal
interactions, kinetic theory and applications to a
variety of molecular systems.
Prerequisites: CH 102, PH 212, MA 202, CH
301 and 302; or permission of the chairperson if
taken concurrently with CH 301.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
345
Special Topics in Chemistry
To be announced
Topics vary according to the needs and
interests of students and faculty. Possibilities may
include medicinal chemistry, practical
spectroscopy and the history of chemistry.
138
351
Quantum Chemistry and
Chemical Physics
(Also listed as PH 351)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
The foundations of quantum chemistry and its
applications to chemical systems will be explored.
The Schrodinger wave equation, the harmonic
oscillator, the hydrogen atom and matrix
mechanics will be examined. Special emphasis
will be placed on group theory and application to
spectroscopy.
Prerequisites: CH 102, PH 202 or 212, MA
202, CH 301 and 302; or permission of the
chairperson if taken concurrently with CH 302.
MA 352 recommended.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
370
Career Internship in Chemistry
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Part-time placement designed to test the
business aspects of the chemical profession in a
work setting and to bring practical knowledge of
a functioning chemical or pharmaceutical
business to the classroom.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 360, 380, senior
standing in chemistry and permission of the
department chair.
389
Chemical Research
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to chemical research, the
chemical literature, creative thinking,
experimental design, treatment of errors and oral
and written communication of scientific results.
Provides an opportunity to work in a selected
research area under the supervision of one or
more staff members on campus (or in off-campus
research facilities). Requires a minimum of ten
laboratory hours weekly.
Prior to beginning the research project, three
copies of project outline must be submitted to
the department chairperson for approval.
Prerequisites: at least four courses in chemistry
and/or permission of the department chair.

_______________________________________ Chemistry and Physics
490
Chemistry Seminar
(4 credits at the completion of the second
semester)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Two semester capstone course which involves:
the oral presentation of a library research project;
the completion of a laboratory investigation
whose results shall be delivered in both a written
paper and poster format; participation in
departmental seminars; and career guidance
activities.
Prerequisites: CH 201, 202.
Physics (PH)
201
Fundamental Concepts of Physics I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the principles of mechanics,
heat and sound. Presents historical development,
methodology and philosophy of our current
understanding of the physical universe from an
experimental point of view. Includes laboratory
experience, demonstrations, lectures and
discussions.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
202
Fundamental Concepts of Physics II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of PH 201. Introduces the
principles of light, electricity, magnetism, and
atomic and nuclear physics. Includes laboratory
experience, demonstrations, lectures and
discussions.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: PH 201.
211
Conceptual Physics I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Calculus-based introduction to the principles
of mechanics, heat and thermodynamics through
laboratory experience, demonstrations, lectures
and discussions. Primarily for well-prepared
science and engineering majors.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisite: MA 201.
212
Conceptual Physics II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of PH 211. Examines waves,
sound, light, electricity, magnetism and
elementary electrodynamics.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: PH 211, MA 202.
223
Essentials of Physical Geology
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Basic concepts of physical geology with an
emphasis on the dynamic nature of the earth and
the land forming processes and cycles, which are
constantly altering our environment. The
laboratory will demonstrate these processes and
illustrate the principles developed in lectures.
Primarily intended for non-science majors
including those preparing for the teaching
profession.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. Evening-weekend students may enroll in
only the lecture portion of the course for three
credits.
Prerequisites: Satisfactory performance on the
mathematics placement inventory or satisfactory
completion of MA 100 is required.
139

Chemistry and Physics ______________________________________
224
Frontiers in Astronomy
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Overview of the fundamentals, history and
frontiers of astronomy. Introduces the planets,
exobiology, structure and dynamics of stars,
galaxies, the universe and cosmology. Includes
lectures, demonstrations, observations and
discussions.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. Evening-weekend students may enroll in
only the lecture portion of the course for three
credits.
324
Atomic Physics
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the basic principles of atomic
and nuclear physics. Includes laboratory
experience, demonstrations, lectures and
discussions.
Prerequisites: MA 202 and either PH 201, 202
or 211, 212.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
325
Mathematical Physics I
Not regularly scheduled.
326
Mathematical Physics II
Not regularly scheduled.
331
Engineering Mechanics
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the principles of mechanics
with engineering applications. Includes vector
treatment of forces, statics, centroids, moments of
inertia, friction, kinematics and kinetics of
particles and rigid bodies.
Prerequisite: PH 211.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
140
333
Statistical Thermodynamics
(Also listed as CH 333)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
The principles of thermodynamics will be
investigated from a modern statistical point of
view based upon ensemble theory. This includes
Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-
Einstein statistics, transport phenomena, thermal
interactions, kinetic theory and applications to a
variety of molecular systems.
Prerequisites: CH 102, PH 212, MA 202, CH
301 and 302; or permission of the chairperson if
taken concurrently with CH 302.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
341
Electronic Circuit Analysis I
Not regularly scheduled.
342
Electronic Circuit Analysis II
Not regularly scheduled.
345
Special Topics in Twenty First Century
Physics
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An intensive study in the seminar/laboratory
style of selected topics of current interest in
physics. Topics include but are not limited to
areas in relativistic quantum mechanics, quantum
electrodynamics, quantum field theories, highenergy
physics, elementary particle physics,
cosmology, astrophysics, solid state physics and
mathematical physics. May be taken several
times by any student but must be on different
topics each time.
Prerequisites: PH 211, 212, 324, MA 201, 202.
Interview with and permission by the instructor
and department chair. Other prerequisites
according to the topic.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.

_________________________ Chemistry and Physics/Communications
351
Quantum Chemistry and
Chemical Physics
(Also listed as CH 351)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
The foundations of quantum chemistry and its
applications to chemical systems will be explored.
The Schrodinger wave equation, the harmonic
oscillator, the hydrogen atom and matrix
mechanics will be examined. Special emphasis
will be placed on group theory and application to
spectroscopy.
Prerequisites: CH 102, PH 202 or 212, MA
202, CH 301 and 302; or permission of the
chairperson if taken concurrently with CH 302.
MA 352 recommended.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
Communications
Faculty
Professors Chauhan, Grady
Associate Professors Deshpande (director), Weiner (chair)
Assistant Professors Holderman, Powell
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Communications
Corporate Communications
Video Communications
Print Communications
Individualized Concentration in Communications
Bachelor of Arts in Corporate Communications (Evening)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Corporate Communications (pp. 336–337)
Minor
Cinema Studies
Communications
International Cinema
Overview
389
Physics Research
(4 credits)
Individualized study tailored to suit the needs
or interests of qualified juniors and seniors. Each
student works under the guidance of a faculty
adviser approved by the department chairperson.
Suggested topics include: quantum mechanics;
nuclear, atomic and chemical physics;
electrodynamics; advanced optics; mathematical
physics; astrophysics; participation in ongoing
research projects with faculty.
Prerequisite: permission of the chairperson.
The program in communications provides training in skills for exciting careers in the
communications and media fields. It also provides a critical understanding of the
communications and media processes relevant for media related careers.
Corporate Communications: Emphasizes communication skills in and a heightened
sensitivity to processes of communication in the context of organizations/businesses.
141

Communications ___________________________________________
Video Communications: Provides training in fundamental aspects of all phases of
video production, along with a conceptual basis in visual communications.
Print Communications: Emphasizes skills in journalism, editorial and persuasive
writing, creative writing and analysis.
Individualized Concentration: Develops a special combination of interdisciplinary
courses to meet specific interests of individual students (approval by the director of
the program required).
In some cases, students may declare a double major. (Please see the University-wide
requirements for total number of credits for double majors.) If Communications is one
of the majors the student has chosen, no more than two courses may count in both
major areas. The director of the program must approve all double majors.
A special feature of the Communications Program is the required professional
internship, offered through organizations in the Greater Philadelphia area. The
internship provides students with the opportunity to gain experience in a professional
setting. Internships are closely supervised.
All students are required to prepare and maintain a portfolio of their work for
presentation in the senior year. The portfolio will provide an opportunity for students
to examine and present their work in a professional setting advantageous to their
careers.
Corporate Communications in the Evening: Provides both a broad knowledge of
communication processes within organizational settings and the essential skills to
perform effectively as a communicator in business, government, industry or non-profit
institutions.
Study Abroad Option
Communications majors are encouraged to spend a semester or a year studying
overseas. Exciting opportunities are available through the University’s Center for
Education Abroad and are relatively easy to arrange. Communications is a global field
and concern. Studying in a different environment and learning about the
communications processes in a wider context are essential to a student in
communications. Undoubtedly, this opportunity enhances the career training and
understanding of our majors.
Generally, students may take courses to fulfill any University-wide requirements. It is
essential that students obtain prior approval from the director of the program, in order
to transfer study abroad credits. Students must plan a study abroad program at least a
year in advance to ensure finding appropriate courses that will transfer to their
requirements. Courses taken at an international university may be transferred to fulfill
requirements in general education, area of concentration (corporate, print or video) or
core requirements in communications. Students must find, upon consultation with the
director of the program, appropriate substitutions for these requirements. Most of the
communications core courses must be taken on the Arcadia campus, unless appropriate
substitutions are available at the institution of your choice. The director of the program
has excellent resource materials available to determine proper substitutions for courses.
Students need to build a foundation in their core requirements by taking courses in
their area of interest.
142

____________________________________________ Communications
Arcadia University has special arrangements with universities or runs its own
programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland),
Australia, Equatorial Guinea, Greece, France, Italy, Ireland, Mexico, South Korea,
Spain and New Zealand. Aside from transportation and cost of living differences, the
price tag usually is often no greater than a semester or year on the Glenside campus.
Since it is important to plan ahead for study abroad, students should consult with their
adviser as soon as possible, and make their intentions known to the director of the
Communications Program and the Director of International Services.
Requirements for the Major
(81–86 credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth
for day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
The requirements set forth are for both the day and evening programs for
communications. Differences in the requirements between the day and evening
programs are indicated in the footnotes. Some required courses are offered evenings
only.
1. Common Curriculum for all concentrations
Eight courses in communications: (32 credits)
CM 101 Introduction to Communications
CM 110 Speech Communications
CM/EN 213 Writing and Communications
CM 250 Visual Communications
CM 325 Mass Media Studies
CM 460 Senior Seminar I
CM 471 Internship in Communications*
CM 490 Senior Seminar II
2. Requirements for concentration (32 credits):
In addition to the common curriculum, students must also select one of the
following concentrations. All concentrations are to be approved by the director of the
program.
Corporate Communications
Requirements for the major in Corporate Communications in the Evening Program
are similar (120–128 credits). Please consult with adviser for a complete list of
requirements.
CM 235 Organizational Communications
CM/EN 317 Public Relations
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
One elective in Business Administration/Economics at the 300 level.
* Evening students may be able to substitute CM 389: Independent Study.
143

Communications ___________________________________________
Students interested in declaring a minor in business administration must take
three business courses beyond those required for the major in Corporate
Communications. Students should consult with their advisers and obtain the
permission of the Chair of the department of Business/Health Administration and
Economics by completing the declaration of minor form.
Video Communications
CM 150 Introduction to Film
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM 275 Video Production I
CM 350 Video Production II
CM 340 Special Studies in Communications
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 208 Photography I
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
Print Communications
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM/EN 318 Journalism II
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
EN 345 Special Studies in Writing
Four additional English courses are also required, including at least two in literature
with one literature course at the 300 level.
3. Courses for extension of concentration
Any two courses (8 credits) from the following (at least one must be at the 300
level). These courses must be other than those chosen for the specific
concentration.
CM 150 Introduction to Film
CM 215 Informative and Persuasive Speaking
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM/EN 218 Business Writing
CM 235 Organizational Communications
CM 275 Video Production I
CM/EN 315 Technical Writing
CM/EN 317 Public Relations
CM/EN 318 Journalism II
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
CM 340 Special Studies in Communications
CM 350 Video Production II
CM 389 Independent Study
EN 345 Special Studies in Writing
FA 208 Photography I
FA 209 Photo Journalism
FA 250 Graphic Design I (Typography)
FA 381 Photography III
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
144

____________________________________________ Communications
4. Minor in Humanities and Social Sciences (20 credits):
Recommended is a minor in political science, sociology-anthropology, psychology,
theatre arts, modern languages, international studies, or a concentration in
contemporary cultures to be designed in consultation with the adviser. A minor in
the sciences may be permitted as well. Must be approved by both the director of the
program and adviser in the area of the minor.
Requirements for the Minor in Communications
Recommended for all students for increased understanding of communication
processes and the interdisciplinary nature in the sciences, social sciences and the
humanities.
A minimum of five courses in communications and related areas:
CM 101 Introduction to Communications
CM/EN 213 Writing and Communications
CM 250 Visual Communications
One course in communications at the 300 level.
One course chosen from the following:
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM/EN 218 Business Writing
CM/EN 315 Technical Writing
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
EN 212 Writing Poetry and Fiction
EN 215 Writing for Careers
EN 216 Writing Workshop
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
Communications (CM)
101
Introduction to Communications
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (E), Summer (E)
A conceptual and critical introduction to the
study of communication. Focuses on the diversity
and complexity of communication processes in
every day life. Topics include interpersonal
communication, group communication,
organizational communication and mass
communication. Exercises in observation and
reflection required.
110
Speech Communications
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E)
This course, working from the theories and
principles of oral communication, will provide an
understanding of the features of good oral
communication and of various speech formats,
along with a practice in various speaking
situations. This class will introduce students to
basic theories of oral communication and aspects
of good speech, will provide students with
techniques of invention, persuasion, and
interpersonal communication, offer opportunity
for practice in at least four modes of
communication (interpersonal, interview,
informative, and persuasive speaking) and help
the student acquire greater ease and confidence
in public speaking. The course includes theory as
well as practice.
145

Communications ___________________________________________
120
Applied Communications
(2 credits)
Applications of video technology in an
interdisciplinary context. Recommended for noncommunication
majors. Course may be offered in
one of the following areas: physical therapy,
education, the sciences, health communications,
business communication, visual anthropology,
computer graphics and the arts. Has recently
been offered as a cable television practicum.
Prerequisites: advanced freshman (second
semester) status and permission of the instructor.
150
Introduction to Film
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
A broad analytical study of the technology, art,
institution, history and social contexts of cinema.
Emphasis on cultivation of perceptual, expressive
and critical skills as related to film. Relationships
between techniques, objectives, styles and
historical significance of specific films will be
discussed. Introduction to the classics of cinema.
Extensive classroom viewing as well as theater
viewing of films are required. Prepares students in
presenting film reviews as analytical expressions
of the art form.
Film screening sessions required.
213
Writing and Communications
(Also listed as EN 213)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D), Fall (E)
Intermediate-level writing course, emphasizing
skills necessary for course work and careers in
communications, bridging the gap between
freshmen composition and professional writing.
Covers rhetoric, audience and voice; mastering
the print code; organization and message;
techniques of persuasion and argumentation;
writing cultural reviews; and library research in
communications. Features collaborative learning
and peer-group editing.
146
215
Informative and Persuasive Speaking
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Intensive training in speech delivery and oral
presentation techniques. Skills in rhetoric or
presentation as well as persuasion in group,
community and corporate settings. Offers
workshops in various techniques of elocution.
Prerequisite: CM 110; or permission of the
instructor.
217
Journalism I
(Also listed as EN217)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the basic elements of
Journalism. Includes newspaper and magazine
writing, investigative reporting, editing, layout
and the ethics of journalism. Covers all aspects
of print journalism.
Prerequisite: sophomore standing.
218
Business Writing
(Also listed as EN218)
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Practical experience in writing for business
with rhetorical sophistication, grammatical
competence, and a strong sense of what is and is
not good English prose style. Emphasizes typical
business and industrial reports and
correspondence.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
235
Organizational Communications
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Survey of the communication practices and
cultures in a variety of organizational settings.
Study of constitution of processes of cultures in
group and institutional dynamics of organizations.
Special emphasis on diversity in workplace
democracy, corporate contexts, structural and
linguistics practices.
Prerequisites: CM 101.

____________________________________________ Communications
250
Visual Communications
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D), (E) odd years
Introduction to the history, theory and
criticism of visual communication. Examination
of our assumptions about visual imagery; how it
is shaped and transformed by the social history of
mechanical inventions (camera, cinematography
and television). The course develops a critical
attitude toward perceiving and analyzing images
of contemporary culture in photography,
advertising, motion pictures and television.
Evaluation of other forms of visual
communication (street murals, posters, graffiti
and billboards) which sustain their role in the
age of technological imagery.
Prerequisites: CM 101 and sophomore
standing.
261
Multimedia for the Web
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
A lab based Communications course that
explores the various technologies used to present
text, images, sound, animation, and video on the
World Wide Web. The course is designed to
train students to learn the ever-changing
technologies of visual multimedia design and
practice that is functioning globally and on
campus. The course will cover basic web design
(using hard coding and editors such as
DreamWeaver and/or FrontPage), image
preparation, 2-D vector /bitmap animation, sound
and video capture, editing and sound and video
streaming. Students will create and maintain
their own web sites, as well as develop web pages
and sites for community organizations and school
functions.
This course provides training in basic
techniques of design of a web site for
communications related fields, particularly image
layout and presentation, audio and video. It
offers essential skills in understanding how the
fastest growing medium of the World Wide Web
works and how its potential may be utilized for
various areas in communications, particularly in
journalism, multimedia and corporate
communications. The course is meant to provide
skills which would be useful in a diverse areas in
which students wish to apply them.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
262
Radio
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
This course is designed to provide students a
background in producing non-commercial,
independent radio for campus station, public
radio network or for any similar avenues in the
United States. The course is practice-based as
students learn to understand the form and
technology of radio. Exercises include basics of
audio recording, editing and broadcasting.
Students will approach productions through
concept development, script writing, planning
and production. It is also important to
understand the rationale and possibilities of
broadcast of student projects in terms of
programming formats of radio stations as well as
formats of individual programs.
Students will gain practical knowledge also in
broadcasting for Arcadia Radio station, which
will be broadcast over Channel Two of the
Campus cable system until a permanent facility is
in place. You will be exposed to some of the
most accomplished radio formats and productions
including the creative work of leading
Independent Producers in the country.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
270
Practicum in Communications
(2-4 credits)
Fall, Spring, Summer
Experiential projects in communications.
Students may make arrangements for work
experience in the communications field.
Minimum of six hours per week. Supervised by
an adviser and workplace supervisor. Evaluation
includes proficiency tests in practical areas and a
report on the utilization of communications
skills/technology. Does not replace internship
requirements. May be taken twice with the
permission of the adviser.
Prerequisite: CM 101; or permission of the
instructor.
147

Communications ___________________________________________
275
Video Production I
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
The course acquaints the student with all
phases of video production. Explores techniques
and aesthetics of television/video as an
expressive, informative and persuasive medium.
Topics include pre-production planning (scripts,
storyboards, floor plans, etc.), graphics, lighting,
camera operation, group work, and preliminary
introduction to field shooting and postproduction
editing. Emphasis on the philosophy
and practices of independent video and film
production in the U.S.
Studio practice time required.
315
Technical Writing
(Also listed as EN315)
(3 credits)
Fall (E), even years
Intensive study of technical documents for
various careers. Covers catalogue descriptions,
descriptions of mechanisms, instructional and
procedural manuals, bids, requests for bids,
proposals, reports, memos and letters responding
to customer inquiries. Emphasizes preparation of
effectively written documents for various
audiences (from expert to non-expert) and
purposes. Presents the integration of graphic and
copy elements in well-structured and designed
documents. Includes individual and group
assignments from a problem-solving approach.
Requires portfolios of work in-progress and two
spoken presentations.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
317
Public Relations
(Also listed as EN317)
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Study of principles and practices of public
relations and the rhetorical concerns of oral and
written communication. Surveys strategies,
“packaging,” layout and evaluation for various
audiences. Emphasizes writing in every stage.
Provides introductory preparation for public
relations careers as well as general background in
communications. Includes guest lecturers,
frequent short writing assignments and an
individual project.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
148
318
Journalism II
(Also listed as EN318)
(4 credits)
Spring (D), odd years
Learning the set-up of the newsroom; practice
in the conventions of news and news features,
such as profiles and issue-oriented stories; field
work, including coverage of some live events.
The emphasis will be on writing the more
complex story, with style, color, flair and
substance.
Prerequisite: EN 217 or another course in
journalism or experience in public relations/
advanced writing; or the permission of the
instructor.
319
Writing for Radio and Television
(Also listed as EN319)
(4 credits)
Fall (E), odd years
Analysis and production of writing for
television and radio. General and specific
principles of writing for different formats, with
consideration of audiences, scope of the medium
and creative freedom in the production process.
Examines script writing as integral to the
different production processes in the media.
Emphasis on a variety of forms and expression.
Focuses on documentary, entertainment and
advertising scripts.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
325
Mass Media Studies
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Analytical, critical and historical approaches
to the U.S. media institutions and their content.
Emphasizes broad interdisciplinary study of mass
communications. Includes focus on central issues
in cultural studies and a critique of historical
paradigms in mass communications.
Prerequisite: CM 101; or permission of the
instructor.
340
Special Studies in Communications
(4 credits)
Advanced course on special topics such as
media criticism, issues in cultural studies, theories
of communications and interdisciplinary
perspectives in communications. In-depth study

____________________________________________ Communications
of specific issues. Topics vary according to the
interests of students and faculty. Recent topics
include: “The Body in Film, TV and Culture,”
“Culture and Communication,” “Post-modernism:
the Visual Arts,” “Internet Culture,” “Bond and
Beyond,” “MediaMovies,” “The Matrix,” “Science
Fiction Cinema,” “International Cinema,” and
“Women’s Cinema.”
350
Video Production II
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
The course covers all phases of field and studio
production (preplanning, scriptwriting, preparing
storyboards, shooting, editing, sound mixing and
master-tape preparation). Each student will
produce a (two-track sound) documentary/video
essay on a social topic. Students work on a
cooperative basis, creating responsible crews
among themselves.
The course emphasizes the ethics, principles
and practice of independent video production.
All-round training in production techniques,
organizational ability to work in groups, and
qualities of independent thinking embedded in
awareness of the social and historical potential of
the medium. Lab time required.
Prerequisites: CM 275 and permission of the
instructor.
389
Independent Study in Communications
Fall, Spring
In-depth research on an individually defined
scholarly project. Should address specific interests
of students in analytical, critical, academic study
of a topic. A final paper of high quality required.
May be taken for substantive production exercise
in video with emphasis in analytical
presentation. Designed to enlarge student’s
learning experience. Only one Independent Study
allowed during study at Arcadia. Some of the
topics covered in the past: “Organizations as
Cultural Systems,” “Semiotics of Photography”
and a documentary on the Immigrant Experience
of the Vietnamese.
Prerequisites: CM 325, 3.0 cumulative GPA
and permission of the instructor and faculty in
the communications program.
460
Senior Seminar I
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
An overview of the methods and principles of
systematic inquiry in the field of communications.
Develops a discrete model of the disciplines as a
humanistic field by examining communications
as a human science (consisting of hermeneutics,
phenomenology, structuralism, ethnography,
rhetoric and dramaturgy). Shows how
communications employs such social science
research methods as content analysis, survey
research, field research and experimental research
to establish critical contextualization. Besides
introductory readings, includes critiques of
published studies.
The course prepares the way for the required
capstone course, CM 390.
Prerequisite: CM 325.
471
Internship in Communications
(4 credits)
Fall
Internship in a supervised professional setting
for a minimum of eight hours per week. Includes
seminar meetings with other interns to discuss
the work experience as it relates to theories of
communication. Requires a written project based
on the internship.
Students in the evening program must consult
with the adviser regarding course load during
internship and other internship requirements.
Prerequisites: CM 360, senior standing in
communications, a 3.0 cumulative GPA and
approval of the faculty in the communications
program. Students must also carry at least eight
additional credits at Arcadia University while
enrolled in the internship unless regularly
attending on a part-time basis.
490
Senior Seminar II
(4 credits)
Spring
An advanced course in communications
studies, designed to serve as the culminating
academic challenge to communications majors.
Includes readings in communications studies;
requires integration of the internship experience
and of the cumulative course work in
undergraduate studies; demands presentation of
the portfolio and a final research project in the
student’s area of interest. Readings emphasize a
survey of contemporary analytical, critical and
theoretical issues in the area of communications
studies in particular, and the liberal arts and the
humanities in general. The final project is to be
presented to the University community during
the Senior Thesis Week.
Prerequisites: CM 460 and senior standing.
149

Computer Science _________________________________________
Computer Science
Faculty
Professor Friedler (chair)
Associate Professor Wolff
Assistant Professors Arras, Ortiz, Zheng
Adjunct Professors Bedi, Elyaslani, Ewing, Garvin, Hejazi, Katona, Mendla, Motter,
Nelson, Patti
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
Graduate School Concentration
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Computer Science (pp. 335–336)
Minor
Computer Science
Related Fields of Study
Management Information Systems (page 121)
Computing Technology
Overview
The programs in computer science provide a broadly based liberal arts background,
combined with specific computer science skills, to equip students with the fundamental
education needed to follow new trends in computer science. Throughout the courses,
habits of systematic and accurate thinking are cultivated, and the flexibility needed to
enter the constantly changing field of technological computer advances is emphasized.
Study Abroad Option
The department encourages students to participate in foreign study. The spring
semester of the sophomore year is often the most convenient time for computer science
majors to study abroad. Arcadia University has special arrangements with universities or
run its own programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern
Ireland), Australia, Greece, France, Italy, Mexico, Spain, and New Zealand. Aside from
transportation and cost of living differences, the price tag usually is no greater than a
semester or a year on the Glenside campus. Students should consult with the
department chair and the director of International Services in order to identify the
most appropriate program.
Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science
The Bachelor of Arts degree program provides students with the specific skills
necessary to qualify for entry-level computing positions in business, private industry, or
government.
150

___________________________________________ Computer Science
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
The Bachelor of Science degree program provides a more in-depth study of computer
science through additional courses in mathematics and computer science beyond the
Bachelor of Arts requirements.
Graduate School Concentration: Prepares students for graduate study through
additional courses in the theoretical aspects of computer science.
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Computer Science
The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate is designed for students who already have a
bachelor’s degree in another field and now wish to acquire a background in computer
science. Students may use this program to enter the computer employment market, to
learn computing skills for use in their present field, or to satisfy prerequisites for
graduate study in computer science. The following two levels of certification are
offered:
Minor Certificate: Includes six courses in computer science.
Major Certificate: Includes twelve courses in computer science (the same twelve
computer science courses required for the Bachelor of Science degree).
It should be noted that Arcadia University’s Graduate and Professional Studies offers
a Master of Arts in Education degree with a concentration in the teaching of computer
science, part of which includes the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate. Students who might
potentially be interested in this Master of Arts program should be alerted that the Post-
Baccalaureate courses carry only undergraduate credit, which is not transferable into the
graduate program. Contact the Graduate and Professional Studies Office for further
information.
Minor in Computer Science
The minor in computer science is designed primarily to give students the computing
background needed to use the computer as a tool in their primary field of specialization.
Requirements for the Major
The requirements set forth below are for both the day and evening programs in
computer science. Note that some required courses are offered evenings only.
Differences in requirements between the day and evening programs are listed in the
footnotes. Department policy does not allow 100 level courses to be challenged for
credit.
151

Computer Science _________________________________________
Common Curriculum for Both Degree Programs
(24–27 credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth
for day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
1. Eight courses in computer science:
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I*
CS 202 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming II*
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis*
CS 341 Computer Ethics
CS 354 Database Management Systems Design
CS 358 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
CS 362 Computer Organization and Architecture with Assembly
Programming
CS 490, 491 Capstone I, II
2. One course in mathematics:
MA 230 Discrete Structures
3. Recommended:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EN 215 Writing for Careers
EN 315 Technical Writing
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
Electives in business administration and mathematics.
Additional Requirements
For the Bachelor of Arts
(15–20 additional credits)
1. Two computer science electives, one of which must be at the 300 level and the
other at the 200 or 300 level.
2. One additional course in mathematics:
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making**
or CS/MA 315 Theory of Computation
For the Bachelor of Science
(27–35 additional credits)
1. CS/MA 315 Theory of Computation
2. Three computer science electives, one of which must be at the 300 level and the
other two at the 200 or 300 level.
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
MA 202/208 Calculus II/Applied Calculus II
** Evening students should take CS 207, 208 and 209.
** Students may substitute MA 221 or 220 Linear Algebra.
152

___________________________________________ Computer Science
Requirements for the Minor
(19–22 credits: students who wish to complete a minor in computer science should
consult the department chairperson.)
1. Three courses in computer science:
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
CS 202 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming II
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis
2. Three computer science electives, including at least one at the 300 level.
Computer Science (CS)
104
The Computer as a Tool
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E), Summer (E)
Introduction to the computer as an
information processing tool. Surveys general
purpose programs: word processing, spreadsheets,
database management and presentation graphics.
Presents fundamental computer concepts:
hardware, software and introduction to
programming. Analyzes specialized uses of the
computer in the arts, education, humanities and
sciences. Considers the role of the computer in
society.
Prerequisite: Completion of MA 095; or
placement into MA 100 or higher.
105
Computers and Technology in Education
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
This course provides an opportunity for those
students who will be using computers and
technology in instruction to develop computer
and multimedia technology skills enabling them
to develop, interpret, and evaluate computer
applications in an instructional environment.
Prerequisites: education majors.
107
Web Site Development
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
This course examines the principles of Web
page development from a technical standpoint. It
is not a course in design, although it does touch
on that area. After considering the relationship
between design and function, students begin to
write and demonstrate Web pages. Web pages
will be implemented using both raw HTML and
a code generator such as Front Page. If time
permits, Java Script will be introduced.
Prerequisite: CS 104 or the equivalent.
201
Problem-Solving with Algorithms
and Programming I
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E)
Introduction to the understanding of computer
systems, the use of structured programming
concepts, algorithm development, debugging and
data analysis. Will be taught with a high-level
programming language. Currently the language is
“Java”.
202
Problem-Solving with Algorithms
and Programming II
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (E), Spring (D,E),
A continuation of CS 201. Topics considered
include recursion, dynamic memory allocation
(linked lists) and an introduction to professional
programming techniques.
Prerequisite: CS 201.
153

Computer Science _________________________________________
203
Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E)
Advanced course in the application of analysis
and design techniques to algorithms which act
on data structures.
Prerequisites: CS 202, MA 230; or permission
from the department.
227
Computer Networking Fundamentals
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
An introductory study of current computing
networking technologies, systems, equipment,
and management/configuration software. Includes
hands-on lab sessions and course projects.
228a, 228b, 228c, 228d, 228e, 228f,
228g, 228h
Modern Programming Languages
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Introduction to a contemporary computer
language such as: 228b Ada; 228c PROLOG;
228d LISP; 228e Visual Basic; or 228f Java or
228g SAS; or 228h C++. Content and credit
hours vary depending on the interests of students
and instructor.
May be repeated for credit with permission of
the adviser.
Prerequisites: CS 202.
306
Building Web Applications
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
An intensive study of client/server technology
and the methods, languages and tools for
developing multi-tier distributed applications on
the Internet. Includes web-based programming
projects.
Prerequisite: CS 107 and CS 202 Java or CS
228f Java or permission of the instructor.
154
315
Theory of Computation
(Also listed as MA 315)
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
An introduction to the theoretical basis of
computing. Topics include: a review of graph
theory; network models; grammars, languages and
automata; turing machines; computability.
Prerequisites: CS 201 and MA 230 or MA 322
or MA 302.
341
Computer Ethics
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
This course examines the ethical consequences
of the expansion of computer usage in our
society and aims to give Computer Science
majors a solid grounding in ethics in general and
the ethical dilemmas, which are unique to
computer applications. As computer applications
expand into nearly every aspect of our daily lives,
it has become vital that computer professionals
are well acquainted with the ethical problems
unique to computers.
Offered in 2005.
354
Database Management Systems Design
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Detailed study of design and implementation
of a database management system including file
security and some form of query into the system.
Prerequisite: CS 202.
358
Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Study of the major concept areas of computer
operating systems principles; the architecture of
computer systems at the register-transfer and
programming levels of system description; and
the inter-relationships between the operating
system and the architecture of computer systems.
Prerequisites: CS 202, 203.

___________________________________________ Computer Science
362
Computer Organization and Architecture
with Assembly Programming
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Advanced course in computer system
organization. Includes logic design, data
representation and transfer, digital arithmetic,
digital storage and accessing, control and input/
output reliability.
Prerequisites: CS 202, 203.
369
Management Information Systems
(Also listed as BA 369)
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Analysis and design of computer-based
information systems for business applications.
Study of relationships between various categories
of information system architectures and
organizational strategic and management
requirements.
Prerequisite: Junior standing and CS 104 or
MA 145 or familiarity with microcomputers
software such as Excel and ACCESS.
370
Computer Graphics
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Introduction to the theory and methodology of
computer graphics. Develops underlying
principles for the representation of objects and
surfaces with computers, including translation,
rotation, scaling motion, parallel and perspective
projection, and hidden lines and surfaces. Class
usage of the computer is an integral part of the
course.
Prerequisite: CS 201.
Offered in odd years.
372
Data Communications
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Study of the aspects of developing and
designing data communication networks. Includes
identifying and defining the designing of the
proposed system, analyzing the type of message,
determining the total traffic, developing
alternative configurations, calculating the
network cost, implementation and follow-up
evaluation.
Prerequisite: CS 202, MA 230, CS 227, or
permission of the instructor.
Offered in odd years.
373
Data Communications II
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
This is the second course in data
communications. It concentrates on both
theoretical and practical aspects of the TCP/IP
and ATM network protocols. Students design,
build and troubleshoot networks.
Prerequisite: CS 372
Offered in 2004
374
Compiler Design
(3 credits)
Not regularly scheduled.
Study of translation, loading and execution of
a higher-level language. Includes syntax analysis
of simple expressions and statements,
organization of a compiler, design and
implementation of a simple compiler.
Prerequisites: CS 202, 203.
376
Organization of Programming Languages
(3 credits)
Not regularly scheduled.
Study of programming language specification
and analysis, comparing their features and
limitations.
Prerequisites: CS 202, 203.
155

Computer Science _________________________________________
378
Artificial Intelligence
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Introduction to basic concepts and techniques
of intelligent systems. Includes insights into
active research areas and applications, strategies
for choosing representations, notational systems
and structures, natural languages, vision systems,
search strategies and control.
Prerequisites: CS 202
Offered in odd years.
387
Special Topics in Computer Science
(1, 2, 3 or 4 Credits)
Not regularly scheduled
Seminar in advanced topics of computer
science. Content and credit hours vary
depending on interests of instructor and students.
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites: CS 202, 203.
389
Independent Study
Directed research or project in advanced area
of computer science. Credit may vary.
Prerequisites: junior standing and permission of
the chairperson and the instructor concerned.
156
490
Capstone I
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Study of system analysis and design leading to
a significant computer project to be implemented
in CS 391.
Prerequisites: senior standing, CS 203, CS 354
and CS 358. Either EN 215 or EN 315 is highly
recommended. Because the senior seminar is
designed to be the culmination of the major in
computer science, this course and CS 491,
should be among the last CS courses taken.
491
Capstone II
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Continuation of CS 490. Focuses on
application of state-of-the-art techniques in
software design and development. Includes
implementation of senior project designed in CS
490.
Prerequisite: CS 490.

______________________________________ Computing Technology
Computing Technology
Faculty
Professor Friedler (chair)
Associate Professor Wolff
Assistant Professors Arras, Ortiz, Zheng
Adjunct Professors Bedi, Elyaslani, Ewing, Garvin, Hejazi, Katona, Mendla, Motter,
Nelson, Patti
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Computing Technology
Design Option
Technical Option
Related Field of Study
Computer Science (pp. 150–156)
Management Information System (page 121)
Overview
This program, housed in the Computer Science department, provides a broad based
liberal arts background and combines a strong foundation in computing, with either
information technology management or fine arts skills to enable graduates to enter the
computing profession in non-programming positions. Throughout the courses, habits of
systematic and accurate thinking are cultivated, and the flexibility needed to enter the
constantly changing field of computing is emphasized.
The degree is designed for the student who is not interested in programming
professionally, but who would like to work in infrastructure support (the Technical
option) or Web site design and implementation (the Design option). This program
shares many courses, including capstone, without Computer Science degree programs,
but offers a wider scope. The curriculum allows for other options to be added to the
two shown, possibly at the request of students with different interests or career goals.
Computing has become important in almost every field of human endeavor. Computing
Technology is the curriculum for the student wishing to include other fields in his/her
training.
Study Abroad Option
The department encourages students to participate in foreign study. The Spring of
the sophomore year is often the most convenient time for computing technology majors
to study abroad. Students should consult with the department chair and the Director of
International Services.
Requirements for the Major
The requirements set forth below are for both the day and evening programs in
computing technology. Note that some required courses may be offered evenings only or
day only in certain semesters. Students should pay particular attention to the
prerequisites for courses (found in the course descriptions). Courses are often considered
a series and must be taken in a specific order.
157

Computing Technology _____________________________________
Common Curriculum for Both Degree Programs
(30–33 credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set forth
for day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
Seven courses in computer science:
CS 107 Web Site Development
CS 201 Problem Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
CS 202 Problem Solving with Algorithms and Programming II
CS 341 Computer Ethics
CS 354 Database Managements Systems Design
CS 490 Capstone I
CS 491 Capstone II
One course in math:
MA 230 Discrete Structures
One course in English:
EN 315 Technical Writing
Additional Requirements
For the Design Option
(17 additional credits)
1. Four courses in Fine Arts:
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 208 Photography I
FA 270 Digital Imaging
One of the following:
FA 206 Desktop Publishing
FA 251 Graphic Design II (Web Design)
FA 271 Digital Video
2. One course in computer science
CS 306 Building Web Applications
For the Technical Option
(18–20 additional credits)
Three courses in Computer Science:
CS 203 Data Structures
CS 227 Computer Networking Fundamentals
CS 372 Data Communications I
One course in Math:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
Two courses in Business:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA
or
202 Managerial Accounting
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
158

__________________________________________________ Education
Economics: See Business Administration and Economics, page 113.
Education
Faculty
Professors Goldberg, Shultz
Associate Professors Ager, Appelbaum, Goldstone, Gulkus (chair), Pomeroy, Skilton-
Sylvester
Assistant Professors Gustavson, Hennon, Hickman, Ravitch, Slesaransky-Poe
Instructors Duffy, Reedy, Trainor
Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Education
Elementary Education
Elementary and Early Childhood Education
Combined Bachelor of Arts in Education and Master of Education with a concentration
in Special Education (3+2 program)
Minor
Education
Options
3+2 Elementary and Special Education Program (page 162)
(B.A. in Education with M.Ed. in Special Education)
Secondary Education Certification
3+2 Environmental Studies Program (page 294)
(B.A. in Psychobiology with M.A. in Environmental Education)
Related Fields of Study
Art Education Certification (page 192)
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Certificate of Advanced Study
Doctorate in Education with a concentration in Special Education
Master of Education
Master of Arts in Education
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The programs in education offer a variety of majors and specialized certificates that
prepare students for specific teaching positions or for further study in education on the
graduate level.
Students who wish to be admitted to the program (elementary, early childhood,
special education, secondary education and art education) must complete at least one
course in the department and submit an Admission to the Education Department form.
Criteria for admission include an overall grade point average of 3.0 or higher and not
more than one grade of “C” in education courses. A second review of students’ grades
takes place upon application for student teaching. To be admitted to student teaching,
a student must have an overall grade point average of 3.0. A grade of B or better in
159

Education ________________________________________________
student teaching is required to meet certification standards. Additional information
pertaining to admissions to the Education department follows.
1. All Arcadia undergraduates seeking certification, except those who transfer to the
University in their junior year, must apply during the spring semester of their
sophomore year. With their applications they must include a copy of their college
transcripts.
2. Admission decisions are made after current (spring grades) GPAs are computed in
May of the sophomore year. The following are required:
• 48 credits outside of education
• An overall GPA of 3.00 or higher
• Two math courses above MA 100
• One American Literature course
• Completion of the all PRAXIS I P.A. state teacher examination
3. Students who fear their GPAs may be inadequate (below 3.0) may include a
request for conditional admission with their application. They must provide
reasons why the GPA criterion should be temporarily waived. They must also
provide letters of recommendation from an Education department professor who
taught them. All requests for conditional admission must be signed by the
student’s adviser.
4. Students denied conditional admission to the department may not continue to
take education courses. They must select a new major and enroll in alternate
courses for the fall semester of their junior year.
5. Students who are given conditional admissions must meet the GPA criteria for
full admission by the end of the fall semester of the junior year. Those failing to
do so are denied admission and are not permitted to take education courses in
subsequent semesters. They must select another major.
Transfer Students
All transfer students above the level of a first semester sophomore must apply for
admission to the department immediately after beginning classes. They will be granted
a conditional admission for one semester. At the end of that semester their Arcadia
University grade point average (3.0 or above) will determine whether they will be
unconditionally admitted to the department or denied admission.
All education programs are fully approved by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education. Graduates who are recommended by the University Certification Officer
may apply for the Instructional I Certificate to teach in Pennsylvania. In order to
receive certification, students must attain a passing score on the PRAXIS Series tests.
Although Arcadia University makes every effort to help students prepare to meet
certification requirements in other states, the responsibility for determining those
requirements lies with the individual student.
Bachelor of Arts
The Bachelor of Arts program provides the necessary training for students interested
in teaching at the elementary or elementary and early childhood levels. It prepares
students to teach in kindergarten through grade six (elementary) or nursery school and
kindergarten through grade six (combined elementary and early childhood).
160

__________________________________________________ Education
General Requirements for the Major and for Certification
The requirements listed below apply to those students receiving the Bachelor of Arts
in Education. Additional requirements for students interested in receiving teacher
certification in elementary education, early childhood education, special education and
secondary education are also listed. Students completing these requirements will receive
the Bachelor’s and/or Master’s Degree (5-year program only) and will be recommended
to the Pennsylvania Department of Education for certification.
Requirements for Education Majors for the Bachelor of Arts only:
1. Satisfactory completion of all course work and GPA requirements specified by the
department.
2. Satisfactory completion of University requirements as identified elsewhere in this
catalog.
Additional requirements for students intending to complete a program leading to
certification:
1. Satisfactory completion of a practicum (B or better) in the area of certification.
(Note that all practicum prerequisites must be met and the adviser’s approval
received before enrolling in the practicum).
2. Successful passing of the PRAXIS Series qualifying tests.
3. Completion of forms (available in the Graduate and Professional Studies Office)
required by the University and the appropriate state department of education.
4. Graduate with an overall GPA of 3.0 or higher.
5. Met all of the Pennsylvania State Standards for the Preparation of Teachers.
Student Teaching Practicum (for all majors)
Students who have completed their entire coursework will student teach as their
culminating experience during the last semester of the senior year. Applications for
student teaching must be submitted the semester prior to doing student teaching. The
deadlines are September 30 th for a spring practicum and February 1 st for a fall
practicum. Applications are available through the Coordinator of Student Teaching and
Fieldwork. A 3.0 overall GPA and completion of all PRAXIS series certification tests,
senior standing and permission of the Coordinator of the Field Placement and
Supervisor are required for admission to student teaching.
Testing Requirements for All Candidates Seeking Certification in the
State of Pennsylvania
All candidates applying for Pennsylvania State Certification in Elementary
Education, Early Childhood Education, Special Education, Secondary Education and
Art Education are required to pass all PRAXIS Series state teacher examinations. It is
required that before applying into the Education Department students must take the
following tests: “PPST (Pre-Professional Skills Test) Reading; PPST Writing; PPST
Mathematics. The Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge test (PRAXIS II)” is required
only for elementary education, special education, early childhood education and art
education. This test should be completed before the first semester of the senior year. In
the senior year before the start of student teaching experience, students must complete
all PRAXIS Series tests including subject area specialization test(s). All individuals
seeking dual certification will be required to be examined in both areas of specialization.
Information is available in the Graduate and Professional Studies Office or go to the
161

Education ________________________________________________
Pennsylvania Department of Education’s Web site. Current information is subject to
change without notification.
The total PRAXIS pass rate for students completing teacher certification programs at
Arcadia University exceeded the statewide total pass rate. Results aggregated by area
are available in the Graduate and Professional Studies Office for review or on the
Education Department website at http://Gargoyle.Arcadia.edu/Ed.
Study Abroad Option
Education majors are urged to consider spending a semester abroad, in either
England, Ireland or Australia. We encourage students to spend a semester abroad during
sophomore year or spring semester junior year. Opportunities for student teaching are
available. Students who study abroad strengthen their teaching skills through field
experiences in schools in another country and enhance their knowledge of the field of
education through the courses they take at the other college. Courses taken through
these programs will be accepted toward the Arcadia University degree. Currently
programs exist in England at Canterbury Christ Church College (student teaching),
Goldsmiths College, University of York, Porlock Hall, London (student teaching); in
Ireland at Queens University, Trinity College, Dublin, University of Limerick; and in
Australia at Griffith University and University of Wollongong. Students may obtain
more information from the Education Department chairperson and from the
University’s Center for Education Abroad.
Combined Bachelor of Arts and Master of Education with a
Concentration in Special Education
Students who wish to be certified to teach in special education have two options.
Option 1: Students may choose the five-year program that combines a Bachelor of
Arts in Education (with certification in either elementary education or elementary
and early childhood education) with a Master of Education that includes a
concentration in special education. Students should apply for admission to this fiveyear
program by February 15 th of their junior year. Students who wish to be admitted
to the five-year program must 1) obtain admission to the Education Department (see
page 160 for admission criteria) 2) apply for admissions to graduate studies 3)
maintain a grade point average of 3.0 in all education courses 4) be recommended by
two members of the Education Department faculty and 5) show evidence of personal
maturity. Students choosing this option graduate after four years of undergraduate
study with a Bachelor of Arts in Education degree and complete their special
education program as a graduate student in their fifth year. Upon completion of the
fifth-year requirements, students graduate with a Master of Education degree with a
concentration in special education.
In order to complete this program in five years, students will begin to take
graduate courses during the fourth year of their undergraduate program.
Additionally, they are required to enroll in courses during the summer between the
fourth and fifth years of the program. (For the requirements of this program, see page
161.) Students may also extend their graduate study to a sixth year and take fewer
courses in the fifth year. A total of 124 undergraduate credits and 36 graduate credits
(including practicum) are required.
Option 2: Students may choose to complete the regular four-year Bachelor of
Education program with certification in elementary education or elementary early
162

__________________________________________________ Education
childhood education and enroll in the Master of Education in Special Education
program after graduation. (For a description of the Master of Education in Special
Education program, see the Graduate Catalog.)
Minor in Education
The minor in education provides an introductory background to the field of
education and partially prepares students for entry into a certification program upon
graduation. Students wishing to minor in education should contact the chair of the
Education Department as soon as possible for assistance in selecting courses appropriate
for the grade level they plan to teach.
Secondary Education Certification
In cooperation with other departments in the liberal arts and sciences, the Education
Department also prepares secondary school teachers of biology, chemistry, general
science, English, mathematics and social studies. These programs meet the Pennsylvania
certification requirements for high school teachers in each of these areas. Students
thinking about secondary certification should consult with the Education Program
Coordinator in their speciality area as early as possible, preferably sophomore year.
Three different approaches to secondary education are suggested. Students should
choose the option best suited to them in consultation with their adviser.
Option 1: Complete all course requirements and student teaching during the four
years of undergraduate study, earning a bachelor’s degree and teacher certification at
the same time. (Some courses may have to be taken during the summer in order to
accomplish this.)
Option 2: Complete the requirements for a major in an appropriate field and a minor
in education during the four years of undergraduate study, earning a bachelor’s degree
and eligibility for a Graduate Intern Certification. This allows recipients to teach full
time in a public school classroom while continuing to take courses to fulfill the teacher
certification requirements during the next three calendar years. These courses could be
taken through Arcadia University’s Graduate Program and would be credited toward a
master’s degree.
Option 3: Complete the requirements for a major in an appropriate field during the
four years of undergraduate study, earning a bachelor’s degree. Then take all the
required education courses for teacher certification at the graduate level.
Art Education Certification
Students in the B.F.A. Studio Degree Program (with the exception of interior design
majors) may also earn certification in art education. This certification provides a skilled
background in the technical and historical aspects of art education as a prerequisite to
teaching art in grades K-12. The program emphasizes all arts as a means of arriving at
aesthetic experiences. Since students are required to take additional courses in liberal
arts in order to meet the education certification requirements, additional time may be
required to earn certification. Graduates who are recommended by the chairs of the
Education and Fine Arts Departments can receive the Instructional I Specialist (K12)
certification to teach art in Pennsylvania.
All Art Education students must meet the same admission requirements for all
candidates seeking certification (see page 160).
163

Education ________________________________________________
Requirements for the Major in Elementary Education
or Elementary and Early Childhood Education
Education majors can fulfill distribution area two of the general education requirement
by completing HS 117 and HS 118.
Degree Requirements
62 credits for the combined major in elementary and early childhood; 50 credits for
elementary
1. Five to ten courses in education:
ED 210 Teaching for Learning, N–12
* ED 211 Assessment and Intervention in Infancy and Toddlerhood
ED 212 Child Development
ED 214 Introduction to Inclusive Education
* ED 322 Instructional Techniques in Early Childhood
* ED 323 Early Intervention
ED 341 The Processes of Learning in the Classroom
ED 342 The Processes of Teaching in the Classroom
ED 343 Refining and Integrating Curricular Practices
ED 375 Managing Challenging Behaviors
2. Two courses in mathematics:
MA 117, 118 Mathematical Concepts I, II
(should be taken before applying to the Education Department)
3. Two courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology
Additional Requirements
In order to obtain state teacher certification in elementary and early childhood
education, students will also be required to take the following courses (39 credits):
1. Two courses in the natural sciences:
ID 101, 102 Science in Civilization or
BI 101, 102 General Biology I and II or
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I and II or
PH 223, 224 Essentials of Physical Geology & Frontiers of Astronomy
2. One course in computer science:
CS 105 Computers and Technology in Education
(should be taken before the end of the sophomore year)
3. One course in visual and performing arts.
4. Two courses in history:
HS 117, 118 American History
5. One course in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
6. One course in American literature.
* Additional courses required for the combined elementary and early childhood major.
164

__________________________________________________ Education
6. Student teaching:
ED 416 Student Teaching, Elementary or Elementary and Early
Childhood Education
Students will also be required to complete the additional certification requirements
outlined in the section “General Requirements for the Major and for Certification pp.
160–161).”
Requirements for the Combined Bachelor of Arts in
Education and Master of Education with a Concentration
in Special Education
(124 undergraduate credits for the Bachelor of Arts degree plus 36 credits for the
Master of Education degree and certification in Special Education. Please note: in order
to complete this program in five years, students must enroll for at least 6 graduate
credits during year four of their undergraduate program and 9 credits between year four
and year five. See the Graduate Catalog for descriptions of the graduate courses listed
below.)
1. Complete all of the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and the additional
requirements for certification listed above.
2. Nine graduate courses (30 credits) in education:
ED 505 Cultural Foundations of Education
ED 510 Interpreting Educational Research
ED 566D Instructional and Assistive Technologies
ED 581 Disability Studies and Special Education Law
ED 582 Supporting Students with High Incidence Disabilities
ED 584 Supporting Students with Low Incidence Disabilities
ED 585 Positive Behavioral Approaches
ED 591 The Profession of Special Education
ED 583(a) Fieldwork in Special Education (6 credits)
3. Six elective credits chosen with adviser.
Requirements for the Minor (24 credits)
General Education: Students wishing to minor in general education should choose 24
credit hours from the following list of courses:
ED 210 Teaching for Learning, N–12
ED 211 Assessment and Intervention in Infancy and Toddlerhood
ED 212 Child Development
ED 214 Introduction to Inclusive Education
ED/PY 238 Adolescence
ED 314 Assessment of Teaching and Learning
ED 322 Instructional Techniques in Early Childhood
ED 323 Early Intervention
165

Education ________________________________________________
Secondary Education: Students wishing to minor in secondary education without
receiving certification can choose 24 credits (with the exception of the student
teaching practicum—ED 381) from the list below. Certification candidates who have
been accepted into the secondary certification program will automatically receive a
minor in education (includes credits received for student teaching, ED 381).
ED 213 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Secondary Education
ED/PY 238 Adolescence
ED 313 Meeting the Needs of Diverse Learners
ED 314 Assessment of Teaching and Learning
ED 337 Developmental Content Area Reading
ED 375 Managing Challenging Behaviors
ED 411 Designing Learning Environments
ED 412 Curriculum and Methodology for Secondary Education
Certification program candidates will actually be placed in their
respective secondary area methodology courses listed below:
• Citizenship Education and Social Science Education
(formerly Social Studies): ED 562b—Teaching Citizenship and
Social Science, 7-12 (Fall, Spring, & Summer)
• Science Methods: ED 553—Issues in Science for Secondary
Teachers (Spring)
• Mathematics: ED 526b—Learning and Assessment in
Secondary Mathematics (Fall and Summer)
• English: EN/ED 546—Teaching Writing (Spring)
ED 417 Student Teaching, Secondary Education (12 credits)
Requirements for Secondary Education Certification
Prospective secondary teachers must complete an appropriate major, including certain
courses that are particularly relevant for teachers of grades seven through twelve. Advisers
in the respective liberal arts and sciences departments will guide in the selection of these
courses.
Students interested in applying to the Secondary Education Certification Program
must submit an application to the Education Department by the end of the second
semester of the sophomore year. The guidelines and criteria for admission into the
program are stated on page 160. In addition, students applying into the program cannot
have more than one grade of “C” in their major.
The following additional courses beyond the requirements for the major are necessary
to qualify for certification.
See page 174 for additional requirements for English majors, page 323 for theatre arts
and English majors, and page 299 for additional requirements for psychology majors.
History, political science, psychology and sociology majors interested in certification
must obtain certification in social studies. Consult with the respective departments for
additional course requirements.
1. Five courses in education:
ED 213 Socio-Cultural Foundations of Secondary Education
ED 313 Meeting the Needs of Diverse Learners
ED 411 Designing Learning Environments
ED 412 Curriculum and Methodology for Secondary Education
ED 419 Student Teaching, Secondary
166

__________________________________________________ Education
2. One course in computer science.
CS 105 Computers and Technology in Education
3. Any two courses in mathematics above MA 100.
4. One course in American literature.
5. Recommended:
HS 117, 118 American History (for social studies area certificates)
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics (for social studies area certificates
only)
ED 375 Managing Challenging Behaviors (strongly recommended for all
secondary education majors)
Certification Area Requirements: Students need to see Program Area Coordinator for
specific courses within certification area and cognates required to meet Pennsylvania
Department of Education Standards. Note that a 3.0 GPA is required in subject area courses.
Students will also be required to complete the additional certification requirements
outlined in the section “General Requirements for the Major and for Certification (pp.
160–161).”
Education (ED)
210
Teaching for Learning, N–12
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introductory course in education for
prospective teachers. Includes an intensive
analysis of teaching and of the culture of the
school. Observation and tutoring in a school
setting. Current issues and topics and their
influences on contemporary education. Requires
a field experience of two hours per week
(minimum) in addition to the scheduled classes.
211
Assessment and Intervention
in Infancy and Toddlerhood
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Intensive study of children, birth to three,
enabling the student to have an in-depth
understanding of the physical, social, emotional,
and cognitive development of a child. Includes
required field experience focusing on an
understanding of developmentally appropriate
curriculum and environmental management
skills, and understanding of the significance of
play. Assessment and intervention of children
developing both typically and atypically are
addressed. Requires field observations in an
infant/toddler program.
212
Child Development
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of growth and behavior of children from
infancy through pubescence. Includes individual
and environmental factors affecting normal
cognitive, emotional, physical and social
development. Requires field experience.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102; or permission of
the instructor.
213
Socio-Cultural Foundations of Secondary
Education
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Ethnographic research, historical and
philosophical approaches are used to explore how
youth cultures, institutional organizations,
disciplinary contexts, and categories of difference
frame youth experiences and the enactment of
curriculum. Field experiences provide
opportunities to analyze disciplinary learning in a
variety of formal and informal environments.
Students must arrange their own field
observation sites.
167

Education ________________________________________________
214
Introduction to Inclusive Education
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to the etiology and
developmental manifestations of exceptionality in
children and youth. Topics include: giftedness
physical, intellectual and emotional handicaps;
education and rehabilitation services. Requires
field observations.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102 or equivalent
238
Adolescence
(Also listed as PY 238)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examination of psychological, emotional,
cognitive, peer, familial and social institutional
forces on American adolescents. Considers
adolescent reactions to these forces as they try to
develop coherent, meaningful lives. Emphasizes
“the sense of self” and the transitional nature of
adolescence. Also examines learning problems,
separation from family, delinquency, drug abuse,
sexual behavior, vocational choices and the
development of values.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102; or permission of
the instructor.
301
Contemporary Issues in Education
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Survey of contemporary issues in education.
Topics include cultural pluralism, desegregation
and race, and bilingualism. Presents readings in
anthropological, sociological, linguistic and
folkloristic aspects of education.
313
Meeting the Needs of Diverse Learners
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (D), Summer (E)
Includes three, 4-week integrated modules:
adolescent development, diverse learners
including those with disabilities, and literacy in
the content areas. Includes one hr/week in field
conducting an action research project. Meets
Pennsylvania teaching standards relating to the
needs of diverse learners and includes
introduction to theory, identification and
instructional strategies to address these needs.
Prerequisite: ED 213 and completed child
abuse and criminal records.
168
314
Assessment of Teaching and Learning
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of assessment procedures. Focuses on
current issues and improved competency in
devising assessment procedures. Prepares
secondary school teachers to develop a balanced
program of evaluation which will increase
instructional effectiveness and assess student
learning. A self-paced, individualized course.
Prerequisites: ED 210, 337.
322
Instructional Techniques in
Early Childhood
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Examination of the teaching strategies used in
education of young children. Explores the
relationship of child development to all areas of
the early childhood curriculum from a wide
spectrum of strategies. Includes the use of
observational tools, lesson planning with an
understanding of the process involved; analysis of
teacher behavior, parent-teacher relationships,
and environmental planning. Requires field
experience.
Prerequisites: ED 210, 212.
323
Early Intervention
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Provides an overview of innovative practices
in programming for preschool children with
special needs. An ecological, integrative,
actively-based model of service delivery will be
emphasized throughout. Philosophical, historical
and legal foundations will be covered as will
current issues and trends in the field. Course
objectives will be met through lectures, class
discussions, student projects and class activities.
Requires field observations.
337
Developmental Content Area Reading
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
For secondary certification and art education
majors. Examination of reading and learning
from texts as processes. Analysis of strategies for
teaching reading and writing in content areas,
selecting texts and study strategies.
Prerequisites: ED 210, 238.

__________________________________________________ Education
341
The Processes of Learning
in the Classroom
(6 credits)
Fall (D)
Students experience the construction of
knowledge in science, social studies, math,
literacy and other language arts through a variety
of processes in order to understand how children
learn. The course includes extensive field work
in area schools.
Prerequisite: ED 210.
342
The Processes of Teaching
in the Classroom
(6 credits)
Spring (D)
Students explore fundamentals of teaching and
assessment strategies in relation to social studies,
science, math, literacy and other language arts.
Using age-appropriate concepts, skills and
activities, students develop lesson plans, create
learning experiences for diverse groups of
children. This course includes extensive field
work, including micro-teaching, in area schools.
Prerequisite: ED 341.
343
Refining and Integrating Curricular
Practices
(6 credits)
Fall (D)
Students learn how the traditional disciplines
become integrated into children’s construction of
a world-view of knowledge. Students develop
interdisciplinary curriculum with multicultural
perspectives, using an inclusion model
incorporating race, class and gender issues. This
course includes field work, including an
internship at a non-traditional learning site.
Prerequisite: ED 342.
375
Managing Challenging Behaviors
(4 credits)
Fall and Spring
Managing Challenging Behaviors is designed
to teach future teachers to manage their
classrooms and challenging behaviors including
noncompliance, disruption, inattention and
aggression. Proactive strategies from the basic
(routines, rules, attention, consistency) to the
instructional (chunking work, grouping, marking
corrects) will be taught. Students will learn to
use a problem-solving approach with an emphasis
on using observations, interactions, progress
monitoring, and teaching social skills. The basics
of prereferral intervention, instructional support
teams, Individualized Education Plans (IEPs), and
the use of paraprofessionals in the classroom for
behavior management will be covered. Field work
or student teaching required.
Prerequisite: ED 342.
388
Survey of Day Care
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Examination of the social, emotional and
cognitive growth which can be facilitated by a
young child’s experience in day care.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
389
Independent Study
Individualized study tailored to suit the needs
and interests of a limited number of juniors or
seniors. Encourages limited experimental research
activities. Each student works under the guidance
of a faculty member assigned by the department
chairperson.
Prerequisite: permission of the chairperson.
411
Designing Learning Environments
(Also listed as AE 308)
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Integral part of the student teaching
experience for secondary education. Investigates
areas relevant to the specific student teaching
situation such as development of curricula,
testing and evaluation techniques, classroom
management and using audio-visual materials.
Prerequisites: senior standing and admission to
student teaching; or permission of the secondary
education adviser.
169

Education ________________________________________________
412
Curriculum and Methodology for
Secondary Education
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Examination of instructional strategies and
techniques, with particular emphasis on
individual areas of certification. See adviser to
choose appropriate methods course option.
For students interested in becoming certified as
secondary teachers.
416
Student Teaching, Elementary or
Elementary and Early Childhood
Education
(12 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Full-time teaching for a minimum of 14 weeks
in an accredited day care center or school under
the direction and guidance of an experienced
cooperating teacher and a Arcadia University
supervisor. Requires attendance at weekly
seminars with the supervisor. Students must
provide transportation to the school.
Prerequisite: GPA of 3.0 or above, senior
standing and permission of the Coordinator of
Field Placement and Supervision. Applications
must be submitted early in the fall semester of the
senior year for placements in the spring of the senior
year. Students planning to student teach in the fall
semester must apply in the spring semester prior to
student teaching.
170
417
Student Teaching, Secondary
(12 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Full-time teaching for a minimum of 14 weeks
in an accredited middle and secondary school
under the direction and guidance of an
experienced cooperating teacher and a Arcadia
University supervisor. Requires attendance at
weekly seminars with the supervisor. Students
must provide transportation to the assigned
school.
Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or above, completion
of all PRAXIS series certification tests, senior
standing and permission of the Coordinator of
Field Placement and Supervision. Applications
must be submitted early in the fall semester of the
senior year for placements in the spring of the senior
year. Students planning to student teach in the fall
semester must apply in the spring semester prior to
student teaching.
419
Undergraduate Student Teaching
Practicum, Art Education, K-12
(Also listed as AE 419)
(8 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Student teaching practicum to include 14
weeks of full-time teaching in an accredited
school and attendance at nine on-campus
seminars. Includes supervision by an Arcadia
University faculty member. Students must
provide transportation to the school.
Applications are due at the beginning of the
semester prior to student teaching. Deadline
dates are October 1 for the spring semester and
February 1 for the fall semester.
Prerequisites: AE 300, 308, and senior
standing.

______________________________ Engineering—Combined Program
Engineering—Combined Program
Advisers
Professor Mikulski
Associate Professor Huber (coordinator)
Assistant Professor Ortiz
Degree Programs
Five-year programs:
Bachelor of Arts or Science in Mathematics, Computer Science, Chemistry, or
individual major in Applied Physics
Bachelor of Science in Engineering or Applied Science (in cooperation with
Columbia University)
Six-year program:
Master of Science in Engineering (in cooperation with Columbia University)
Overview
The program in engineering is a combined five-year plan in cooperation with
Columbia University. Designed for students with strengths in science and mathematics,
the program provides a strong liberal arts foundation coupled with intensive
engineering study as a preparation for industry or graduate work in engineering,
mathematics, or the physical sciences. The program qualifies students to take the
examination for professional engineers.
Typically, students complete the first three years at Arcadia University in programs in
mathematics, computer science, chemistry, or individualized major in applied physics.
Upon recommendation of the program adviser, students then transfer to Columbia
University to complete two additional years of engineering study. Upon completion of
the five-year program, students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree from Arcadia
University and the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering or applied science from
Columbia University.
Under the combined plan a student may elect to pursue any one of the following
programs at Columbia University: Applied Mathematics, Applied Physics, Biomedical
Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics,
Computer Engineering, Computer Science, Earth and Environmental Engineering,
Materials Science and Engineering.
It is also possible for students to complete a four-year bachelor’s degree program at
Arcadia University and then take two additional years at Columbia University for a
Master’s Degree in engineering.
Requirements for the Combined Program
(112–120 credits at Arcadia University; two years at Columbia University.)
1. Four courses in mathematics:
MA 201, 202 Calculus I, II
MA 203 Calculus III
MA 352 Differential Equations
171

Engineering—Combined Program/English ______________________
2. Two courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
3. Two courses in physics:
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
4. The following two courses:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I (Java)
5. Electives that would satisfy the general education requirements of the University.
Additional Requirements
1. For the combined program in Applied Math, Applied Physics, Chemical
Engineering, and Electrical Engineering:
PH 324 Atomic Physics
One additional 300 level Physics course.
2. For the combined program in Biomedical Engineering and Chemical Engineering:
Physical Chemistry and/or Organic Chemistry
Students must satisfy all degree requirements of a major at Arcadia University.
(Please see individual departmental sections.)
Since Columbia’s requirements may change, students are encouraged to consult
Columbia University’s Web page for the 3–2 program.
(http://www.seas.columbia.edu/3-2 program/
English
Faculty
Professors Chauhan, Grady, Wertime
Associate Professors Deshpande, Hemmeter, Weiner (chair)
Assistant Professors Celis, Holderman, Matisoff, Smith
Adjunct Professors Beckman, D’Asaro, Fitzwater, Haertsch, Hordis, Ingram, Kaier,
Klein, Marshall, McKeon, McNutt, Meiers, Neibauer, Roberts, Rouse, Seltzer
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in English
Option
Secondary Education Certification
Minors
Creating Writing
English
Professional Writing
172

____________________________________________________ English
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Education with a Concentration in English
Master of Arts in Education with a Concentration in Written Communication
Master of Education with a Concentration in Written Communication
Master of Arts in English
Master of Arts in Humanities
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The program in English consists of the study of literature and the practice of various
modes of writing to help students discover their own ideas and articulate them as
completely and cogently as possible. All courses stress critical thinking and problem
solving as essential aspects of the composing and interpreting process.
In addition to the wide selection of writing courses, the program offers courses that
approach literature from thematic, biographical, formal, historical and socio-cultural
perspectives. In all these courses, literature is explored in its relation to the past and its
relevance to our lives in the present. A career internship is required for all English
majors.
Study Abroad Option
The Department of English actively encourages its majors to take courses in English,
Communications and Theatre Arts at universities in England, Scotland, Wales, Ireland,
Australia and New Zealand. Opportunities to study these disciplines are arranged by the
University’s Center for Education Abroad. Courses taken at foreign universities with
the prior approval of the department can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general
education or the major requirements.
Generally, the junior year is the most convenient time for English majors to study
abroad, for either one semester, one summer, or an entire academic year. It is important,
though, to plan ahead for study abroad; students should consult with their advisers and
with the Director for International Services as early as possible.
As a matter of policy, the courses taken abroad that cover the content of Arcadia
courses are generally accepted as the latter’s equivalent.
Bachelor of Arts in English
The Bachelor of Arts degree program prepares students to teach at the secondary or
college level; to enter professions in research, communications, government, publishing,
editing, public relations and business; or to continue in graduate study in English, law,
library science, or journalism.
Minors in English, Professional Writing or Creative Writing
The minor in English prepares students to read critically and write clearly. A student
can design the minor to emphasize literary interpretation, pre-professional writing or
creative writing.
173

English ___________________________________________________
Requirements for the Major
(56 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total a
minimum of 128 credits.)
1. Eleven courses in English:
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
EN 299 Interpreting Literature II
EN 320 Studies in Classical and Medieval Europe
EN 321 Studies in the European Renaissance and Enlightenment
EN 322 Modern British Literature
EN 323 Modern American Literature
EN 490 The Text, the Critic and the World
Four English electives, at least two of which must be in literature at the 200 level
and at least two at the 300 level.
2. One course* in writing from the following list:
EN 211 Expository Writing Workshop
EN 212 Writing Poetry and Fiction
CM/EN 213 Writing and Communications
EN 215 Writing for Careers
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM/EN 315 Technical Writing
EN 316 Writing for the Health Industry
CM/EN 317 Public Relations
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
EN 372 Special Studies in Writing
EN 375 Fiction Writing Workshop
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
3. One course in oral performance from the following:
CM 110 Speech Communications
CM 215 Informative and Persuasive Speaking
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
TH 141 Role Play and Improvisation
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
4. EN 371: Career Internship in English (not required for evening students)
5. Recommended:
Courses in modern language and literature, history, religion, philosophy, art and
music, as well as electives appropriate to specific professional objectives, such as a
career in business, law, radio or television.
Requirements for the Secondary Education Certification
1. Completion of the certification requirements listed on pages 163, 166, 167.
2. Two additional courses in English:
EN 334 Introduction to Linguistics and Language History
EN 546 The Teaching of Writing (See Graduate Catalog)
* Evening students take a second writing course in lieu of the Career Internship.
174

____________________________________________________ English
3. One of the following courses in theatre or communications:
TH 130 Introduction to Theatre
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
CM 150 Introduction to Film
Requirements for the Minor in Creative Writing
A minimum of five courses (20 credits) in various kinds of creative writing. At least
two of the courses must be at the 300 level.
Two courses in writing:
EN 211 Expository Writing Workshop
EN 212 Writing Poetry and Fiction
Choose any three of the following:
EN 314 Writing for Magazines
EN 372 Special Studies in Writing: Advanced Poetry Workshop
EN 375 Fiction Writing Workshop
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
Requirements for the Minor in English
A minimum of five courses (20 credits) in English above EN 102, including two
literature courses and two writing courses. At least one of these courses must be at the
300 level.
Requirements for the Minor in Professional Writing
A minimum of five courses (20 credits) in English and/or communications with a
focus on professional writing. At least two of the courses must be at the 300 level.
Choose from the following:
EN 211 Expository Writing Workshop
CM/EN 213 Writing and Communications
EN 215 Writing for Careers
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM/EN 218 Business Writing
CM 235 Organizational Communications
CM/EN 315 Technical Writing
EN 316 Writing for the Health Industry
CM/EN 317 Public Relations
CM/EN 318 Journalism II
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
EN 372 Special Studies in Writing
175

English ___________________________________________________
English (EN)
100
Basic College Writing
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Basic course in the process of writing and
reading. Addresses special needs and problems on
an individual basis.
Required of all freshmen whose writing
inventories indicate the need for special
attention. For these students, this course is a
prerequisite for EN 101.
101
Thought and Expression I
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Practice in writing for various academic aims
and audiences. Includes a supervised process of
invention strategies, first draft, revised drafts,
final editing, and at least one assignment in
library research and proper forms of
documentation. Encourages peer reviews, smallgroup
problem-solving activities and in-class
discussions of interdisciplinary readings.
Incorporates special events each semester: e.g.,
poetry or fiction readings, public lectures, theatre
performances.
Required of all freshmen.
Prerequisite: for some freshmen, EN 100 or 103.
102
Thought and Expression II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of EN 101 following the same
basic format. Includes interdisciplinary reading
and writing assignments and greater emphasis on
library research.
Required of all freshmen.
Prerequisite: EN 101.
103
English for International Students
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Special program of study for international
students whose mastery of English is not yet
sufficient to meet the entrance requirements for
EN 101.
176
107
Human Dilemmas: A Literary Perspective
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Exploration of genres of poetry, short story,
drama and film as ways of representing and
working through human problems. Focuses on a
core issue, problem, or theme chosen by the
instructor. Class discussions include students’
analyses of personal experiences as a further
means of understanding the thematic focus of the
course.
113
Popular Literary Classics
(3 credits)
To be announced.
Analyzes modern literary works that were both
popular and critical successes, exploring the
thematic and rhetorical features that led to their
wide appeal, and comparing these criteria to
those of literary scholars. Texts include American
and British works of fiction, autobiography,
poetry and drama, as well as pertinent critical
essays and book reviews offering insight into the
nature of commercial and critical reception of
literature. Classes will involve discussion of
themes, styles, milieu and place in literary
history.
115
The Business World in American
Literature
(3 credits)
To be announced.
The course surveys American novels, stories
and plays about the world of business. Analyzes
the effect of business on a personal sense of
success and self-worth.
199
Interpreting Literature
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D)
Introductory course to develop the ability to
read and write critically about literature.
Analyzes the relationship of literary form to
thematic and rhetorical function through
examination of poetry, drama and prose fiction.
Includes some use of research material in the
field.
Required of English majors.

____________________________________________________ English
200
Critical Reading and Writing Workshop
(2 credits)
To be announced.
Focuses on composing, analyzing and revising
drafts, especially in the peer review process.
Includes readings in the theory and practice of
peer-reviewing, motivation and resistance, roleplaying
and other group activities, examination
of student papers. Open to all sophomores,
juniors and seniors. (Pass or no credit.)
203
Literacy Tutoring for Adult Learners
(2 credits)
Fall (E)
An introduction to methods of literacy
tutoring for adult learners, including intensive
preparation in methods of tutoring, the nature of
cross-cultural communication and the nature of
literacy learning. Includes a service learning
experience providing classroom preparation
followed by field experience tutoring adults in
the area, with ongoing guidance through seminar
discussions.
211
Expository Writing Workshop
To be announced.
Intermediate-level writing course. Emphasizes
the principles, processes and skills that are
fundamental to both academic and professional
writing. Attention to analysis, argument,
exposition and critique. Includes formal
instruction in grammar, punctuation and
mechanics. Frequent writing assignments plus an
independent project.
212
Writing Poetry and Fiction
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Practice in poetry and fiction writing skills.
Includes regular submission of written work for
peer and instructor critique. Analysis of
published poems and short fiction for style,
interpretation and techniques in relation to
subject and intention.
213
Writing and Communications
(Also listed as CM 213)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D), Fall (E)
Intermediate-level writing course, emphasizing
skills necessary for course work and careers in
communications, bridging the gap between
freshman composition and professional writing.
Covers rhetoric, audience and voice; mastering
the print code; organization and message;
techniques of persuasion and argumentation;
writing cultural reviews; and library research in
communications. Features collaborative learning
and peer-group editing.
215
Writing for Careers
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Intensive study of the writing demands in
business, industry and government. Includes
manuals, reports, correspondence, carefully
designed visuals, job application letters, resumes
and other projects. Emphasizes writing that is
practical, rhetorically and stylistically effective
and authentic. Focuses on the writing process
and small-group problem solving. Requires oral
presentations.
216
Writing Workshop
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Practice in writing essays, with attention to
individual needs. Includes frequent assignments
in various types of expository prose, ranging from
feature articles and persuasive essays to reviews of
plays and films. Emphasizes clear, interesting
writing and the adjustment of style to subject
matter and audience. Provides experience in
revising and editing one’s own work in response
to peer and instructor commentary (open to
evening students only).
Prerequisite: EN 111.
Credit is not given for both EN 216 and 213.
177

English ___________________________________________________
217
Journalism I
(Also listed as CM217)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the basic elements of
Journalism. Includes newspaper and magazine
writing, investigative reporting, editing, layout
and the ethics of journalism. Covers all aspects
of print journalism.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing.
218
Business Writing
(Also listed as CM218)
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Practical experience in writing for business
with rhetorical sophistication, grammatical
competence and a strong sense of what is and is
not good English prose style. Emphasizes typical
business and industrial reports and
correspondence.
Prerequisite: EN 111.
219
Literary Themes and Forms
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Intensive study of a selected genre or theme in
an informal lecture-discussion format. Possible
genres include short story, comedy, tragedy, the
lyric. Possible themes include the city, the family,
rebellion, humankind’s relation to nature, love
and marriage. Some recent variations on themes
and forms: The American Jewish Novel, From
Innocence to Experience, Love through the
Ages, The Shorter Novels, and Law and
Literature.
May be taken more than once for credit when
topics vary.
220
Selected Authors
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Critical reading of texts by one or more major
dramatists, fiction writers, or poets. Focuses on
the stylistic, structural and thematic
developments in each writer’s work. Includes
written analysis.
May be taken more than once for credit when
topics vary.
178
227
Philadelphia in Literary and
Cultural Context
(4 credits)
Fall
An English course, Philadelphia in Literary
and Cultural Context explores the rich array of
expressions about Philadelphia, focusing on
diverse writers from different periods, including
William Penn, Elizabeth Drinker, Philip Freneau,
Edgar Allan Poe, George Lippard, and Frank
Webb. Students will interpret literary, historical,
and cultural texts through interdisciplinary
methods, read archival materials about the city,
and engage in weekend fieldwork by visiting sites
such as the National Constitution Center, the
Edgar Allan Poe House, and Eastern State
Penitentiary. The course culminates at semester’s
end with a researched project that examines
some aspect of the area’s metropolitan heritage.
Prerequisites: EN 199 or proof of some
background in literary or historical analysis for
transfer students and other exceptional cases.
229
Voices of America
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D)
Study of the less often heard, but no less
significant or eloquent, voices that comprise the
American literary and cultural heritage. Explores
the relationship of the texts to the intellectual,
historical and social conditions that produced
them. Will likely include readings from 20 th and
21 st century authors such as Ralph Ellison, Toni
Morrison, Sherman Alexie, Edwidge Danticat
and Sandra Cisneros.
230
Survey of African-American Literature
(4 credits)
To be announced.
This intermediate-level course examines Black
vernacular texts by authors such as Lucy Terry,
Harriet Jacobs, W.E.B. DuBois, Langston Hughes,
and Ntozake Shange and considers the impact of
history, society, and culture on representative
works of poetry, narrative, and drama.
Prerequisites: EN 101 and 102 (or EN 107).

____________________________________________________ English
233
Shakespeare
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of selected comedies, tragedies, histories
and romances by William Shakespeare.
Emphasizes systematic literary and dramatic
criticism.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
242
Writing Poetry & Fiction II:
A Theoretical Approach
(4 credits)
A Creative Writing course, Writing Poetry &
Fiction II: A Theoretical Approach explores the
practices and works of successful fiction writers
and poets, including Mary Oliver, Charles Simic,
Robert Bly, Richard Hugo, Joyce Carol Oates,
Anne Lamott, and Annie Dillard. Students will
discuss assigned readings, engage in hands-on
exercises to improve upon various technical areas
of the writing process, utilize a variety of writing
theories and techniques in assignments, and
participate in workshops for student writing. The
course culminates at semester’s end with a
required portfolio of Students’ individual works.
Prerequisites: EN 101 and EN 102, and EN
212.1, or proof of some formal background in
creative writing for transfer students and other
exceptional cases.
299
Interpreting Literature II
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (D,E)
An intermediate-level investigation of and
practice with strategies of interpreting literary
texts. Topics include multiple vs. single
interpretations; the problem of subtexts, political
and psychological; and the relation among
history, society and the author. Readings are
drawn from fiction, poetry, drama and essays on
critical theory. Required for English majors.
Prerequisite: EN 199 or its equivalent.
311
Writing Center Issues
(1 credit)
Fall, Spring
This course helps Arcadia University Writing
Center consultants to develop the skills and
understanding of writing center issues necessary
to be effective tutors. Every semester will address
a different theoretical perspective or issue,
including writing across the curriculum, effective
structures of consultations, the rhetoric of
student papers and tutoring, conversation models,
research writing, and cultural issues in tutoring.
Prerequisite: students must be employed at the
Arcadia University Writing Center as writing
consultants.
314
Writing for Magazines
(4 credits)
To be announced.
The course offers a practical introduction to
the consumer magazine industry, and aims to
equip students with the basic skills and
understanding necessary to pursue a full-time or
freelance career as a magazine writer or editor.
Students will examine all forms of magazine
writing from short front-of-book items to
department stories to features, perform critical
analyses of individual magazines, learn how to
develop story ideas into compelling magazine
prose, and write effective query or pitch letters.
In addition to an overview of the industry, the
course also provides an understanding of the
basic structure of magazines, the different types of
stories magazines publish, and the economic
forces driving magazine publishing today.
315
Technical Writing
(Also listed as CM315)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Intensive study of technical documents for
various careers. Covers catalogue descriptions,
descriptions of mechanisms, instructional and
procedural manuals, bids, requests for bids,
proposals, reports, memos and letters responding
to customer inquiries. Emphasizes preparation of
effectively written documents for various
audiences (from expert to non-expert) and
purposes. Presents the integration of graphic and
copy elements in well-structured and designed
documents. Includes individual and group
assignments from a problem-solving approach.
Requires portfolios of work in-progress and two
spoken presentations.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
179

English ___________________________________________________
316
Writing for the Health Industry
(4 credits)
To be announced.
An intensive writing workshop giving students
an overview of the healthcare communications
field. Students will become familiar with research
tools (including on-line databases), interview
techniques, and the integration of graphics to
enhance text. They will also develop an
understanding of audience and an appreciation
for the knowledge base of the intended reader.
This course will cover the writing and editing of
peer-reviewed technical journal articles as well as
marketing materials, press releases, newsletter
articles, feature and advertising copy.
Prerequisites: EN 211, 213, or 216 and
CM/EN 217, CM/EN 315, or CM/EN 317; or
workplace editing and writing experience; two
semesters of science.
317
Public Relations
(Also listed as CM317)
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Study of principles and practices of public
relations, emphasizing the rhetorical concerns of
oral and written communication. Surveys
strategies, packaging, layout and evaluation for
various audiences. Provides introductory
preparation for public relations careers, as well as
general background in communications. Includes
guest lecture, frequent short writing assignments
and an individual project.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
318
Journalism II
(Also listed as CM318)
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Learn the set-up of the newsroom; practice the
conventions of news and news features, such as
profiles and issue-oriented stories. Field work
includes coverage of some live events with
emphasis on writing the more complex story,
with style, color, flair and substance.
Prerequisite: CM/EN 217 or another course in
journalism, or experience in public
relations/advanced writing; or permission of the
instructor.
180
319
Writing for Radio and Television
(Also listed as CM319)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Analysis and production of writing for
television and radio. General and specific
principles of writing for different formats, with
consideration of audiences, scope of medium and
creative freedom in the production process.
Examines script writing as integral to the
different production processes in the media.
Emphasis on a variety of forms and expression.
Focuses on documentary, entertainment and
advertising scripts.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
320
Studies in Classical and Medieval Europe
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
A selective study and appreciation of texts
from Western antiquity and the Middle Ages
that remain influential and alive in our own
time. These texts are considered within the
cultural contexts from which they sprang and to
which they helped give definitive shape.
Typically, readings include plays and epics of
ancient Greece, Roman authors such as Virgil,
Augustine and Boethius, and such medieval
works, genres and authors as Beowulf, the
Arthurian romances, Dante and Chaucer.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
321
Studies in the European Renaissance
and Enlightenment
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
A selective study and appreciation of texts
from 16th, 17th and 18th century European
literature, with a focus on the English tradition,
and a consideration of the historical contexts of
the works studied. Readings include works by
such authors as Thomas More, Montaigne,
Bacon, Cervantes, Jonson, Shakespeare, Webster,
Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne,
Marvell, Milton, Dryden, Congreve, Pope, Swift,
Voltaire, Defoe, Fielding and Sterne.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.

____________________________________________________ English
322
Modern British Literature
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Critical reading of major British works of the
19th, 20th, and 21st centuries in the context of
cultural history. Readings include works by writers
such as Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats,
Bronte, George Eliot, Conrad, Woolf and others.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
323
Modern American Literature
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Critical reading of major American works of
19th, 20th and 21st centuries, approaching the
texts as products of a specific place and historical
experience. Authors such as Emerson, Thoreau,
Hawthorne, Melville, Douglass, Jacobs, Twain,
Dickinson, James, Faulkner, Sexton, Bogan,
Miller, Pynchon, Morrison and others.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
329
Narrative Form in Fiction and Film
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Study of narrative forms and structures in film
and fiction. Close reading of texts will review
conventional and experimental narrative forms
guided by narrative theory. Opportunities for
critical and creative responses.
330
Black Cinema
(4 credits)
To be announced
Examines the cinematic productions of Black
film makers, including works from Africa and the
Caribbean by such film makers as Oscar
Micheaux, Camille Billops, Ngozi Onwurah,
Spike Lee, Julie Dash, Jon Singleton, and Tsitsi
Dangaremba. Students will view the films and
analyze and critique them for their artistic and
thematic value, while interrogating the politics of
production and distribution specific to black film
making.
Prerequisite: EN 101 and 102 (or EN 107),
and CM 150 or permission of the instructor.
333
Teaching English as a Second Language
(4 credits)
To be announced
Introduction to ESL teaching methods.
Provides background in lesson planning, crosscultural
communication, selecting English-as-asecond-language
materials and conducting
lessons. Field tutoring experience in practicum
with adult literacy learners or second-language
students.
334
Introduction to Linguistics and
Language History
(4 credits)
Spring
Examination of the historical development of
the English language and the various approaches
to acquisition and use of language. Includes
psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, dialectology,
phonology, morphology, schools of grammar,
semantics, syntax and stylistics. Surveys
contemporary theories, such as speech act theory,
concerning the interpretation of language.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
335
Special Topics in American Literature
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Advanced course in American literature.
Topics vary. Possibilities include
Transcendentalism, Race in the Literary
Imagination, Literature of the Early 20th
Century, Slave Narratives, The Jewish Novel,
Between the World Wars, American Women
Poets and others.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
336
Asian Literature
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Historical introduction to the cultural and
literary modes of China, India and Japan through
the study and discussion of ancient and modern
works of Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature,
supplemented by some religious and philosophical
texts. Includes such works and writers as the
Ramayana, the Gita, Gandhi, Tagore; Confucius,
Lao-Tse and recent Chinese poetry and fiction;
Noh plays, haiku and The Snow Country.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
181

English ___________________________________________________
342
Ireland in Twentieth-Century Film and
Literature
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Intensive study of the myths and realities of
twentieth-century Ireland as represented by
seminal works of films and literature. In addition
to its examination of the culture of Dublin over
the past one hundred years, the course guides
students through cinematic and literary works
exploring such themes as migration and the myth
of the West; colonial and post-colonial political
struggles; and the role of women in Irish culture.
Prerequisites: EN 101 and 102 and at least one
200 level literature course; or permission of the
instructor.
343
Writing for Children
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
An intensive writing workshop focused on the
production of publishable fiction and nonfiction
for the children’s market. The course provides an
exploration of the creative process, including
invention techniques, drafting, and revision.
Plotting, characterization, and the writing of
dialogue and description will be examined.
Students also will engage in an in-depth study of
the magazine and book publishing markets so
they can effectively target their writings to
specific publishers. The course includes such
practical considerations as the writing of query
letters, working with editors and agents, and
preparing manuscripts for submission.
Prerequisites: EN 101 and 102 and at least one
200 level literature course; or else receive
permission of the instructor.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
344
Special Studies Seminar
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Seminar on advanced topics in literature.
Provides an opportunity for intensive study in
areas of special interest. Topics vary. Possibilities
include Discovery of Adulthood in British and
American Fiction; Disaster, Death and Madness;
Modern and Contemporary Fiction; The Short
Story; American Women Writers; The Body in
Film, TV and Culture; Culture and
182
Communication; Cinema of Science Fiction;
Women’s Cinema.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
May be taken more than once for credit when
topics vary.
346
Russian Fiction
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
A survey of Russian fiction, of its themes and
narrative techniques, with especial emphasis on
select works of Pushkin, Gogol, Dostoevsky,
Tolstoy, Turgeniev, Babel, Pasternak, and
Solzhenitsyn. Covers Russian history in outline,
from the founding of the Kievan State to the
emergence of new Russia. The course approaches
individual works as cultural products of their
times.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
350
Major Authors Seminar
(4 credits)
To be announced.
In-depth study of the significant work of one
or more authors. Focuses on an author’s literary
development, as well as the relationship between
the author’s life and work.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
May be taken more than once for credit when
topics vary.
352
Alfred Hitchcock’s American Film
(4 credits)
Summer
An intensive study of the major film works of
one of the best twentieth-century studio
directors, Alfred Hitchcock. Focusing on the
cinema produced in his American period,
1943–1963, the course will guide students
through discussion and analysis of such important
films as Shadow of a Doubt, Strangers on a Train,
Rear Window, Vertigo, Psycho, and The Birds,
examining them both as works of cinematic art
and as documents reflecting American culture of
mid-century America.
Prerequisites: Completion of EN 101 and 102
and at least one 200 level literature course, or
permission of the instructor.
Offered in 2005.

____________________________________________________ English
360
Contemporary American Autobiography
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Introduces students to the genre of the
memoir. Explores how the memoir explicates
childhood, alienation in a multicultural land,
alternative (and mainstream) sexuality,
homelessness, mental illness and aging. Readings
include a selection of recent American
autobiographies and memoirs. Students may
practice writing their own memoirs.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
361
Seminar: Modern Drama
(Also listed as TH 361)
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Exploration of the styles and techniques of
modern theatre. Includes selected British,
American and Continental plays by modern
dramatists such as Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov,
Shaw, Synge, O’Neill, Pirandello, Brecht, and
Pinter.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
362
Seminar: The Novel
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Exploration of the novel as a literary genre
that has eluded precise definition. Focuses on
works that represent major stages in the
evolution of the genre. Possible authors include
Fielding, Austen, James, Conrad, Joyce, Woolf,
Faulkner, Pynchon and Byatt. Also introduces
essays by modern theorists who have attempted
to identify the generic characteristics of the
novel.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
363
Seminar: Modernism and Postmodernism
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Critical reading of selected texts, both artistic
and rhetorical, to explore the differences between
modern and postmodern styles, methods and
attitudes in the 20th century. Includes such
modernist works as Joyce’s Ulysses (selections),
Eliot’s The Wasteland, poems by Yeats and
Stevens, and Beckett’s Waiting for Godot, as well
* See also the Cooperative Education Program, p. 217.
as essays by Wimsatt and Jung; postmodern works
by such poets as W. C. Williams, R. Lowell,
Plath, Levertov, Rich, film directors Fellini,
Resnais, W. Allen; and essays by Altieri, Fish and
Barthes.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
364
Seminar: The Lyric
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Exploration of lyric poetry from the ancient
world to the present, with emphasis both on
what makes language poetry and on the theory of
the lyric form. Includes a historical survey of
highlights of the English lyric. Students write
critical and analytic papers and poetry.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
371
Career Internship in English*
(4 credits)
The internship is in a supervised professional
setting for a minimum of eight hours per week.
Includes meetings with other interns and the
instructor to analyze and discuss the work
experience. Requires a written log and a paper
analyzing some aspect of the internship
experience as it relates to personal career plans.
Interested students must submit a written
proposal for an internship before registering for
the course. Students must also carry at least 8
additional credits at Arcadia University while
enrolled in the internship, unless regularly
attending on a part-time basis.
372
Special Studies in Writing
(4 credits)
To be announced (E)
Advanced seminar course in writing. Topics
vary according to the needs and interests of
students and faculty. Possibilities include poetry
writing workshop feature writing, editing,
professional writing and critical writing.
183

English ___________________________________________________
375
Fiction Writing Workshop
(4 credits)
To be announced.
A workshop limited to undergraduate students
of junior and senior standing who wish to further
their skills, which must already be well-developed, as
writers of fiction. Students critique one another’s
works-in-progress, consider works of fiction by
professional writers, and participate in intensive,
cumulative workshops on the fine points of
writing fiction. Each student must complete a
body of work that comprises four finished short
stories as well as a series of exercises required of
all students in the course.
Prerequisite: EN 212 or the equivalent; or
permission of the instructor, which is based on
the submission of a portfolio of stories that gives
clear evidence of solid training in fiction writing.
Students with no prior formal training in fiction
writing are not likely to be admitted.
381
Modern British Literature and Culture
(Also listed as ID 381)
(6 credits)
Selected Summers
The seminar begins on the Arcadia campus
with study of the historical and philosophic
backgrounds and the formal features of select
modern English texts. Participants then travel to
London. Visits to museums, libraries, cathedrals
and the English locales of works.
Prerequisite: standing as a junior or above in
education, humanities, or social sciences.
385
Humanities Colloquium
Spring (E)
Collaborative study of a specific topic from
one of the humanities disciplines. Topics vary
from year to year, alternating among the three
areas of concentration within the humanities
program.
May be repeated for credit on a different topic.
389
Independent Study
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In-depth study and research on an individual
author, genre, or theme, culminating in a
substantial paper or project in creative writing.
Prerequisites: junior standing or above, a
minimum GPA of 3.0 and permission of the
chairperson.
184
490
The Text, the Critic and the World
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Capstone course for senior English majors,
exploring contemporary literary theory and
cultural criticism. Seminar format, with student
reports and an individual term project.
Prerequisites: senior standing or permission of
the instructor.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in English
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G344
Modern Greek Literature in Translation
The purpose of this course is to offer a survey
of modern Greek literature that is, of a large
corpus of texts dating from the fall of
Constantinople (1453) to the present day.
Primary emphasis will be focused on the 19th
and 20th centuries. The main objective of the
course is to examine a number of texts in
relation to their social, political and cultural
background. The students will be asked to read a
selection of modern Greek prose and poetry texts
(including Solomos, Makryannis, Cavafy, Seferis,
Ritsos, Elytis, Kazantzakis and the younger
generation of poets and prose writers) and will be
encouraged to build a creative response to them.
On occasion, texts will be treated anonymously
in order to appreciate their power or
vulnerability. Two themes are pervasive in the
assigned works; literature and identity, and the
relationship that the literature has with the past.
Cross references will be sought through the
reading of French literature in translation, as well
as American and English works. This course
offers a comparative perspective which is
essential to achieving a full understanding of
modern Greek literature and culture.

___________________________________________ English/Fine Arts
City University (London)
LH332
Writers London: Modern
British Literature
London is a city which has intrigued poets and
novelists throughout the entire history of English
literature. The aim of this course is to discover
the root of this fascination and the literature
which was its result.
Students will study and discuss a selection of
novels and poems by English writers of the past
century and a half. We will discuss how each has
presence whose powers, malign and benign, have
shaped the lives of its communities.
The class will consist of weekly lectures
focusing on a particular period or writer followed
by discussion of a literary text as assigned.
Fine Arts
LH342
Women and the Novel
The purpose of the course is to enjoy, study
and discuss fiction in English, by and about
women, from different parts of the world and
from different cultures. With the exception of
Virginia Woolf, the course concentrates almost
exclusively on fiction of the 1980s and the
1990s. The emphasis is on a comparative
examination of recent fiction and recent views of
women. Topics for discussion include: women
and sexuality, women and social class, women
and race, motherhood, the economic exploitation
of women. Videos selected of interviews with the
writers or dramatic presentations of their work,
supplement the assigned reading.
Faculty
Professors Mauro
Associate Professors Batchelor, Rawlins (chair), Taylor
Assistant Professors Hayes, Moore, Misher
Adjunct Professors Alabilikian, Brellochs, Calter, Corcoran, Dean, DeLuca, Dickerson,
DiMauro, Dion, Egan, Fickle, Heusser, Hottle, Inman, Kane, Moran, Moyer, Pastore,
Pieri, Rhodarmer, Schulman, Szygiel, Van Sant
Degree Programs
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art
Concentrations:
Ceramics
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Metals and Jewelry
Painting
Photography
Printmaking
Art Education
Options in Combination with a Studio Concentration
Art Education Certification
Pre-Art Therapy
Bachelor of Arts in Art
Pre-Art Therapy
Studio Art
Bachelor of Arts in Art History
Bachelor of Arts in Scientific Illustration
185

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
Minors
Art History
Studio Art
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Humanities with a concentration in Fine Arts, Theatre and Music
(See Graduate Catalog)
Philosophy
The Fine Arts Department believes that the art and imagery of the past and present
together shape an individual’s self and cultural identity.
The Fine Arts Department believes in educating the student to become an artist who
will develop keen powers of observation, communication and inquiry; technical and
formal excellence; and a creative spirit.
Mission Statement
The mission of the Fine Arts Department is to provide its students with a
comprehensive education in the visual arts and to foster creative independence and the
development of a personal aesthetic. This mission is realized within the context of a
liberal arts university and through a commitment to the following:
• Thorough and appropriate professional training, both technically and
intellectually, in the various areas of concentration within the department.
• An overall emphasis on critical thinking and creative problem-solving through
the continued development of analytical, formal and conceptual skills.
• An understanding of art history within a multicultural context and through an
appreciation of diverse ethnic heritages and modes of expression.
• Opportunities for international study and travel through the University’s Center
for Education Abroad.
Art Gallery Mission Statement
The Arcadia University Art Gallery is a nationally recognized showcase for
contemporary art, located on a suburban campus 30 minutes north of Center City
Philadelphia. Within the hybrid context defined by an art history department within a
liberal arts university, and an active regional community of working artists and arts
professionals, the gallery’s mission is as follows:
• Provide a cultural resource that encourages dialogue among artists, the public,
educators and students about visual art.
• Support artistic excellence and diversity on both a national and local level, and
define and clarify issues pertinent to contemporary practice.
• Seek to foster greater accessibility and understanding of the art of our time, and
to have a voice in the dialogue concerning its socio-cultural relevance.
186

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
Overall Goals, Objectives and Practices
Within the context of each of the classes in the Fine Arts Department, our goal is to
provide a learning environment that will achieve the following:
• Cultivate critical thinking, inventive problem-solving, and self-initiated
involvement.
• Develop visual, verbal and written communication skills.
• Embrace and integrate liberal arts education.
• Develop an appropriate understanding of materials and techniques, and a
foundation in art history.
• Nurture the development of creative passion and creative inquiry.
Overview
Arcadia University is an accredited institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Art and Design. The programs in fine arts offer a variety of degrees and
specialized concentrations that prepare students for specific career goals or for further
study in fine arts at the graduate level.
In addition to offering a wide range of academic and studio courses, the Fine Arts
Department schedules annual field trips to area museums for all art majors and for some
art classes. Each trip relates exhibits to studio and historical concerns. In past years,
trips were taken to New York and Washington, D.C., as well as to Philadelphia
museums and galleries.
The department is equipped with Macintosh and PC computers that run programs for
desktop publishing, computer imaging and CAD.
All fine arts students are encouraged to become familiar with computer graphics
either through supplementary work or in workshops. Art majors as well as other
interested students should contact the instructor about the use of these facilities.
Under most circumstances, art history and studio courses are open to all students.
However, for students not majoring in fine arts, FA 103: Visual Fundamentals or FA
104: Drawing I, and either AH 111: Renaissance to Modern Art or AH 112: Egyptian
to Medieval Art, are prerequisites for advanced work, unless the student receives
permission from the instructor. Certain 200-level studio courses are offered in the
general education requirements distribution area #1. No prerequisites are required for
these courses.
Portfolio Requirements
General
The Fine Arts Department requires a portfolio review as part of the admissions
process. All students applying to the University as fine arts majors in the B.A. or B.F.A.
degree program must submit a portfolio of work before acceptance into the program is
granted. Typically, portfolio reviews are conducted during our Fall Open House
Programs, Spring Portfolio Review Day in March, Countdown to Arcadia University in
April (for students accepted to the university), select National Portfolio Review Days
each fall and select days during the summer. Specific dates are listed on the Instructions
for Scheduling a Portfolio Review. If you have not yet received the instruction sheet,
please contact the Enrollment Management Office.
187

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
We look for both an interest in and commitment to art. This is important since you
will be contemplating a professional career in art if you pursue the B.F.A. degree.
The type of work that could comprise a portfolio might include the following:
• Design and color studies
• Drawings from observation (still-life, landscape, figure, etc.)
• Self-portrait (any medium)
• Prints (blockprints, screenprints, etchings, etc.)
• Paintings
• Reproductions, or examples of any designs or illustrations you’ve done for high
school publications or other organizations
• Architectural renderings or drawings
• Photographs
• Slides of sculpture
• Examples or slides of ceramics or metals and jewelry
It is not necessary to have all the items listed above in your portfolio, but you should
include those that best represent your abilities and talents. All art programs look for
evidence and skill in drawing from observation, a sense of color and design, and
evidence of other creative abilities and creative thinking.
When works are small and can fit into a portfolio, then the originals are desirable.
Matted works are acceptable without acetate coverings. Large, fragile, or complex works
can be submitted in slide form. (Allow enough time to prepare your slides to ensure
clear, color-correct representations of your work.) Students who send their portfolios
should send only slides.
Slide Portfolios
Slide portfolios must be sent in a 35mm slide sheet. These are available at photo and
office supply stores. Include a typed list of slides with corresponding numbers. The list
should contain the student’s name, date completed, medium, size, and an indication of
the source for the imagery (i.e., from life, from a photo, from imagination). Portfolios
that do not follow the above format will be returned without being reviewed.
Digital Portfolios
Digital portfolios must be sent in one of the following disk formats:
Macintosh-compatible CDR format
ISO9660-compatible CDR format
Zip 100 Disk
Acceptable file formats (Images should not except 800 ppi x 600 ppi):
PhotoShop PSD (Macintosh)
PhotoShop TIFF (Macintosh)
JPEG high quality (Mac or PC)
Acrobat PDF (Mac or PC)
Other file types must be self-running and Macintosh-compatible. Please check with
the Fine Arts Department before submitting.
Disks should be organized in a logical manner. A list of files with descriptions,
including size and medium of original, is required with the disk.
Unreadable disks will be sent back. DO NOT SEND YOUR ONLY COPY.
The department and the University assume no responsibility for lost or damaged files.
188

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
We discourage students from submitting portfolios exclusively through a Web site.
Application without a Portfolio
Students who do not have a portfolio or have a limited portfolio may still apply to
Arcadia University. If accepted to the University, the student can enroll as an
undeclared major. During the tenth week of the second semester the student must
submit a portfolio to the Fine Arts Department for evaluation and consideration for
entry into the program. In addition, students must take the three fine arts foundation
courses: FA102: 3-D Design, FA103: Visual Fundamentals, and FA104: Drawing I.
Students must meet with their Fine Arts adviser to receive guidance on how to build
their portfolios. It is the student’s responsibility to submit the portfolio at the
designated time. Students who fail to submit a portfolio by the required date will be
denied admission to the Fine Arts Program.
Transfer Students
Students transferring into the University as fine arts majors, are required to submit a
portfolio. The contents of the portfolio should be selected to reflect the student’s
abilities in the proposed area of concentration, but should also contain work
representing the student’s overall abilities. Transfer students without a portfolio should
follow the guidelines for “Application without a Portfolio.”
Change of Major within the University
Students wishing to change their major to fine arts are required to submit a portfolio
as part of the change of major process. Students who do not have a portfolio are
required to submit a portfolio at the completion of the three fine arts foundation
courses: FA102: 3-D design, FA103: Visual Fundamentals, and FA104: Drawing I.
Students must meet with their Fine Arts Department adviser to receive guidance on
how to build their portfolio. It is the student’s responsibility to submit the portfolio to
the Fine Arts Department at the completion of the foundation courses for consideration
of entry into the program. Students who fail to submit a portfolio by the required date
will be denied admission to the Fine Arts Program.
Study Abroad Option
The Fine Arts Department believes that studying abroad greatly enhances the
educational experience and, therefore, makes every effort to help students choose the
option that is right for them. In addition to formal classes, there are internship
programs in the United Kingdom and Australia.
Below are some but not all of the schools in which fine arts majors can study. For
more specific information about these schools and the programs and courses offered,
consult the Center for Education Abroad, your department adviser, or the Director for
International Services.
Specific Art Programs Abroad:
The Burren College of Art (Ireland)
The Glasgow School of Art (Scotland)
The Slade School of Fine Arts (England)
The Queensland College of Art (Australia)
Victorian College of Art (Australia)
189

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
Studio Art/Design Courses Abroad:
Westminster University (United Kingdom)
Lancaster University (United Kingdom)
Manchester University (United Kingdom)
Australian National University (Australia)
James Cook University (Australia)
Queensland University of Technology (Australia)
University of Queensland (Australia)
Victoria University (New Zealand)
Goldsmiths College (United Kingdom)
Middlesex University (United Kingdom)
University of New South Wales (Australia)
Wollongong Universit, (Australia)
Monash University (Australia)
The Accademia Italiana in Florence (Italy)
The Umbra Institute in Perugia (Italy)
Bachelor of Fine Arts
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree programs combine a liberal arts education with
professional preparation for a career in art. Through courses in the humanities and
sciences, students gain an understanding of the nature of art, humankind and society,
which is essential to developing creative potential. Special attention is given to the
major visual disciplines as a foundation for art specializations later. Students are
prepared for graduate study in studio art; entry-level positions in numerous art
occupations connected with business and industry, government and social agencies; and
future possibilities for careers as exhibiting artists. During the freshman and sophomore
years, all B.F.A. students take a major in art and a common set of courses in the basic
art disciplines, including art history. In the junior and senior years, students select one
of the studio concentrations described below, with the permission of their adviser.
Internships are strongly recommended, and are required for some concentrations.
Art Education: Prepares students for careers as art educators, with a foundation in
2-D and 3-D design, drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, metals and jewelry,
computer imaging, graphic design and art history. Teaching and professional
competencies are accomplished through courses in psychology, education, art
education and student teaching. Courses provide students with an analysis of
teaching and the culture of the school through observation and tutoring, and through
examination of current issues and topics influencing contemporary education.
Ceramics: As a metaphorical vehicle, ceramics can express a wide range of views and
concepts, from high technological development to expressive personal statements.
Clay is a material with implications and manifestations as plastics as its own unique
characteristics. Ceramic history is implicitly tied to technology, labor, art, utility,
culture, and human survival. In an age when contemporary art can no longer be
constrained by traditional media-specific categorizations, the ceramics curriculum is
considered in the broader context of contemporary art. A diversity of approaches is
encouraged and an experimental approach is essential.
190

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
Graphic Design: Prepares students to enter the rapidly changing field of visual
communication through exposure to historical and contemporary technical and
theoretical issues. Course work emphasizes the analysis, discussion, and understanding
of idiosyncratic student needs balanced with the dual obligations to message and
receiver. Students are offered exposure to extracurricular opportunities ranging from
participation in the AIGA Student Chapter, a national organization of visual
communication, to various applied projects for the university and the greater
community. Students will also gain exposure through open critiques and public
exhibitions designed to reinforce their identity as communicators who are responsible
to and involved with an audience.
Interior Design: Prepares students for careers as professional interior designers, with
an emphasis on contemporary commercial interior design. Synthesizes fundamental
principles of design, with an emphasis on the element of space related to specific
design problems. Develops awareness of the importance of scale, space and form as
the base on which technical skills are built. Emphasizes the ability to structure
architectural space and to develop creative solutions to problems of interior
architecture. Introduces the principles and skills of AutoCAD technology. Encourages
students to participate in local professional design organizations and regional design
competitions.
Metals and Jewelry: Provides creative opportunities to discover the possibilities
available in working with metal. Reinforces understanding of 3-D design, drawing and
related studio work. Students can develop skills leading to the production of
professional work. Incorporates the history of art/craft with experience in the media.
The studios are well-equipped and provide an excellent opportunity for
experimentation in a variety of areas.
Painting: Building on a foundation devoted to perceptual work, students grow to
explore expressive possibilities in painting through increased personal involvement
and critical and theoretical awareness. For their senior thesis, students work
independently to produce a cohesive body of work borne from personal
experimentation along with historical and theoretical understanding.
Photography: Emphasizes the exploration of the medium of photography. Courses
integrate the examination of art historical precedent, contemporary criticism,
technical process, commercial application, and the development of individual style.
Individual responsibility increases as students advance. The senior thesis provides the
opportunity to define and refine essential characteristics of the creative self.
Printmaking: Provides a thorough knowledge of major printmaking techniques:
intaglio, silk screen and relief. Emphasizes aesthetics and use of the medium to
express personal style and image. Seniors work with considerable independence at a
highly sophisticated technical and aesthetic level.
All B.F.A., B.A. studio, and scientific illustration students are required to complete a
senior thesis, including an exhibition and written thesis, in their major area.
Exceptional students, with permission of the department chair, may complete a thesis in
two major areas.
191

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
Bachelor of Arts in Art
The Bachelor of Arts degree programs are designed either for students who want a
background in art but prefer to take more courses outside the department than a B.F.A.
degree would allow, or for students who want to focus on art history as their major area
in the liberal arts. Students may choose one of the following concentrations:
Art History: Prepares students for graduate study in art history or for entry-level
positions in a number of art-related areas, including gallery and museum work.
Special attention is given to the relationship of art to other humanistic disciplines, as
well as to a deeper understanding of art itself and the role it plays in communities
and personal lives. Studio courses are included as sound preparation in creative
procedures. Courses related to the historic, philosophic, religious and social
backgrounds for art are recommended, along with a strong command of one or more
foreign languages. Students are strongly encouraged to obtain a museum internship
from one of the many museums in the Philadelphia area.
Pre-Art Therapy: Prepares students for further graduate study in art therapy. The
Art Therapy Program develops studio skills and includes pre-professional studies in
the behavioral and social sciences. The program meets the requirements of the
American Art Therapy Association for graduate school entrance prerequisites.*
Studio Art: Prepares students for graduate study in either studio or art history, or for
a number of career areas in art-related fields, depending on the courses selected and
individual interests. Students interested in two major areas—such as art and English,
or art and languages—might elect a dual major or take a broad spectrum of courses
in both areas.
Options in Combination with a B.F.A. in Art
(Studio Concentrations)
Art Education Certification
Students in the B.F.A. studio degree program (with the exception of interior design
majors) may also earn certification in art education. This certification provides a skilled
background in the technical and historical aspects of art education as a prerequisite to
teaching art in grades kindergarten through 12. The program emphasizes all arts as a
means of arriving at aesthetic experiences.
Since students are required to take additional courses in liberal arts in order to meet
the education certification requirements, additional time may be required to earn
certification. Graduates who are recommended by the chair of the Education and Fine
Arts Departments may receive the Instructional I Specialist (K–12) certificate to teach
art in Pennsylvania.
* The American Art Therapy Association prerequisites for graduate study may also be met through other liberal
arts formats. Consultation with the fine arts adviser is recommended.
192

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
Pre-Art Therapy
Students in the B.F.A. studio degree program may also combine it with a
concentration in pre-art therapy. In addition to the requirement for the B.F.A. studio
degree, students are required to take the psychology, sociology, anthropology and art
therapy courses listed under the requirements for pre-art therapy. Students should meet
with the chair of the department or their adviser to discuss the additional credits.
Minor in Art History
The minor in art history introduces students to the field and gives a broad survey
from ancient to modern art. The minor is designed for students who wish to combine
art history with another major area. With this background students may be eligible to
apply for graduate work in art history. Familiarity with a modern language is strongly
recommended.
Minor in Studio Art
The minor in studio art introduces students to the techniques and methods of art
and provides an understanding of the creative process. These studio courses, in
combination with an art history course, give students a greater familiarity with our
cultural background in art. Since the program encompasses the basic courses, students
may elect to explore art in advanced courses.
Requirements: Studio Major (Bachelor of Fine Arts)
(84 credits as listed, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128
credits. B.F.A. students are exempt from distribution area #1 and one course from
distribution area #2. Students are required to take 72 credits in studio courses and 12
credits in art history for the B.F.A. degree.)
Common Curriculum for All Concentrations
52 credits as listed below
1. Four courses in fine arts:
FA 102 Three-dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104, 105 Drawing I, II
2. Three courses in art history:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
or AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture (required for students with
interior design concentration)
or AH 222 Renaissance Art
or AH 224 The Baroque and Rococo
or AH 225 The 19th Century
or LH 344 19th Century European Art (study abroad)
AH 326 Seminar: 1900–1950
or AH 328 Seminar: Contemporary Art
or LH 354 20th Century Art (study abroad)
193

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
3. Two studio courses from the following (excluding those in the chosen area of
concentration):
FA 200 Painting I
FA 203 Printmaking I
FA 204 Ceramics I
or FA 205 Metals and Jewelry I
or FA 208 Photography I
4. Remaining studio courses in elective areas.
Studio Concentration Additional Requirements
In addition to the common curriculum, students must also select one of the following
studio concentrations. Permission of the department adviser is required before students
are allowed to continue in an area of concentration.
Ceramics
FA 204 Ceramics I
FA 230 Ceramics II
FA 231 Ceramics III
FA 332 Ceramics IV
At least one studio course in Metals and Jewelry.
Graphic Design
FA 206 Desktop Publishing
FA 250 Graphic Design I (Typography)
FA 251 Graphic Design II (Web Design)
FA 350 Graphic Design III (Logo Systems)
FA 351 Graphic Design IV (Advanced Issues in Visual Communications)
FA 270 Digital Imaging
Interior Design
FA 263 Basic Principles and Practices of Interior Design
Four advanced studio courses in Interior Design
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture
FA 262 CADD for Interior Design
FA 265 Graphic Presentation for Interior Design
Metals and Jewelry
FA 205 Metals and Jewelry I
FA 240 Metals and Jewelry II
FA 241 Metals and Jewelry III
FA 342 Metals and Jewelry IV
At least one studio course in Ceramics
Painting
FA 200 Painting I
FA 210 Painting II
FA 211 Painting III
FA 310 Painting IV
FA 300 Advanced Drawing
FA 304 Figure Drawing
FA 222 Printmaking III (New Forms)
194

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
Photography
Minimum of three advanced studio courses in Photography
FA 270 Digital Imaging
or
FA 220 Printmaking II (Screen Printing)
Printmaking
FA 203 Printmaking I
FA 220 Printmaking II (Screen Printing)
FA 222 Printmaking III (New Forms)
FA 318 Printmaking IV
FA 200 Painting I
FA 208 Photography I
FA 300 Advanced Drawing
Thesis Requirements
FA 484 Senior Thesis Research Seminar
FA 490 Senior Thesis (in area of concentration)
Requirements for the Major in Art
with a Concentration in Art History (Bachelor of Arts)
(55–56 credits as listed below, plus university-wide requirements and electives to total
128 credits)
1. Ten courses in art history:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
or G 325 Archeological Monuments of Ancient Greece (study abroad)
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture
AH 222 Renaissance Art
AH 224 The Baroque and Rococo
AH 225 The 19th Century
or LH 344 19th Century European Art (study abroad)
AH 326 Seminar: 1900–1950
or LH 354 20th Century Art (study abroad)
AH 328 Seminar: Contemporary Art
AH 385 Studies in the History of Art
or AH 387 Internship in Art History
AH 490 Senior Thesis
2. Two courses in fine arts:
FA 102 Three-dimensional Design
or FA 104 Drawing I
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
195

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
3. Three studio courses, covering at least two areas, from the following:
Ceramics
Graphic Design
Interior Design
Metals and Jewelry
Painting
Photography
Printing
4. Recommended:
CM 150 Introduction to Film
HS 101 Ancient Civilization
HS 102 Medieval Civilization
Requirements for the Major in Art
with a Concentration in Studio Art (Bachelor of Arts)
(52 credits, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128 credits.)
1. Two courses in fine arts:
FA 102 Three-dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
2. Two courses in art history from the following:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
or AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture
AH 222 Renaissance Art
AH 224 The Baroque and Rococo
AH 225 The 19th Century
or LH 344 19th Century European Art (study abroad)
3. FA 484 Senior Thesis Research Seminar
FA 490 Senior Thesis
4. 29 additional credits in studio art, which would include three advanced studios in a
concentration.
NOTE: Students in this program may be accepted into interior design courses only
with permission of the instructor.
Requirements for a B.F.A. in Art Education with
Certification
Advisers
Associate Professor Goldstone, Rawlins
Students in the B.F.A. program earn certification in art education by completing the
B.F.A. degree program listed below. (Completing requirements for a B.F.A. in Art
Education with Certification requires an extra 20 credits.) This may take longer than
four years. However, some areas of competency covered by the courses listed below can
196

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
be fulfilled by experiences outside the formal class structure, thus reducing the number
of credits required. Since requirements for certification are subject to change, students
must consult the department chairperson.
NOTE: Students must receive approval of satisfactory fulfillment of all education
courses and internship from the Education Department chairperson and approval of
satisfactory performance in art, including reaching thesis-level quality in a particular art
discipline, from the Fine Arts Department chair before receiving certification. It is
understood that fulfillment of graduation requirements on a degree program and all
course work shall not in itself guarantee certification.
1. The following courses, 56 credits in fine arts and art history, must be selected to
meet certification requirements. Students must also fulfill requirements to complete
a concentration within the B.F.A. (See requirements for the Studio Major under the
B.F.A.) Studio coursework necessary for certification will also count toward fulfilling
B.F.A. requirements.
FA 102 Three-dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
FA 206 Desktop Publishing
or FA 226 Illustration I
or FA 300 Advanced Drawing
or FA 214 Figure Modeling
FA 200 Painting I
FA 203 Printmaking I
FA 204 Ceramics I
FA 205 Metals and Jewelry I
FA 208 Photography I
FA 270 Digital Imaging
FA 490 Senior Thesis
Three advanced studio electives in a specific studio discipline.
2. Minimum of 12 credits from the following:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
or AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
AH 221 History of Modern Architecture
or AH 222 Renaissance Art
or AH 224 The Baroque and Rococo
or AH 225 The 19th Century
or LH 344 19th Century European Art (study abroad)
AH 326 Seminar: 1900–1950
or AH 328 Seminar: Contemporary Art
or LH 354 20th Century Art (study abroad)
3. The following 16 credits in art education must be completed to meet the art
certification requirements:
AE 300 The Uses of Theory in Art Education
AE 308 Curriculum Design in Art Education
AE/ED 419 Undergraduate Student Teaching Practicum, Art Education, K-12
(Art education courses may be included within the course selection of studio
electives.)
197

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
In addition to meeting the B.F.A. and art education course requirements, students
must also complete the following courses (64 credits):
1. One course in psychology (additional 4 credits beyond B.F.A.):
PY 101 General Psychology
2. Four courses in education (additional 16 credits beyond B.F.A.):
ED 210 Teaching for Learning, N–12
ED 212 Child Development
ED 214 Introduction to Inclusive Education
ED 337 Developmental Content Area Reading
3. Two of the following courses in math (additional 8 credits beyond B.F.A.)
MA 110 Pre-Calculus Mathematics
MA 117 Mathematical Concepts I
MA 118 Mathematical Concepts II
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
4. One course in American literature (additional 3 or 4 credits beyond B.F.A.)
EN 229 Voices of America
5. The remaining core (or distribution), modern language and English requirements (32
or 33 credits).
6. Non-credit requirements:
Familiarity with the areas of photography, film, television and related techniques.
Experience with theatre.
Requirements for the Major in Art with a
Concentration in Pre-Art Therapy (Bachelor of Arts)
Adviser
Professor Moore
The art therapy emphasis may be elected under either the B.A. in Studio Art or the
B.F.A. in Studio Art. Note that art therapy students who choose to also obtain the
B.F.A. will need to earn a minimum of 20 credits above the usual 128 credits needed for
graduation in order to fulfill requirements for both the B.F.A. and the art therapy
concentration.
1. While fulfilling the requirements for B.A. or B.F.A., students must take courses in
ceramics, metals and jewelry, painting and printmaking.
2. Five courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology
PY 205 Abnormal Psychology
Two courses from the following:
PY 212 Developmental Psychology
ED 214 Introduction to Inclusive Education
PY/ED 238 Adolescence
198

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
3. Four courses in art therapy:
AT 200 Introduction to Art Therapy
AT 210 Intermediate Art Therapy
AT 310 Art Therapy Application Techniques
AT 365 Internship in Art Therapy*
4. Two courses in sociology and anthropology:
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
Requirements for the Minor in Art History
1. Five courses in art history:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
or AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
AH 326 Seminar: 1900–1950
or AH 328 Seminar: Contemporary Art
or LH 354 20th Century Art (study abroad)
Three art history electives.
Requirements for the Minor in Studio Art
Students who wish to minor in studio art should consult with the department
chairperson.
1. Two courses in fine arts:
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
2. Two studio courses, both of which are in one of the following areas:
Ceramics
Graphic Design
Metals and Jewelry
Painting
Photography
Printmaking
3. One course in art history:
AH 111 Renaissance to Modern Art
or AH 112 Egyptian to Medieval Art
* Students with a double major, or with a major in psychology and a minor in art, may use AT 365: Internship
in Art Therapy to count toward their internship in the psychology senior course (PY 490, 491).
199

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
Fine Arts (FA)
NOTE: Studio courses require a combination of scheduled class time and independent work that
averages at least 12 hours a week.
102
Three-dimensional Design
(3 credits)
Spring (D)
In-depth exploration of the formal elements of
the three-dimensional world: space, form, shape,
time, light and how to perceive them.
Encourages creative analysis and investigation of
sculpture, architecture, design and the crafts
through a problem-solving approach.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
study.
Required for art majors but also may be taken
by any student who wishes to understand the
underlying nature of art.
103
Visual Fundamentals
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the basic elements of twodimensional
design and the principles that
govern visual organization. Students explore the
language of line, shape, pattern and color. This
course also examines the principles of the figureground
relationships, unity, rhythm, movement,
tension and balance, and the role they play in
visual composition.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Required for art majors but also may be taken
by any student who wishes to understand the
formal qualities at work in art.
104
Drawing I
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Course including a wide range of experiences
which focus on developing the student’s ability
to perceive space, light and form, and to express
them two-dimensionally. Drawing I places
particular emphasis on line. The course is
designed to give students a thorough grounding
in the conceptual, formal and expressive nature
of drawing, along with attention to process.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
200
105
Drawing II
(3 credits)
Spring (D)
Building on the language developed in
Drawing I, this course focuses on space, light and
form as expressed primarily through tone. Both
perceptual and conceptual applications are
explored and a range of media are used.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: open to students with no previous
art course, although FA 103 or 104 is
recommended.
200
Painting I
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the inherent qualities of the
medium. The course examines the formal
qualities of color, light, space, form, composition
and point of view, and the role they play in
expressive intent. The course emphasizes
developing perceptual vision.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104. Non-art majors
do not need FA 103 or 104.
203
Printmaking I
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Comprehensive introduction to the basic
printmaking disciplines (intaglio, relief) through
traditional and contemporary techniques.
Emphasizes the creative process, experimentation
and exploration to encourage the development of
style and image. Includes lectures on print
history, group and individual critiques, and field
trips to The Philadelphia Print Club and area
galleries. Requires an additional studio fee.
Six hours weekly and independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
204
Ceramics I
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Introduces and develops fundamental skills
employed in the ceramic hand-building process
including coil, pinch, slab building, and more.
The focus of this class is on the development of
skills of craftsmanship and construction as well as
other formal and technical aspects of making
ceramic art. Students develop the skills needed
to transform abstract ideas into tangible objects
and build a vocabulary to facilitate informed
discussion of ceramic art. Includes visual
presentations that focus on historical and
contemporary ceramics.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104. FA 102 is
recommended. Non-art majors do not need FA
103 or 104.
205
Metals and Jewelry I
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Introduction to the basic processes of metal
working as they relate to making jewelry, objects
of use such as vases and boxes, and small threedimensional
designs. Encourages exploration of a
wide range of projects to discover areas of special
interest for creative development. Includes
soldering, bending, casting and stone setting
techniques.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104. FA 102 is
recommended.
206
Desktop Publishing
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Introduction to computer techniques
traditionally associated with print media.
Students will work primarily with QuarkXPress
and Adobe Illustrator to form the necessary
technical skills needed in the production process.
This course is intended to provide a firm base of
technical skill that may be augmented later
through the development of applied theoretical
interests.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104 and recommended
FA 270.
207
Workshop in Art
(4 credits)
Summer (D)
Individual projects under the direction of the
instructor. Includes instruction in a variety of
techniques and media, individual and group
critiques, and discussion of reading assignments.
Topics vary according to the needs, backgrounds
and goals of individual students. Recent topics
have included painting, printmaking,
photography, and art workshop in Scotland.
Prerequisites: background in art fundamentals
and permission of the instructor.
208
Photography I
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
An introduction to the medium of
photography covering the materials, processes,
history and aesthetics of black and white
photography. Emphasizes the essentials of 35mm
camera operation, meter reading, film processing,
paper development and portfolio preparation.
Introduces the photographic image as a means of
personal expression, through the use of the
camera, light sensitive material, technical
expertise and mind’s eye.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
201

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
209
Photo-Journalism
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Exploration of the aesthetics and the
methodology of photo-journalism as an
expressive and persuasive form of
communication. Concentration is on the
building of a coherent set of images revealing the
photographer’s stance toward the world, whether
political, psychological or aesthetic. Includes
assignments in black and white, as well as in
color transparency film, portfolio reviews, slide
presentations and readings. Develops the
aesthetic and practical skills needed to prepare
for, approach and complete documentary project.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 208.
210
Painting II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Studio work which emphasizes continued
development of perceptual vision. Subjects
include, still life, landscape and the figure.
Emphasis is placed on individual solutions to
problems posed by the instructor or developed by
the student.
Three critique and lecture hours weekly plus
independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 200.
211
Painting III
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Emphasizes the further understanding of
theoretical aspects of painting. Students explore
in theory and in practice different attitudes in
painting which include abstraction, work done
from memory and imagination. This course is the
bridge which is designed to help students make
the transition to a more personal and individual
way of working.
Three critique and lecture hours weekly plus
independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 210.
202
220
Printmaking II (Screen Printing)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Exploration of screen processes—tusche, cut
film and photographic—and other printmaking
techniques. Provides an historical focus for 20th
century printmaking. Emphasizes the
development of style and image in the context of
the screen medium. Encourages the manipulation
of color formally and expressively. Includes field
trips to The Philadelphia Museum of Art, The
Print Club and area galleries.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 103; or permission of the
instructor.
222
Printmaking III (New Forms)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Exploration of innovative and multi-faceted
directions in printmaking, combining print media
with other creative forms. Presents a wide range
of methods and processes for exploration,
including papermaking and casting, threedimensional
and constructed prints, color Xerox,
multiplate collagraph and monoprint. Combines
extensive review of contemporary directions with
trips to The Print Club, The Philadelphia
Museum of Art and area galleries.
Six critique and studio hours weekly plus
independent work
Prerequisite: FA 102 or 103; or permission of
the instructor.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
226
Illustration I
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An introduction to art in a commercial
context. Explores various techniques and
materials used historically by applied artists as
well as by contemporary illustrators. The
development of concepts and design through the
use of both black and white and color is
emphasized.
Six critique and studio hours weekly plus
independent work
Prerequisites: FA 103, FA 104, and FA 105.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
228
Children’s Book Illustration
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Combining academic and studio elements, this
course encourages students to focus on the
processes through children’s books are created,
including examining age-group characteristics,
generating ideas and developing style. The
history of children’s books and their illustrations
will be analyzed. Studio and/or written
assignments will involve following an illustrated
book from concept to publication. Classroom
activities will be supplemented by field trips and
presentations by guest artists.
Prerequisites: FA 103, 104 and 105.
Offered in 2006 and in alternate years.
230
Ceramics II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Explores of a wide variety of clays, glazes,
firing processes, and construction techniques
including mold making and wheel throwing.
Incorporates the exploration and formulation of
glaze for use in a variety of kiln environments
including low-fire, high-fire, and salt glazing.
Clay bodies include earthenware, stoneware,
porcelain, and others. Emphasizes research into
historical ceramics. Includes visual presentations
that focus on historical and contemporary
ceramics.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 204.
231
Ceramics III
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 230. This course is
designed to foster greater independence and
further develop a personal approach to the
medium. Assignments are devised to allow for
the greatest possible variation in interpretation.
Through readings dealing with contemporary art
and ceramics art criticism the course emphasizes
the development of a contextual base for the
creative process. Includes visual presentations
that focus on contemporary ceramics, sculpture,
and installation.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 230.
240
Metals and Jewelry II
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Development of the creative use of metals
through advanced techniques in the production
of jewelry, singly and in quantity. Emphasizes
enrichment of aesthetic possibilities. Includes
methods of surface embellishment and
combination of materials.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 205.
203

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
241
Metals and Jewelry III
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 240. Provides opportunity
for semi-independent work on metals and jewelry
projects of special interest. Covers experience in
shop management, production techniques, and
business and market practices. Includes portfolio
preparation.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 240.
250
Graphic Design I (Typography)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An introduction to typography and
typographic principles through applied and
experimental projects. A wide-ranging
exploration of type and communication intended
to provide an historical, sociopolitical and
aesthetic base for the practice of typography and
further studies in graphic design.
Prerequisite: FA 206 and FA 270, or
permission of the instructor.
251
Graphic Design II (Web Design)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
An introduction into web-based and
interaction design. The course will focus on
communication skills by exploring the various
modes and techniques of webpage, website, and
internet design. Software programs will include
Macromedia Dreamweaver, Macromedia Flash,
Adobe Livemotion and Adobe ImageReady.
Prerequisite: FA 206 and FA 270 or permission
of instructor.
260
Interior I (Planning and Presentation)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Beginning with a residential design problem,
study the ways to approach, evaluate, analyze and
synthesize information to solve a given design
problem. Emphasizes the development
of solutions within the framework of plans,
elevations, sections and models. Introduces
graphic techniques. Includes field trips to design
resource centers.
Six studio hours weekly and independent work.
Prerequisites: FA 263.
204
261
Interior II (Materials and Methods)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of FA 260. Studies the
properties and application of building materials
and finishes in relation to interior space, together
with interpretations of architectural working
drawings. Emphasizes the manipulation of space
and form. Introduces commercial office space
planning, as well as hospitality design. Invites
professionals in the field to lecture as well as jury
final presentations.
Six studio hours weekly and independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 260 and FA 263.
262
CADD for Interior Design
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
An exploration of the latest technology in
computer aided design and drafting specifically
for the fields of interior design and architecture.
This course will cover fundamental skills
necessary to create computer-generated drawings
using the AutoCAD software package. This
course works in tandem with FA 261.
Prerequisite: FA 263 or equivalent interior
design or CADD experience.
263
Interior Design Principles and Practices
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to the Interior Design discipline.
Emphasis on understanding professional
terminology and drafting techniques.
Introduction to design concepts development and
model construction in order to study 3-dimensional
space. Field trip to professional design showrooms.
Prerequisites: FA 102, 103, 104, 105.
265
Graphic Presentation for Interior Design
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Emphasizes exploratory design drawing as a
means of creating new ideas and more detailed
rendering in order to improve skills in
perspective, drawing and presentation techniques
of interior designs. Focuses on effective
presentations in a variety of media in both
monotone and color. Functions in tandem with
FA 261.
Prerequisite: FA 260.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
270
Digital Imaging
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introductory course in the use of Macintosh
graphic workstations. Emphasizes the new
aesthetic of computer graphics and its potential
for expanding creativity and enhancing creative
concepts. Applications in fine arts and
illustration explored through the systems
comprehensive color, drawings, layout and
input/output capabilities; including flatbed and
slide scanners, graphics, tablets, and CD-Rom
production. Comprehensive experience in MAC
OS, hardware and software components.
Prerequisite: FA 103 or 104. Non-art majors
require permission of instructor.
271
Digital Video
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introductory course in digital video production
and non-linear editing. Emphasizes the expressive
and creative use of video and motion graphics.
Experience in the use of digital video and still
cameras, and computer based digital video
editing. Students will explore the relationship of
content, image and sound in the creation of
visual time-based narratives.
Prerequisite: FA 270
280
Photography II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Advanced camera and darkroom techniques
and controls. Introduces advanced exposure and
metering systems, professional darkroom controls,
archival processing systems and various format
cameras. Integrates the development of personal
work with an examination of historical
precedents and contemporary thought.
Emphasizes the relation of processes and
techniques to expressive purpose.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 208; or permission of the
instructor.
300, 301
Advanced Drawing
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This course is designed to prepare students to
work from their imagination. To this end, the
course explores methods of conceptualizing form,
space and light. With this formal grounding,
students begin to explore other imaginative
possibilities in drawing and examine
contemporary ideas as they relate to drawing.
Studio work is supported by slides lectures,
discussions and critiques.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisites: FA 104, 105, 200, or 203; or
permission of the instructor.
304
Figure Drawing
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Advanced course in drawing from the figure,
directed toward a clearer perceptual
understanding of the human form. Emphasizes
surface anatomy and the figure in art.
Prerequisites: FA 104, 105, AH 111 or AH
112.
306
Figure Drawing
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
A two credit version of FA 304 designed to
provide students with supplemental study of the
human figure. See description under FA 304.
307
Workshop in Art
(4 credits)
Summer (D)
See description under FA 207.
310
Painting IV
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Students develop and explore individual
problems in painting, working toward the
development of a more personal means of
expression.
Six studio hours weekly plus independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 211; or permission of the
adviser.
205

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
311
Painting V
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Independent work in painting with increased
individual responsibility. The students work to
bring focus and clarity to their ideas and through
that distillation bring greater intensity to the
work.
Six studio and critique hours weekly plus
independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 211; or permission of the
adviser.
312, 313
Summer Workshop in Painting
(4 credits)
Summer (D)
Individual projects under the direction of the
instructor. Offers work in acrylics, oils, watercolor
and/or drawing techniques according to students’
individual backgrounds and goals. Includes
individual instruction and critiques, weekly group
critique and discussion of reading assignments.
Prerequisite: background in art fundamentals;
or permission of the instructor.
318
Printmaking IV
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Investigation into advanced printmaking
processes and techniques, including multiplate,
viscosity color printing, photo-etching, color
posterization, stone and plate lithography.
Emphasizes the expansion of printmaking images
to achieve a strong creative and individual
direction; encourages the aesthetic considerations
of form and expression. Provides historical
investigation of print as the means for expressing
attitudes toward the world. Marketing and
business practices introduced as well as
techniques for operating a print studio.
Three critique and lecture hours weekly plus
intensive independent work.
Prerequisites: FA 203 and junior standing.
206
322, 323
Summer Workshop in Printmaking
(4 credits)
Summer (D)
Individual projects under the direction of the
instructor. Offers technical work in intaglio,
relief, lithography, silk screen and photographic
processes according to students’ individual
backgrounds and goals. Includes individual
instruction and critiques, weekly group critique
and discussion of reading assignments.
Prerequisite: background in art fundamentals;
or permission of the instructor.
332
Ceramics IV
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 231. This course provides
students with an opportunity to execute
advanced projects in ceramics, encourages greater
self-determination, and prepares them for
independent studies in ceramics. Further develops
students’ abilities to be self-directed in their
artistic pursuits. Includes individual and group
critiques, and specific readings related to
students’ personal interests and goals.
Six studio hours weekly and extensive
independent work.
Prerequisites: FA 231
342
Metals and Jewelry IV
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 241. Provides an
opportunity for advanced projects in metals and
jewelry.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisites: FA 241 and permission of the
adviser.
350
Graphic Design III (Logo Systems)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An introduction to and exploration of logo
systems in Graphic Design. How are questions of
identity explored visually and conceptually?
What characteristics should be conveyed versus
aspired to? A semester long exploration of the
logo in its various forms.
Prerequisite: FA 250 and FA 251; or
permission of the adviser.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
351
Graphic Design IV (Advanced Issues
in Visual Communication)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
A continuation of FA 350, students will refine
and further determine the direction established
in the preceding semester. Course work will
revolve around presentations and problems
designed to aid the Senior Thesis project, and
help the student find confidence and focus in
their future ambitions.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 350; or permission of the
adviser.
360
Interior Design III (Intermediate)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 261. Examines the
development of interior spaces from a given
single area to designing a series of interrelated
spaces. Emphasizes interior construction and
detailing of custom designs. Includes the
development of working drawings, the
construction of scale models for threedimensional
study as well as for presentation and
the fine tuning of working drawing skills.
Features field trip to view interior architectural
installations.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 261, FA262 and FA265; or
permission of the adviser. Juniors and seniors
only.
361
Interior Design IV (Advanced)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of FA 360. Presents advanced
problems in interior design with concentration
on space planning as related to complex interior
architectural problems. Focuses on ADA
concerns, the principles of lighting and
sustainable design as related to interiors.
Highlighted by a team project completed in
tandem with graphic design students. Course
study supplemented by guest lectures.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisite: FA 360; or permission of the
adviser. Seniors only.
381
Photography III
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Continuation of FA 280. Integrates the
examination of stylistic trends and contemporary
ideas with the development of a more
individualized method of working. The
development of a more personal imagery along
with a broader base of technical as well as
conceptual expertise is explored with increased
individual responsibility. Studio work is supported
with lectures, discussion, readings and critiques.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 280; or permission of the
instructor.
382
Photography IV
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of FA 381. Emphasizes
individual work and criticism in preparation for
production of thesis work. Focuses on technical
requirements, historical precedents and
contemporary practice relevant to students’
selected areas. Includes lectures, discussion,
critiques and readings.
Six critique, lecture and studio hours weekly,
plus independent work.
Prerequisite: FA 381.
385, 386
Special Studies in Art
(2, 3, or 4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Special studies in art involving a project
carried through under the guidance of one
instructor. Possible projects include continuing
experience in three-dimensional design,
representational drawing, or other studio area.
Interior or graphic design majors might arrange
for a workshop experience in their field.
Prerequisite: permission of the major adviser
and special studies coordinator.
207

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
387, 388, 389
Internship
(2 or 4 credits each)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Working experience in the major studio area.
Possibilities include placements with interior
design and graphic design firms, or with
individuals involved in jewelry making, etc. It is
the students responsibility to arrange for the
internship and faculty support.
Requires 100 hours for 2 credits, 200 hours for
4 credits. A maximum of 8 credit hours
permitted.
Prerequisites: permission of the major adviser
and internship coordinator.
484
Senior Thesis Research Seminar
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Advanced seminar designed to enrich the
senior thesis experience by offering a dialogue
grounded in theory, research and practice. Allows
the student time for thorough investigation of his
or her concentration before embarking on the
preparation of a major body of work for
exhibition. Includes writing the research
component of the senior thesis paper.
One and a half seminar hours weekly plus
independent research.
Prerequisite: senior status.
490
Senior Thesis
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Supervised preparation of a culminating visual
work or set of works in the major studio area for
criticism and exhibition. Includes individual and
group conferences to examine advanced aspects
of the major studio area. Requires a written
thesis.
Required of all B.F.A. and B.A. seniors.
208
Art Education (AE)
NOTE: Art education courses do not fulfill
distribution requirements.
300
The Uses of Theory in Art Education
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Examination of the philosophy, psychology and
literature of art education as the basis for
developing and evaluating art curriculum and
instruction. Offers appropriate field experience to
apply theory to practical problems of teaching.
Provides opportunity to examine and design
instructional material and methods.
Prerequisites: ED 210, 212; or permission of
the instructor.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
308
Curriculum Design in Art Education
(Also listed as ED 411)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
This course will examine stages of
development and how artistic learning occurs.
Students will study curriculum theory, construct
models for actual teaching situations and develop
strategies for classroom management and
evaluation procedures. Appropriate field
experience will be provided.
Prerequisites: AE 300, senior standing and
admission to internship.
419
Undergraduate Student Teaching
Practicum, Art Education, K-12
(Also listed as ED 419)
(8 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Student teaching practicum to include 14
weeks of full-time teaching in an accredited
school and attendance at nine on-campus
seminars. Includes supervision by an Arcadia
University faculty member. Students must
provide transportation to the school.
Applications are due at the beginning of the
semester prior to student teaching. Deadline
dates are October 1 for the spring semester and
February 1 for the fall semester.
Prerequisites: AE 300, 308, and senior
standing.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
Art History (AH)
111
Renaissance to Modern Art
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Chronological survey of art from the
Renaissance to the Modern world, spanning a
period from 1400 to the 20th century. Selected
works in architecture, sculpture and painting are
studied as examples of the way in which the
natural and social environment, together with
ethical and religious beliefs, determine the forms
and images of a culture’s art.
112
Egyptian to Medieval Art
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (E), Spring (D)
Chronological survey of art from Egypt to the
Medieval period, spanning a period from 3000
BC to 1300 AD. Selected works in architecture,
sculpture and painting are studied as examples of
the way in which the natural and social
environment, together with ethical and religious
beliefs, determine the forms and images of a
culture’s art.
221
History of Modern Architecture
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
The course is intended as an introduction to
and a thorough study of the architecture of the
19th and 20th centuries. Beginning with an
overview of the 18th century, the course traces
architecture’s evolution through the present day,
including postmodernism. Study is visually
intensive with slides shown during class and a
walking tour of Philadelphia architecture.
Required for all students with interior design
concentration.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
222
Renaissance Art
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the Renaissance style in Western
Europe from Giotto through the 16th century
and the Mannerist revolt. Focuses on the
relationship of Renaissance art to the classical
past, the developing status of the artist, the
changing role of the church in the South and
the advent of Protestantism. Field trips to The
Philadelphia Museum of Art to study their
Renaissance collection are included.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
224
The Baroque and Rococo
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the art of the seventeenth and early
eighteenth centuries. Particular attention is paid
to Caravaggio and Bernini and the impact of the
Counter reformation; and to Rembrandt and
Vermeer and the development of portraiture,
genre and landscape painting in the Protestant
Netherlands. Field trips to The Philadelphia
Museum of Art to study their Baroque collection
are included.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
225
The 19th Century
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of Neo-Classicism, the Romantic and
Realistic revolt, Impressionism and Post-
Impressionism. Focuses on the relationship of art
to the breakup of fixed values, the rise in
influence of the middle class, new concepts of
philosophy and religion, and increased
individualism. Considers the new role in society
for the artist manifest in the stylistic changes of
the century.
226
History of Photography
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
This course examines the invention and
evolution of the medium of photography from
the camera obscura through technical, social, and
aesthetic evolutions to the present day. This
investigation will include a chronological
exploration of broad purposes and genres that
have been employed by major photographers.
Discussions will include critical analysis of both
photographs and aesthetic movements in
photography study includes visits to local
exhibitions and museums.
209

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
326
Seminar: 1900–1950
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Advanced seminar on Fauvism, Cubism,
Dadaism, Futurism, Surrealism, Expressionism
and other movements of the first half of the 20th
century. Focuses on the developments in the ’40s
and ’50s in Europe and America. Requires
individual research and discussion on a selected
period.
Prerequisites: AH 111 or AH 112 and one of
the following: AH 222, 224 or 225. Open to
juniors and seniors.
328
Seminar: Contemporary Art
(4 credits)
Spring (D,E)
Advanced seminar on current art and its
background in the ’60s and ’70s. Includes
methods and problems in modern art criticism.
Requires papers on various concepts for
discussion and critiques of art shows in
Philadelphia and New York.
Prerequisites: AH 111 or AH 112 and one of
the following: AH 222, 224 or 225. Open to
juniors and seniors.
385, 386
Studies in the History of Art
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Special studies in the history of art. Requires
an individual project under the guidance of one
instructor. Possibilities include an in-depth study
of an artist or works from a Philadelphia
museum.
Prerequisite: permission of the chairperson and
instructor.
210
387
Special Topics in the History of Art
Museums: Mummies, Masterpieces and
Memorabilia
(4 credits)
Spring (D) Alternate Years
This course is intended for students who want
to learn the fundamentals about museums, their
history and changing philosophies; and the
economic, social and political context within
which they exist. Field trips to a variety of
museums (anthropology, art, natural history and
science).
490
Senior Thesis
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Completion of a semi-independent study in a
problem of art history chosen in consultation
with the faculty adviser and thesis committee.
Includes individual and group conferences to
examine research methods and procedures.
Required of all art history majors.
Art Therapy (AT)
200
Introduction to Art Therapy
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Basic survey of the history of art therapy.
Includes a review of contemporary theory and
practice.
210
Intermediate Art Therapy
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Introduction to theoretical models of
psychology most commonly utilized within the
practice of art therapy: Psychodynamic,
Cognitive/Behavioral, Self-Psychology, Jungian
and Gestalt perspectives are integrated with art
therapy techniques and practice. Developmental
theories of Freud, Piaget, Mahler and Erickson
are correlated with art processes and art
productions. Includes class discussions, readings,
experiential and exams.
Prerequisites: AT 200.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
310
Art Therapy: Applications & Techniques
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
This studio and didactic course fosters
empathic responsiveness and increased awareness
through exploration of a wide variety of media
choices and applications within an experiential
framework. Students work individually and in
group settings to develop and integrate approach
to the use of art therapy media applications.
Prerequisites: AT 200, AT 210, FA 103, FA 102
and at least two additional fine arts courses,
PY 101-102 and two of the following PY 212,
ED 214, PY/ED 238.
365
Internship in Art Therapy
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Opportunity to get firsthand experience in the
field of art therapy by working as a volunteer in
an agency or hospital.
Requires 100 hours for 2 credits, 200 hours for
4 credits. A maximum of 8 credits permitted.
Prerequisites: AT 200 and AT 210, junior or
senior standing and permission of the instructor
and chairperson.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Fine Arts
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G325
Art and Culture of Ancient Greece
G325 The Eye, the Body and the Body Politic:
Art and Culture of Ancient Greece—Everyday
opinion associates the Greeks with the origins of
democracy and the foundations of western
thought. Even a superficial glance at many levels
of contemporary western society makes clear the
continued significance of the Greeks: “classic”
Greek structural forms in post-modern
architecture and “classic” human forms in
designer perfume and scent advertisements.
These reminders of our cultural heritage may be
as familiar to you as the Statue of Liberty or the
Eiffel Tower, but 2500 years ago they were major
innovations. Greek Painters and sculptors were
the first artists in the history of western art with
the desire as well as the ability to portray
accurately the workings of the human body, male
and female, draped and undraped, in motion and
in repose. The results were explorations in
ceramic and stone of some of the same issues
which occupied the poets, philosophers and
social thinkers of the time: the search for a
common denominator, for balance and harmony.
Architecture, too, although a more expensive
and public undertaking than a painting or a
statue, can also have political, philosophical and
religious significance. As an introduction to the
cultural history of ancient Greece, this course
attempts to uncover what it is about the ancient
Greeks that make them relevant today. More
than half of the class meetings take place in the
museums and on the archaeological sites of
Athens where you are expected to contribute
your opinions developed as much from your
readings as from accumulated experience of what
you have seen. The required readings of ancient
and modern authors will help you acquire the
background necessary to interpret the politics,
religion, poetry, drama and philosophy of the
ancient Greeks. We will use these texts to
elucidate the monumental remains of the Greeks
of the 8th—1st centuries bce. By the
culmination of the semester, you will have
acquired a broadly based knowledge of ancient
Greek culture and the ability to look critically at
its physical expression.
211

Fine Arts _________________________________________________
City University (London)
LH334
British Art and Architecture
This course introduces the student to various
genres such as portraiture, landscape and
narrative painting. It involves an examination of
how artists were affected and influenced by
industrialization and technological developments
which transformed the social, political and
economic conditions of 19th century Britain.
The course takes account of British historical
and literary influences as well as parallel
developments on the Continent.
In architecture, it traces the introduction of
classical principles and the revival of the Gothic
style in the context of public and domestic
architecture. The links between architecture and
painting are seen in visits to various major
country houses which are not only architecturally
significant, but also contain important works of
art.
Topics for consideration are chosen from this
list: Romanticism, Constable, Turner, Neo-
Classicism, the Gothic Revival, the Pre-
Raphaelite Brotherhood, Victorian Narrative
Painting, William Morris, the Arts and Crafts
Movement, the Aesthetic Movement,
Symbolism, Impressionism in Britain, the
Camden Town Group, the Vorticist Movement,
the Bloomsbury Group.
LH344
19th Century European Art
In Europe, the social and political upheavals of
the 19th Century gave birth to major
innovations in the arts. Especially in France,
artists gradually moved away from time-honored
classical ideals in order to depict concrete
contemporary reality. The crucial changes they
introduced in subject matter and technique
revolutionized the very nature of what
constitutes a work of art, and laid the
foundations for the development of modern art.
This course examines how the politics, literature
and philosophy of the period affected the subject
matter and techniques of the painters under
review. Full advantage is taken of the rich public
art collections in London and of any current
exhibitions which may be relevant to the course.
Topics are chosen from: Romanticism, Realism,
Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Neo-
Classicism, Symbolism, The Court at Versailles,
the French Revolution 1789, the Country and
the City in the Nineteenth Century,
Photography, Depictions of Women.
212
LH354
20th Century Art
This course aims to provide the student with
the basic knowledge of the main art movements
of this century, and to help the student develop a
critical awareness of visual images. It considers
how the differing styles in art reflect the
political, social and cultural conditions of the
society in which the art has been produced. It
examines how avant-garde artists like Matisse,
Picasso and others challenged and rejected the
ideals and the tradition which have dominated
European art since the Renaissance. Teaching
takes full advantage of the rich public art
collections always available in London. Current
exhibitions relevant to the course will also be
visited. Each class will be followed by a
gallery/exhibition visit during which the students
will present their critical analysis of selected
works
Topics are chosen from: Fauvism,
Expressionism, Cubism, Futurism, Dadaism,
Surrealism, Constructivism, de Stijl, Abstraction,
The Bauhaus, Pop Art, Abstract Expressionism,
Minimalism and Superrealism.
Umbra Institute, Perugia
SA 260
Concepts in Contemporary Sculpture
This course introduces students to
contemporary sculpture, ranging from early
abstraction, ready-mades, dadaism, surrealism,
high art versus low art, installations and
conceptual art. These terms have become
familiar buzz words which describe some of the
major ideas in their ideas into form by realizing
projects using the lexicon of contemporary art.
The class functions primarily as a studio art
course and is supported by readings in art
criticism, philosophy and artists’ projects.
Through the discussion and practice of the
popular and not so popular intellectual,
philosophical and visual trends inherent in
contemporary sculpture, the students will also
develop the critical skills required to analyze this
complex body of work.

__________________________________________________ Fine Arts
SA 270
Drawing
This course explores the fundamentals of
drawing the human figure through classical
approaches and painterly expressions. It is
designed for wet and dry mediums such as ink
wash, charcoal and mixed media. Students learn
to construct the figure in terms of gesture and
planes. Critiques will be given inside and outside
of class on a daily basis. Students must purchase
a small drawing kit available at the Institute.
The course will make use of many resources in
and around Perugia as well as field trips to
nearby sites.
Prerequisite: None
SA 280
Oil Painting
Students explore painting as an integrative
process involving aspects of drawing, design,
color and image in the organization of a twodimensional
surface. The course will cover the
techniques used in oils and explore how these
techniques can be used to create a successful
image. There will be periodic demonstrations,
discussions and critiques of the work done inside
and outside of class. Students ,will be required to
complete at least two paintings and several
French: See page 251.
German: See page 252.
Graphic Design: See Fine Arts, page 190.
exercises with emphasis on exploring and
developing personal concepts and imagery.
Students are encouraged to keep a sketchbook
and to document ideas for paintings in words as
well as drawings. Topics covered: materials; size,
papers and boards; pigments, mediums, brushes;
methods; procedures; preliminary work/sketching;
preparing the support; transferring the sketch;
value under painting; broad definition of the
subject with color; refining the image; and
preparation for presentation. Students must
purchase a small painting kit available at the
Institute. The course will make use of many
resources in and around Perugia as well as field
trips to nearby sites.
SA290
Photography—Portrait of Italy
This course is designed to teach the
fundamentals of black and white photography.
Over the course of the semester, students will
develop and gain a solid knowledge of basic
camera operation, composition and aesthetic,
film processing, printing techniques, matting and
presenting your work.
213

Health Administration ______________________________________
Health Administration
Faculty
Professor Biggs
Associate Professors Brinker, Crivelli-Kovach, Morra (adviser for Economics)
Assistant Professors Halpin (chair), Hejazi
Visiting Assistant Professor Imszennik (2004–2005)
Adjunct Professors Bass, Fanelli, Kieserman (adviser), Squarrel
Degree and Certificate Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Health Administration
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Health Administration
Minor
Health Administration
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Science in Health Education
Master of Arts in Education with Concentration in Health Education
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The program in health administration is designed to cover areas that are important
to being an administrator in a health-care setting. It involves preparation in business,
health issues, the liberal arts and an internship in a health-care setting.
The Bachelor of Arts degree program prepares students to assume administrative
positions in health-care settings such as hospitals, long-term and short-term health-care
facilities, clinics, private practices, health insurance or management companies and
health divisions within companies. The program will provide students with the ethical,
social, quantitative, managerial and functional dimensions of health administration so
that they can function in numerous kinds of health-care settings.
Many of the major requirements are also prerequisite courses for programs leading to
a Master in Business Administration or a master’s degree in a health-related area.
Study Abroad Option
The department strongly encourages students to spend a semester or year studying
overseas. Exciting opportunities are relatively easy to arrange through the Arcadia
University Center for Education Abroad. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign
universities can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and/or
University-wide requirements. Generally, the sophomore and junior years are the most
convenient time for Arcadia students to study abroad, although the second semester of
the freshman year and both semesters of the senior year also are possibilities. Arcadia
University has special arrangements with universities or runs its own programs in the
United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland), Australia,
Equatorial Guinea, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, South Korea, Spain and New
Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost is often no greater than a semester or year
214

_______________________________________ Health Administration
on the Glenside campus. Since it is important that students plan ahead for study
abroad, you should consult with your adviser as soon as possible, and make your
intentions known to your adviser and the Director for International Services.
Senior Thesis in Health Administration
All majors at Arcadia University complete a senior thesis project that involves
integrating prior knowledge, preparing written reports, and making a public
presentation. For majors in the department this requirement is satisfied by successful
completion of HA370: Internship and HA390: Senior Seminar, both of which are
required courses for majors.
Daytime and Evening Requirements
The requirements set forth below are for both the day and evening programs in
health administration.
Requirements for the Major
(57 to 60 credits as listed below, plus University core and credit requirements as set
forth for day programs on pp. 77–81 and for evening programs on pp. 87–89.)
1. Five courses in health administration:
HA 150 Introduction to Health Services
HA 320 Health Care Planning and Policy
HA 385 Selected Topics in Health Administration
HA 470 Internship in Health Administration
HA 490 Seminar in Health Administration
2. Seven courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
or BA 362 Human Resources Administration
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
3. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
4. Two courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
215

Health Administration ______________________________________
5. Three courses in related fields. Students select one course from each of the following
groupings:
Philosophy
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
PL 175
Political Science
Ethics
PS 101 American Politics
PS 230
Sociology
Health Care and Environmental Policy
SO 247 Aging in Modern Society
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
SO 280 The Sociology of AIDS and HIV
6. Recommended courses taken as electives are:
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
Requirements for the Minor
(24 credits as listed below)
1. Two courses in health administration:
HA 150 Introduction to Health Services
HA 320 Health Care Planning and Policy
2. Three courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
One business course chosen in consultation with adviser
3. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
4. One course chosen from the following:
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
PS 230 Health Care and Environmental Policy
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
5. Computer proficiency with spreadsheet, word processing and databases is
recommended. Students who lack this background should take CS 104 or
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making.
216

_______________________________________ Health Administration
Health Administration (HA)
150
Introduction to Health Services
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
This foundation course provides an overview
of the current health delivery system, including:
health care institutions, long-term care, health
manpower, financing and managed care. Students
are also introduced to diverse topics such as
quality care, health care planning/policy and
ethics.
320
Health Care Planning and Policy
(3 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
The theoretical and historical foundations of
health planning and policy development as well
as current concepts and controversies provide the
basis for this course. Case studies provide an
opportunity for students to apply both health
care strategic planning models and policy
development skills.
Prerequisites: HA 150, BA 201, and junior
standing.
385
Selected Topics in Health Administration
(3 credits)
Spring (D,E)
This senior-level course provides the health
administration major with up-to-date perspectives
on current issues such as reimbursement,
healthcare financial management, compliance,
healthcare marketing, healthcare law, healthcare
ethics, and healthcare systems design. It is
designed to be taken concurrently with HA 390
in the students last semester.
470
Internship in Health Administration
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E), Summer (E)
Supervised practical experience of 8 to 12
hours per week for ten weeks typically in a
health care facility and designed to have the
student apply academic concepts in a work
environment. The student, the Career Services
Office, and/or the department may arrange the
placement. Placements frequently are in
volunteer organizations with the intern typically
placed in a department related to the major or
concentration. Internships may be done at ones
full-time or part-time employment work site. The
intern also writes a term paper that is related to
the internship. ID 260 may be substituted for this
course.
Prerequisite: BA 380, HA 320, BA 340,
BA369 and senior standing.
490
Seminar in Health Administration
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Capstone course in health administration
requiring students to see organizations from a
total management point of view and to integrate
their learning from prior courses. The students
work in teams to generate a business plan for an
organization in the health care industry.
Prerequisite: BA 340, BA 369, BA 380,
HA 320, senior standing and permission of
adviser.
217

History ___________________________________________________
History
Faculty
Associate Professor Haywood (chair)
Assistant Professor Kazal
Adjunct Professors Kincade, Paradis, Pearle, Dinsmore, Wagner
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in History
Minor
History
Option
Secondary Education Certification in Social Studies (page 299)
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Humanities with a Concentration in History, Philosophy and
Religion
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The program in history is designed to expand students’ understanding of the past so
that they may comprehend the present and prepare for the future.
Study Abroad Option
History majors are encouraged to spend a semester or year studying overseas. Exciting
opportunities are available through the University’s Center for Education Abroad and
relatively easy to arrange. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign universities can
be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and/or Universitywide
requirements. A list of transferable history courses is available from the chair of
the department. Generally, the sophomore and junior years are the most convenient
time for Arcadia students to study abroad. Arcadia University has special arrangements
with universities or runs its own programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland,
Wales, and Northern Ireland), Australia, France, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Korea, Mexico,
Spain and New Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than
a semester or year on the Glenside campus. Since it is important that students plan
ahead for study abroad, you should consult with your adviser as soon as possible, and
make your intentions known to the history department chair and the director for
International Services.
218

____________________________________________________ History
Bachelor of Arts in History
The Bachelor of Arts degree program studies significant developments of the past and
relates them to the present by examining the changing character of values, interests,
ambitions and critical problems.
By fostering awareness of the multiple influences behind human action, the program
aims to dispel simplistic explanations of past and present events. Tolerance and
enlightened judgment are promoted through the study of various cultures, nations,
ideals and ideas that have emerged over the centuries. Lectures, readings in original and
secondary sources, group discussion, fieldwork, research projects and seminars provide a
variety of incentives and techniques for understanding the world’s diverse civilizations.
The program prepares students for careers in teaching, the law, private employment,
government service, research and writing; for further study in history on the graduate
level; and for responsible citizenship in the contemporary world.
Minor in History
The minor in history offers students majoring in other fields the opportunity to draw
upon the experiences of the past in order to broaden their understanding of the present
and promotes the development of skills in research, analysis, organization and
communication that are basic to success in any career.
Requirements for the Major
(37–40 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
128.)
1. Four courses in history, chosen from the following:
HS 101 Ancient Civilization
HS 102 Medieval Civilization
HS 103 European Civilization, 1347–1789
HS 104 European Civilization, 1789–Present
HS 117 American History to 1865
HS 118 American History since 1865
2. Six additional courses in history:
HS 490 Senior Thesis Seminar
Five history electives, to be chosen from 200 or 300 level courses.
Requirements for the Minor
Five courses (18–20 credits) in history chosen in consultation with the major adviser to
ensure a valid relationship with the major program where possible.
219

History ___________________________________________________
History (HS)
101
Ancient Civilization
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Survey of cultural changes in the Neolithic
and Sumerian societies of the Near East, life in
Pharaonic Egypt, the world of pre-classical and
classical Greece, and the growth of Rome from
village to Empire.
102
Medieval Civilization
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D,E)
Study of the early historical foundations of
present-day nations in Europe. Surveys the
collapse of the western Roman Empire; Barbarian
settlements in Europe; the Byzantine world and
problems with the West; the expansion of the
Arabic world; and the growth of England,
France, Germany and the Papacy.
103
European Civilization, 1347–1789
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Survey of European history from the Black
Death to the French Revolution. Focuses on a
variety of topics, from the impact of the plague;
the age of explorations; Renaissance;
Reformation; through to the origins of the
scientific; industrial; and French revolutions.
104
European Civilization, 1789–Present
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D,E)
Study of the evolution of modern Europe from
the French Revolution to the present. Topics
include: rise of nationalism; new political
ideologies; imperialism; world wars; consumer and
sexual revolutions; the Cold War; the fall of
communism; and the recent turmoil in
West/non-West relations.
220
117
American History to 1865
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Summary of the colonial period, followed by
more intensive study of the revolutionary, early
national and middle periods. Includes lectures,
readings and discussions on such topics as
constitutional development; territorial expansion;
foreign relations; political parties; social,
economic and intellectual movements.
118
American History since 1865
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D,E)
Study of the evolution of modern America
from the Civil War. Considers the impact on
American life of such developments as
reconstruction, industrial growth, overseas
expansion, social and political movements,
economic depressions and the emergence of the
United States as a world power.
125
American Characters
(3 credits)
Summer (E)
Brief survey of American history as seen in the
lives and times of representative and significant
persons. Examines the emergence and influence
of characters from John Winthrop to Richard
Nixon. Includes readings, lectures, discussion and
research.
211
The Modern Middle East
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
To be announced.
Survey of the history, culture, religion and
politics of the area since the 15th century.
Includes study of the growth of nationalism and
creation of sovereign states, socioeconomic
developments, the Arab-Israeli conflict and the
impact of foreign powers.

____________________________________________________ History
216
Modern East Asia
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Compares respective histories of China and
Japan and seeks to explain why China fell into
turmoil and turned to communism while Japan
embraced modernization to become an economic
superpower. Discusses what life is actually like in
each society today.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
218
Modern Africa
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Focuses on the nature of the European/African
relationship in the era of the slave trade and the
colonial takeover of Africa. Discusses how and
why European Powers were able to take control
of the continent and the impact this had on
Africa and Africans. Special focus on South
Africa and the rise and fall of Apartheid.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
222
The Civil War and Its Aftermath,
1850–1890
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Intensive examination of the sectional
controversy, the disruption of the nation by Civil
War and Reconstruction, and the emergence of
an industrial society.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
225
World War II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the rise of Fascism, Nazi Germany
and Japanese expansionist policies leading to
World War II. Includes in-depth study of the
war’s strategies, campaigns, and effects on civilian
populations and the post-war world.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
234
Modern Russia
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of the evolution of Russia from the late
19th century to the present. Emphasizes the
decline of imperial Russia and the rise of the
communist regime. The key questions of the
course are: why was there a bloody revolution in
1917? How did Stalin rise to dominate the
communist regime for so long? What was his
impact/legacy?
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
238
Prejudice and Persecution in Western
History
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of prejudice and persecution in
Western history, focusing on the following:
ancient Roman persecution of early Christians;
the Great Witch Hunt in early modern Europe;
Trans-Atlantic slave trade; Nazi holocaust against
the Jews; and the destruction of Bosnia.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
285
Special Topics in History
(3 or 4 credits)
The content and prerequisites for this course
vary depending on the nature of the topic
covered.
325
European Fascism: Fascist Italy
and Nazi Germany
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Course focuses on Fascist Italy and Nazi
Germany. Origins, nature and demise of fascism
are discussed. Particular attention paid to the
crisis which produced fascism; to the
hypernationalism and racism of the Italian and
Germany movements, respectively; to the
outbreak of World War II; and to the Nazi
holocaust against the Jews.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
Prerequisite: course in European history;
otherwise, instructor’s permission.
221

History ___________________________________________________
326
Hitler and Stalin—Age of Dictators
(3 credits)
Summer (E)
Comparison of Nazi Germany and Stalinist
Russia, and of their respective leaders, Hitler and
Stalin. We examine the roots of Nazism and
Communism; the personality development of
Hitler and Stalin; their rise to power; what they
did with their power; their great showdown in
World War II; and the legacies and significance
of Nazism and Communism to the modern world.
Prerequisites: course in history; otherwise,
instructor’s permission.
330
Recent America, 1900–1945
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Seminar on selected political, economic, social
and foreign policy problems in American history
from the Progressive Movement to the end of
World War II. Includes supervised reading,
research and group discussions.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
331
Contemporary America, 1945–Present
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Intensive seminar examining the events and
issues of the post-war era. Possible topics for
research and discussion include the Cold War,
the Fair Deal, McCarthyism, Vietnam, the New
Left and Watergate.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
336
Women in Western Society
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Study of the place of women in Western
history, concentrating on the following: early
Christianity; the Renaissance; the Great Witch
Hunt; Modern Views on Women; Modern
Feminism; and a cross-cultural comparison via
Chinese footbinding and African-Asian female
genital mutilation.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
222
340
Ancient Greece, from Homer to
Alexander the Great
(4 credits)
Summer
Introduction to the culture and personalities in
the classical Greek world. Focus will be on the
achievements of ancient Greek civilization until
Alexander the Great’s conquests Topics include:
the emergence of Greek civilization; Homer; the
rise of Athens and Sparta; the wars against
Persia; the flowering of classical culture; the
Peloponnesian War; everyday life; sexuality; the
status of women; the rise of Alexander the Great
and his imperial conquests.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
341
Special Studies in Ancient History
Spring (E)
The rise and fall of Ancient Rome and the
emergence of early Christianity. Topics include:
Rome’s rise to empire; gladiators; slavery;
everyday life and sexuality; persecution of early
Christianity; the rise and triumph of the
Christian Church; the destruction of the empire
by German etc. invasions.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above or
approval of the instructor.
342
The Italian Renaissance
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
What was the Italian Renaissance, and what
kind of society produced it? We range widely
across this famous phenomenon, including art,
politics, sex and religion. Topics include: the
origins of the Renaissance; Florence, the leading
city; Leonardo da Vinci; Michelangelo; the lives
of women; how and why the Renaissance came
to an end.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.

____________________________________________________ History
345
The City in American History
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Seminar exploring the development of urban
society in North America from colonial
commercial towns to today’s troubled network of
older metropolitan centers and suburbs. Topics
for discussion may include the shaping of modern
cities through growth, migration, and politics—
ethnic class, commercial, and otherwise—of the
city; suburbanization and the “urban crisis”; and
the future of urban America.
385
Special Studies in History
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
The content and prerequisites for this course
vary depending on the nature of the topic
covered. Courses have included: The World at
War, 1914-45; Turning Points in Western
History, Western History, from Ancient Israel to
9/11.
389
Independent Study
Directed in-depth reading and research
devoted to specific topics or periods in history.
Prerequisites: approval of the adviser and
chairperson.
490
Senior Thesis Seminar
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Seminar course on the approaches and
techniques of historical scholarship. Includes
readings, discussions and practice in research
procedures and requires a written thesis. Thesis
topics are chosen by students through discussion
with the seminar professor. They may take the
form of original research-based papers or
discussions of the historical literature on an issue
of interest and controversy.
Prerequisite: senior standing in history; or
permission of the instructor.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in History
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G321
History and Archaeology of Attica
This field-based course (more than half of the
classes take place on various archaeological sites)
is an intensive survey of Athenian political,
military and social history through the study of
surviving monuments from the prehistoric era to
the late Roman period. Athens serves as a model
of Greek culture, and its architectural forms
reflect the inner nature of the Athenian state,
way of life, traditions and ideas of its citizens.
The city of Athens and its harbor, Piraeus, are
studied intensively. In Athens special emphasis is
given to the Akropolis, the Kerameikos cemetery
and the Agora; Attica, the territory of the
Athenian state, receives equal treatment through
visits to Salamis, Eleusis, Oropos, Marathon,
Thorikos, Rhamnous, Brauron and Sounion. The
course culminates with students presenting major
topics assigned to them individually at the
beginning of the semester which elaborate on
aspects of ancient Greek life. Student
presentations hinge on, rather than rely entirely
on, taught material. The course is coordinated
with G325 Archaeological Monuments of
Ancient Greece so that students may elect to
take both courses without overlap of material.
223

History ___________________________________________________
G331
The Byzantine Empire and its Legacy
(AD 284–1453)
The name “Byzantium” conjures up images
both exotic and mysterious for the Western
student. In fact, the empire was nothing less
than the continuation of the Roman Empire in
its Christian form, with its capital no longer in
Rome, but in Constantinople (present-day
Istanbul). While the western half of the Roman
Empire fell in AD 476, Constantinople endured
until 1453 when it was conquered by the
Ottoman Turks. In historical terms, this
millennium begins with the late Roman world
and ends at the dawn of the modern era;
culturally, it spans both the East and West.
Although the predominant culture and language
of this empire was Greek, Byzantine history is
very much the history of the medieval peoples of
the region as a whole: Greeks, Syrians, Slavs,
Arabs, Turks, Latins and many others. This
course attempts to provide the student with a
holistic understanding of the major trends of
Byzantine history. Although structured
chronologically, the lectures touch upon certain
recurrent themes in the empire’s history: the
imperial ideology, the rift between East and
West, attitudes to social and economic life, the
Church, religion and the “sacramental state,”
centralized rule vs. centrifugal tendencies, and so
on. Art and architecture are used in both the
classroom and on field trips (there is an
obligatory excursion to Istanbul and either
Thessaloniki, Mistras or Meteora). A textbook
prepared by the instructor, which is in the
process of publication, is used in addition to
other primary and secondary sources.
224
G342
Modern Greece in the Balkan World:
1821–Present
Despite Greece’s long history, it is only since
1830 that there has been a Greek nation-state
which has struggled to reconcile conflicting
geographical, historical, cultural and political
influences, and to define its place in the world.
While the classical legacy and European Union
membership appear to place Greece firmly in the
West, the strong influence of the Byzantine and
Ottoman past also pull it toward the East. In the
19th century, the rise of nationalism redrew the
map of the Balkans and reshaped Greek identity,
which in turn created 20th century conflicts like
the Macedonian question, the Cyprus problem
and the Northern Epirus issue with Albania.
Then in 1922, the “Great Idea” dream of
Greece’s Middle East destiny as a major regional
power ended in catastrophe, leading to large
scale ethnic cleansing which changed the
country irrevocably. Twentieth century Greece
has lived through five major wars, has
experimented with monarchy, republic,
dictatorship and democracy, and has undergone a
dramatic socio-economic transformation. As a
small, weak state in a strategic position, Greece’s
fate has often been determined by foreign
influence, culminating in the post-war role of the
United States. Now, in the 21st century, external
threats and domestic dilemmas, including the
Turkish dispute and the pace of European
integration, pose a new challenge to the Greek
identity. In exploring how the recent past has
shaped the present, students will gain a deeper
understanding of the society in which they are
living, how the Greeks see themselves and their
country, and why they respond to the world in
the way they do.

____________________________________________________ History
G348
The Economic History of Modern Greece
This is a course on economic history and
economic development which examines the
interdependence and interaction of agriculture,
industry and government in Greece from pre-
Independence (early 19th century) to the present
time. The course provides a theoretical
background on the various factors that determine
economic development. It also examines the
similarities and differences between Greece and
its regional neighbors in the Balkans and the
Eastern Mediterranean. Particular emphasis is
given to examining the effects of governmental
policy on development, the characteristics of
agricultural and industrial sectors, and the
specific problems related to industrial
development in Greece.
City University (London)
LH333
History of Modern Britain since 1850
Since the middle of the 19th century the
British people have had to make a series of
fundamental adjustments to new political,
economic and social conditions, as well as to
changing foreign and imperial influences. This
course examines this process of change over the
last 150 years. It highlights particular issues
which have great interest from the point of view
of historical interpretation and debate and at the
same time looks forward to Britain’s
contemporary problems and issues, many of
which have their origins in the 19th century.
Although students are expected to form a
continuous general analysis of the period through
attendance at lectures and by completing
recommended reading, this is by no means a
survey course. Students select special study areas
on which they conduct research and write essays
using a variety of contemporary and historic
materials in their documentation. In addition,
much use is made of non-written sources through
visits to museums and similar repositories in
London.
Topics include: Aspects of Victorian and
Edwardian society, the changing role of the main
political parties, the Empire—its rise and
disintegration, the Irish problem of the 19th and
20th centuries, the causes and results of the First
World War, the Labour movement and the
General Strike, Foreign diplomacy in the 1930s,
Appeasement and the outbreak of the Second
World War, Postwar Britain and the
reconstruction program of the first majority
Labour Government, Modern Britain. These
topic areas are linked to an analysis of the wider
issues of interest to historians—cause and effect,
the short-run and the long-run, the role of the
individual, continuity and discontinuity, and the
question of turning-points.
225

Honors Program ___________________________________________
Honors Program
Program Directors
Associate Professors Goldstone, Mascavage
Faculty
The faculty who offer courses in the Honors Program come from many different
academic disciplines.
Overview
The mission of Arcadia University Honors Program is to offer intellectually
challenging and enriching educational opportunities to highly motivated, talented and
creative students in all majors. The program includes specially designed cross curricular
courses, overseas experiences, as well as cultural and social activities.
The specific goals of the Honors Program are to provide scholars with the following:
• a more challenging and enriching course of study that encourages individuality
and strong student-centered learning
• an interdisciplinary curricular program
• an opportunity to closely interact with faculty members in diverse academic
departments
• opportunities to participate in the National Collegiate Honors Council annual
conference and the SEPCHE Honors Program annual conference
• off campus trips to cultural events
• social events
To achieve these goals, the Honors Program offers five types of academic activities:
1. Honors sections of the freshman writing courses, EN 101: Thought and Expression I
and EN 102: Thought and Expression II.
2. HN 201: Honors Readings, a team-taught course focusing on interpretation and
evaluation of texts.
3. HN 202: An independent research project for two credits.
4. Upper-level courses adapted for honors credit.
5. HN 390: Honors Colloquia are investigative, interdisciplinary seminars addressing
open-ended topics. These seminars are unique to the Honors Program and explore
topics not normally covered in the standard curriculum. Every three years a special
HN 390 course is organized with two weeks spent during the winter break in
Greece.
Honors Program students are strongly encouraged to study abroad.
Admission to the Honors Program may occur at the time of acceptance to the
University or after the student has been enrolled at the University for one or more
semesters. First year and transfer students identified as eligible for the Honors Program
(based upon the high school record, SAT or ACT scores, and/or transfer grade point
averages) are evaluated for acceptance into the Honors Program at the time of
admission to the University. Students seeking to enter the program after being enrolled
at Arcadia University may be nominated or may self-nominate for consideration if they
have an overall grade point average of 3.25 or higher. Students accepted into the
226

____________________________________________ Honors Program
Honors Program after the first year who have satisfied the English requirements (EN
101 and 102) will not be required to take these courses.
Honor students are required to meet all the University-wide degree requirements but
may petition to substitute an Honors course for one general education course. Honors
Program students must maintain a grade point average of 3.25 to remain in good
standing.
Requirements for the Program
Freshman Year
EN 101 Thought and Expression I (Honors)
EN 102
Sophomore Year
Thought and Expression II (Honors)
HN 201 Honors Reading
HN 202 Honors Project
Junior/Senior Years
Three courses:
HN 390 Honors Colloquia (three courses)
Alternatively, a student can adapt any one course for honors credit.
Honors Courses (HN)
201
Honors Reading
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Students will read and discuss selected texts to
provide a breadth of experience not generally
encountered in discipline-based courses. Readings
will be selected to represent as much variety as
possible among disciplines, genres, periods and
cultures. The texts will share a common theme
that may change every few years. The course will
be team-taught by two faculty members from
different departments and may feature guest
faculty discussants from other departments at
various points throughout the course.
202
Honors Project
(2 credits)
Spring (D)
With guidance by a teaching team, including
one of the Honors Program advisers and a faculty
mentor, students will select and pursue
independent projects outside their major area of
study. Such projects would encourage students to
explore and develop their own various talents
and interests.
390
Honors Colloquia
(3 or 4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Honors Colloquia focus on interdisciplinary
topics. These courses are designed specifically for
Honors students. Topics vary across the
disciplines.
Prerequisites: Juniors and seniors in the
Honors Program.
Course Adaptation for Honors Credit
Students should approach and ask the faculty
member if the course could be taken for Honors
credit. The student would fulfill all regular
requirements of the course plus additional
responsibilities decided on by the professor and
student. These could include additional readings,
research, papers, and/or related projects. The
student should then fill out the Adapted Course
Form and return copies to the Honors Program
Directors and the Registrar.
227

Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses ________________________
Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses
Minor in Cinema Studies
Coordinator
Associate Professor Deshpande
Requirements for the Minor in Cinema Studies
One course in communications:.
CM 150 Introduction to Film
Any three of the following courses:
CM 340 Special Studies in Communication (can be taken more than once)
EN 329 Narrative Form in Fiction and Film
EN 330 Black Cinema
EN 352 Alfred Hitchcock’s American Films
PL 275 Ethics in Film
SO 240 African American Imagery in the Media
One additional film course to be chosen in consultation with the coordinator of the
minor.
Minor in International Cinema
Coordinator
Associate Professor Deshpande
Requirements for the Minor in International Cinema
228
The two following courses:
CM 150 Introduction to Film
EN 340 Special Studies Seminar: International Film
Any three of the following courses:
CM 340 Special Studies in Communications: Bond and Beyond
EN 342 Ireland in Twentieth Century Film and Literature
FR 226 Advanced French Through Film
IT 226 Italian Language and Culture through Cinema
SP 326 The Hispanic World Through Film

__________________________ Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses
Minor in Forensic Criminology in the Social Sciences
Coordinator
Associate Professor Church
This minor offers students the opportunity to study the field from theory to empirical
studies to field applications. Students will develop expertise in forensic social sciences
from the unique vantage point of both sociology and psychology and to further develop
internal analytic skills.
Requirements for the Minor in Forensic Criminology
in the Social Sciences
For Psychology Majors:
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
SO 273 Criminal Minds, Criminal Roles
PY 205 Abnormal Psychology
PY 270 Forensic Psychology
PY 490/491 Senior Courses
For Sociology majors:
PY 101/102 General Psychology
PY 205 Abnormal Psychology
PY 270 Forensic Psychology
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
SO 273 Criminal Minds, Criminal Roles
SO 363 Internship in Sociology
SO 490 Senior Seminar
For all other majors:
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
SO 273 Criminal Minds, Criminal Roles
SO 330 Research Methods I
SO 431
or
Research Methods II
PY 101/102 General Psychology
PY 142 Research Methods
PY 205 Abnormal Psychology
PY 270 Forensic Psychology
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
Internship is recommended.
229

Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses ________________________
Minor in Women’s Studies
Coordinator
Assistant Professor Garcia
A minor in Women’s Studies offers an in-depth study of women and women’s issues
from the perspective of different disciplines. Informed by varied feminist paradigms, the
minor provides the opportunity to analyze and integrate knowledge from the unique
vantage point of gender. Along with core courses in the social sciences and humanities,
students can concentrate on critical aspects of women’s lives, such as the intersection of
race, class and gender.
Requirements for the Minor in Women’s Studies
Students are required to select five courses (20 credits) from those listed in
conjunction with the Women’s Studies coordinator. The interdisciplinary goal is
achieved by taking courses that offer knowledge about aspects of women’s lives from the
perspectives of different disciplines.
AN 150 The Family
AN/SO 220 Social Issues (Different offerings each semester)
EN 344 Special Studies Seminar (American Women Writers)
EN 350 Major Authors Seminar (Edith Wharton)
HS 336 Women in Western Society
PS 215 Gender Roles and Family Policy
PY 322 Psychology of Women
SO 229 Women in Society
SO 245 Gays and Lesbians in American Society
SO 270 Feminist Theories
230

__________________________ Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses
Interdisciplinary Courses (ID)
100
Learning Strategies Workshop
(1 credit)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
This seminar is designed to assist incoming
freshmen with transitional challenges related to
university culture and its academic expectations.
Students will critically examine themselves as
lifelong learners looking at techniques and
strategies to use as they adapt to the structures,
routines and expectations of college life. The
course traverses theory and practice, by exploring
theories of meta-cognition (thinking about
thinking) its impact on reading and writing then
applying these to the learning of college course
material.
101, 102
Science in Civilization
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D), 102 Spring (D)
Science in Civilization is a two-semester
course in which students learn and apply basic
concepts of physics, chemistry, astronomy,
geology and biology. The interrelationship among
the fields of science is stressed and concepts are
reinforced throughout the year. Basic problemsolving
skills are emphasized in both lecture and
laboratory. The goal of the course is to produce
scientifically literate students who are able to
make informed decisions in our increasingly
technologically-oriented world.
Primarily for non-science majors, including
those preparing for the teaching profession. Three
class hours and three laboratory hours weekly.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the
mathematics placement inventory or successful
completion of Math 100 is required. Satisfactory
performance in ID 101 or permission of
instructor is required for enrollment in ID 102.
103
Freshman Seminar
(1 credit)
Fall (D)
This course is designed specifically to facilitate
the academic and social integration of first year
students into the university community. Each
seminar focuses on a theme or topic with an
emphasis on discussion and collaborative
activities. Students will participate in on campus
events and off campus field trips.
Seminar titles cover a broad range and
include: Forensic Science: The Intersection of
Biology and Crime, Coming of Age as Seen in
Science Fiction and Fantasy, Controversial Trials of
the 20 th Century, Sports in America, Philly Culture:
More than Rocky and Cheesesteaks and others.
Prerequisite: open only to first year students.
105
The Bridge: Transition to
Academic Success
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Evaluation of interests and motivations of
students entering or returning to college.
Provides introduction to undergraduate studies
through readings and interviews. Presents
academic material while developing classroom
skills: note-taking, textbook reading, writing, and
test-taking.
One weekly three-hour meeting.
231

Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses ________________________
111
Global Justice
(4 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D)
An interdisciplinary course designed to give
students strategies for exploring and thinking
critically about issues of justice on a global scale.
It is meant to enable them to see the place of
their culture, nation and beliefs in the context of
major encounters between the West and the
other parts of the world. Students will be
introduced to divergent ideological positions and
learn to conduct debates, which will shape their
own ideas about the representations of conflict
and understanding in the world. Students will
practice skills in writing, debate and discussion
and critical analysis of seminal readings in the
field. Texts include readings from literature from
different cultures, history, political science,
philosophy, and films. Lecture and discussion
section format.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of EN 100
or 103 or placement into EN 101.
130, 131
Science and Technology Today I, II
(3 credits each)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Science and Technology Today, I and II is a
two-semester course in which students learn and
apply basic concepts of physics, chemistry,
astronomy, geology and biology. The
interrelationship among the fields of science is
stressed and concepts are reinforced throughout
the year. Basic problem-solving skills are
emphasized.
The interrelationship between science and
other disciplines is included through discussions
of philosophical issues, the presentation of
scientific advancements in their historic context
and the examination of the interrelationships
between art and science. The goal of the course
is to produce scientifically literate students who
are able to make informed decisions in our
increasingly technologically-oriented world.
Primarily for non-science majors. Satisfactory
performance on the mathematics placement
examination or successful completion of Math
100 is strongly recommended. Satisfactory
performance in ID 130 or permission of
instructor is required for enrollment in ID 131.
232
181
International Experience
(3 or 4 credits)
Fall, Spring or Summer
Introduction to another culture through
interdisciplinary study and travel. Students will
prepare for and take a trip abroad. Preparation
includes learning about the people and customs
of a specific culture, the nature of cultural
difference, the process of acculturation and the
relationship of this study to the personal
experience of travel.
222
Pluralism in the United States
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D,E)
This course is designed to provide students
with an understanding of life in the pluralistic
society of the United States. Using concepts
grounded in the social sciences as an analytical
framework, the course will develop skills for
moving beyond ethnocentrism to an appreciation
of diversity in society. This framework will be
established through readings, lectures and
exercises derived from a number of different
disciplines: anthropology, African American
studies, history, linguistics, performance studies,
political science, psychology and sociology. The
course focus is further elaborated and explored
through literature, autobiography, essays, films,
journals and theatre.

__________________________ Interdisciplinary Programs and Courses
260, 360, 364
Cooperative Education I, II, IV
(4 credits each)
281
International Research Experience
(1 credit for each week in the field,
with a minimum of 2 credits and a
maximum of 4 credits)
Fall, Spring, Summer
This course is similar to an independent
research project within specific disciplines. It is
designed for students who participate in several
of the university sponsored international projects;
such as the summer travel associated with the
Heinz award or the travel associated with the
ongoing work in Bioko. It is not limited,
however, to such work. Any student who has
developed a significant project and has a faculty
sponsor is eligible for this course.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor (or
faculty sponsor) only.
Instructors are to review the guidelines with
the student and approve the project prior to the
research being undertaken. This is similar to the
procedure for an independent study course.
However, the form for ID 281 must be approved
by the Associate Dean of Internationalization.
362
Cooperative Education III
(8 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Full-time or part-time placement in business,
industry, government, social services, or
education in a position related to the major field.
Integrates work methods, scientific techniques
and instruments and other practical applications
of classroom work with individual academic and
career objectives.
Provides added experiences and responsibilities
in successive work assignments, commensurate
with academic and professional development.
Offers opportunity to explore various career
interests by taking work assignments in more
than one field.
Requires a log of activities and a final report
or other project.
Prerequisites for ID 260: sophomore standing,
completion of two courses in the major field, a
cumulative GPA of 3.0 (may be waived by
permission of the student’s major department),
and permission of the instructor.
For a description of the Cooperative Education
Program, see page 30.
370
Careers for Humanists
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Preparation for entry into the current job
market. Explores career opportunities for
humanities majors. Includes identification of
skills and interests, preparation of resumes and
letters of application, practice in interviewing
strategies and a written internship proposal or
paper on a specific career option.
Prerequisites: humanities major or minor and
senior standing; or special permission of the
adviser.
381
International Experience II
(6 credits)
An upper-level seminar that studies the history,
politics, literature, and/or artistic heritage of a
culture other than that of the United States.
Canadian literature and culture is an approved
topic.
The course has three components: (1) initial
course work on the Glenside campus of Arcadia
University; (2) study tour in a foreign country;
and (3) concluding course work in Glenside. The
culture studied and the thematic focus varies
each time the seminar is offered.
Prerequisite: minimum of junior standing.
233

Interdisciplinary Science ____________________________________
Interdisciplinary Science
Adviser
Professor Mikulski
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Science
Overview
The program in interdisciplinary science provides an opportunity to build a four-year
program on a solid core of courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics.
While this is specifically designed for the optometry and engineering combined
programs it is also particularly valuable for 1) students interested in professional
employment or graduate study in biochemistry, pharmacology, physiology, nutritional
science, immunology, clinical chemistry, or pharmaceutical science; 2) students
interested in preparing for professional careers in dentistry, medicine, osteopathy,
veterinary medicine, or related medically-allied fields; and 3) community college or
junior college transfer students who would like to complete a science major within two
years geared toward a variety of careers.
Study Abroad Option
Interdisciplinary majors are encouraged to spend a semester or year studying overseas.
Exciting opportunities are available through the University’s Center for Education
Abroad and are relatively easy to arrange. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign
universities can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and/or
University-wide requirements. A list of interdisciplinary courses that transfer is available
from the chair of the department. Generally, the sophomore and junior years are the
most convenient time for Arcadia students to study abroad, although the second
semester of the freshmen year and the first semester of the senior year also are
possibilities. Arcadia University has special arrangements with universities or runs its
own programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern
Ireland), Australia, France, Greece, Ireland, Korea, Mexico and New Zealand. Aside
from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than a semester or year on the
Glenside campus. Since it is important that students plan ahead for study abroad, you
should consult with your adviser, and the director for International Services as soon as
possible.
Requirements for the Major*
(68 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128.)
1. Four courses in chemistry:
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
* Course substitutions in keeping with the student’s intended career may be made with the approval of the
program adviser.
234

______________________________________ Interdisciplinary Science
2. Four courses in biology:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 202, 203 Zoology I, II
or
BI 205, 206 Human Anatomy, Human Physiology
3. Two courses in physics:
PH
or
201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
4. One of the following courses in biology or chemistry:
BI 325 Cell Biology
or CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
5. A minimum of four electives in chemistry, physics or biology. Included must be
either BI 390 or CH 390.
6. Two courses in mathematics or computer science.
7. Recommended:
PL/MA 160 Symbolic Logic
PL 320 Philosophy of Science
One year or more of a modern language.
Appropriate mathematics electives.
Courses in science education, for students who plan to teach.
Interior Design: See Fine Arts, page 191.
International Business and Culture: See
Academic Programs with an International Focus, page 94.
International Studies Minor: See Academic Programs
with an International Focus, page 100.
Italian: See page 252.
Japanese: See page 253.
Law: See Pre-Law Program, pp. 281–283.
235

Liberal Studies ____________________________________________
Liberal Studies
Faculty
Associate Professor Church
Assistant Professors Garcia (chair and program coordinator), Pinsky
Instructor Otieno
Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty Development Peters-Davis (adviser)
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies
Overview
The Liberal Studies program is an interdisciplinary course of study that integrates a liberal
arts education across a wide area of study, including, but not limited to the social studies,
and the arts and humanities. The program provides students with the opportunity to shape
an individualized course of study and to integrate academic and career interests. By drawing
connections across disciplines, students gain a broader awareness of the world around them,
and a better understanding of the human condition in contemporary society.
The broad scope of the program allows students the opportunity to choose a wide range of
courses across academic departments in order to understand multiple modes of inquiry and
approaches to knowledge. Students, in conjunction with their adviser, will develop a
cohesive concentrated course of study and a concentration that will allow them to meet
their educational and career goals.
All students majoring in Liberal Studies are required to take four courses specifically
designed for the major. These are LB200: Introduction to Liberal Studies, LB330: Evaluating
Research, LB385: Social Theory and LB390: Capstone Seminar. LB200, 330 and 385 are
prerequisites for LB390.
In order to be accepted into the program, students must complete an application that
includes a short description of why the program meets their needs and an outline of their
intended program of study. All students applying to the Liberal Studies major must have a
current GPA of 2.0 or above. Acceptance to the program is determined by the program
coordinator.
Study Abroad Option
Liberal Studies majors are encouraged to spend time studying overseas. Exciting
opportunities are available through the University’s Center for Education Abroad and are
relatively easy to arrange. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign universities can be
transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and or University wide
requirements. In addition, Arcadia periodically offers ID 181 international experience
courses, which involve on-campus instruction before and after a period of a week or two of
experiential learning in a host country. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is no
greater than a semester or year on the Glenside campus. Since it is important that students
plan ahead for study abroad, you should consult with your adviser, and the Director for
International Services as soon as possible.
236

______________________________________________ Liberal Studies
Requirements for the Liberal Studies Program
General Education Requirements 39
Liberal Studies Requirement 13
Concentration 30–40
Free Electives 28–38
Total Credits: 120
Concentration
Suggested concentrations include social sciences (including sociology, anthropology,
women’s studies, communications and political science), applied social sciences (including
business studies, health administration, sociology, anthropology and communications) and
humanities (including history, English, and theatre, communications and fine arts). Course
must be distributed over the 100, 200 and 300 levels, and across at least two disciplines.
Beyond the four required courses in the concentration will be selected according to
the following guidelines: no more than four 100-level courses and a minimum of six
additional courses selected from among 200 and 300 level courses, three of which must be
300-level courses.
Liberal Studies (LB)
200
Introduction to Liberal Studies
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
The course introduces students to perspectives
on and methods for understanding disciplines in
the Humanities and the Social Sciences,
exploring the ways in which thinking and
writing in different disciplines complement each
other and provides basis for understanding the
nature of being human. Students discover the
nature of learning as an open-ended process
through readings, collaborative discussions, oral
presentations, and written assignments. The
course begins and ends with two questions: What
does it mean to acquire a Liberal Arts Education?
and What is the relationship between a Liberal Arts
Education and an understanding of what it means to
be human? To this end, the readings selected and
the writing assignments included do not provide
definitive answers to these questions but provide
a forum for students to begin exploration
330
Evaluating Research
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Examines the methodologies available for
collecting information in the social sciences,
such as experiments, survey research, field
research, unobtrusive research and evaluative
research and how these methodologies can help
answer questions about society. Students learn to
critically analyze published research findings
through a series of structured exercises,
culminating in a portfolio of written reflections.
237

Liberal Studies ____________________________________________
385
Social Theory
(Also listed as SO385)
(4 credits, day)
(4 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Survey of the contributions of major classical,
modern and post-modern theorists, presented
within their social and historic context.
Considers works of Marx, Weber, Durkheim,
Freud, Parsons, Mead and Goffman, Habermas,
Bourdieu as well as Appadurai, Butler, Hooks,
Foucault, Baudrillard and Haraway and other
theorists. Review critiques and elaboration of the
theories, and assesses their influences on
contemporary thought in the social sciences and
humanities.
238
490
Liberal Studies Capstone: Conversations
on Being Human
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
As the capstone course for the Liberal Studies
Program, this course charts a number of current
conversations on what exactly makes us human.
Students are asked to engage with advanced
material that links recent findings in the natural
and social sciences with those of visual arts,
literature, economics and philosophy. The main
objective of the course is for students to integrate
their own intellectual collegiate experience by
confronting fundamental questions about the
nature of humanity, and critically thinking about
the current answers offered by scientists, scholars
and artists.
Prerequisite: A GPA of 2.0 or higher in the
major, or with permission of the department is
required.
Management, Marketing: See Business Administration
and Economics, page 116.

_______________________________________________ Mathematics
Mathematics
Faculty
Professor Friedler (chair)
Associate Professor Wolff
Assistant Professors Arras, Ortiz, Zheng
Adjunct Professors Bedi, Davidson, Elnick, Elysiani, Garvin, Gredone, Harkins, Miller,
Osifchin, Rodgers, Rouse, Sloan, Starr, Zefelippo
Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
Actuarial Science
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
Actuarial Science
Minors
Mathematics
Statistics
Option
Secondary Education Certification (page 163)
Overview
The program in mathematics is designed to cultivate habits of systematic and
accurate thinking; to increase the understanding and use of mathematics language,
principles and concepts; and to develop skills and techniques needed for the application
of mathematics. The courses provide a background in both pure mathematics and its
applications to allied fields.
Study Abroad Option
The mathematics department encourages students to participate in foreign study. The
spring semester of sophomore year is often the most convenient time for a math major
to study abroad. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign universities can be
transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and or University wide
requirements. Arcadia University has special arrangements with universities or runs its
own programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland),
Australia, Ireland, Mexico and New Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost
usually is no greater than a semester or year on the Glenside campus. Since it is
important that students plan ahead for study abroad, you should consult with your
academic adviser and the Director for International Services as soon as possible.
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
The Bachelor of Arts degree program prepares students for teaching mathematics at
the elementary and secondary school level and, in addition, can serve as a second
major for students specializing in other fields.
239

Mathematics ______________________________________________
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
The Bachelor of Science degree program involves a deeper investigation of both
mathematics and applied sciences and prepares students for graduate study, teaching and
work in programming and research. Career options include business, government and
industry; teaching positions at all levels—elementary through university; and actuary
work.
Actuarial Science Concentration (Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science)
For several years, Arcadia University’s Mathematics Department has prepared
students to pursue careers as actuaries—the highly paid insurance professionals who use
mathematics to quantitatively assess risk. The Department’s actuarial science
concentration is a program within the mathematics major. The program is administered
by Dr. Louis Friedler, an Associate of the Society of Actuaries, and by Dr. Edward
Wolff, a statistician with many years experience preparing students for actuarial careers.
To advance within the field of actuarial science, individuals must pass a series of
exams administered by the Society of Actuaries and the Casualty Actuarial Society.
These exams reflect the importance of both mathematics and business to this career.
Arcadia University’s actuarial concentration offers courses covering the material for the
first two of these new exams:
Exam 1: The Mathematical Foundations of Actuarial Science
Exam 2: Interest Theory, Economics and Finance
It is anticipated that there will be changes to the exam structure in Spring 2005;
Arcadia’s program will be revised to reflect those changes.
Minor in Mathematics
The minor in mathematics is designed to give students majoring in other fields the
minimum number of mathematics courses necessary to do fundamental mathematical
analysis required for positions in the sciences and social sciences.
Minor in Statistics
The minor in statistics provides the necessary background to do statistical analysis in
professional or academic settings involving the collection and study of data. This minor
is not open to mathematics majors.
240

_______________________________________________ Mathematics
Requirements for the Major
(36–52 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
128 credits.)
Common Curriculum for both degree programs
(24 credits as listed below.)
1. Four courses in mathematics:
MA 201,202,203 Calculus I, II, III
MA 221 Linear Algebra
2. CS 201 Problem-Solving with Programming and Algorithms I
3. Completion of a capstone project linked to one of the following four courses:
MA 330, MA343, MA 352.
4. Recommended:
Electives in business administration, physics, chemistry, economics, psychology and
biology.
Electives in computer science.
EN 215 Writing for Careers
Additional Requirements
For the Bachelor of Arts
(16 credits as listed below.)
1. Two courses in mathematics:
MA 302 Introduction to Analysis
MA 322 Abstract Algebra I
MA 341 Probability
2. Two mathematics electives at the 300 level.
For the Bachelor of Science
(32 credits as listed below.)
1. Three courses in mathematics:
MA 302 Introduction to Analysis
MA 322 Abstract Algebra I
MA 341 Probability
2. Three mathematics electives at the 300 level.
3. Two courses in laboratory science:
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
* Students must satisfy the requirements for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science. All BA and EC
courses are three credits each.
241

Mathematics ______________________________________________
Requirements for the Actuarial Science Concentration
(Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science)
1. Required courses
MA 201, 202, 203 Calculus I, II, III
MA 221 Linear Algebra
MA 288 Actuarial Seminar
MA 341 Probability
MA 342 Mathematical Statistics I
MA 361 The Mathematical Theory of Interest
2. Required cognate courses*
BA 380 Principles of Finance
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
EC 216 Intermediate Microeconomics
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
3. Recommended courses
MA 343 Mathematical Statistics II
CS 104 Computer as a Tool
Requirements for the Minor in Mathematics**
(20 credits as listed below.)
1. Four courses in mathematics:
MA 201,202,203 Calculus I, II, III
MA 221 Linear Algebra
2. One course chosen from the following:
MA 302 Introduction to Analysis
MA 322 Abstract Algebra I
MA 341 Probability
Requirements for the Minor in Statistics**
(24 credits as listed below.)
1. Three courses in mathematics:
MA 201,202,203 Calculus I, II, III
2. Three courses in probability and statistics from the following:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 242 Intermediate Methods in Statistics
MA 341 Probability
MA 342, 343 Mathematical Statistics I, II
* Students must satisfy the requirements for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science. All BA and EC
courses are three credits each.
**Students who minor in both mathematics and statistics may only apply MA 201, 202, 203 toward both minors.
242

_______________________________________________ Mathematics
Mathematics (MA)
095
Pre-Algebra (Math Skills)
(0 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D)
Helps students prepare for MA100 through
formal instruction and self-paced computer
tutorial. Basic mathematical skills will be
covered. Topics include operations on whole
numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, ratios,
proportions, signed numbers, areas of geometric
figures, and an introduction to the solution of
linear equations.
100
Elementary/Intermediate Algebra
(2 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
Introduction to the fundamental concepts and
processes of Elementary and Intermediate
Algebra, with an emphasis on problem solving.
This course is geared both to the individual
needing a review of algebra and those attempting
to overcome math anxiety. Topics include
operations with signed numbers, solving and
graphing equations and inequalities, operations
with polynomials, factoring, radicals, exponents,
and quadratic equations.
110
Pre-Calculus Mathematics
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (D,E)
Introduction to basic mathematical ideas and
techniques centered on the function concepts.
Includes relations and functions in general,
algebraic functions, trigonometric functions,
exponential and logarithmic functions.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement exam.
117
Mathematical Concepts I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to algebraic, geometric and
combinatorial problem-solving. Incorporates the
use of relevant technology.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement exam;
open to all majors except math and computer
science.
118
Mathematical Concepts II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation and further development of
topics from MA 117.
Prerequisite: MA 117.
141
Elementary Statistics
(Also listed as PY141)
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
(3 credits)
Summer (E)
Introduction to basic statistical techniques and
their applications to the sciences, social sciences
and business administration. Includes the
collection and presentation of data, measures of
central tendency and variability, probability,
sampling distributions, confidence intervals,
hypothesis testing, correlation and regression and
introduction to analysis of variance. Students
learn to use common computer packages in
statistics.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement exam.
145
Quantitative Models for Decision Making
(Finite Math)
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Study of applications of mathematical
functions, linear equations, linear inequalities,
and matrix algebra to solve business decisionmaking
problems utilizing computer-based
spreadsheets.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement exam.
201
Calculus I
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to basic calculus. Presents limits,
continuity, the derivative, the definite and
indefinite integral, applications.
Prerequisite: MA 110 or placement exam.
243

Mathematics ______________________________________________
202
Calculus II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of MA 201. Investigates further
techniques of one-variable calculus, including
techniques of integration, infinite series.
Prerequisite: MA 201.
203
Calculus III
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of MA 202. Includes multivariable
calculus, and applications.
Prerequisite: MA 202.
207
Applied Calculus I
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Introduction to the concepts and notations of
the calculus of one variable. Includes limits,
continuity, the derivative, the definite and
indefinite integral. Emphasizes applications to
business and economics.
Prerequisite: MA 110 or placement exam; or
permission of the instructor.
Offered in odd years.
208
Applied Calculus II
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Continuation of MA 207. Develops the topics
covered in the first semester. Also introduces
differential equations.
Prerequisite: MA 207 or 201.
Offered in even years.
221
Linear Algebra
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (E), Spring (D)
Intensive study of linear algebra. Includes
essentials of finite-dimensional vector-spaces,
linear transformation, matrix algebra, systems of
linear equations, determinants and linear
programming.
Prerequisite: MA 201; or permission of the
chairperson.
244
230
Discrete Structures
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Introduction to discrete mathematical
structures with applications in computer science.
Includes basic set algebra, functions, Boolean
algebra, propositional logic, graph theory and
trees.
Prerequisite: MA 100
242
Intermediate Methods in Statistics
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
In-depth examination of statistical concepts.
Includes multiple correlation and regression,
analysis of variance, non-parametric statistics,
sampling designs. Emphasizes “real-life”
applications. Provides experience in working with
computer packages in statistics.
Prerequisites: MA/PY 141; or permission of the
instructor.
288
Actuarial Seminar
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
The purpose of this course is to develop
knowledge of the fundamental tools for assessing
risk. The application of these tools to problems
encountered in actuarial science is emphasized. A
thorough command of calculus and probability
topics is assumed. Students will learn the basics
of risk management and risk theory. Students
completing this course will be prepared for the
first actuarial exam.
Prerequisites: MA 201, 202, 203 and MA 341.
302
Introduction to Analysis
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An introduction to the language, fundamental
concepts and standard theorems of real analysis.
Prerequisites: MA 203 and MA 221. Also a
2.0 major GPA is required. However, a 2.20
major GPA is strongly recommended.
Offered in odd years.
Note: This course was formerly called
Advanced Calculus.

_______________________________________________ Mathematics
315
Theory of Computation
(Also listed as CS315)
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
An introduction to the theoretical basis of
computing. Topics include: a review of graph
theory; network models; grammars, languages and
automata; turing machines; computability.
Prerequisite: CS 201 and MA 230 or MA 322
or MA 302.
319
Geometry for Elementary Teachers
(3 credits)
To be announced (E).
Study of basic geometric concepts. Includes
geometric shapes, relations, transformations,
symmetry, congruence, similarity, measurement,
coordinate geometry, formal and informal proof.
Primarily for elementary education majors
interested in mathematics as a concentration.
Not applicable toward the major in mathematics.
Prerequisites: MA 117, 118; or permission of
the instructor.
322
Abstract Algebra I
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Introduction to groups. Emphasizes
developments leading to factor groups and
group homomorphisms. Includes introductory
study of rings and fields. Note: This course was
formerly called Modern Algebra.
Prerequisite: MA 221; or permission of the
instructor. Also a 2.0 major GPA is required.
However, a 2.20 major GPA is strongly
recommended.
Offered in even years.
330
Graph Theory and Combinatories
(4 credits)
(Fall odd years, summer even years)
Graph theory topics include planar graphs,
Euler and Hamiltonian circuits, graph coloring,
trees, depth-first and breadth-first search,
network algorithms. Combinatorial topics include
arrangements and selections, generating
functions, recurrence relations, pigeon-hole
principle, and inclusion-exclusion. Course covers
applications to computer science and business
and also material of interest to
mathematics/secondary education majors.
MA 330 may be used to satisfy the Computer
Science MA 230 requirement.
Prerequisite: MA 221.
331
Modern College Geometry
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Examination of selected topics from Euclidean
and non-Euclidean geometry and projective
geometry. Will introduce current software.
Prerequisite: MA 202; or permission of the
instructor.
332
Topics in Geometry
Not regularly scheduled.
Prerequisite: MA 202; or permission of the
instructor.
341
Probability
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Study of combinatorics, discrete and
continuous random variables of one and two
dimensions, expectations, commonly used
probability models, normal approximation.
Prerequisites: MA 203 (MA 203 may be taken
concurrently with MA 341).
342
Mathematical Statistics I
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
Study of sampling theory, sampling
distribution, confidence intervals, hypothesis
testing and related topics.
Prerequisite: MA 341.
245

Mathematics ______________________________________________
343
Mathematical Statistics II
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of MA 342. Includes analysis of
variance, analysis of covariance, multiple
regression, multivariate methods. Employs the
SAS programming language.
Prerequisite: MA 342.
352
Differential Equations
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
In-depth examination of theory and methods
of solution of differential equations. Includes
computer utilization and applications.
Prerequisite: MA 203.
Offered in odd years.
356
Numerical Analysis
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Mathematical analysis of interpolation
procedures, polynomial approximations,
numerical differentiation and integration.
Includes their applications to computers.
Prerequisites: MA 203, CS 201; or permission
from the instructor.
361
The Mathematical Theory of Interest
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
This course uses a problem-solving approach to
introduce students to the mathematical theory
and practice of interest. Much of the class time
will be spent solving problems similar in scope
and level of difficulty to those in the actuarial
exam on Interest Theory, Economics, and
Finance.
The course will cover the measurement of
interest; equations of value; annuities, yield rates,
amortization schedules and sinking funds; bonds
and other securities; and recent, practical
applications.
Prerequisite: MA 202.
Offered in even years.
389
Independent Study
Individualized study in a selected area.
Suggested topics include real variable
(construction of the real numbers, metric spaces,
properties of Reimann and Lebesque integrals),
topology (introduction to the theory of
topological spaces), advanced topics in graph
theory.
Prerequisites: senior standing and permission of
the chairperson.
Medicine: See Pre-Medical Program, pp. 285–286.
Metals and Jewelry: See Fine Arts, page 191.
246

__________________________________________ Modern Languages
Modern Languages
Faculty
Associate Professor Schweizer (chair)
Assistant Professors Fernandez, Marrero
Adjunct Professors Baki, Bell, Drolsbaugh, Kelly, Segal, Stetser, Wells
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
Minors
French
Spanish
German
Italian
Overview
The programs in modern languages range from a major in Spanish to minors in
Spanish French, Italian, and German, to courses through the intermediate level in
Japanese and American Sign Language. These programs focus on the study of language,
culture, literature and film within each international language group. Students who
pursue a major in Spanish can take advantage of a wide range of courses in language,
culture and literature of Spain and Latin America. Internships in the Hispanic
community in Philadelphia are also available.
Proficiency in a language in addition to English is an increasingly important tool for
a career in business, communications, social services, health care, education or
government. Modern language courses emphasize both language proficiency and cultural
understanding. Fluency and accuracy of language are the bases for effective
communication. At the same time, students relate to cultural input of the language
they are studying through interaction with native speakers and through authentic
written materials. Classes are taught in the target language, and small-group activities
involve students in active learning. Critical thinking is encouraged from the beginning
through advanced film and literature courses.
Students who intend to continue a language studied previously (in high school or
elsewhere) will take a placement inventory and enroll in the course designated by the
department. The completion of the 101–201 level sequence (or its equivalent) is
required for all courses above 201.
The department supports chapters of Sigma Delta Pi, the national Spanish honor
society, and Pi Delta Phi, the national French honor society. Students of Spanish,
French, German, Italian and Japanese are involved in the multicultural community at
Arcadia University in many ways. In addition to participating in the study abroad
programs, they are involved in activities organized by the department, such as Spanish
Club and French Club.
Study Abroad Option
The only truly effective way to learn a language is to spend time in the country
where that language is spoken. Arcadia University sponsors academic year, semester, or
247

Modern Languages _________________________________________
summer programs. Spanish language and culture programs are available in Guadalajara,
Mexico, Toledo and Spain. Three study abroad programs are also available in Italy; in
Florence, Perugia and Rome. The University also collaborates with Hollins College in
offering a semester or academic-year French program in Paris. Arrangements can also be
made to study in Latin America, Canada, Germany, Japan or Korea. For more
information, see the Center for Education Abroad section of this catalog and consult
your adviser.
It is highly desirable that students who major in Spanish to study abroad for a year, a
semester or, minimally, for a summer term.
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
The Bachelor of Arts in Spanish prepares students to communicate in Spanish
through experience in Spanish classes as well as in a Spanish-speaking environment in
a study abroad experience. Students will be familiar with the history and culture of
Spain and Latin America and with issues facing Hispanics in the United States.
Students will have the qualification to enter a teacher certification program, graduate
study, or to enter any profession for which a liberal arts degree is a prerequisite.
Minor in Spanish, French, German or Italian
Students who have completed a minor in a modern language will have facility to
communicate in that language and will be familiar with the cultural nuances that are
essential to working with speakers of those languages.
Requirements for the Major in Spanish
Students with no background in Spanish studies must complete the series Spanish
101/102/201 before entering the major. Students who have a previous knowledge of
Spanish will be placed according to their performance on the Spanish placement
inventory.
Students enrolled in Spanish as a major ordinarily complete 50 percent of the
required courses at and beyond the 200 level at Arcadia University. The senior seminar
and the thesis must be developed under the supervision of a member of Arcadia
University.
Courses taken abroad as part of an international educational experience will be
recognized and accepted for transfer credit provided they are not a repetition of similar
courses taken at Arcadia University. Students must consult with their advisers before
departing and engaging in courses abroad.
It is highly advisable to students majoring in Spanish to spend one full semester or,
at least, one summer session in one of our programs organized and coordinated by CEA.
The major in Spanish offers students two options or concentrations to match the
goals they may have. Each concentration requires a minimum of 40 credits in Spanish
above 201, as outlined on the following pages. SP/ID181 also counts toward the major.
248

__________________________________________ Modern Languages
Spanish Major Option I: Language, Culture and Literature
This option is designed for students interested in developing language skills in the study
of Hispanic literatures and culture. This program is especially recommended for students
interested in pursuing graduate studies. (28 credits as listed below)
SP 202 Intermediate Spanish
SP 185 Spanish Conversation I
or SP 186 Spanish Conversation II*
SP 205 Introduction to Spanish Culture
or SP 206 Introduction to Latin American Culture*
SP 214 Survey of Spanish Literature
or SP 215 Survey of Latin American Literature*
SP 233 Spanish Conversation and Composition
SP 314 Contemporary Spanish Literature
or SP 315 Contemporary Latin American Narrative*
SP 390 Senior Seminar & Project
A minimum of three elective courses (12 credits or more) from the following list, at
least two of which must be at the 200 or 300 level.
SP/ID 181 Mexico
SP 240 Spanish for Medical Careers
SP 241 Spanish for Social Services
SP 242 Spanish for Business
SP 243 Spanish for Law Enforcement Personnel
SP 285 Selected Topics in Spanish
SP 326 The Hispanic World through Film
SP 333 Advanced Spanish Conversation and Composition
ML 370 Career Internship in Modern Languages
SP 385 Special Topics in Spanish
SP 389 Independent Study: Spanish
* If both courses are taken, one will be counted as an elective.
249

Modern Languages _________________________________________
Spanish Major Option II: Language, Culture and
Professional Spanish
This option is designed for students interested in developing language skills in various
professional areas while developing an understanding of Hispanic culture and values.
(32 credits as listed below)
SP 202 Intermediate Spanish
SP 185 Spanish Conversation I
or SP 186 Spanish Conversation II*
SP 205 Introduction to Spanish Culture
or SP 206 Introduction to Latin American Culture*
SP 233 Spanish Conversation and Composition
SP 390 Senior Seminar & Project
Three courses from the following four:
SP 240 Spanish for Medical Careers
SP 241 Spanish for Social Services
SP 242 Spanish for Business
SP 243 Spanish for Law Enforcement Personnel
A minimum of two elective courses (8 credits or more) from the following list, at least
two of which must be at the 200 or 300 level.
SP/ID 181 Mexico
SP 214 Survey of Spanish Literature
SP 215 Survey of Latin American Literature
SP 285 Selected Topics in Spanish
SP 314 Contemporary Spanish Literature
SP 315 Contemporary Latin American Narrative
SP 326 The Hispanic World through Film
SP 333 Advanced Spanish Conversation and Composition
ML 370 Career Internship in Modern Languages
SP 385 Special Topics in Spanish
SP 389 Independent Study: Spanish
Requirements for the Minor in French, German, Italian
or Spanish
A total of 20 credits above the 102 level. (FR 102, GR 102, IT 102 or SP 102 may
not be included in the total of 20.) Students entering at a level higher than 102 should
consult with the department chairperson concerning their course selection for the
minor.
* If both courses are taken, one will be counted as an elective.
250

__________________________________________ Modern Languages
American Sign Language
(AS)
101, 102
Beginning American Sign Language I, II
(3 credits each)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Courses designed to guide students who have
no knowledge of Sign Language to the point
where they can function comfortably in a wide
variety of situations in the Deaf community.
French (FR)
101, 102
Beginning French I, II
(4 credits each)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Courses introduce understanding, speaking,
reading and writing skills. Basic vocabulary and
grammatical structures are studied. At the end of
FR 102 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-low level by ACTFL standards.
Computer assisted practice using state-of-the-art
digital laboratory.
185, 186
French Conversation I, II
(2 credits each)
185 Fall (D), 186 Spring (D)
Conversation in French for students who want
to improve their communication skills in French.
Prerequisite: FR 102 or equivalent.
201
Intermediate French I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Course continues practice in listening,
conversation, reading and writing in French. At
the end of FR 201 students are expected to
advance to an intermediate-mid level by ACTFL
standards. Computer assisted practice using stateof-the-art
digital laboratory.
Prerequisite: FR 102 or equivalent.
202
Intermediate French II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Course designed to further develop students’
language proficiency. At the end of FR 202
students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-high or advanced level by ACTFL
standards. Cultural knowledge is advanced
through more advanced reading, listening,
speaking and writing exercises. Computer assisted
practice using state-of-the-art digital laboratory.
214
Etude de Textes français: contes, theatre
et romans
(Readings in French)
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Advanced readings in French and Francophile
literature. Includes at least one full-length work
of fiction or theatre.
Prerequisites: FR 202 or equivalent.
226
Le Français et la culture ā travers le
cinéma
(Advanced French thru Cinema)
(4 credits)
To be announced.
Course designed to further develop student’s
language proficiency thru the use of
contemporary French films. Through watching
and critical analysis of films, students will
improve their listening, oral and writing skills
while getting a sense of some of the important
features that are particular to French culture.
Prerequisite: FR 202 or equivalent.
285
Divers textes français sur l’histoire, la
culture et les arts
(Selected Topics in French)
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced.
Exploration of selected topics such as French
civilization: history, geography, literature, art and
culture. Topics vary according to student and
faculty interests.
Prerequisite: FR 202 or equivalent.
May be elected for more than one topic.
251

Modern Languages _________________________________________
385
Mouvements litéraires contemporains
(French Literary Movements)
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced.
In-depth study of major figures, works and/or
movements in French or French African
literature or film, such as Avant-Garde French
Fiction, L’Afrique Noire Contemporaine,
Contemporary Poetry, French Feminist Writers or
New French Cinema. Topics vary according to
student and faculty interests.
Prerequisite: FR 210 or equivalent.
May be elected for more than one topic.
389
Independent Study: French
In-depth study of an author, movement, genre,
or theme.
Prerequisites: junior standing, a minimum GPA
of 3.0.
German (GM)
101, 102
Beginning German I, II
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D), 102 Spring (D)
Introductory course in German. Provides
training in understanding, speaking, reading and
writing German through use of culturallyoriented
materials. At the end of GM 102
students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-low level according to ACTFL
standards. Computer assisted practice using stateof-the-art
digital laboratory.
201
Intermediate German I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continued practice in German conversation,
reading and writing. Focuses on language and
cultural understanding. At the end of GM 201
students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-mid level according to ACTFL
standards. Audio cds and videos complement
program.
Prerequisite: GM 102 or equivalent.
252
202
Intermediate German II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Continuation of Intermediate German I with
class discussions based on reading of
contemporary material. Geared to increase
cultural understanding and to work on
troublesome language issues. At the end of
GM202 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-high level according to ACTFL
standards. Audio cds and videos included in
program.
Prerequisite: GM 201 or equivalent.
285
Sonderthemen auf Deutsch
(Special Topics in German
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced
Exploration of selected topics such as German
civilization: history, geography, literature, art and
culture. Topics vary according to student and
faculty interests.
Prerequisite: GM 202 or equivalent level.
Italian (IT)
101, 102
Beginning Italian I, II
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D) Spring (D), 102 Fall (D) Spring (D)
Courses introduce understanding, speaking,
reading and writing skills. Basic vocabulary and
grammatical structures are studied. At the end of
IT 102 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-low level by ACTFL standards.
Computer assisted practice using state-of-the-art
digital laboratory.
185
Italian Conversation and Diction
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Conversation in Italian for students who wish
to improve their conversational Italian as well as
expand their knowledge of Italian culture by
analyzing current issues and situations of Italian
society.
Prerequisite: IT 102.

__________________________________________ Modern Languages
201
Intermediate Italian I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Course continues practice in listening,
conversation, reading and writing in Italian while
presenting advanced grammatical structures. At
the end of IT 201 students are expected to
advance to an intermediate-mid level by ACTFL
standards. Computer assisted practice using stateof-the-art
digital laboratory.
Prerequisite: IT 102 or equivalent.
202
Intermediate Italian II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Capstone course designed to further develop
students’ language proficiency while reviewing all
Italian grammatical structure. At the end of
IT202 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-high or advanced level by ACTFL
standards. Cultural knowledge is advanced
through more advanced reading, listening,
speaking and writing exercises.
Prerequisite: IT 201 or equivalent.
214
Introduzione alla letteratura italiana
(Introduction to Italian Literature)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Introductory course in reading and interpreting
Italian. The course provides students with the
necessary knowledge to analyze narrative and
poetry of the main movements of Italian literary
tradition through selections of each genre.
Prerequisite: IT 202 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
226
Lingua e cultura nel cinema italiano
(Italian Language and Culture through
Cinema)
(4 credits)
To be announced
A view of Italian language and culture through
contemporary Italian films. Italian society as
represented by the most prominent Italian
directors in the cinema.
Prerequisite: IT 202 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
285
Corsi avanzati in cultura e letteratura
italiana
(Special Topics in Italian)
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced
Exploration of selected topics such as Italian
civilization: history, geography, literature, art and
culture. Topics vary according to student and
faculty interests.
Prerequisite: IT 202 or equivalent.
Japanese (JA)
101, 102
Beginning Japanese I, II
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D), 102 Spring (D)
Conversation-based introduction to Japanese:
grammar, comprehension, pronunciation and
vocabulary. Includes individual work with cds
and audio cassettes and an introduction to the
Japanese writing system. Computer assisted
practice for writing systems using state-of-the-art
digital laboratory for writing system. Introduction
of Japanese culture.
201
Intermediate Japanese I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Intermediate Japanese, following the same
basic procedures as the two Beginning Japanese
courses. Continued work on spoken Japanese
with increased focus on reading and writing.
Learning of Kanji borrowed from China, will
increase greatly. Computer assisted practice using
state-of-the-art digital laboratory.
Prerequisites: JA 102 or equivalent
202
Intermediate Japanese II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Course emphasizes a working knowledge of
everyday business conversation in Japanese. It
includes lessons on current Japanese culture to
promote an understanding of the new Japan.
Viewing of videos and computer assisted practice
using state-of-the-art digital laboratory.
Prerequisite: JA 201
253

Modern Languages _________________________________________
Spanish (SP)
101, 102
Beginning Spanish I, II
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D,E) Spring (D),
102 Fall (D) Spring (D,E)
Courses introduce understanding, speaking,
reading and writing skills. Basic vocabulary and
grammatical structures are studied. At the end of
SP 102 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-low level by ACTFL standards.
Computer assisted practice using state-of-the-art
digital laboratory.
181
US/Mexico
(Also listed as ID181)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
An introduction to culture and history of
Mexico. Course consists of on-campus study
coupled with a two-week study/travel experience
in Mexico at the end of the semester. In
collaboration with the Center for Education
Abroad and Universidad Autónoma de
Guadalajara, Mexico.
Prerequisite: SP 102 or equivalent.
185, 186
Spanish Conversation I, II
(2 credits each)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In this course students will develop their oral
and listening skills through conversation practice,
and listening to videos and compact disks on
diverse topics. The course will combine oral
presentations, conversations and class discussions
with the use of audio visual materials and/or
computer software.
Prerequisite: SP 102 or equivalent.
201
Intermediate Spanish I
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Course continues practice in listening,
conversation, reading and writing in Spanish
while presenting advanced grammatical
structures. At the end of SP 201 students are
expected to advance to an intermediate-mid level
by ACTFL standards. Computer assisted practice
using state-of-the-art digital laboratory.
Prerequisite: SP 102 or equivalent.
254
202
Intermediate Spanish II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Capstone course designed to further develop
students’ language proficiency while reviewing all
Spanish grammatical structure. At the end of
SP 202 students are expected to advance to an
intermediate-high or advanced level by ACTFL
standards. Cultural knowledge is advanced
through more advanced reading, listening,
speaking and writing activities.
Prerequisite: SP 201 or equivalent.
205
Introducción a la cultura espan¯ola
(Introduction to Spanish Culture)
(4 credits)
To be announced
An introduction to the history and culture of
Spain, with focus on those elements that
constitute the foundation of modern Spanish
society.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent.
206
Introducción a la cultura latinoamericana
(Introduction to Latin-American Culture)
(4 credits)
To be announced
A survey of the history and foundations of
Latin American culture divided into Pre-
Colombian, Colonial and Modern units.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent.
214
Panorama general de la literatura espan¯ola
(Survey of Spanish Literature)
(4 credits)
To be announced
An introduction to Spanish narrative, drama,
and poetry from their medieval multicultural
origins and their Golden Age through their more
experimental tendencies over the last three
centuries.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent.
215
Panorama general de la literatura
latinoamericana
(Survey of Latin American Literature)
(4 credits)
To be announced
A survey of representative literature from the
colonial period up to the present. Readings

__________________________________________ Modern Languages
include selections from the periods of the
Spanish chronicles and move through 19 th and
20 th century literature.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent.
233
Conversación y composición en espan¯ol
(Spanish Conversation and Composition)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Course designed to stimulate the fluent and
spontaneous use of spoken and written Spanish.
Thematic vocabulary building and review of
linguistic structures included.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
240
Espan¯ol para profesionales de la medicina
(Spanish for Medical Careers)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Focus the Spanish needed for clinical,
administrative, and out-patient work in health
care. Thematic vocabulary building, discussion of
particular needs and expectations of the Hispanic
community, and alternative medicine included.
Role playing and practice in oral and written
Spanish with recordings and computer programs.
Prerequisite: SP 201 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
241
Espan¯ol para las cienciss sociales
(Spanish for Social Services)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Course designed to explore the social,
sociological, and psychological issues relevant to
Hispanic population through articles, film, and
books. Course focuses on developing vocabulary
and communicative skills.
Prerequisite: SP 201 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
242
Espan¯ol para negocios
(Spanish for Business)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Course designed to provide students with a
foundation in business vocabulary, and to orient
the functional use of Spanish to the world of
business from a Hispanic cultural perspective.
Prerequisite: SP 201 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
243
Espan¯ol para profesionales de la justicia
(Spanish for Law Enforcement Personnel)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Intensive conversational Spanish for law
enforcement personnel, safety workers, correction
officers, firefighters and court officers.
Prerequisite: SP 201 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
285
Tópicos especiales en espan¯ol
(Selected Topics in Spanish)
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced.
Exploration of selected topics such as Spanish
or Latin American civilization: history,
geography, literature, art and culture. Topics vary
according to student and faculty interests.
May be elected for more than one topic.
Prerequisite: SP 202 or equivalent or
departmental permission.
314
Literatura espan¯ola contemporanea
(Contemporary Spanish Literature)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Study of representative contemporary Spanish
writers through selected works. Writers include
Unamuno, Baroja, Machado, Valle Inclán,
Ortega y Gasset, Garcia Lorca, Cela, Laforet and
other laureate writers.
Prerequisite: SP 214 or SP 215.
315
Literatura latinoamericana contemporanea
(Contemporary Latin American Literature)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Study of literary works by the most
representative contemporary Latin American
writers. Course includes authors such as Borges,
Cortazar, Rulfo, Fuentes, Vargas Llosa, Garcia
Marquez and others.
Prerequisite: SP 214 or SP 215.
255

Modern Languages _________________________________________
326
El mundo hispano a través del cine
(The Hispanic World Through Film)
(4 credits)
To be announced
A view of the diverse Hispanic world as seen
through representative Spanish language films
from Spain and Latin America. Through critical
and creative analyses, students will get a sense of
some of the important features that are
particularly Hispanic in nature and how they
relate to universal themes.
Prerequisite: At least one course beyond SP
202.
333
Conversación y composicion Avanzada en
espan¯ol
(Advanced Spanish Conversation and
Composition)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Intensive writing course with a conversational
component designed for students with an
intermediate mid to high level of Spanish. It
focuses on the four major modes of writing:
Descriptive, narration, exposition, and argument.
Prerequisite: SP 233
385
Tópicos especiales en espan¯ol
(Special Topics in Spanish)
(2 or 4 credits)
To be announced.
In-depth study of Spanish language or
literature. Major figures, works and/or movements
in Spanish or Latin American literature:
Contemporary Spanish Poetry, the Latin
American Literary Boom, Mexican Women
Writers, the Hispanic World Through Film or
Advanced Conversation and Composition.
Topics vary according to student and faculty
interests.
Prerequisite: Permission of adviser/instructor.
May be elected for more than one topic.
389
Estudio independiente en espan¯ol
(Independent Study: Spanish)
In-depth study of an author, movement, genre,
or theme.
Prerequisites: junior standing, a minimum GPA
of 3.0 and permission of the chair.
256
390
Seminario para Seniors
(Senior Seminar)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Capstone mandatory course for senior Spanish
majors, exploring issues in the Hispanic world,
both inside and outside the United States, as
related to questions of literature and culture.
Students integrate the material learned through
the undergraduate years. Seminar format,
culminating in a project (spring, 2 credits)
approved by the instructor.
Prerequisite: senior standing
Modern Languages (ML)
370
Career Internship in Modern Languages
To be announced
Placement which involves satisfactory
completion of a semester-long, part-time
internship appropriate to a career involving
proficiency in at least one modern language.
Requires a minimum of 135–140 hours of work.
May serve as an elective toward the major or
minor in Spanish or the minor in French.
Prerequisites: junior standing and permission of
the chairperson.
371
International Internship in Business
and Culture
(Also listed as BA371)
(3 credits)
To be announced
Part-time placement (typically 8 to 12 hours
per week for 10 weeks) designed to have the
student apply academic concepts in an
international work environment. Placements may
be arranged by the Career Services Office, the
student, and/or the department chairperson.
Placements frequently are in volunteer
organizations with the intern typically placed in
a department related to the major or
concentration. Internships may be done at ones
full-time or part-time employment work site. The
intern also writes a term paper which is related
to the internship. ID 260 may be substituted for
this course.
Prerequisites: BA 340, 369, 380, junior or
senior standing in accounting or business
administration, and permission of the
chairperson.

_____________________________________________________ Music
Music
Faculty
Associate Professor Frabizio (chair)
Adjunct Professors Conlan, Etkins, Evert, Gaspero, Heifitz, Iatarola, Kay, Kleiman,
MacAvoy, Mennella, Mottola, Murphy, Stefano, Thompson, Vinci, Wright
Minor
Music
Related Graduate Study Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Education with a Concentration in Music
Master of Arts in Humanities with a Concentration in Fine Arts, Theatre and Music
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The department provides a variety of coursework and performance study options in
order to meet the needs of those who may be considering a career in music and/or may
be planning to enter graduate programs in the profession. Students pursue the necessary
skills and competencies through a carefully planned series of foundation and upper-level
courses, tutorials and independent studies. It is recommended that students take at least
six semesters (or the equivalent) of performance study (applied music) in a chosen area
of performance. Even if the student’s primary medium of performance is other than the
piano or general keyboards, or if he or she intends to pursue a program in musicology, it
is recommended that practical piano skills be attained. Students with a strong interest
in music who wish more than a minor may want to pursue an individualized major, the
criteria for which can be found on page 65.
The minor in music is designed to complement a liberal arts education through the
aesthetic enjoyment of all phases of music. Course work includes basic materials in
music, performance techniques, theoretical and historical aspects of the musical arts,
and the general perspective of music within the context of historical and social
implications.
Study Abroad Option
Students are strongly encouraged to participate in any of the study abroad programs
offered by the Arcadia University Center for Education Abroad. With prior approval,
courses taken at foreign universities can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general
education, major field, and or University wide requirements. Arcadia University has
special arrangements with universities or runs its own programs in the United Kingdom
(England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland), Australia, Ireland, Mexico and New
Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than a semester or
year on the Glenside campus. Since it is important that students plan ahead for study
abroad, you should consult with your academic adviser and the Director for
International Services as soon as possible.
257

Music ___________________________________________________
Requirements for the Minor
(24 credits as listed below.)
1. Four courses in music:
MU 101 Introduction to Reading and Writing Music
MU 102 Songwriting, Melody, Harmony, Arranging and Composing
Music (or the equivalent)
MU 151 The Enjoyment of Music
or MU 205 Music in History I
MU 204 The Symphony
or MU 206 Music in History II
2. Four credits (or the equivalent) of performance study in any instrument(s) or voice.
3. One music electives at the 300 level.
Music (MU)
101
Introduction to Reading and Writing
Music
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
An elementary course in the elements and
fundamentals of music, stressing practical
application of clefs, scales, keys, rhythms and
meters, chords, and a functional knowledge of
the general field of music. Includes the nature
and organization of various kinds of performing
groups, the business of music, and copyright and
publishing aspects. No prior knowledge of music
is necessary.
102
Songwriting, Melody, Harmony, Arranging
and Composing Music
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Review of music fundamentals, stressing
harmonic procedures from a practical and
functional point of view. Emphasizes use of
chords and chord progressions and includes
creative work at individual levels of interest and
competency.
Prerequisite: MU 101 or the equivalent with
permission of the instructor.
258
141
Survey of Jazz
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Chronological survey of jazz as an art form
from its origins to the present, with special
emphasis on stylistic tendencies, performers,
composers, arrangers and social implications.
Intended to enhance the appreciation of jazz and
to consider the perspective of specific social and
economic conditions which influenced the
development of styles and trends.
151
The Enjoyment of Music
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (E)
A study of masterworks in music and
composers from the earliest times to the present
day. Doctrines of taste and listening techniques
are emphasized along with the background of
social and political events of each historical
period.

_____________________________________________________ Music
159
Performance Study (Applied Music)
(1 credit)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
Applied music, private instruction, is offered
for piano, voice, guitar, and all orchestral, band
and jazz instruments.
Students interested in music lessons for credit
must take a weekly one-hour lesson. Those
interested in non-credit lessons may take either a
weekly one-hour or half-hour lesson. Applied
music also may be pursued during summer
session, providing that the proper number of
hours are completed. Students will be billed a
performance music fee above regular tuition cost.
May be taken more than once for credit.
160
Contemporary and Pop Chorus
(1 credit)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
A performance course designed for students
interested in singing in a variety of contemporary
musical styles. Students will be given an
opportunity to identify and perform jazz, rock,
pop, world and gospel music in a group setting.
In addition, students will be taught basic
principles of music along with music reading
skills. There is no performance music fee for this
course.
May be taken more than once for credit.
161
Contemporary Band and Orchestra
(1 credit)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
A performance course designed for students
interested in playing their instruments in a
variety of contemporary musical styles. As the
instrumentation of the ensemble may vary, pieces
are chosen which will showcase the particular
instruments present in a given semester. Students
will be instructed in sight-reading, blending as a
group, musical styles and performance practices.
There is no performance music fee for this
course.
May be taken more than once for credit.
164 Beginning Class Guitar
165 Elementary Class Guitar
166 Intermediate Class Guitar
167 Advanced Class Guitar
(2 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
A simple and straightforward approach to
preparing music and performing on guitar.
Technique, theory, ear training, reading,
repertoire, improvisation, musical idioms,
composition, and interpretation will be included
in practical application. A course designed to
enhance the musical skills and perspective of the
student. Creative and practical use of the
materials necessary for performance on the guitar
will be explored.
Prerequisite: None for MU 164, but students
must have the skill and knowledge of each
preceding segment for entrance into the next
level, or permission of the instructor.
203
Symphonic Literature and Repertoire
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
A comprehensive study of composers and
masterworks in the orchestral idiom from the
18th century to the present, with special
emphasis on style, structure and doctrines of
taste. This course is intended to encourage an
understanding of orchestral music in sufficient
depth to permit individuals to pursue an interest
in this field and to acquaint students with
symphonic masterworks.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years. (Students
may not take both MU 203 and MU 204.)
204
The Symphony
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the development of symphonic
orchestral music from its origins to the present.
Includes the study of significant composers,
symphonies and various styles of music.
Encourages perceptive listening to the standard
repertoire and is designed to develop a lasting
understanding of concert music.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years. (Students
may not take both MU 203 and MU 204.)
259

Music ___________________________________________________
205
Music in History I
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of music in history from ancient times
to the end of the 18th century. Emphasizes
significant developments in music against the
background of historical events having impact on
the arts of the times. No prior knowledge of
music is necessary.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
206
Music in History II
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
A chronological study of developments in
music from the 18th century to the present.
Includes significant composer, masterworks,
characteristics of style and important social,
political and economic factors having an
influence on music and the allied arts. No prior
knowledge of music is necessary.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
215
Broadway Musicals
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Survey course tracing the development of
musicals from the early 20th century to the
present. Studies include the evolution of various
styles, important composers, librettists and
lyricists, and common performance practices.
Considering significant social trends as they
impact on this art form enhances perspective.
This course is designed to acquaint students
with the elements of this kind of drama with
music and to enhance aesthetic pleasure through
enlightened observation and timely indulgence.
No prior knowledge of music is necessary.
260
307
Survey of Opera
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Summer (E)
A comprehensive study of the evolution of
opera from its beginning to the present. This
course is designed to enhance the study of
dramatic music as a total art form and to
acquaint students with the significance and
intrinsic values of opera against the background
of social change. Includes the detailed study of
significant composers and operas; and the music,
plots, characters and musical themes related to
each.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
308
20th Century Music
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Detailed study of the composers, trends, styles
and techniques in music beginning with the
breakaway from the Romanticism of the 19th
century until the present. Special consideration is
given to various philosophies, aesthetics and
performance media. Fundamental concepts of
music appreciation and listening technique are
stressed, in order to further the understanding of
contemporary music through a study of recent
experiments and the social changes which have
given rise to them.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
310
Survey of Music in America
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
A comprehensive survey of American music
from primitive times until the present.
Emphasizes contributions of American composers,
performers, conductors and musicologists, through
a wide variety of musical examples presented in
perspective with social implications.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.

_____________________________________________________ Music
341
Swing and the Big Bands
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Summer
The comprehensive study of the Swing Era
and the Big Bands from the roaring twenties,
through the great depression and World War II.
An emphasis is placed on the music and those
who created it, against the background of the
social economic and political aspects of the
times, and the technological developments that
contributed to the spread of the art form.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
374
Music in the Classical Period
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
The music of Mozart, Haydn, Beethoven and
their contemporaries. A thorough study of 18th
century styles and masterworks in every genre,
with special emphasis on the lives and times of
the composers. This course stresses techniques of
listening and doctrines of taste unique to the
music of the Age of Enlightenment and
Revolution.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
375
Modern Arranging Seminar I
(4 credits)
Fall (E), Summer
The comprehensive study and practical
application of existing and original materials for
various kinds of professional and schoolperforming
organizations. A course designed to
acquaint students with the art of arranging in
order to enhance their skills and perspective in
the creative utilization of functional materials for
practical use.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
376
Seminar in Composition I
(4 credits)
Spring (E), Summer
Seminar in creative work in the various
techniques, devices, and methods of organization
employed in the art of composition. A course
designed to acquaint the students with the
various organizational styles of composing music,
with the general objective of having them
develop choices of their own in order to establish
unique compositional languages.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
389
Independent Study
(4 credits)
Fall, Spring, Summer
Individualized study guided by a member of
the faculty and reviewed by two professors, one
of whom must be from outside the discipline of
music. Scholarly research, creativity and
interdisciplinary subjects are encouraged.
Frequent consultations and a final paper are
required.
A fundamental knowledge of music is
presumed and departmental approval is
prerequisite.
Nursing: See Pre-Nursing Program, pp. 286–287.
261

Optometry—Combined Program ______________________________
Optometry—Combined Program
Adviser
Professor Mikulski
Degree Programs
Seven-year program leading to either of these:
Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Science
Doctor of Optometry (in cooperation with Pennsylvania College of Optometry)
Overview
The program in optometry is an accelerated seven-year plan in association with the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry (PCO). Students complete the first three years at
Arcadia University and the remaining four years at PCO. Upon completion of the first
professional year at PCO, the Bachelor of Arts degree in interdisciplinary science is
granted from Arcadia University; upon successful completion of the full program at
PCO, the Doctor of Optometry degree is awarded from PCO.
The curriculum is designed so that core requirements and all but one course required
for the major in interdisciplinary science can be completed in three years. (The final
course will be completed during the first year at PCO.) Since the Optometry program is
very concentrated, students should consider attending at least one summer school
session. This may enable them to add CH 203: Equilibrium and Analysis, a normal
prerequisite for CH 303: Biochemistry and/or MA 202: Calculus II, a normal prerequisite
for PH 212: Conceptual Physics II. If, however, at the end of three years, students
should decide not to continue in the program, they can complete a major in either
biology, chemistry, or interdisciplinary science in their senior year at Arcadia
University.
Students apply for admission to the program during their junior or senior year and
are selected by a joint PCO/Arcadia University committee. Four places in each
professional year’s class at PCO are reserved for qualified Arcadia University students.
Requirements for the Combined Program
(96 credits at Arcadia University; four years at PCO.)
1. Freshman year:
Fall
BI 101 General Biology I
CH 101 Modern Chemical Concepts I
EN 101 Thought and Expression I
MA 201 Calculus I
262
Spring
BI 102 General Biology II
CH 102 Modern Chemical Concepts II
EN 102 Thought and Expression II
General education requirements

_______________________________ Optometry—Combined Program
2. Sophomore year:
Fall
BI 205 Human Anatomy
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
PH 211 Conceptual Physics I
General education requirements
Spring
BI 206 Human Physiology
CH 202 Organic Chemistry II: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
PH 212 Conceptual Physics II
3. Junior year:
Fall
BI 204 Genetics
BI 325 Cell Biology
PY 101 General Psychology
General education requirements
Spring
CH 303 Biochemistry
BI 323 Microbiology
General education requirements
4. Four years at PCO.
Options
If students choose to remain at Arcadia University for the senior year, they may
choose one of these options:
• To complete a biology major consult with the chairperson of the Biology
department.
• Complete a chemistry major with CH 203: Equilibrium and Analysis and one
elective in chemistry; then take 24 elective credits.
• Complete an interdisciplinary science major with at least one additional
chemistry, physics or biology course and elective credits to total 32.
Painting: See Fine Arts, page 191.
263

Philosophy and Religion ____________________________________
Philosophy and Religion
Faculty
Professor O’Connor (chair)
Assistant Professor Arras
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
Minors
Philosophy
Religion
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in Humanities with a Concentration in History, Philosophy and
Religion
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The program in philosophy offers a balanced introduction to philosophy as both a
theoretical and applied discipline. Effort is made to show the relationships of
philosophical thought to art, education, history, literature, mathematics, religion, and
science, and to problems of current concerns. The department attempts to be of service
to students in other fields and the course offerings are arranged with this in mind.
Traditionally, the primary vocational choice for philosophy majors is graduate school,
leading to teaching at the college level. A major in philosophy is also of value to
students whose vocational choices require the ability to deal with concepts and to
evaluate competing ideas objectively, such as law, journalism, diplomacy, civil service,
or management.
The program in religion is based on a widely-accepted, two-fold definition of religion:
“religion” as an organized belief, practice, or institution; and “religion” as ultimate
concern, which is the fundamental basis of all reality, giving meaning to life out of
personal conviction and commitment. All facets of the program offer opportunities for
academic as well as personal exploration of religion on the level of ultimate concern.
Study Abroad Option
Philosophy majors are encouraged to spend a semester or year studying overseas.
Exciting opportunities are available through the University’s Center for Education
Abroad and are relatively easy to arrange. With prior approval, courses taken at foreign
universities can be transferred to Arcadia to fulfill general education, major field, and/or
University-wide requirements. A list of philosophy and religion courses that transfer is
available from the chair of the department. Generally, the sophomore and junior years
are the most convenient time for Arcadia students to study abroad, although the second
semester of the freshman year and the first semester of the senior year also are
possibilities. Arcadia University has special arrangements with universities or runs its
own programs in the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern
Ireland), Australia, France, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Korea, Mexico, Spain and New
264

______________________________________ Philosophy and Religion
Zealand. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than a semester or
year on the Glenside campus. Since it is important that students plan ahead for study
abroad, you should consult with your adviser as soon as possible, and make your
intentions known to the Philosophy and Religion department chair and the director for
International Services.
Requirements for the Major in Philosophy
(32 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128.)
Eight courses in philosophy:
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
PL 155 Applied Logic
or PL 160 Symbolic Logic
PL 175 Ethics
PL 308 The Greek Mind
PL 310 20th Century Philosophy
PL 399 Senior Project
Two philosophy electives.
Requirements for the Minor in Philosophy
(20 credits as listed below.)
Five courses in philosophy:
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
Four philosophy electives, chosen by the department on the basis of individual
interests and needs.
Requirements for the Minor in Religion
(20 credits as listed below.)
1. Five courses, chosen in consultation with the department chairperson, appropriate to
individual academic major and vocational interests.
2. Recommended:
RE 113 Contemporary Religious Problems
RE 115 Understanding the Old Testament
RE 116 Jesus and His Contemporaries: Understanding the New
Testament
Courses involving interdisciplinary work in religion and the humanities, religion and
social science, or religion and natural science.
265

Philosophy and Religion ____________________________________
Philosophy (PL)
150
Introduction to Philosophy
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to the methods of philosophical
inquiry. Includes the nature of knowledge,
theories of reality and human nature, freedom
and determinism, and the status of values.
Incorporates lecture and discussion.
155
Applied Logic
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the principles and strategies of
reasoning drawn from informal logic and
problem-solving. Includes methods of problem
representation, decision making, fallacies,
argument construction and evaluation.
Incorporates lecture, discussion and practice in
techniques.
160
Symbolic Logic
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), To be announced (E)
Study of symbolic logic from sentential logic
to the logic of quantifiers and relations.
Introduces truth tables, truth trees, natural
deduction, elementary theorems of consistency
and completeness. Includes lecture, discussion
and extensive practice exercises in pertinent
techniques.
165
Occupational Ethics
(3 credits)
Fall (E), Spring (E)
Consideration of the role of values and ethical
principles in the workplace. Includes general
issues of business practice (for example, corporate
responsibility, truth in advertising, treatment of
employees) and also issues raised by some specific
professional practices, especially health care
professions (for example, regulation by codes,
ideas of informed consent, allocation of scarce
resources, confidentiality).
266
175
Ethics
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Examination of theories of the nature,
function and ground of moral judgment through
the works of such philosophers as Aristotle,
Hume, Mill and Kant. Includes contemporary
value conflicts (e.g., capital punishment,
abortion, truth telling). Incorporates lecture and
discussion.
223
Philosophy in Literature
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of basic philosophical issues as expressed
in significant works of literature. Includes such
leading figures of the 19th and 20th centuries as
Nietzsche, Santayana, Kierkegaard, Sartre, Camus
and others.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
245
Political Thought
(Also listed as PS 245)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of political theory through the classic
writings of Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, Marx, Rawls and
others. Includes rights, the public interest, social
contract, liberty, equality and justice.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
275
Ethics in Film
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
An exploration of how all the basic ethical
perspectives, such as egoism, relativism,
utilitarianism, deontology, and virtue theory, can
be found in and illustrated by films. Some
specific ethical dilemma paradigms, such as truth
versus loyalty, individual versus community,
justice versus mercy, will be examined. About
twelve films will be assigned, some to be viewed
in class and some out of class. Students will do a
mid-term and a final exam, two formal papers
and other informal writing.

______________________________________ Philosophy and Religion
308
The Greek Mind
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Overview of the roots of Western philosophy
from the pre-Socratic period through Socrates,
Plato, Aristotle and leading Hellenistic thinkers.
Incorporates lecture and discussion.
Offered in 2005 and every third year.
309
Modern Philosophy
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of philosophy from the 17th through
the 19th centuries, from Bacon to Nietzsche.
Includes the responses to the scientific
revolution, the roots of rationalism and
empiricism and the romantic reaction of the
19th century.
Offered in 2006 and every third year.
310
20th Century Philosophy
Not regularly scheduled.
320
Philosophy of Science
Not regularly scheduled.
330
Understanding, Knowledge and the Mind
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of theories of knowledge (skepticism,
rationalism, empiricism, pragmatism), of theories
of mind (dualist, materialist, functionalist) and
associated concepts such as action, thinking,
representation and consciousness. Presents
readings from both classic and contemporary
sources.
Prerequisite: junior standing.
Offered in 2007 and every third year.
389
Independent Study
Research project on a major philosopher
selected according to individual interests and
needs. Provides direction in critical, analytical,
argumentative and creative approaches.
Prerequisites: four courses in philosophy and
permission of the instructor.
399
Senior Project
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Independent study of major works selected
from classical and contemporary philosophies.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Philosophy
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not necessarily
every year) through the Arcadia
University Center for Education Abroad.
Each is approved for undergraduate credit
for Arcadia students. The Center’s
catalogs list other courses that may be
transferable, provided that approval is
secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G327
Philosophy of Ancient Greece
and Translation
This course provides an overview of the roots
of western civilization by examining
representative philosophical texts from the pre-
Socratic period through Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and other leading Hellenistic thinkers. This
course deals with a selection of their writings,
covering the fields of ethics, politics,
epistemology and metaphysics.
267

Philosophy and Religion ____________________________________
Religion (RE)
101
Exploring Religion
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Systematic approach to the diversity and
significance of religion. Explores what religion is
and how it is studied. Considers myth, ritual,
belief, scripture, art and the spectrum of the
world’s religions. Investigates issues such as the
problem of God, death and last things, evil and
suffering, paths to salvation, religion and group
identity, and religion and technology.
113
Contemporary Religious Problems
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduction to religious ethics using resources
of theology, natural and social sciences in seeking
solutions to contemporary dilemmas of personal
life and society. Explores specific problems
determined by interests of the class. Possible
topics include sexual conduct, abortion, racial,
ethnic and sexist prejudice, employment, business
and medical ethics, pacifism and future religion.
114
Living Religions of the World
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Introduction to religion in prehistoric and
primitive cultures. Studies the major non-western
religions of the Near East and the Far East, with
special attention to origins and development,
beliefs, ethical standards and ritual practice.
Includes lectures, discussion and individual
research.
115
Understanding the Old Testament
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
A study of the Hebrew Scriptures through
assigned readings in the English translation of
the Old Testament. Class lectures and discussions
will emphasize understanding of the text in the
context of the historical background as well as
the genre of literature in which each individual
book was written. A summary review of the
content and basic intent of each book will be
considered as well as its placement in the whole
collection of books traditionally accepted as the
Old Testament.
268
116
Jesus and His Contemporaries:
Understanding the New Testament
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Exploration of the birth of Christianity out of
ancient Judaism against the background of
Roman government and Hellenistic culture.
Views the New Testament as a set of attempts to
evaluate the impact of Jesus of Nazareth on
human lives in terms of Greek rationality and
the impact of Hebraic commitment on history as
the matrix of meaning.
117
Essentials of Judaism: Major Beliefs
and Practices
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the development of Rabbinic Judaism
as an outgrowth of Biblical civilization. Considers
major value concepts of Rabbinic Judaism: God,
Israel, Torah; faith and reason; nationality and
universality; Messianism.
118
Judaism Through the Ages
Not regularly scheduled.
224
History of Christian Thought
Not regularly scheduled.
225
Contemporary Religious Thought
Not regularly scheduled.
317
Religion and Its Expression in Literature
Not regularly scheduled.
322
Religion and Personality:
The Psychology of Religion
Not regularly scheduled.
328
The Future in Science and Religion
Not regularly scheduled.
356
Topics in Biblical Studies
Not regularly scheduled.

______________________________________ Philosophy and Religion
389
Independent Study
Individual research at an advanced level on a
religious topic of special interest. Provides the
opportunity to develop research methodology
under the supervision of the instructor. Combines
the collection and analysis of data, the summary
and evaluation of results, and effective
organization and presentation.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Religion
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
Photography: See Fine Arts, page 191.
Physician Assistant Studies: See Pre-Physician
Assistant Studies, pp. 287–289.
Physical Therapy: See Pre-Physical Therapy Program,
pp. 289–291.
Physics: See Chemistry and Physics, page 131.
G332
“The Heavenly Vision:” The Mystical
Theology and Spiritual Life of the
Orthodox Church
The Orthodox Church represents a direct and
living link between the modern world and
Romano-Hellenic antiquity. While rich in
theology, spirituality and liturgical practice, the
Church’s intimate link with each member of its
congregation is perhaps its most fascinating
aspect. This course covers: the development of
Trinitarian doctrine in the Early Church; the
Liturgy: development, function and meaning; the
role of the Saints; the icon: theology and use;
and, finally, the Eastern Monastic tradition:
Hesychasm and Orthodox spirituality. Stress is
placed on the fact that this is a living Church,
and not simply a relic, as it is so often regarded
in the West. Fieldwork will include a stay at a
monastery, an Orthodox mass and various visits
to places of interest. There are no prerequisites.
269

Political Science ___________________________________________
Political Science
Faculty
Professor O’Connor
Associate Professors J. Thompson, R. Thompson (co-chairs)
Assistant Professors Carneiro, Haffar
Adjunct Professor Archie
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
Concentrations:
International Politics
Pre-Law and Political Theory
U.S. Politics and Policy
Minors
Political Science
Pre-Law (pp. 281–283)
Options
International Studies Minor (pp. 100–101)
International Peace and Conflict Resolution Masters Program 4+2 (pp. 97–99, 271)
Secondary Education Certification (in social studies) (page 299)
Overview
The program in political science focuses on the theory and practice of politics and
the analysis of political systems and political behavior: who has power, how do they
acquire it and what do they use it for? Courses in international and domestic politics
encourage students to think critically and to strengthen their skills in the oral and
written presentation of ideas. Since governmental decisions and the pursuit of power
have relevancy to nearly all disciplines, the curriculum is designed for both political
science majors and students from other programs. Majors will complete a capstone
course that challenges them to integrate their education, interests and career plans.
Study Abroad Option
Political science majors, especially those interested in graduate study or careers in
foreign policy, peace studies, law and/or international relations, should take note that
Arcadia University sponsored study abroad programs in the United Kingdom (England,
Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland), Australia, Greece, Ireland, Korea, Mexico, New
Zealand and Spain. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than a
semester or year on the Glenside campus. Each program provides an opportunity for
students to become personally familiar with the government and politics of another
nation. Further information regarding these programs may be obtained from the
department chairpersons or from the director for International Services. Financial aid is
available (see page 53). Some of the courses available overseas are listed starting on
page 259 with more available on the CEA website.
270

____________________________________________ Political Science
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
The Bachelor of Arts degree program prepares students to pursue careers in law,
politics, international affairs, foreign policy, public administration, urban planning,
public relations, trade associations, teaching or private industry. Although the program
does not limit students to specific tracks, three concentrations are available which each
require experiential learning via study abroad or an internship.
Pre-Professional Concentrations
The political science major offers students flexibility with optional concentrations in
International Politics, U.S. Politics and Policy and Pre-Law and Political Theory.
Students who wish to pursue graduate study in peace studies, foreign policy or
international studies should pursue a concentration and add an intermediate modern
language course and an introductory computer science course (CS 104), as well as
MA/PY 141: Elementary Statistics. The U.S. Politics and Policy concentration provides
a foundation for graduate study in public policy, public administration, urban planning
and political science. The Pre-Law and Political Theory concentration offers
preparation for paralegal positions and a foundation for law school. Political science
majors may also prepare to attend graduate programs in business administration, health
administration, education or other fields by selecting appropriate courses in consultation
with their adviser.
International Relations and Peace Studies
Students with an interest in international relations or peace studies may choose a
political science major with the International Politics concentration and pursue the
4+2 program to earn a Masters Degree in International Peace and Conflict Resolution
(see pp. 97–99) or select the International Studies Minor (see pp. 100–101). The minor
provides an interdisciplinary curriculum focused on international studies without the
requirement for modern language proficiency or expectation of study abroad essential to
preparation for the Master’s program.
Legal and Paralegal
Students interested in law often choose to major in political science. Courses
recommended for pre-law students are listed in the Pre-Law and Political Theory
concentration and under the pre-law minor (see pp. 281–283). Study abroad is also
highly recommended for pre-law students.
Internships
The Political Science Department offers two internship programs designed to be
taken during the summer (off campus) or during either the fall or spring semester, in
addition to other course work (refer to PS 324: Pre-Law Intern Program and PS 380:
Political Internship). International internships are available through the Center for
Education Abroad.
271

Political Science ___________________________________________
Political science majors are urged to do an internship during either their junior year
or the first semester of their senior year. This experience will help them in PS 390:
Senior Thesis Seminar. It will also assist them in deciding what career they want to
pursue after graduation and provide them with valuable personal and professional
references.
Arcadia University participates in the Washington Semester Program and the
Washington Center Program. Each offers an off-campus experience of seminars and
internship, utilizing the resources of the Washington political community (see page 31).
For further information contact the department chairs.
Minor in Political Science
The minor in political science supplements many major programs, especially
communications, health administration, and business, by enabling students to
understand how political processes operate and by strengthening oral and written
communication skills. Pre-law students, regardless of major, can complete the pre-law
minor and/or a minor in political science.
Requirements for the Major
(40 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128
credits.)
1. Ten courses in political science:
PS 101 American Politics
PS 150, 225, 335 Comparative Politics/Area Studies
or PS 241, 243 International Relations/ Conflict Resolution
PL/PS 245 Political Thought
or PS 330 American Political Thought
PS 490 Senior Thesis Seminar
Six political science electives, at least two of which must be at the 300 level. PS
330 can count as either the theory course or a 300-level elective, but not both.
Internships (PS 324 and 380) count toward the major, but do not count as 300-level
elective courses. Any of the courses listed on pp. 278–279 that are offered through
the Center for Education Abroad can be used as political science electives.
Comparative politics/area studies courses may also be taken abroad with prior
approval from the student’s department adviser.
2. Students are strongly encouraged to take MA/PY 141: Elementary Statistics to fulfill
a University general education requirement before taking senior seminar in political
science.
272

____________________________________________ Political Science
Requirements for the Three Optional Concentrations:
International Politics Concentration
(A minimum of 20 credits of the 40 credits required for the major from the list below
or study abroad courses with prior approval.)
PS 150 Comparative Politics
PS 225 Politics of the Developing World
PS 228 Latin American Politics
PS 240 United States Foreign Policy
PS 241 International Relations
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PS 335 Politics of Russia and East Europe
Study Abroad
(One course/experience required)
ID 181 International Experience
ID 281 International Research Experience
PS 280 International Model United Nations
Semester or Academic Year Abroad (with 300 level courses available)
Pre-Law and Political Theory Concentration
(A minimum of 20 credits of the 40 credits required for the major from the list below
or study abroad courses with prior approval.)
PS 110 Law and the Legal Process
PS 220 American Constitutional Law
PS/PL 245 Political Thought
PS 330 American Political Thought
PS 340 The Judiciary
Internship Required
(4 credits)
PS 324 Pre-Law Intern Program
U.S. Politics and Policy Concentration
(A minimum of 20 credits of the 40 credits required for the major from the list below
or study abroad courses with prior approval.)
PS 101 American Politics
PS 210a Politics and Media
PS 210b Political Parties and Interest Groups
PS 215 Gender Roles and Family Policy
PS 220 American Constitutional Law
PS 230 Health Care and Environmental Policy
PS 240 United States Foreign Policy
PS 340 The Judiciary
PS 350 The Presidency
PS 360 The Congress
Internship Required
(2 or 4 credits)
PS 380 Political Internship
273

Political Science ___________________________________________
Requirements for the Minor
Five or more courses totaling 18 to 20 credits are required, including no more than
two courses at the 100 level and at least one course at the 300 level. Students should
choose their courses with their adviser to ensure a valid relationship with their major
program. Minors may focus on public law and political theory, U.S. politics and policy,
or comparative and international politics, or combine these areas according to their
own interests.
Political Science (PS)
101
American Politics
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Overview of the American political process as
an experiment in self-government. Considers the
nature and character of Americans and their
democracy. Examines parties, elections, voting,
the presidency, Congress and the courts through
readings, films, lectures and discussions.
110
Law and the Legal Process
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Introduction to criminal law, civil law,
constitutional law and legal reasoning. Examines
legal education, due process, courtroom
participants and alternatives to trials in the
framework of the pursuit of justice.
150
Comparative Politics
(4 credits)
Spring (D), Summer (E)
Comparison of the political culture and
governmental structure of various nations with
one another and with the United States.
Examines the established and emerging
democracies of Europe and the developing
nations. Focuses on England, Germany, Russia
and a developing nation.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
274
210a
Politics and Media
(2 credits)
210b
Political Parties and Interest Groups
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the media, political parties and
interest groups as links between voters and
government. Includes news coverage, presidential
selection, political advertising, political
consultants, public opinion surveys, lobbying
tactics and campaign finance. Considers the
impact of television and the possibility for
partisan realignment or de-alignment in a media
age.
Two-credit courses meet for one-half semester.
Students may elect either or both courses.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
215
Gender Roles and Family Policy
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of civic obligations and gender
differences in political participation, political
candidacy and public service at the local, state
and national levels. Introduces domestic family
issues such as education, pregnancy, childcare,
poverty and violence. Includes an experiential
learning or community service component.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.

____________________________________________ Political Science
220
American Constitutional Law
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the constitutional foundations
and development of America’s governmental
institutions through analysis of leading Supreme
Court cases. Studies the principles of
constitutionalism, federalism, separation of
powers, civil liberties, civil rights and judicial
review. Student read, brief and report on cases to
the class.
225
Politics of the Developing World
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduces the major concepts, issues and
challenges of politics in the Developing World.
Examines the legacy of colonialism, regime types,
civil-military relations, corruption, ethnicity,
religion and culture, the debt crisis and economic
development using examples from countries from
Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Middle East.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
228
Latin American Politics
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of the politics of Latin American
nations, including the transition to democracy
from an authoritative regime, the breakdown of
democracy, the pressure for economic and social
reforms, and the relationship between democracy
and development. Focuses on the political,
economic and social challenges facing Brazil,
Chile, Cuba and Mexico.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing—200 level,
one introductory social science course
recommended.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
230
Health Care and Environmental Policy
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D)
Examination of governmental regulation and
policy development in terms of participants,
agenda setting, enactment, implementation and
cost/benefit evaluation. Consideration of issues
such as health research and technology, universal
health insurance coverage, health care quality
and cost control, natural resource management,
toxic waste disposal, global temperature change
and trading of pollution credits.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
240
United States Foreign Policy
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of foreign policy components, such as
the President, State and Defense Departments,
Congress and the CIA and how they combine in
foreign policy formulation. Analyzes current
American foreign policy toward various global
areas.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
241
International Relations
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey of the development and major
characteristics of the state system; the elements
of national power; the instruments of
international relations; and their general
application within the international community.
Focuses on specific international problems.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
243
Introduction to Peace and
Conflict Resolution
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Introduces the concepts and techniques of
Conflict Resolution beginning with interpersonal
relationships, but focusing primarily on the
international community. Provides an
introduction to international organizations and
international law. The class uses case studies of
actual conflicts and simulates the United
Nations.
275

Political Science ___________________________________________
245
Political Thought
(Also listed as PL 245)
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of political theory through the classic
writings of Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, Marx, Rawls and
others. Includes rights, the public interest, social
contract, liberty, equality and justice.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
280
International Model United Nations
(2 credits)
Spring (D)
A unique course with a travel component and
an opportunity for the students to research and
represent another nation’s perspective on
controversial issues in a United Nations
simulation, sponsored by a major university. In
recent years, this course has traveled during
spring semester for about a week to Vienna,
Austria, Athens, Greece and Brussels, Belgium.
Pass/Fail. Travel expenses vary. No more than 4
credits total can be earned for model U.N.
programs.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above.
285
Selected Topics in Political Science
(2 or 4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Exploration of selected topics, such as Politics
and Film, and United Nations Politics. Topics
vary according to the mutual interests of students
and faculty.
Two-credit courses meet for one-half semester.
May be elected for more than one topic.
324
Pre-Law Intern Program
(2 credits Placement)
Fall (D), Spring (D), Summer (D)
(2 credits Classroom)
Spring (D)
Central course of the Pre-Law Program.
Introduces the daily routine of the legal profession.
Includes observation of courtroom proceedings
and participation in legal research. Requires a
minimum of five contact hours per week during a
ten-week internship with a legal firm or other
placement. A learning contract is required.
Prerequisites: junior standing; or permission of
the pre-law adviser.
276
330
American Political Thought
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of ways in which American
political thinkers, leaders and contemporary
commentators have dealt with the issues of
power, equality, sovereignty and representation.
Focuses on the relationship between abstract
political concepts and practical politics in
American political thinking.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
335
Politics of Russia and East Europe
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examines the disintegration and collapse of
communism in the Soviet Union and East
Europe from Stalin to Gorbachev and Yeltsin.
Explores the fears, frustrations and the hopes of
the people of these emerging democracies as they
face political, economic and social reconstructive
tasks of enormous magnitude.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
340
The Judiciary
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examination of the roles of courts and judges,
especially Supreme Court Justices, in the
American political system. Includes the
recruitment and socialization of judges, the
political framework in which they function, the
factors which influence their decisions and the
impact of their decisions on the American
political system.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.

____________________________________________ Political Science
350
The Presidency
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Analysis of the nature and role of the
American presidency. Examines the
contemporary institution of the presidency and
its effectiveness. Discusses the sources of
presidential power, the constitutional basis of the
presidency, the role of the executive office and
the White House Staff, and the relationship
between personality traits and the exercise of
presidential power.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
360
The Congress
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Comparison of the styles of legislators under
varying circumstances: winning election,
retaining home voter support, adapting to
Congress and legislative peers, relating to
leadership, bargaining with interest groups and
meeting the press. Evaluates the goals of
legislators and their relationship to the executive.
Debates whether Congress deserves its poor
public image.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
380
Political Internship
(2 or 4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D), Summer (D)
Internship in Philadelphia or elsewhere,
selected in consultation with faculty advisers
according to special interests. Placement
possibilities include federal, state and local
government agencies; community organizations;
political campaigns; public and private
institutions; and other agencies dealing with
political concerns. A learning contract is
required. Pass/Fail.
Credit may vary depending upon the scope of
the commitment and the provisions of the
learning contract.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
385
Special Studies in Political Science
(2 or 4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In-depth exploration of selected topics, such as
Literary Perspectives on American Politics or a
seminar on a specific nation or area. Topics vary
according to the mutual interests of students and
faculty.
Two-credit courses meet for one-half semester.
Prerequisite: junior standing; or permission of
the instructor.
May be elected for more than one topic.
389
Independent Study
Directed in-depth reading and research
devoted to specific topics in political science and
government.
Prerequisites: junior standing, 3.0 GPA in the
major and overall, and permission of the
chairperson and instructor concerned.
490
Senior Thesis Seminar
(1 + 3 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Supervised preparation of a portfolio
documenting student learning and containing a
culminating written project on a topic selected
by the student. Includes opportunities for
integration and reflection, collaborative learning,
peer review, a career workshop and public oral
presentation of the senior thesis. Reviews
methodology in political science, incorporates
outside evaluation, primary sources and original
research.
Prerequisites: senior standing in political
science and recommend MA/PY 141 Elementary
Statistics.
277

Political Science ___________________________________________
Arcadia University
International Offerings
In Political Science
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G342
Modern Greece in the Balkan World:
1821–Present
Despite Greece’s long history, it is only since
1830 that there has been a Greek nation-state
that has struggled to reconcile conflicting
geographical, historical, cultural and political
influences, and to define its place in the world.
While the classical legacy and European Union
membership appear to place Greece firmly in the
West, the strong influence of the Byzantine and
Ottoman past also pull it toward the East. In the
19th century, the rise of nationalism redrew the
map of the Balkans and reshaped Greek identity,
which in turn created 20th century conflicts like
the Macedonian question, the Cyprus problem
and the Northern Epirus issue with Albania.
Then in 1922, the “Great Idea” dream of
Greece’s Middle East destiny as a major regional
power ended in catastrophe, leading to large
scale ethnic cleansing which changed the
country irrevocably. Twentieth century Greece
has lived through five major wars, has
experimented with monarchy, republic,
dictatorship and democracy, and has undergone a
dramatic socio-economic transformation. As a
small, weak state in a strategic position, Greece’s
fate has often been determined by foreign
278
influence, culminating in the post-war role of the
United States. Now, in the 21st century, external
threats and domestic dilemmas, including the
Turkish dispute and the pace of European
integration, pose a new challenge to the Greek
identity. In exploring how the recent past has
shaped the present, students will gain a deeper
understanding of the society in which they are
living, how the Greeks see themselves and their
country, and why they respond to the world in
the way they do.
G343
Greece and the European Union
This course offers a unique opportunity for
understanding Greece in its European
environment. Greece’s participation in the
European Union (EU), formerly the European
Community, is probably the most definitive
factor of the country’s current political,
economic, and social life.
For those with an interest in modern history,
the course traces Greece’s development of the
last few decades in tandem with the EU. For
those with an interest in politics and economics,
the course offers a chance to discuss and assess
the workings of economic and political forces
with regard to Greece’s position and integration
in Europe. For those with an interest in
contemporary Greece, the course sheds light on
the most important and dynamic process taking
place in Greece today—its modernization and
“Europeanization”.
In addition, the course allows students to learn
more about the history and process of European
integration, one of the greatest world events of
the postwar era. Greece’s membership as—so
far—the only southwestern European country in
the European Union offers valuable lessons for a
number of East European countries who are
candidates for EU membership.

____________________________________________ Political Science
City University (London)
LH330
The English Legal System
This course introduces students to the basic
framework of the English legal system. It involves
the study of the sources of law, the court system,
the legal profession and the way in which law is
applied. Students are challenged to use this
information to discover how the English legal
system deals with controversial contemporary
issues. No specific knowledge of the American
legal system is required, but comparisons are
made between England and America at various
stages. The course is of obvious interest to
students intending to enter law as a profession.
Topics covered include: sources of English law,
court structure, criminal procedure, the legal
profession, the judiciary, the British constitution,
the application of law to specific issues: police
powers, consumer protection, censorship,
abortion, prostitution, freedom of information.
LH335
Modern British Politics and Government
This course covers: (1) Political Change in
20th century Britain; (2) Contemporary political
issues; (3) Government and political institutions.
Lecture topics include: World War II and British
Politics; Conservatism 1951–64 and 1970–74;
Labour Governments 1945–51, in the 1960s and
1974–79; Thatcherism and the Conservative
ascendancy since 1979.
Seminar topics include: The British
Constitution, The role of cabinet and the Prime
Minister, The Civil Service, The House of
Commons, The House of Lords and the
Monarchy, Parties and party organization,
electoral system, voting behaviors and interest
groups.
Umbra Institute, Italy
PS/EC305
History and Politics of Modern Italy
This course introduces students to the
government and politics of modern Italy. After
providing a detailed historical background of the
liberal and fascist periods, the course will focus
on the postwar political system. The major topics
covered throughout the course include the
workings of governing institutions (there will be
detailed discussion of the postwar constitution
and state), political parties and movements,
episodes of political extremism and violence, the
major policies of Italian governments (economic,
foreign and military). There will also be
discussion of the crises and transformation of the
Italian political landscape in the early 1990’s as
well as Italy’s role in European integration.
EC/PS 311
The Politics & Economics of the
European Union
This course introduces students to the politics
and economics of European integration. The
major topics covered include a detailed
presentation of the origins and evolution of
integration from World War II onward,
discussion of both the politics and economics of
the ESCS, the customs union, the movement
toward the common market (i.e., since the
Single European Act), agricultural policy, fiscal
policy and monetary integration. There will also
be discussion of EU institutions, social and
regional policies, major contemporary issues (e.g.,
immigration, expansion), major events that have
affected the course of integration (e.g., German
unification) and EU relations with other parts of
the world (e.g., with the ACP countries).
279

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
Pre-Professional Programs and
Certifications
The University offers a number of professionally oriented programs that are designed
to complement undergraduate majors. These programs facilitate the pursuit of graduate
study and/or professional certifications in fields that may or may not be related to the
undergraduate major.
Programs Designed to Facilitate Graduate Study
Environmental Studies Program 3+2 Program
International Peace and Conflict Resolution 4+2 Program
Pre-Law Minor
Pre-M.B.A. Minor
Pre-Medical Program
Pre-Nursing Program
Pre-Physician Assistant Studies 4+2 Program
Pre-Physical Therapy Program: Doctor of Physical Therapy 4+3 Program
Pre-Veterinary Program
Programs Designed to Facilitate Professional Certifications
Actuarial Science Concentration
Accounting Minor (Pre-Professional Certification, CPA)
Business Administration Minor (Pre-Professional Certification, CMA, PHR, CFM)
Environmental Studies Program 3+2 Program;
B.A. in Psychobiology with M.A. Ed. in Environmental Education
Co-advisers
Professor Hearn
Associate Professor Pomeroy
For more detailed information about the program see page 294.
280

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
International Peace and Conflict
Resolution Program 4+2 Program
Director
Assistant Professor Haffar
Advisers
Associate Professors Haywood, R. Thompson
Adjunct Professor Carneiro
Other undergraduate faculty members serving on the Peace Studies Committee for
the M.A. program can also serve as undergraduate advisers.
For more detailed information about the program see pp. 97–99.
Pre-Law Minor
Adviser
Associate Professor Joan Thompson
Overview
Since the Association of American Law Schools stresses a broad liberal arts
background as the most appropriate training for law school, most pre-law students
choose to major in political science, history, English, philosophy, or sociology. The
minor in pre-law helps students determine if they have an aptitude and interest in law
and provides a background for law school course work. There are no prerequisites for
law school, and law schools do not prefer applicants with multiple courses labeled
“pre-law.” The minor, however, will help students to build a strong liberal arts
education with challenging courses that require them to analyze and evaluate
conflicting ideas and to communicate effectively orally and in writing. The pre-law
minor is designed to complement any liberal arts major and to help students determine
if they should invest in further education in either law school or a paralegal program to
supplement their B.A. degree. Although not all paralegal programs require a college
degree, a B.A. degree is an advantage in the field. Some Arcadia graduates have been
hired as paralegals based upon their pre-law course work alone. They gained further
training on the job, rather than in a paralegal program. Planning several years of fulltime
work experience as a paralegal or in another law-related career, before attending
law school, is a common strategy.
281

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
Minor in Pre-Law
The minor requires 24 credits. Study abroad is highly recommended for pre-law
students, because it will provide them with a broader perspective on human society and
it will distinguish their applications from those of students who have not lived and
studied in another culture. Students may count no more than one course toward both
their major and the minor in pre-law. Students may not take more than 52 credits in
one discipline for credit toward graduation, but some students take more than the
minimum number required for their major or minor. Since a minor is not required for
graduation, students may use courses for the pre-law minor to fulfill their general
education requirements as well.
Requirements for the Minor
(12-14 credits as listed below.)
PS 220 Constitutional Law
PS 324 Pre-Law Intern Program
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
BA 201 Financial Accounting
Recommended Courses
(A minimum of 10 credits chosen from the courses listed below.)
At least two courses from the following:
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
CM/EN 213 Writing and Communications
PL 155 Applied Logic
CM 215 Informative and Persuasive Speaking
At least one course from the following:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
PS 101 American Politics
PS 110 Law and the Legal Process
HS 117 American History to 1865
HS 118 American History since 1865
HS 345 The City in American History
PS 243 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Resolution
PL/PS 245 Political Thought
PS 330 American Political Thought
PS 340 The Judiciary
PL 150 Introduction to Philosophy
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
282

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
Additional recommended courses:
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
TH 141 Role Play and Improvisation
CM 110 Speech Communications
HS 330 Recent America 1900–1945
HS 331 Contemporary America 1945–Present
LH 330 The English Legal System (City University, London)
EN 439 Theories of Rhetoric (a graduate course open to seniors by
permission)
IP 511 International Law (a graduate course open to seniors by
permission)
Other advanced humanities and social science courses are highly recommended,
especially if taken during a semester or year studying abroad. Any course, regardless of
field, that furthers the development of clear and systematic thinking, the command of
the English language (both written and oral), and a broad understanding of society
constitutes sound preparation for the study of law. A background of outstanding
extracurricular activities supplements the academic record and serves to build and
demonstrate communication and leadership skills.
The pre-law adviser is responsible for advising students interested in the pre-law
minor and determining if courses taken abroad will count toward the minor. The Law
School Admissions Test (LSAT) is required of every applicant to law school. It is
recommended that this test be taken in June before the senior year. Students can then
appraise their prospects, get their applications out early, or consider retaking the
examination. Students apply directly to the Law School Admissions Service (LSAS) to
take the test at one of four Philadelphia locations or at a test center convenient to
their home. Pre-law publications, law school catalogs and LSAT applications are
available from Career Services located in Knight Hall. All students interested in a legal
career should contact the pre-law adviser early in their University program. The pre-law
adviser works with students to develop a program suitable to their interests, including
legal fields such as corporate, international, criminal, family, health care and the
environment.
283

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
Pre-M.B.A. Minor
This minor is designed to meet first-year M.B.A. requirements at many leading
graduate schools, thereby permitting the M.B.A. to be completed with just one year of
additional study. The department has articulation agreements with many of the
Philadelphia area colleges and universities that permit our students to waive first year
requirements and in some instances to take graduate level courses during the senior
year at Arcadia University.
Requirements for the Pre-M.B.A. Minor
(33 to 35 credits as listed below.)
1. Seven courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
2. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
284

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
Pre-Medical Program
Co-Advisers
Professors Hoffman, Mikulski
Related Fields of Study
Biology (page 105)
Chemistry (page 131)
Mathematics (page 239)
Optometry (page 262)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the Health Professions (page 339)
Overview
Arcadia University offers many programs that satisfy the course requirements for
admission to schools of medicine, dentistry, osteopathy, optometry, podiatry and other
health-related fields. While pre-medical students usually major in biology or chemistry,
medical schools will accept students with excellent records regardless of major, provided
they have a solid foundation in the basic sciences and mathematics. The pre-medical
advisers assist students with the application process and choice of schools.
Minimum Recommended Courses
The minimum recommendation of the American Medical Association currently
includes the following courses:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy & Physiology
or
BI 205, 206 Human Anatomy, Human Physiology
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry I, II: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
PH
or
201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
MA 201 Calculus I
(Calculus is required by some, but not all, medical and professional schools.)
Satisfactory performance on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) is
required. The MCAT is normally taken in the spring of the junior year or the summer
prior to senior year for students planning to enter medical school immediately following
graduation.
In addition to the minimum science courses, a strong background in the liberal arts
and social sciences is recommended, as is volunteer work or internship in a medical
setting. Proficiency in the Spanish language, course work in bioethics and study abroad
are all considered favorably by professional schools.
285

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
Other courses highly recommended as electives include:
BI 204 Genetics
BI 325 Cell Biology
CH 203 Equilibrium and Analysis
CH 303 Biochemistry
BI 317 Developmental Biology
BI 327 Histology
BI 333 Molecular Biology
Pre-Nursing Program
Adviser
Instructor Cooper
Overview
Students may complete an undergraduate B.A. or B.S. degree with a major in any
field along with the minimum prerequisites for a traditional nursing degree and then
enter an upper-division nursing program for a B.S.N. degree. This option provides a
broad background for future graduate study in nursing and maximum flexibility with
respect to future career options.
Arcadia University also offers the liberal arts courses needed to prepare students for
two-year, upper-division undergraduate programs leading to a traditional B.S. in
Nursing. In the fall of the sophomore year, interested students who have a GPA of 3.0
or better and have consulted with the pre-nursing adviser may apply for transfer during
the junior and senior years to an institution offering a traditional B.S. in Nursing
degree.
Students planning to transfer in their junior or senior year into a two-year, upperdivision
undergraduate program for a traditional B.S. in Nursing should complete a
typical course of study for the first two years is shown below. Students who plan to
enter the nursing field with a bachelor’s degree from Arcadia University should
complete the same prerequisite courses. All students should consult individual nursing
programs for specific requirements.
1. Freshman Year:
Fall
BI 101 General Biology I
CH 101 Modern Chemical Concepts I
EN 101 Thought and Expression I
PY 101 General Psychology
286

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
Spring
BI 102 General Biology II
CH 102 Modern Chemical Concepts II
EN 102 Thought and Expression II
PY 102 General Psychology
CS 104 The Computer as a Tool
2. Sophomore Year:
Fall
BI 205 Human Anatomy
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I
PY 212 Developmental Psychology
Elective
Spring
BI 206 Human Physiology
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
BI 323 Microbiology
Elective
3. Recommended electives:
CH 202 Organic Chemistry II
AN 150 The Family
MA 110 Pre-Calculus Mathematics
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
CM 110 Speech Communications
Pre-Physician Assistant Studies (4+2 Program)
Adviser
Assistant Professor Dryer
Overview
The Master of Medical Science—Physician Assistant Program at Arcadia University
is designed to produce graduates who will be well-equipped to deliver high-quality, costeffective
primary health care in a wide variety of settings, including hospitals, clinics,
physicians’ offices and a variety of community settings.
The physician assistant is trained to take medical histories, perform physical
examinations, diagnose common illnesses, order laboratory tests, determine treatment
including prescribing appropriate medication, as well as to counsel and educate patients
concerning their medical problems.
Students in the Pre-Physician Assistant Studies Program may pursue any major that
enables them to complete the prerequisite courses. Students are strongly urged to work
closely with the adviser from their chosen major. They also take prerequisite courses for
graduate-level professional work. During the senior year, interested students apply to the
Enrollment Management Office for entrance into the Master of Medical Science
(Physician Assistant Program). Arcadia University undergraduate students whose
287

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
academic records and Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores meet the entrance
requirements are assured of acceptance. Consequently, they need not compete with the
large number of outside applicants. To maintain the ongoing quality of the Physician
Assistant Studies Program, the University reserves the right to limit the enrollment in
all its offerings.
Minimum Requirements for Admission to the
Physician Assistant Program-Masters of Medical Science
(Prerequisite courses must be taken through the appropriate department, e.g. biology,
chemistry, psychology.)
Students who begin at Arcadia University as freshmen:
1. Students must have completed the following prerequisites:
a) Biological sciences: six laboratory/lecture courses in biology to include at least
anatomy, physiology and microbiology. Biochemistry is recommended.
b) Chemistry: four laboratory/lecture courses in chemistry to include at least organic
chemistry.
c) Psychology: one course in psychology. Abnormal or developmental psychology is
recommended.
d) Mathematics: at least one statistics course.
e) Humanities: at least five courses in the humanities (a course in ethics or medical
ethics is highly recommended).
2. Students must have a minimum 3.20 overall GPA and in prerequisite courses taken
at Arcadia and elsewhere. A grade of “C” or better must be earned in each
prerequisite course. (A grade of “C–” is unacceptable for prerequisite credit.) When
calculating the prerequisite grade point average, we include all courses in the various
areas. Courses taken in prerequisite areas that were graded on a pass/fail basis will
not be calculated into the prerequisite grade point average.
3. Students must take the Graduate Record Exam, a minimum score of 1100 is
expected from the verbal and quantitative portion of the test, with no single test
score below 450. A minimum score of a 4 is expected for the analytic portion of
the exam. This test is generally taken in the junior year.
4. Students must have knowledge of the profession through work or volunteer
experience in a clinical setting. A minimum of 200 hours of patient care experience
or a combination of health care experience and research.
5. Students must obtain a recommendation from a practicing, licensed physician or
physician assistant who can attest to their ability to succeed in a P.A. Program.
288

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
Students who begin at Arcadia University as transfers:
Transfer students are also considered for automatic admission provided that they meet
all the criteria for freshmen as well as the following:
1. Students must complete a minimum of 15 credits per semester and no fewer than 64
credits over the last four semesters of work at Arcadia University, excluding
summers.
2. Students must earn a bachelor’s degree from Arcadia University.
3. Students must take eight of the prerequisite science courses at Arcadia University.
4. Students must complete at Arcadia University BI 206: Human Physiology or a 300level
biology course with a lab (if Human Physiology is already completed).
Students whose credentials do not meet requirements that ensure automatic
admission to the master’s program may still apply. They will, however, be considered in
relation to other qualified candidates in the general applicant pool.
Pre-Physical Therapy Program: Doctor of
Physical Therapy 4+2 1/2 Program
Liaison to the Undergraduate Departments
Associate Professor Mangione
Overview
The program in pre-physical therapy emphasizes the sciences but also includes a wellrounded
background in the liberal arts. The combination of science and liberal arts
prepares students for a health-care profession in helping people overcome the effects of
disease and injury and in the prevention of potential problems. Students who complete
the program in physical therapy are prepared to work as physical therapists in a variety
of settings including hospitals, rehabilitation centers, sports medicine centers, private
homes, nursing homes, schools, private practices, specialized pediatric facilities, and
wellness/fitness centers. They may also work as educators, researchers and consultants in
a wide variety of organizations. The Department of Physical Therapy strongly
encourages students to study abroad during their undergraduate career.
The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program (DPT) is designed to create practitioners as
specified in the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA) vision statement:
“Physical Therapy, by 2020, will be provided by physical therapists who are doctors of
physical therapy and who may be board-certified specialists.” APTA also advocates a
strong liberal arts background in addition to doctoral professional education as the best
preparation for the practice of physical therapy. The 4+2 1/2 program offered by
Arcadia University—four years of study leading to a bachelor’s degree, plus 2 1/2 years
of graduate study leading to a (DPT)—meets both recommendations.
Students in the Pre-Physical Therapy Program pursue any major that enables them to
complete the prerequisite courses. Students are strongly urged to work closely with the
289

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
adviser from their chosen major to coordinate the requirements of their major and the
prerequisite courses for graduate-level professional work. It is expected that the
prerequisite courses listed below are taken at Arcadia University. The Physical Therapy
Program recommends that students take the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) in their
junior year. After the junior year, interested students apply to the Arcadia University
Enrollment Management Office for entrance into the Physical Therapy Program.
Arcadia University undergraduate students whose academic records and GRE scores
meet the entrance requirements are assured of acceptance. Automatic acceptance
provides a great advantage to students because the average accepted applicant has GRE
and GPA scores considerably higher than the minimum prerequisite criteria. Students
are also encouraged to apply if they meet the general applicant pool requirements, but
do not meet the automatic acceptance criteria. To maintain the ongoing quality of the
Physical Therapy Program, the University reserves the right to limit the enrollment in
all its offerings.
Minimum Requirements for Admission to the
Doctoral Program in Physical Therapy
(for Arcadia University Graduates)
(Prerequisite courses must be taken through the appropriate department; e.g., biology,
chemistry, physics, psychology.)
Students who begin at Arcadia University as freshmen:
1. Students must have completed the following:
Four courses in biology, including BI 206 Human Physiology.
Two courses in chemistry.
Two courses in general physics.
Two courses in psychology.*
One course in statistics.
2. A minimum 3.20 overall GPA is required, calculated on all courses taken at any
college or university.
3. A minimum 3.20 GPA is required in all courses taken in prerequisite areas at
Arcadia and elsewhere. A grade of “C” or better must be earned in the minimum
prerequisite courses listed above. (A “C–” is unacceptable for prerequisite credit.)
When calculating the prerequisite grade point average, we include all courses in the
various areas. Courses taken in prerequisite areas that were graded on a pass/fail
basis will not be calculated into the prerequisite grade point average.
4. A minimum total score of 1050 is expected from the verbal and quantitative portion
of the test, with no single test score below 450. A minimum score of 4 is expected
for the analytic portion of the test. This exam is generally taken in the junior year.
* Sociology majors may replace one psychology course with SO 153.
290

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
5. Students must have knowledge of the profession through work or volunteer
experience in a clinical setting. Students must document exposure to more than one
practice setting (e.g., hospital-based inpatient units, hospital-based outpatient
departments, private or corporate-owned outpatient clinics, nursing homes,
rehabilitation centers, schools, and subacute units).
6. Students must provide one recommendation from a practicing physical therapists.
7. Students must complete the last four semesters as full-time students at Arcadia
University. This requirement may be waived during the time abroad for students
who choose to study abroad during their last four semesters.
8. Students must earn a bachelor’s degree from Arcadia University.
Students who enter Arcadia University as transfers:
Transfer students who pursue an interest in pre-physical therapy with automatic
admission to the Doctor of Physical Therapy Program must meet the criteria for
freshmen as well as the following:
1. Students must complete a minimum of 15 credits per semester and no fewer than 64
credits over the last four semesters of work at Arcadia University, excluding
summers. This requirement may be waived during the time abroad for students who
choose to study abroad during their last four semesters.
2. Seven courses in the prerequisite areas must be taken at Arcadia University.
3. Students must complete at Arcadia University BI 206: Human Physiology or a 300level
biology course with a lab (if Human Physiology is already completed). All
courses used toward the minimum prerequisite biological and physical science
requirements must be taken through the appropriate science departments; e.g.,
biology, chemistry, physics.
4. Students who transfer more than four prerequisite courses must take additional
advanced courses to satisfy prerequisite requirements. These additional courses must
be taken in one of the following areas: biology, chemistry, statistics/mathematics,
physics, or psychology.
For non-native speakers of English, a minimum overall score of 550 on the TOEFL is
required for the paper and pencil version of the test with minimum scores of 50 on
each area test. A total score of 213 is required for the computer version of the test. If
the paper-based test is taken, the applicant must also take the TWE. A minimum score
of 5 is required on the TWE. If accepted and the applicant scores less than 600 on the
TOEFL, completion of an individual English skills course will be required prior to
matriculation into the program. TOEFL scores must have been earned within two years
of the time of application to the program.
Students whose credentials do not meet requirements that ensure admission to the
doctoral program may still apply. They must meet the minimum requirements of the
general applicant pool by the time of application and will be considered in relation to
other qualified candidates.
291

Pre-Professional Programs ___________________________________
Pre-Veterinary Program
Adviser
Professor Hoffman
Related Fields of Study
Biology (page 105)
Chemistry (page 131)
Psychobiology (page 294)
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the Health Professions (page 339)
Overview
Arcadia University offers several routes for completion of the requirements for
admission to schools of veterinary medicine. Majors in biology, chemistry and
psychobiology are most commonly taken by students interested in veterinary medicine,
but schools will accept students with excellent records in other majors, provided they
have adequate preparation in the basic sciences and mathematics. The pre-professional
adviser assists students in choice of school and with the application process.
Minimum Recommended Courses
All schools of veterinary medicine recommend the following courses:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy & Physiology
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201 Organic Chemistry I
PH
or
201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
MA 201 Calculus I
Some schools require additional mathematics or chemistry as well as biochemistry
and/or microbiology. These requirements may be met with these courses:
CH 202 Organic Chemistry II
CH 303 Biochemistry
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 202 Calculus II
BI 323 Microbiology
BI 325 Cell Biology
Students are advised to check with the schools at which they intend to apply to
determine which of the mathematics, chemistry, biochemistry or microbiology courses
are pre-requisites for admission.
Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required for
admission. The GRE may be taken in the spring or summer of the junior year or the
fall of the senior year for students who plan to enter veterinary school immediately
following graduation.
In addition to prerequisite course work, students are expected to have gained
292

_____________________________________ Pre-Professional Programs
practical experience with veterinary medicine by either working or volunteering in
facilities where veterinary medicine is practiced; i.e., veterinary clinics, zoos, or animal
husbandry facilities. Some schools may have specific hour requirements for these
experiences.
A strong background in liberal arts and study abroad experiences are considered
favorably.
Other courses recommended as electives include the following:
BI 325 Neurobiology
BI 327 Histology
BI 332 Animal Behavior
BI 337 Immunobiology
PY 221, 222 Psychology as a Natural Science
Actuarial Science Concentration
(Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science)
Adviser
Professor Friedler
For more detailed information about the concentration see page 242.
Accounting Minor
(Pre-Professional Certifications, CPA)
Adviser
Associate Professor Brinker
For more detailed information about the certification see page 117.
Business Administration Minor
(Pre-Professional Certifications, CMA, PHR, CFM)
Adviser
Professor Biggs
For more detailed information about the certification see pages 117, 122.
Printmaking: See Fine Arts, page 191.
293

Psychobiology _____________________________________________
Psychobiology
Advisers
Professor Hearn
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Psychobiology
Options
3+2 Environmental Education Program
B.A. in Psychobiology with M.A. Ed. in Environmental Education
(Pennsylvania K–12 Teaching Credential)
Overview
The program in psychobiology is interdisciplinary and provides specialization in the
field of behavioral biology. The foundation level of the program includes a basic
background in biology and psychology. The advanced level integrates and applies the
principles of both biology and psychology to the study of behavior. An individual
research project in the senior year is a key aspect of the program.
Students are prepared for graduate study in comparative and physiological psychology,
ecology and behavioral biology, as well as professional programs in medicine, dentistry,
physical therapy and veterinary medicine. The program also provides a background for
careers in wildlife management, museum and zoo management, animal husbandry and
technical, scientific and medical research.
Study Abroad Option
It is possible for students to spend a semester in London, taking an 8-credit
internship at the London Zoo plus an elective. Students are also encouraged to spend a
semester in Malabo, Equatorial Guinea, taking courses related to conservation biology.
It is an advantage to have taken BI332 prior to going abroad (e.g., spring of sophomore
year).
Environmental Studies Program 3+2
This is an accelerated program for students interested in a foundation in the
biological and psychological sciences, leading toward a career in environmental
education and related fields. This program focuses on issues of global as well as local
environmental education; therefore, students electing this program are strongly
encouraged to take a semester abroad and/or participate in one of our African study
experiences. Students in this program may also work toward a Pennsylvania teaching
credential.
Interested students register as psychobiology majors and will complete the major in
four years. Upon entry to Arcadia, students must notify their adviser as to their interest
in this program and its options to assure they take the required sequence of courses.
Students must apply for the 3+2 program midway through their junior year and,
because this is an accelerated program, must have at least a 3.0 GPA at that time. In
294

______________________________________________ Psychobiology
the summer of the junior year, students start taking graduate courses leading toward a
master’s degree.
Students who do not meet eligibility requirements of this accelerated program or who
wish more flexibility in their undergraduate program may take both degrees, the B.A. in
Psychobiology and M.A.Ed. in Environmental Studies, in the normal sequence.
Requirements for the Major in Psychobiology
(62 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
128.)
1. Nine courses in biology:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 201 Evolution and Population Biology
BI 204 Genetics
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy & Physiology (taken in sophomore or
junior year)
PB 290 Junior Seminar in Psychobiology
BI 329 Ecology
BI 332 Animal Behavior (taken in sophomore or junior year)
PB 490 Senior Seminar in Psychobiology
2. Five courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology
MA/PY141 Elementary Statistics
PY 221, 222 Psychology as a Natural Science
3. One course in research methods
PY 142 Research Methods in Psychology
or BI 242 Research Methods in Biology
4. Practical Experience
PY 389 Independent Research
or BI 389 Independent Research
or BI 370 Internship
Although chemistry and physics courses are not required, CH 101, 102, 201 and 202
and PH 201and 202 may be necessary for certain career goals.
295

Psychology ________________________________________________
Psychology
Faculty
Professor Nodine (chair)
Associate Professors Blustein, Gillem, Miserandino, Robbins
Assistant Professors Gallagher, Jones, Marsh
Adjunct Professors Scully, Sdorow, Wiley, Winn
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Minors
Psychology
Psychology (Human Resources)
Forensic Criminology in the Social Sciences
Special Program
Preferential admission to and exemption from some required courses of the
Master of Arts in Counseling
Options
Pre-Art Therapy
Individualized Options
Secondary Education Certification (in social studies)
Related Fields of Study
Art (page 185)
Education (page 159)
Pre-Physician Assistant (page 287)
Pre-Physical Therapy (page 289)
Psychobiology (page 294)
Sociology (page 307)
Women’s Studies (page 230)
Overview
Students can look for two results from the program in psychology. First, they can
expect a sound basis for careers either in psychology itself or in related areas for which
psychology provides an underpinning. Second, from individual courses, they can expect
an enriched understanding of the nature of human behavior and of the forces that
shape both the individual and society. This second outcome is central to a liberal
education.
Study Abroad Option
Students are strongly encouraged to study abroad. University sponsored study abroad
programs are available in, the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales, Northern
Ireland), Australia, Ireland and New Zealand where psychology can be studied. Aside
from transportation, the cost usually is no greater than a semester or year on the
Glenside campus. Available from departmental advisers are plans showing which
296

_________________________________________________ Psychology
semesters abroad will fit best with the psychology major. The plans also show which
international courses can be substituted for courses here.
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
In accordance with individual interests and career goals, psychology majors may
select courses in one of three directions:
1. Liberal Arts: Major in psychology.
The liberal arts direction may be selected by students who desire a basic
foundation in psychology and a broad preparation in the liberal arts. Since only
two courses per year are required for the major in psychology (four courses during
the sophomore year), the psychology major may easily be combined with other
majors such as business, fine arts, or English. This direction fulfills the usual
requirements for graduate study in psychology, as well as for careers open to
liberal arts graduates without specific vocational preparation.
2. Pre-Professional: Major in psychology, supplemented with courses in a preprofessional
specialization.
The pre-professional direction is designed for students who wish to pursue a
specialized profession. The psychology major is sufficiently open in requirements,
so that it may easily be integrated with pre-professional preparation. Correlative
courses prepare students for professional work or graduate study in the following
areas:
Pre-health Professions: Students preparing for one of the health professions
often find the psychology major a useful center for their pre-professional
studies. In fields such as physical therapy, medicine, health education, nursing,
public health, health administration, or veterinary medicine, professionals who
regard their task as dealing with human beings who have difficulties can find
psychology a meaningful source of guidance. Course work in biology,
chemistry, or computer science is easily combined with the major to provide
appropriate background. (See pp. 285–291 for information on pre-health
programs.)
Secondary Education: Students who wish to teach psychology at the
secondary school level obtain state certification in social science. Upon
completion of the required courses in psychology, education and social
sciences, students are eligible for the Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate.
Psychology and Business: Students who are interested in positions in human
resources management and who wish to combine preparation in psychology
and business may combine the major in psychology with a minor in business
(see page 300). This program is also good preparation for students who wish to
pursue graduate study in psychology or business administration.
Pre-Art Therapy: Students who wish to combine psychology and art therapy
in preparation for graduate study must complete the courses recognized by the
American Art Therapy Association as prerequisites for graduate study. This
can be accomplished through a major in psychology with an art therapy
emphasis, a major in fine arts with an art therapy emphasis and course work in
psychology, or a combined major in fine arts (B.A. program) and psychology
with an art therapy emphasis.
297

Psychology ________________________________________________
Individualized Options: Students who are interested in careers such as school
psychology, psychiatric social work, working with children, counseling and
guidance in schools, music therapy, or psychometrics must continue their
education at the master’s level. Appropriate preparatory courses at the undergraduate
level should be selected in consultation with the departmental
adviser.
3. Graduate Studies: Major in psychology, supplemented with cognate courses in
preparation for master’s and Ph.D. programs in psychology.
The graduate studies direction is designed for students interested in postsecondary
teaching, research, clinical or counseling psychology, or other
specialized areas of psychology. Undergraduate psychology course work should be
supplemented with cognate courses relevant to students’ particular interests,
selected in consultation with the department chairperson or adviser. For example,
students interested in social psychology should select courses in sociology, history,
government and economics; students interested in experimental psychology
should select courses in biology, chemistry, physics and mathematics; students
interested in clinical psychology should select courses in sociology and the
humanities.
Master of Arts in Counseling (Preferential admission)
Arcadia University psychology majors who meet the criteria for admission will be
given preferential consideration for admission and may be exempted from certain
courses. The graduate program is designed to allow a student to sit for the NCE and to
apply for Pennsylvania licensure once mandated supervised work experience is acquired.
Requirements for the Major
(42–44 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128.)
Eleven courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology*
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
PY 142 Research Methods
PY 221, 222 Psychology as a Natural Science
PY 331, 332 Psychology as a Social Science
PY 490, 491 Senior Course
One elective selected to complement career goals.
* Students may substitute an equivalent one-semester survey course from another college.
298

_________________________________________________ Psychology
Requirements for Art Therapy Emphasis
1. Completion of the requirements for the major in psychology listed above.
2. Completion of the requirements for a minor in studio art listed on page 196.
3. Four courses in art therapy:
AT 200 Introduction to Art Therapy
AT 210 Intermediate Art Therapy
AT 310 Art Therapy Application Techniques
AT 365 Internship in Art Therapy**
4. Three additional courses in psychology:
PY 205 Abnormal Psychology
PY 212 Developmental Psychology
ED 214
or
Introduction to Inclusive Education
PY/ED 238 Adolescence
Requirements for Secondary Education Certification
in Social Studies
1. Completion of the requirements for the major in psychology listed above.
2. Completion of the certification requirements for social studies. Chairs of the
Psychology or Education Departments can provide a list of the six courses in social
sciences also needed for certification.
Requirements for the Minor in Psychology
(30–32 credits as listed below.)
The minor in psychology provides a basic background in psychology for non-majors
as part of their liberal arts education. The minor is especially valuable for students in
the natural sciences preparing for graduate or professional study with a behavioral
component, or for students in mathematics and computer science whose work involves
communication with behavioral scientists, or for students in communications interested
in processing of information, or for students in sociology interested in social work.
Students who wish to complete a minor in psychology should consult with the
department chair.
Seven courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology*
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
PY 142 Research Methods
PY 221, 222 Psychology as a Natural Science
One psychology elective.
* Students may substitute an equivalent one-semester survey course from another college.
** Or an equivalent Psychology internship.
299

Psychology ________________________________________________
Requirements for Minor in Psychology (Human Resources)
(30–32 credits as listed below.)
Human Resources is a field in which students combine business and psychological
principles important to the management professional today. Students should complete a
major in one discipline and a minor in the other, with the major either in psychology
or business (see page 113), based on the area of stronger interest to the student.
Courses in psychology help the student to gain an understanding of human behavior
with particular emphasis on issues critical to the dynamics of behavior in an
organizational setting. Business courses provide the student with background in business
functional areas as well as study in human resources administration.
Eight courses in psychology:
PY 101, 102 General Psychology*
PY 221, 222 Psychology as a Natural Science
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
PY 142 Research Methods
PY/SO 153 Social Psychology
PY 261 Psychology of Work Behavior
Requirements for Minor in Forensic Criminology in the
Social Sciences
Psychology majors who wish to complete this minor will take three courses in Sociology
and will design their psychology senior seminar work to provide forensic experience.
Please refer to page 229 for more information.
Psychology (PY)
101, 102
General Psychology
(4 credits each)
101 Fall (D), 102 Spring (D)
Examination of the major elements of
psychology both as a natural and a social science:
experimental method, the nature of psychological
theory, species-specific behavior, psychological
development, the study of perception, learning
and motivation, statistics, individual differences
in ability and personality, deviant behavior and
social phenomena. Includes all topics normally
covered in a course in educational psychology.
Fulfills the requirements of both elementary
psychology and educational psychology for
students preparing to teach.
PY 101 is a prerequisite for PY 102.
* Students may substitute an equivalent one-semester survey course from another college.
300
141
Elementary Statistics
(Also listed as MA 141)
(4 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
(3 credits)
Summer (E)
Introduction to basic statistical techniques and
their applications to the sciences, social sciences
and business administration. Includes the
collection and presentation of data, measures of
central tendency and variability, probability,
sampling distributions, confidence intervals,
hypothesis testing, correlation and regression.
Prerequisite: MA 100 or placement exam. Can
be taken concurrently with PY 221.

_________________________________________________ Psychology
142
Research Methods
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Introduces research design for assigning
experimental conditions to subjects and statistical
analysis associated with the design.
Randomization, selection of subjects, large group
and single subject designs, ethical considerations
to be considered.
Prerequisite: MA/PY 141. To be taken
concurrently with PY 222.
153
Social Psychology
(Also listed as SO 153)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring(E)
Study of the effect of the social situation on
the individual: social interaction, conformity,
group processes, attitude, attitude change,
stereotyping, prejudice, aggression and
environmental psychology. Includes class
discussions, readings and research projects.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in one of
the social sciences; or permission of the
instructor. Open to psychology minors; not open
to majors.
154
The Study of Lives
Not regularly scheduled.
201
Cognitive Psychology
Not regularly scheduled.
202
Cross-cultural Psychology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Survey course examines how culture influences
behavior, evaluates current psychological theories
and literature with regards to understanding
human behavior from different global cultural
regions and ethnic backgrounds, and introduces
research methodology and anthropological cases
to fully appreciate human diversity in the world
today.
Prerequisite: PY 101-102 or equivalent.
203
Health Psychology
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Introduction to the basic principles, research
findings, practical applications, and important
issues in the field of health psychology.
Emphasizes the scientific basis of health
psychology in empirical research. Allows
application to everyday life.
Prerequisite: PY 101-102 or equivalent.
205
Abnormal Psychology
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Survey of data and theory concerning
assessment, classification, and treatment of
psychological disorders. Students will develop
basic knowledge of the categories, symptoms, and
treatments of selected disorders found in the
Diagnostic and Statistical Manuel of Mental
Disorders. They will become familiar with various
theoretical interpretations and scientific data
regarding the causes of abnormal behavior. They
will also become aware of some of the ethical
issues involved in diagnosing and treating mental
disorders. A final research paper is required.
Prerequisites: PY 101-102 or equivalent.
212
Developmental Psychology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of growth and behavior of children from
infancy through adult. Includes individual and
environmental factors affecting normal cognitive,
emotional, physical and social development.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102; or permission of
the instructor.
301

Psychology ________________________________________________
221, 222
Psychology as a Natural Science
(4 credits each)
221 Fall (D), 222 Spring (D)
Study of the facts, principles and theories
associated with basic psychological phenomena,
including human and animal learning, cognition,
memory, motivation and behavioral neuroscience.
Offers practical experience in both classical and
contemporary research methods. Includes
lectures, laboratory exercises and an independent
project.
Three class hours and two laboratory hours
weekly.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102 or equivalent.
Concurrent registration in MA/PY 141 and PY
142. PY 221 is a prerequisite to PY 222.
Required of all psychology majors and open to
other qualified students.
238
Adolescence
(Also listed as ED 238)
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examination of psychological, emotional,
cognitive, peer, familial and social institutional
forces on American adolescents. Considers
adolescent reactions to these forces as they try to
develop coherent, meaningful lives. Emphasizes
“the sense of self” and the transitional nature of
adolescence. Also examines learning problems,
separation from family, delinquency, drug abuse,
sexual behavior, vocational choices and the
development of values. Requires weekly field
placement with an adolescent. Encourages use of
own life material.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102; or permission of
the instructor.
261
Psychology of Work Behavior
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the basis in social science research
and theory for the practice of human resource
administration. Includes selection and training,
performance appraisal, motivation and morale,
interpersonal and group processes in business and
industry, causes and effects of work-related stress,
workplace issues related to women and minoritygroup
members. Lecture-discussion format.
Prerequisites: Junior status.
302
270
Forensic Psychology
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Survey of the diverse tasks faced by the legal
system to which psychological knowledge or
methods are applied. Review of research on
human behavior related to the legal process and
the professional practice of psychology where it
interacts with the legal system.
Prerequisite: PY 101-102 or SO 101.
285
Special Topics in Psychology
(1, 2, 3 or 4 credits)
The content, credit hours and prerequisites for
this course vary depending on the nature of the
topic covered.
313
The Social Construction of Identity:
Race, Class, Gender and Sexuality
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Examination of racial, gender, sexual, and
social class identities from a social constructionist
perspective, exploring the way that these
concepts have been constructed and imposed on
members of American society. The social and
psychological impact of these constructs on
people who don’t comfortably fit within their
confines will be explored through novels,
autobiographies and other texts.
Prerequisites: PY 101, 102, or equivalent, and
junior or senior status; or instructor’s permission.

_________________________________________________ Psychology
331, 332
Psychology as a Social Science
(4 credits each)
331 Fall (D), 332 Spring (D)
The first course in this sequence, PY 331, will
focus on social psychology: the influence of social
situations on the individual. Topics in social
psychology include conformity, group behavior,
attitudes, attitude change, prejudice, aggression,
conflict resolution, close relationships and
cultural influences on the self. The second
course, PY 332, will consider theories of
personality. Topics in personality include classic
and contemporary views in each of the major
schools of thought: Freudian, neo-Freudian,
behavioristic, humanistic, cognitive, biological
and existential.
Three class hours and two laboratory
conference hours weekly.
Prerequisites: MA/PY 141, PY 142, PY 221,
222. PY 331 is a prerequisite to PY 332.
Required of all psychology majors.
389
Independent Study
Independent research or field experience under
the direction of faculty members.
Prerequisite: permission of the chairperson.
420
Clinical Psychopharmacology for
Counselors and other Mental Health
Professionals
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
This course is intended to provide counseling
students and other students in the mental health
professions with a basic understanding of how
psychiatric medications work in the brain and
modify behavior. Students will learn about the
relationship between DSM IV diagnoses and the
choice of psychiatric medications that are
prescribed by physicians. Finally, students will be
trained to use reference material to evaluate key
characteristics of psychiatric medications and
evaluate the clinical efficacy of medications.
Prerequisite: Senior status or students who
have completed PY 205 and PY 221-222 with
permission of the instructor.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
422
Psychology of Women
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examination of psychological and sociological
theories that pertain to women. Topics include
myths and stereotypes, the nature versus nurture
controversy, the male/female dichotomy, research
pertaining to intelligence, personality,
motivation, achievement, mothering and a
variety of other interesting issues.
Prerequisites: four courses in psychology or
equivalent social science; or permission of the
instructor.
430
Seminar in Behavior Modification
(3 credits)
Summer (E)
Introduction to the principles and techniques
used in behavior modification. Students will read
and analyze empirical and theoretical research
reports examining the application of behavior
modification to psychopathology. Students will
be required to act as discussion leaders on
selected topics in the literature.
Prerequisites: PY 221, 222 or equivalent.
443
Psychological Testing
Spring (E)
Not regularly scheduled.
450
Psychodrama, Basic Theory and Practice
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
A study of psychodrama in its historical
context as group psychotherapy, the evolving
method and basic strategy and tactics. A
laboratory in which specific techniques, such as
doubling, role reversal, mirroring and selfpreservation
are practiced as part of the course.
Prerequisites: This is a graduate course open to
undergraduates with senior standing in
psychology major and departmental permission.
303

Psychology/Scientific Illustration _____________________________
490, 491
Senior Course
(4 credits each)
490 Fall (D), 491 Spring (D)
Capstone course with three components: the
seminar, independent research or internship and
a senior thesis.
The seminar includes reading and discussion of
original literature on selected topics in
psychology. Requires periodic seminar
presentations and oral reports on research or
internship projects. Meets two hours weekly.
Students interested in research and who have
maintained a GPA of 3.0 in psychology may
Scientific Illustration
Advisers
Associate Professors Rawlins, Rose
Degree Program
Bachelor of Arts in Scientific Illustration
Overview
pursue an independent research project under the
guidance of a psychology faculty member.
Students interested in applications of
psychology may pursue an internship. Such
internships are served in the community or in
the University in activities designed to meet
career goals. Requires a minimum of eight hours
per week.
All students complete and present a senior
thesis and poster based upon either their research
or a practical question from the internship.
Prerequisites: MA/PY 141, PY 221, 222, 331,
332. Under some circumstances PY 331, 332 may
be taken concurrently. PY 490 is a prerequisite to
PY 491.
The Scientific Illustration Program combines study in biology and the fine arts. Two
emphases exist: scientific illustration and pre-medical illustration. The former prepares
students for a number of possible careers in biological illustration, graphic design or
laboratory research. The latter prepares students for graduate study in medical
illustration. Prospective students must present evidence of capability in science and a
portfolio demonstrating skill in representational drawing.
Requirements for the Major
(84–96 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total
128 credits.)
Scientific illustration students are exempt from distribution area number 1 and one
course from distribution area number 2 within the general education requirements.
Adjustments in the requirements for the major in scientific illustration may be made
with the approval of the program adviser. A maximum of 96 credits in art and science
304

________________________________________ Scientific Illustration
may be counted towards the degree. Additional course work is required for a degree in
scientific illustration with an emphasis in pre-medical illustration.*
1. Sixteen courses in fine arts and art history:
FA 102 Three-dimensional Design
FA 103 Visual Fundamentals
FA 104 Drawing I
FA 105 Drawing II
FA 200 Painting I
FA 206 Desktop Publishing
FA 226 Illustration I
or FA 228 Children’s Book Illustration
FA 250 Graphic Design I (Typography)
FA 270 Digital Imaging
FA 300 Advanced Drawing
FA 304 Figure Drawing
FA 387 Internship**
FA 484 Senior Thesis Research Seminar
One 100-level course in art history.
One additional 200-level studio course.
2. Three courses in scientific illustration:
SI 201 Scientific Illustration I
SI 302 Scientific Illustration II
SI 490 Senior Thesis
3. Six courses in science
BI 101 General Biology I
BI 102 General Biology II
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
BI 222 Plant Biology
BI 317 Developmental Biology
CH 101 Modern Chemical Concepts I
4. Recommended:
FA 208 Photography I
FA 251 Graphic Design II (Web Design)
FA 271 Digital Video
BI 329 Ecology
BI 330 Conservation Biology
* Course work required for an emphasis in pre-medical illustration:
One fine arts course:
FA 208 Photography I
Three science courses:
BI 205 Human Anatomy
BI 206 Human Physiology
BI 325 Cell Biology or BI 327 Histology can substitute for BI 317 Developmental Biology
CH 102 Modern Chemical Concepts II
** Two- or four-credit internships consisting of supervised training in illustration, design, systematics and/or collections
management may be set up at a studio or research institution in the Philadelphia area. Past internship sites include
the Academy of Natural Sciences, the Schuylkill Center for Environmental Education, Jefferson Hospital and
Philadelphia Zoo.
305

Scientific Illustration _______________________________________
Scientific Illustration (SI)
201
Scientific Illustration I
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
A survey of the various techniques and media
which function to visually interpret scientific
principles. Both traditional and digital
applications are presented, though the former is
stressed. The preparation of black and white
illustrations suitable for publication is
emphasized. In addition, representative scientific
taxa are studied via laboratory exercises designed
to supplement students’ knowledge of systematics
and scientific terminology.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisites: FA 103, 104, 105, BI 101, 102,
and concurrently scheduled advanced courses; or
permission of the instructor.
306
302
Scientific Illustration II
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
A continuation of Scientific Illustration I.
Techniques and media using color are introduced.
Emphasis is placed on problem-solving and
preparation of a portfolio.
Six studio hours weekly and independent
work.
Prerequisites: FA 103, 104, 105, BI 101, 102,
SI 301 and concurrently scheduled advanced
courses.
490
Senior Thesis
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Preparation for criticism and exhibition of a
major project in scientific illustration under the
supervision of a faculty critic. Includes individual
and group conferences pertaining to advanced
aspects of the field of concentration. Requires a
written thesis.
Required of all scientific illustration seniors.

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
Sociology and Anthropology
Faculty
Professor Johnston
Associate Professor Church
Assistant Professors García (chair), Loury, Pinsky
Instructor Otieno
Degree Programs
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
Human Services
Pre-criminal Justice
Minors
Anthropology
Forensic Criminology in the Social Sciences
Sociology
Women’s Studies
Options
Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies (evening program only)
Secondary Education Certification (in social studies) (page 299)
Minors in other departments, such as Business Administration
Overview
The Sociology and Anthropology Program offers a broad base for understanding
different countries, classes, religions and ethnic backgrounds. This global view develops
your ability to work with people of diverse cultures. Given the breadth, adaptability and
utility of sociology, a variety of employment opportunities exist for sociology graduates.
In addition, the program develops a set of specific skills, such as analytic proficiency,
evaluative assessment and polished writing. Minors are available in sociology,
anthropology and women’s studies.
All sociology majors take a group of core courses. You can choose sociology electives
based on your career goals or from the two pre-professional tracks in the department: a
concentration in human services or a concentration in pre-criminal justice studies.
Career emphasis is expanded through an optional internship experience during the
senior year and a senior research project based entirely on your area of interest. Recent
practicum settings have included nursing homes, human resource departments, child
welfare agencies, police departments, schools, and hospital research departments.
Study Abroad Option
A semester abroad can easily be incorporated into the Sociology Program and is
strongly encouraged. Indeed, the department feels that this experience is invaluable for
anyone majoring in sociology. The fall of the junior year is the recommended semester,
provided that the student enrolls in a course on social theory during the semester.
Students can then select other courses related to the culture of the country in which
they are studying.
University sponsored study abroad programs are available in, the United Kingdom
(England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland), Australia, France, Greece, Ireland,
Korea, Mexico, New Zealand and Spain. Aside from transportation, the cost usually is
no greater than a semester or year on the Glenside campus.
307

Sociology and Anthropology _________________________________
General Sociology
Sociology and anthropology, with their emphasis on understanding human culture
and behavior, provide a strong background in liberal arts. A major in sociology
enhances those qualities developed in liberal arts graduates, such as being able to think
critically, to write well and to make oral presentations. Sociologists with B.A. degrees
enter a wide variety of occupations. In business and industry, jobs most frequently held
are in marketing, sales, human resources and management. The Sociology Program at
Arcadia University offers students the opportunity to learn a range of research
techniques that can be applied in a variety of employment settings—universities; public
agencies at the federal, state or local level; businesses or industrial firms; or research
institutes in the non-profit or advocacy sector.
Undergraduate sociology majors frequently pursue graduate work in areas other than
sociology, such as social work, education, public health, business administration, urban
planning, law and medicine. For a career in academic sociology beyond the secondary
school level, graduate training in sociology is necessary.
Sociology is one of the majors recommended by the Physical Therapy Department for
students who plan to pursue a career in physical therapy. A sociology major provides
the well-rounded background in liberal arts advocated by the American Physical
Therapy Association, while allowing ample time for the student to complete the
requirements for admission to the graduate program in physical therapy. The major can
be designed with an emphasis on health and health care systems to strengthen the
foundation for a career in physical therapy.
Concentration in Human Services
Many students choose sociology because of their interest in pursuing a career in
social work or human services. In addition to the relevant course work, the preprofessional
program includes experiential learning through both community service
and internships in human services agencies. These opportunities enable students to gain
practical experience, to establish contacts in the field, to integrate practice and
academic study and to evaluate their interest in a particular area. For those students,
the Internship in Sociology (which must be in a human services setting) should be
taken during the spring semester of the senior year. Introduction to Social Welfare,
offered in the fall semester, should be taken prior to this. In certain circumstances,
students may also take Internship in Sociology during the fall semester of the senior
year. Additionally, Inequality and The Family are recommended as electives in
Sociology and Anthropology. Students interested in pursuing a Master of Social Work
degree should consider taking courses in psychology to fulfill free electives. (Keep in
mind during academic planning that most upper-level courses in the Psychology
Department require PY 101 and PY 102 as prerequisites.)
Concentration in Pre-criminal justice
Students interested in graduate study in criminal justice have the option of a
concentration in pre-criminal justice. For those students, Social Problems, Crime and
Punishment and The Family should be taken as electives in Sociology and
Anthropology. The Internship in Sociology (which must be in a criminal justice
setting) should be taken during the spring semester of the senior year. Introduction to
Social Welfare must be taken prior to this. In certain circumstances, students may also
take Internship in Sociology during the fall semester of the senior year.
308

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
Liberal Studies
The Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies is an interdisciplinary course of study that
integrates a liberal arts education across a wide area of study, including, but not limited
to the social studies, and the arts and humanities. The program provides students with
the opportunity to shape an individualized course of study and to integrate academic
and career interests. By drawing connections across disciplines, students gain a broader
awareness of the world around them, and a better understanding of the human
condition in contemporary society.
Students, in conjunction with their advisers, will develop a cohesive concentrated
course of study across academic departments. All students majoring in Liberal Studies
are required to take four courses specifically designed for the major. These are LB200:
Introduction to Liberal Studies, LB330: Evaluating Research, LB/SO385: Social Theory
and LB 490: Capstone Seminar.
In order to be accepted into the program, students must have a current GPA of 2.0
and provide the program coordinator with an outline of their intended course of study.
Students in these programs are assigned to faculty advisers from the Sociology and
Anthropology Department. These faculty also teach the courses in the curriculum. For
more details, see pp. 236–237.
International Options
Minor in International Studies
A major in sociology can be combined with a minor in international studies for
those students who are interested in acquiring practical experience in international
affairs and who desire a more global understanding of the world. The program is
supplementary to the major and can readily mesh with the student’s individually
tailored curriculum in sociology. The international studies minor combines study abroad
with international courses here at Arcadia University and modern language preparation.
For additional information, see the section “International Studies minor” on page 100.
Minor in Sociology
The minor in sociology provides an opportunity for students majoring in fields such
as business, communications, education, political science, pre-law, pre-physical therapy
and psychology to select courses that will provide them with sociological and
anthropological theory and research findings useful to their careers and enriching to
their lives in the liberal arts tradition.
Requirements for the Minor in Sociology
(17–20 credits as listed below.)
Two courses in sociology:
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
LB/SO 385 Social Theory
Three electives in sociology or two electives in sociology and one in anthropology,
chosen in consultation with the department and based on the individual’s interests
and needs.
309

Sociology and Anthropology _________________________________
Minor in Anthropology
The minor in anthropology offers students the opportunity to explore the rich
diversity of cultures around the world. Students majoring in fields such as art, business,
communications, education, history, political science, philosophy, pre-law, pre-physical
therapy, pre-med or psychology will find that anthropological theory and method both
complement and challenge their understanding of the world.
Requirements for the Minor in Anthropology
(18–20 credits as listed below.)
Students will be required to take (for 7–8 credits) AN 120: Cultural Anthropology and
LB/SO 385: Social Theory. In addition to these two required courses, students must
choose two anthropology topic courses (for 7–8 credits) among those listed.
Furthermore, students will choose to take either AN 220: Social Issues or SO 265:
Inequality for 4 credits. No more than two courses may jointly fulfill the requirements
for the sociology major or minor and the anthropology minor. A minimum of eight
courses must be taken to receive a double minor in sociology and anthropology.
Common Curriculum
Required (7–8 credits)
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
LB/SO 385
Electives
Social Theory
Topics (Two of the following) (7–8 credits)
AN 150 The Family
AN 262 Myth, Magic and Religion
AN 272 Cultures, Conflict and Power
AN 361 Social Change: Globalization and Culture
Diversity (One of the following) (4 credits)
SO 265 Inequality
AN/SO 220 Social Issues
Minor in Forensic Criminology in the Social Sciences
Sociology majors who wish to complete this minor will take four courses in psychology
and will design their sociology senior seminar work to provide forensic experience.
Please refer to page 228 for more information.
Minor in Women’s Studies
A minor in Women’s Studies offers an in-depth study of women and women’s issues
from the perspective of different disciplines. Informed by varied feminist paradigms, the
minor provides the opportunity to analyze and integrate knowledge from the unique
vantage point of gender. Along with core courses in the social sciences and humanities,
students can concentrate on critical aspects of women’s lives, such as the intersection of
race, class and gender. Please refer to page 230 for more information.
310

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
Requirements for the Major in Sociology
(43–48 credits as listed below, plus University-wide requirements and electives to total 128.)
Common Curriculum for All Majors
(19–20 credits as listed below.)
1. Five courses in sociology:
SO 101 Introductory Sociology
SO 330 Research Methods I (spring semester Junior year)
LB/SO 385 Social Theory (fall semester Junior year)
SO 431 Research Methods II (fall semester Senior year)
SO 490 Senior Seminar (spring semester Senior year)
2. One course in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
3. Additional Requirements (21–24 credits)
In addition to the common curriculum, students select six of the following
courses, one of which must be a course in anthropology. The courses are selected by
the student in conjunction with the adviser and are chosen on the basis of the
student’s future career goals. Students in either of the pre-professional
concentrations have a pre-selected set of electives.
AN 120 Cultural Anthropology
AN 150 The Family
AN 220 Social Issues (Anthropology)
AN 262 Myth, Magic and Religion
AN 272 Cultures, Conflict and Power
SO 150 Contemporary Social Problems
SO/PY 153 Social Psychology
SO 207 Introduction to Social Welfare
SO 220 Social Issues (Sociology)
SO 229 Women in Society
SO 230 Racism: Myths and Realities
SO 240 African American Images in the Media
SO 245 Gays and Lesbians in American Society
SO 250 Sex and Society
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
SO 261 Cross Cultural Dimensions of International Business
SO 265 Inequality
SO 269 Crime and Punishment
SO 270 Feminist Theories
SO 280 The Sociology of AIDS and HIV
SO 362/363 Internship in Sociology
311

Sociology and Anthropology _________________________________
Sociology (SO)
101
Introductory Sociology
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Overview of the discipline of sociology is
presented. Focus on social groups and their
effects on individuals. Content areas cover
culture, social structure and social change as well
as an introduction to social research.
Additionally, special emphasis is placed on
stratification in society in terms of social class,
race, gender and age. Includes class discussion
and group assignments.
150
Contemporary Social Problems
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Study of contemporary social problems from a
global perspective. Examines population,
environmental depletion and destruction,
violence and war, racial and ethnic conflict,
migration, gender inequality and other problems
that occur internationally and that are
interrelated. Analyzes assumptions underlying
popular and theoretical explanations of social
problems, as well as programs and policies aimed
at alleviating them.
153
Social Psychology
(Also listed as PY 153)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Study of the effect of the social situation on
the individual: social interaction, conformity,
group processes, attitude, attitude change,
stereotyping, prejudice, aggression and
environmental psychology. Includes class
discussions, readings and research projects.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in one of
the social sciences; or permission of the
instructor. Open to psychology minors; not open
to majors.
312
207
Introduction to Social Welfare
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Overview of the social welfare system in this
country, including its historical development.
Understanding and evaluating social welfare
programs such as family and children’s services,
health care, community mental health and work
with the aging will be the goal. Includes visits to
selected community agencies.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or AN 120.
220
Social Issues
(Also listed as AN 220)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
In-depth analysis, from a social science
perspective, of a substantive social issue
confronting modern societies. Emphasizes
pertinent social structures, values and attitudes,
and the effects on the individual. Topics vary
from year to year. May be repeated for credit.
229
Women in Society
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Surveys the effects of cultural values, social
institutions and sex roles on women’s lives.
Analyzes sources of gender inequality, especially
in terms of the social construction of gender and
sexuality. Examines the intersections of race,
class, and sexuality for women. Draws heavily on
student participation to integrate personal gender
experiences with a base of knowledge about
women.
230
Racism: Myths and Realities
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
This course will provide a critical examination
of how racism is operationalized in American
society and its impact on the historical, social,
psychological and spiritual relationship between
Black and White Americans. Students will have
an opportunity to investigate both past and
present racist practices and events, analyze how

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
the practice of racism and culture interface and
the effects of racism on Black and White
America.
Prerequisite: EN 101; SO 101, ID 111 or ID
222
240
African American Imagery in the Media
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This course will provide a critical examination
of the role and effects mass media has on the
African American community. Students will
have the opportunity to explore the genres of
television and film not only as mediums of
entertainment, but as dynamic forces in the
presentation and perpetuation of certain cultural
values, ideals, philosophies and beliefs. Students
will examine the cultural prism of race in
assessing mass media’s creation of images and
attitudes about the African American community.
245
Gays and Lesbians in American Society
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
The course will introduce students to the gay
and lesbian experience in American society from
pre-Stonewall to present day life. Using a
sociological approach, students will explore the
development of diverse gay and lesbian identities
and communities during the past 30 years, and
examine their social, political and cultural
implications both inside and outside the gay and
lesbian community. Students will examine and
discuss the ways in which the gay and lesbian
culture has impacted American society, as well as
identify the cultural and political struggles within
the gay and lesbian community, and between the
gay and straight communities. Intersections of
race and class will also be explored.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
247
Aging in Modern Society
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Spring (D,E)
Social, psychological and biological aging are
addressed. Topics include health care, family
relationships, housing options, friendships,
politics and economics of aging, cross-cultural
and historical aging, death and dying, and the
societal effects of an increasing older population.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
250
Sex and Society
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Explores the multiple ways that social
processes and culture construct and channel male
and female sexual behavior. Students will study
social science research on human sexuality, the
meanings of sex and gender from a sociological
perspective and the cultural mythologies that
shape and inform our emotions, behaviors and
attitudes.
260
Sociology of Health Care
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
Explores definitions of health and illness in
the United States and other cultures. Analyzes
the social, economic, political and cultural
factors bearing on health care with emphasis on
social structure, formal organization,
professionalism and historic development.
Enables students to apply the knowledge gained,
both professionally and personally.
261
Cross Cultural Dimensions of
International Business
(3 credits)
Spring (D,E)
This course examines the implications of
different cultural environments on the conduct
of international business. The course will explore
how cultural differences impact perceptions,
attitudes, and behavior. More specifically, the
course will examine how cultural variations
influence motivation, group behavior,
communication patterns, leadership, and
negotiation styles. The focus of the course is on
understanding organizational behavior in an
international context and applying the insights
gained to international management issues.
Prerequisite: Sophomore Standing
313

Sociology and Anthropology _________________________________
265
Inequality
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examination of important empirical findings
and theories for the analysis of systems of social
stratification. Reviews the contributions of Marx,
Weber and other early scholars. Includes caste,
estate and class as alternative stratification
systems; the interrelations of class, status and
power; and the behavioral and attitudinal
consequences of class differences in modern
America.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or AN 120.
Offered in 2005.
269
Crime and Punishment
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of deviant behavior with a primary
emphasis on criminology. Surveys social and
individual factors associated with delinquency
and crimes of adults, white collar crimes,
professional criminals, the illegal drug trade and
pornography. Considers the police, the criminal
court system, prisons and rehabilitative
techniques. Includes field trips.
270
Feminist Theory
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This course closely examines feminist theories
from an analytic and sociological viewpoint.
That is, we will look at how feminist thinkers
have conceptualized how and why women are
positioned as they are in society, and how these
ideas have evolved over time and within
particular sociopolitical contexts. We will
examine the definitional and political issues
inherent in “feminism” and what it has come to
mean in society. The theories to be studied will
include liberal, Marxist, psychoanalytic and
radical feminism. Throughout the course these
theories will be evaluated along the intersections
of race, class, and sexual orientation.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
314
273
Criminal Minds, Criminal Roles
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
This course investigates the use of structural,
cultural and social psychological theory in
explaining criminal behavior. One of the focuses
of the course is examining criminal behavior
from a life-course perspective to examine why
much violent crime is committed during
adolescence, why some people become career
criminals while others “age-out” of crime, and
the manner by which race, class and gender
affect criminality. Given this manner by which
suburban American culture impacts youth
delinquency.
Prerequisites: PY 101-102 or SO 101.
280
The Sociology of AIDS and HIV
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
This course examines social issues surrounding
AIDS and HIV: discrimination and homophobia,
risk reduction strategies, social factors in
transmission, media treatment, legal and political
dilemmas, and international efforts in HIV
reduction. Students will get first hand experience
through service learning in AIDS organizations
within the Delaware Valley.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.
286
Health and Human Rights
(3 credits)
Fall (E)
This course explores the relationship between
health and human rights through prevailing
definitions and understandings of international
human rights, and the relevance, scope and
depth of issues relevant to health and human
rights scholars, practitioners, and advocates.
Sociological and interdisciplinary approaches are
used to explore the intersection between health
and human rights. Key international declarations
and conventions are examined, the meanings of
“human rights” and “health” explored, specific
case studies analyzed and the intersection
between historical and contemporary social issues
considered. Potential methods for promoting
health by protecting human rights at various
levels, and the contemporary human rights issues
of universality/cultural relativity and
accountability are addressed as a way of
illuminating possibilities and avenues for

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
improving individual and community health
through considering primary, secondary and
tertiary prevention in various contexts.
Prerequisites: Sophomore or above.
330
Research Methods I
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Examines the notion of paradigms, the
relationship of theory to empirical work, the
formulation of hypotheses, questionnaire
construction and multi-method research.
Introduction to the major quantitative and
qualitative research methods, including survey
research, ethnography, interviewing and content
analysis. A class project gives the student handson
experience to aid in the development of the
required individual research projects.
Prerequisites: SO 101, one additional SO or
AN course and MA/PY 141.
355
The Child in America
Not regularly scheduled.
362 and 363
Internship in Sociology
(6 credits each)
362 Fall (D), 363 Spring (D)
Fieldwork experience in a social welfare or
similar agency for 10 hours each week for the
semester. Offers choice of setting based on the
interests and needs of individual students.
Includes weekly seminar focusing on workplace
skills.
Prerequisites: SO 207. Admission only by preregistration
in the preceding semester. Open to
senior sociology majors and others with
permission of the instructor.
385
Social Theory
(Also listed as LB385)
(4 credits, day)
(4 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E)
Survey of the contributions of major classical,
modern and post-modern theorists, presented
within their social and historic context.
Considers works of Marx, Weber, Durkheim,
Freud, Parsons, Mead and Goffman, Habermas,
Bourdieu as well as Appadurai, Butler, Hooks,
Foucault, Baudrillard and Haraway and other
theorists. Reviews critiques and elaborations of
the theories and assesses their influences on
contemporary thought in the social sciences and
humanities.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
389
Independent Study
Individual research or directed in-depth
reading at an advanced level devoted to specific
topics in sociology, anthropology, or social
welfare.
Prerequisites: approval of the chairperson and
instructor concerned.
431
Research Methods II
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Continuation of SO 330. Examines methods of
data collection and analysis: levels of
measurement, graphic presentation, description,
statistics and some advanced multivariable
statistical techniques. Continues the research
project designed in SO 330, analyzing the data
using the computer and SPSS. Requires a final
research report incorporating the overall design,
the findings and their interpretation. Includes
additional three hours weekly laboratory.
Prerequisite: SO 330.
490
Senior Seminar
Spring (D)
This seminar focuses on career preparation.
Students integrate the material learned through
the undergraduate years, uncover the meanings
associated with becoming a professional and
explore career opportunities through a series of
guest speakers. Requires presentations,
preparation for senior thesis poster show and
group project.
Prerequisite: open to senior sociology majors
and others by permission of the instructor. A
GPA of 2.0 or higher in the major, or with
permission of the department is required.
315

Sociology and Anthropology _________________________________
Anthropology (AN)
120
Cultural Anthropology
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (E), Spring (D)
Systematic study of the customs, social
organization, environmental adaptation and
belief systems of primitive and contemporary
societies. Considers cultural variations in
technology, economy, language, families,
government and religion, with a special emphasis
on social and cultural change and global
relations.
Non-majors may substitute this course as
prerequisite for other courses in the sociology/
anthropology department.
150
The Family
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
Analysis of the family as a basic social
institution in both Western and non-Western
cultures. Exploration of various marriage
arrangements, kinship, family life cycle, and
issues and problems relating to societal change as
it affects kinship and family structure.
220
Social Issues
(Also listed as SO 220)
(4 credits, day)
(3 credits, evening)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
In-depth analysis, from a social science
perspective, of a substantive social issue
confronting modern societies. Emphasizes
pertinent social structure, values and attitudes,
and the effects on the individual. Topics vary
from year to year. May be repeated for credit.
316
250
Ethnographic Methods in Performance
(Also listed as TH 250)
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
This course will enable the student to trace his
or her own human journey from an ethnographic
perspective. We hope that this will enable the
actor to develop a deeper process for character
research and playwriting. We see our students
able to construct new work based on a single
biography or group biography, yielding the next
Spaulding Gray or Anna Devere Smith.
262
Myth, Magic and Religion
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of human belief systems in their varied
forms, the nature of religious understanding and
the interplay between religious forms of life, and
political structures using anthropological
concepts. Consideration of the resurgence of
religious belief in modern culture. Assumes a
basic familiarity with Anthropology.
Offered in 2006 and alternate years.
272
Cultures, Conflict and Power
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This course examines how systems of power
are established through the imposition and
contestation of symbolic practices both within
and between cultural groups. Beginning with an
examination of how the powerless have
historically used deception and feigning deference
as a political strategy to confront a sovereign
state, central emphasis of the course will be on
understanding “symbolic violence;” the
establishment of a sense of the “natural” to
cultural constructions of identity and practice.
Utilizing this notion of symbolic violence, the
course investigates how the historical
formulations of racial, gender and class
hierarchies were developed as modern
classificatory schemas of identity within the
colonial context. The course will end with an
ethnographic examination of power within a
contemporary ethnographic situation of cultural
conflict.
Offered in 2005 and alternate years.

__________________________________ Sociology and Anthropology
285
Aesthetics
(Also listed as TH 285)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Through the intersection of the disciplines of
anthropology and theatre, performance research,
this course examines the dramatic aesthetic and
cultural shifts that have occurred with the
advent of what Jameson has called “late
advanced capitalism.” Starting with an
examination of the decade of the seventies, this
course charts the explosion of particular cultural
aesthetics into worlds of entertainment,
economics and politics. A significant concern of
the course is for students to understand the
degree to which everyday life has become a
mediated reality with the concerns of marketing,
hype and profitability being central to that
reality.
320
Ritual to Theatre
(Also listed as TH 320)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
We begin by examining the place of
ritualization as part of our biological heritage,
and then explore the cultural uses of ritual,
performance and ceremony in both informal and
formal interaction from a cross-cultural vantage
point, finally we will examine a number of
avenues by which traditions of performance may
be integrated into the artistic investigation of self
and society.
361
Social Change: Globalization and Culture
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Designed for the advanced anthropology
student or international business and culture
major, this course examines the recent
reterritorialization of the world known as
“globalization.” Using a critical anthropological
perspective that addresses the cultural dimensions
of globalization, the course will examine the
organized and disjunctive social processes by
which local and transnational identity have
emerged.
Prerequisite: AN 120 or SO 261. Majors in
International Business and Culture should have
over 90 credits.
389
Independent Study
Individual research or directed in-depth
reading at an advanced level devoted to specific
topics in anthropology.
Prerequisites: approval of the chairperson and
instructor concerned.
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Sociology
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G346
Modern Greek Society
The purpose of this course is to provide a way
to sort out the kaleidoscope of a society with a
traditional background that is hurtling into the
modern world of European unification. It will
enable students to develop their own
understanding of Athens—home to almost half
the Greek population—and to identify important
characteristics and values of Greek society.
Special emphasis is placed on how modernization
has affected the ways in which Greeks have
traditionally interacted. The class will examine
the contemporary Greek family, religious customs
and rituals, the social construction of sex and
gender, and minority groups. Using the “street”
as an extension of the classroom, students will
contact people of their choice and undertake
individual field projects. They will visit places
relevant to material presented in class: the
“Kafeneion,” the First Cemetery of Athens and
the modern Agora. Professionals in the field of
education, psychology and politics will make
presentations to the class. Class readings and
lectures are drawn from a variety of sources:
anthropology, sociology, urban and social history,
and folksongs.
317

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
Spanish: See pp. 254–256.
Theatre Arts and Acting
Faculty
Associate Professor Weiner (chair)
Assistant Professor Fox (program director)
Adjunct Professors Berger-Green, Distefano, Gonglewski, Hiibel, Janzen, Joella,
Kleckner, Lisak C, Lisak R, McDaniel, Pilla, Rivas, Rose, Rosenblum, Sickora,
Walker, Wade, Wentz
Degree Program
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting
Musical Theatre Track
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre Arts and English
Minor
Theatre Arts
Options
Secondary Education Certification in English
Junior Semester/Year in Great Britain/Ireland
Related Fields of Study
Minor in Communication
Minor in Music
Related Graduate Study at Arcadia University
Master of Arts in English, Master of Arts in Humanities with a Concentration in Fine
Arts, Theatre and Music
(See Graduate Catalog)
Overview
The program in Theatre Arts and English combines a conservatory approach to the
study of theatre as an art form with a strong liberal arts education.
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting
The B.F.A. is a four-year sequential course of study in acting, the speaking voice,
speech, movement for actors, dramatic literature and the history of the theatre,
supplemented by skills offerings in stage combat, dance, gymnastics, movement,
performance improvisation, mask work, make-up, and audition technique. The schedule
is rigorous; in a typical week, a student works directly with faculty for 27 to 40 hours
and spends a comparable amount of time in preparation. The first two years of training
focus on the development of the actor’s imagination and an exploration of his or her
inner resources as they relate to the external demands of the craft. Students in their
first semester of their freshmen year are not allowed to audition in order to allow them
318

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
time to focus on their coursework and to adjust to college life. During the third and
fourth years, classroom work broadens to consider the elements of style and modes of
behavior in various historical periods, and the student is continuously engaged in
rehearsal and public performance. The productions provide a wide range of experience,
from the classics to the avant-garde, and are directed by visiting professionals, as well as
experienced resident faculty all of whom are working theatre professionals.
Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting: Music—Theatre Track
The Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting: Music—Theatre Track enables students wishing
to focus on acting for musical theatre including singing and dance to develop their skill
over the course of years. Private voice lessons integral to this track will incur an
additional cost above tuition.
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre Arts and English
The program in Theatre Arts and English combines a strong liberal arts education
with a study of theatre as an art form.
The degree program in Theatre Arts and English offers a broad range of courses that
allow for specialized concentrations that prepare students for specific career goals in the
wide spectrum of the entertainment industry: Theatre, Television and Filmmaking, or
for further study in Theatre and Media Studies at the graduate level.
Theatre majors at Arcadia University benefit from an interdisciplinary approach to
this most inter-disciplinary art form. The goal of the program is to assist in the
generation of unique talent through exposing the student to an intensive study of
performance, language, film and video. Along with the mastery of the tools and
techniques of the art form, students become immersed in the study of culture and
society in keeping with a liberal arts philosophy.
Theatre Arts majors participate actively in the life of the University through
numerous campus productions of the Theatre Arts Program and visiting professional
companies, which have residencies on the college campus. (Recent visits have included
Lookinglass Theatre, The Independent Eye, Shenandoah Shakespeare and Pig Iron
Theatre Company.) The Theatre major also benefits from a proximity to Philadelphia’s
cultural community, as well as local film companies and television stations through
internships at local theatre and opera companies.
Study Abroad Option
The theatre arts major is enriched by Arcadia University’s extensive offerings
through the Center for Education Abroad. There are particular programs that are
recommended for theatre arts majors interested in taking a semester abroad. These
programs include Goldsmiths College, Middlesex University, and the Queens University
in the United Kingdom; Victoria College of the Arts and Wollongong University in
Australia; and Trinity College in Ireland. Theatre students may also take advantage of
the London or Sydney Internship programs.
319

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
Requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Acting
A total of 84 credits plus all other University-wide requirements and electives to total
128 credits. B.F.A. students are exempt from distribution area #1 and one course from
distribution area #2.
Common Curriculum
Performance Studies: 16 credits
AN/TH 250 Ethnographic Methods in Performance
AN/TH 285 Aesthetics
AN/TH 320 Ritual to Theatre
TH 490 Advanced Workshop in Theatre: Senior Project
Stage Practicum
TH 191 Stage Practicurn and Crew I
TH 192 Stage Practicum and Crew II
Theatre History and Literature: 6 credits
TH 199 Theatre History
TH/EN 361 Seminar:Modern Drama
Acting: 28 credits
TH 150 Improvisation
TH 175 Acting: Scene Study
TH 251 Method Acting
TH 275 Acting and Directing for Camera
TH 341 Acting in Modern Theatre
TH 343 Commedia del’ Arte
TH 344 Acting Shakespeare
TH 345 Acting in Film and TV
Voice and Speech: 12 credits
TH 101 Voice and Speech I
TH 102 Voice and Speech II
TH 203 Voice and Speech III
TH 204 Voice and Speech IV
TH 305 Voice and Speech V
TH 306 Voice and Speech VI
Additional Requirements for the B.F.A. in Acting
All of the courses listed under the common curriculum plus the following courses:
Dance and Movement: 10 credits
TH 221 Dance and Choreography
TH 222 Stage Combat I
TH 301 Neutral Mask
TH 302 Lecoq Technique Movement
320

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
Writing, Directing and Design: 12 credits
TH 211 Stage Makeup
TH 303 Business of the Arts
TH 330 Directing
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
Additional Requirements for the Musical Theatre Track
All of the courses listed under the common curriculum plus the following courses:
Dance and Movement: 10 credits
TH 211 Stage Makeup
TH 221 Dance and Choreography
TH 301 Neutral Mask
TH 302 Lecoq Technique Movement
TH 303 Business of the Arts
Musical Theatre: 15 credits
MU 101 Introduction to Reading and Writing Music
MU 159 Performance Study
MU 160 Contemporary Vocal Ensemble
MU 215 Broadway Musicals
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts, Theatre Arts and
English Major
A total of 62 credits plus all other University-wide requirements. The program permits
eight different concentrations to suit various career goals.
Common Curriculum
1. For all concentrations: (14 credits)
TH 101 Voice and Speech I
TH 102 Voice and Speech II
TH 150 Improvisation
TH 175 Acting Scene Study
TH 191 Stage Practicum and Crew I
TH 192 Stage Practicum and Crew II
TH 199 Theatre History
2. Four courses in Theatre Arts from following, chosen with approval of the adviser:
(16 credits)
TH 261 Stage Design and Lighting
TH 262 Costume Design
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
TH 330 Directing
TH 341 Acting in Modern Theatre
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
TH 365 Children’s Theatre
321

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
3. Three courses chosen from the following, with the approval of the adviser: (12 credits)
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
EN 212 Writing Poetry and Fiction
EN 233 Shakespeare
EN 319 Writing for the Media
EN/TH 361 Seminar: Modern Drama
CM 101 Introduction to Communication
CM 150 Introduction to Film
CM 250 Visual Communications
CM 275 Video Production I
4. Concentration electives: (12 credits)
In addition to the common curriculum, students must also select at least one of the
following concentrations and complete an additional 12 credits: Directing for Stage
and Film, Play and Screenwriting, Theatre Design, Theatre and Film Criticism,
Drama Therapy, Arts Administration or Theatre in Education.
5. TH 370 Career Internship
6. TH 490 Advanced Workshop in Theatre: Senior Project
Minor in Theatre Arts
The minor in theatre arts introduces students to the field and techniques associated
with the creative arts. The minor is designed for students who want to combine theatre
with another major area. With this background, students may be eligible for graduate
work in theatre and film.
Requirements for the Minor
(20 credits as listed below.)
A minimum of five courses in theatre arts:
TH 140 Fundamentals of Acting
or TH 141 Role Play and Improvisation
TH 175 Acting: Scene Study
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
Three alternative classes may be chosen with the permission of theatre program
director.
322

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
Requirements for Secondary Education Certification
in English
Students who wish to be certified to teach English, but who wish to complete a
major in theatre arts and English, must satisfy the following requirements:
1. Completion of the certification requirements listed on pp. 166–167.
2. Nine courses in Theatre Arts: (24 credits)
TH 101 Voice and Speech I
TH 102 Voice and Speech II
TH 150 Improvisation
TH 175 Acting Scene Study
TH 191 Stage Practicum and Crew I
TH 192 Stage Practicum and Crew II
TH 199 Theatre History
TH 365 Children’s Theatre
One from following list of courses:
TH 275 Acting and Directing for the Camera
TH 330 Directing
TH 341 Acting in Modern Theatre
TH 350 Play and Screenwriting
3. Eight courses in English: (32 credits)
EN 199 Interpreting Literature
EN 320 Studies in Classical and Medieval Europe
EN 321 Studies in the European Renaissance and Enlightenment
EN 322 Modern British Literature
EN 323 Modern American Literature
EN 334 Introduction to Linguistics and Language History
EN 439a Teaching Writing (see Graduate Catalog)
One English elective in writing beyond EN 102.
323

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
Theatre Arts (TH)
101
Voice and Speech I
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
The focus of the work is on relaxation,
alignment, breathing, the development of free
resonance flow, and good articulation of vowels
and consonants.
102
Voice and Speech II
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Actors are introduced to the progression of
voice exercises in Kristin Linklater’s Freeing the
Natural Voice. The focus of the class is on
developing techniques that foster the connection
between the acting impulse and the voice.
Prerequisite: TH 101
130
Introduction to Theatre
(3 credits, evening)
(4 credits, day)
Fall (D), Spring (E)
This is a course in creativity, performance and
practical arts. Students will be immersed into the
areas of acting, playwriting, theatre design,
directing and theatre producing for limited
periods in the course. The teaching method
favors practice rather than theory and is an
introduction to the making of the theatrical art
rather than a literary or historical perspective.
The course will examine theatrical conventions
and structures, and drama as imitation,
adaptation and imagination.
324
140
Fundamentals of Acting
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Students work on basic acting skills such as
developing the ability to produce free,
imaginative, and purposeful behavior in relation
to environments, objects, and other persons;
individual silent exercises; group exercises. This
work leads to in-class performances of selected
scenes from a variety of American contemporary
plays with special focus given to the sensory
requirements in the text. No previous experience
required.
141
Role Play and Improvisation
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In exploring dimensions of theatrical selfexpression,
this course will employ lecture,
discussion and classroom activities to raise issues
that stretch self-awareness through dramatic
interaction involving imagination and creativity.
Through theatre games and dramatic situations
the students will learn a variety of performance
skills and will find themselves exploring their
own creative and artistic possibilities.
No previous experience required.

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
150
Improvisation
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Work on improvisation is central to the
formation of an actor; it is a kind of research—a
way of working through which the actor’s
experiences pass to nourish their imagination.
Without the help of a playwright or director, the
actor creates and presents a full dramatic life.
Improvisation develops the faculties of invention,
imagination and concentration and at the same
time gives the actor a sense of freedom. Studio
course with lab requirement. (Open only to
Acting and Theatre majors)
175
Acting: Scene Study
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
A scene study class focusing on
characterization and motivation. Students will
rehearse and perform contemporary plays as a
means of furthering skills and craft. Both
performance and personal journals are
maintained on a continuing basis, and outside
rehearsals on scenes are expected. The emphasis
is on interpretation of the playwright’s intentions
and finding actable, interesting choices for the
actor. Studio course with lab requirement.
Prerequisite: TH 150 and permission of
instructor.
191
Stage Practicum and Crew I
(0 credits)
Fall (E)
192
Stage Practicum and Crew II
(0 credits)
Spring (D)
Includes scene construction, rigging, costume
construction, drafting and stage lighting.
Examines theatre architecture and elements of
scene, costume and lighting production. All
students in the first year of the program are
assigned on a rotating basis throughout the year
to various crews that build and run the shows in
the Theatre performing series.
199
Theatre History
(3 credits)
Spring (D)
Study of the development of the physical
theatre and concurrent developments in dramatic
literature and musical theatre. Surveys styles in
acting, directing, dramatic criticism and
production from historical, analytical and
performance perspectives. Requires individual
and group projects. Includes attendance at
theatre productions when possible.
No previous experience require.
200
Production Workshop: Special Topics in
Theatre Arts Production
(2 credits)
To be announced
Participation in actual theatre production and
work projects using technical skills such as set
construction, light rigging or creative skills such
as acting, movement. Topics rotate.
May be repeated for credit.
No previous experience required.
203
Voice and Speech III
(2 credits )
Fall (D)
Actors explore the second half of the Linklater
voice progression. The focus is on developing
each actor’s full vocal range. In addition to the
voice exercises, students work on a variety of
texts chosen to support their growing acquisition
or skills.
Prerequisite: TH 101
204
Voice and Speech IV
(2 credits)
Spring (D)
The focus is on speech. Clarity of articulation
and effective use of vowels is developed by
learning the International Phonetics Alphabet.
Prerequisite: TH 203
325

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
210
Yoga
(2 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
This course will introduce study in the Indian
exercises of relaxation and energy focusing.
No previous experience necessary.
May be repeated once for credit.
211
Stage Makeup
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Course will seek to illuminate the actor’s quest
for character through a concise, easily understood
exploration of the connection between makeup
and character, emphasizing the total visual
impact of the character on the audience, and
discussing in depth the contribution of props and
costume to the overall effect. The course is
intended to help performers: Students bridge the
gap between understanding a role and expressing
that understanding in tangible form. (Theatre
Acting majors only)
220
Special Topics in Stagecraft
(3 credits)
Fall (D,E), Spring (D,E)
A. Stage Construction
Includes scene construction, rigging, costume
construction, drafting and stage lighting.
Examines theatre architecture and elements of
scene, costume and lighting production.
B. Stage Management
This course will be divided into preproduction,
rehearsal period, tech/running, and
maintenance of production segments. The
objective is to thoroughly introduce the student
to the different venues of theatre from small
storefront theatre to large regional theatres.
Although the emphasis will be on management
practices for theatre venues, there will be an
element of the practical, day-to-day “nuts and
bolts” in the Stage Management process.
326
C. Theatre Management
Through lecture, discussion and projects, the
student learns about styles of theatre
management, and companies with a variety of
management structures. The course focuses on
American not-for-profit companies, with
strategies for board development, financial
management, marketing and ticket sales,
promotion, arts advocacy, and fund raising.
D. African-American Drama
This course will view the social, political and
cultural history of 19th and 20th century United
States through the lenses provided by a diverse
selection of African American playwrights and
other theatre artists. The plays (which range
from one act to full-length, from the tragic to
the satirical) will address a variety of issues
including slavery and its abolition, civil rights,
inter-racial relationships, Black Nationalism,
women’s rights and gay rights. Classes will
include script, scene, and character analyses as
well as student directed and acted readings from
selected scripts. We will also explore the
educational applications the theatre arts can
have in related fields.
E. Dance
This is a modern dance technique class
focusing on the connection and coordination of
the upper and lower body. To this end, emphasis
is placed on increasing abdominal strength
thereby gaining freedom and fluidity in the
limbs. Warm-ups and exercises will increase
strength, stretch and stamina. Traveling
sequences are geared toward gaining rhythmic
accuracy and coordination. Class combinations
and exercises increase in length and difficulty
throughout the semester. No previous experience
necessary.
221
Dance and Choreography
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Movement is inherently dramatic. Explore the
wide range of movement that exists within our
bodies and the world around us. This is a studio
course that explores the elements of dance
making and the craft of choreography through
the manipulation of time, space and energy. The
movement material explored will be pedestrian
movement and stylized dance. Each student
works within his/her own technical skill level to
uncover the endless possibilities of movement
within the human body and the vast
opportunities for communication of the human
experience. No previous experience necessary.

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
222
Stage Combat I
(3 credits)
Spring (E)
Starting with the basics of hand-to-hand
combat, or weaponless fighting, the students are
introduced to the idea of personal safety, how to
be safe and remain safe onstage. All the
fundamental moves every actor needs to get by
in this business. Students then study and practice
the art of the sword. Learn the techniques that
keep the actor safe long after training is over.
Course work includes training in Unarmed and
single sword. No previous experience required.
223
Stage Combat II
(2 credits)
Fall (E)
Picking up from Basic Stage Combat, the
student will be drilled in the sword and work
towards it perfection. An emphasis on fencing
with the foil epee and saber becomes part of the
students’ regimen to teach better coordination
and focus, as well as the practical applications
thereof. The latter part of the class is dedicated
to the quarterstaff and its use. Students explore
the weapon through exercises and choreography.
Basic certification with Fight Directors Canada is
possible upon completion of training.
Prerequisite: TH 222
224
Stage Combat III
(2 credits)
Spring (E)
Rapier and Dagger: the traditional weapons of
Shakespeare’s day; picking up from single sword
technique, the additional weapon will be added
to the non-dominant hand, i.e. dagger. The
student practices in this double fence style until
they can use them with facility. Broadsword: the
basics of this classic medieval weapon are taught
in much the same way as the rapier. Starting
with the rudimentary footwork and guards of the
weapon, the cut and parries will be taught and
drilled. The students will explore the use of the
broadsword through choreography and styles
taught. Basic certification with the Society of
American Fight Directors is possible upon
completion of training.
Prerequisite: TH 223.
231
Intermediate Dance
(3 Credits)
Spring (D)
This is a modern technique class that builds
on the foundation in Dance 220. Emphasis is
placed on increasing accuracy of articulation and
range of movement and moving the body as a
cohesive unit. As the body gains strength and
flexibility each student is encouraged to find his
or her own stylistic voice and individuality in
movement.
Prerequisite: TH 220/221 or instructor’s
permission.
250
Ethnographic Methods in Performance
(Also listed as AN250)
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
This course enables the student to trace his or
her own human journey from an ethnographic
perspective. We hope this enables the actor to
develop a deeper process for character research
and playwriting. We see our students able to
construct new work based on a single biography
or group biography, yielding the next Spaulding
Gray or Anna Deavere Smith.
251
Method Acting
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Long after the impact of Brecht, Artaud,
Grotowski, Lecoq and Peter Brook, the art and
practice of acting is still turning on the
relevations and teachings of Constantine
Stanislavsky. If the Stanislavsky “system” or
“method” is applied literally, it leads merely to
realism, but applied systematically with
discrimination it can become the grammar of all
styles. While based on the teachings of
Stanislavsky, this course includes insights by
other famous acting teachers such as Uta Hagen,
Sanford Meisner, Lee Strasberg, Michael
Chekhove and Stella Adler. This is an initial
acting course with a focus on the practical and
playable aspects of the “system’s” training,
providing the actor with a resource to operate
completely on their own in any and all
production situations.
Studio course with lab requirement.
327

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
261
Scene Design and Lighting
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Two-part program of study: scene design for
display, culminating in a scenic model; stage
lighting theory and practice, culminating in a
full-light plot. Examines the history of design and
its influence on the actor’s art, tools and
techniques. Surveys the practical and theoretical
elements of lighting instruments, their function
and design. Includes theatre laboratory and
assistance in the actual lighting of a production.
No prerequisites required.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
262
Costume Design
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Two-part program of study: costume design for
display, culminating in a full-costume plot.
Examines the history of design and its influence
on the actor’s art, tools and techniques. Surveys
the practical and historical elements of costume,
their function and design. Includes theatre
laboratory and assistance in the actual costuming
of a production.
No prerequisites required.
Offered in 2004 and alternate years.
275
Acting and Directing for the Camera
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Performance-oriented course designed to
explore basic and advanced acting and directing
problems as they apply to work in front of the
camera. The course includes a basic introduction
to film acting and covers such topics as acting
for commercials, reading cold copy, using idiot
cards working in the master shot, creating a role
using tics and idiosyncrasies and auditioning.
Studio course with lab requirement.
328
285
Aesthetics
(Also listed as AN285)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Through the intersection of the disciplines of
anthropology and theatre, performance research,
this course examines the dramatic aesthetic and
cultural shifts that have occurred with the
advent of what Jameson has called “late
advanced capitalism.” Starting with an
examination of the decade of the seventies, this
course charts the explosion of particular cultural
aesthetics into worlds of entertainment,
economics and politics. A significant concern of
the course is for students to understand the
degree to which everyday life has become a
mediated reality with the concerns of marketing,
hype and profitability being central to that
reality.
300
Advanced Theatre Practicum
(2 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In-depth study in performance or production
culminating in a performance project. The
theatre arts adviser must approve topic and
project.
301
Neutral Mask
(2 credits)
Fall (E)
Neutral mask work is central in actor training
because it enables the actor to experience in its
most startling form the chemistry of acting.
Because the face is hidden, all expression
depends on the body—the mask becomes an
energizing force leading the actor to depend
upon the richness of their inner life within a
calm and balanced body. The mask then is a tool
to help the actor to strengthen their inner
feelings and their power of concentration,
develop physical powers of outward expression
and diminish self-consciousness. Studio course
with lab requirement.

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
302
Lecoq Technique Movement
(2 credits)
Fall (E)
Jacques Lecoq was a widely recognized force in
Modern theatre. Internationally, the Lecoq
method of movement study and analysis has been
as significant as Stanislavsky’s work on
motivation. In the field of mask, improvisation,
adaptation, children’s theatre and
characterization, Lecoq has trained or influenced
many noted educators and professionals in
theatre. Rather than getting inside a character’s
head, as Stanislavsky preaches, Lecoq’s technique
takes actors to the point of view that “thought
did not come first, that action came first.” Studio
course with lab requirement.
303
Business of the Arts
(3 credits)
Fall (D)
Students learn how the entertainment industry
works and how to get started upon a career
305
Voice and Speech V
(2 credits)
Fall (D)
Breath work, vocal sounding and physical
alignment are focused on poetry.
Prerequisite: TH 204
306
Voice and Speech VI
(2 credits)
Spring (E)
An introduction to dialect study includes an
exploration of the actor’s own idiolect and the
acquisition of several dialects, including
American Southern, Irish, and varieties of
British.
Prerequisite: TH 305
319
Stage Combat IV
(2 credits)
To be announced
Stage combat in production. This course is for
those interested in careers in stage combat. The
course begins with the acquisition of new
weapons forms, which are then incorporated into
a “fight show.” From auditions to performance,
the students will address all aspects of mounting
these productions, including staging their own
fights, the production are treated as a
professional work.
Prerequisite: TH 224
320
Ritual to Theatre
(Also listed as AN320)
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
We begin by examining the place of
ritualization as part of our biological heritage,
and then explore the cultural uses of ritual,
performance and ceremony in both informal and
formal interaction from a cross-cultural vantage
point, finally we will examine a number of
avenues by which traditions of performance may
be integrated into the artistic investigation of self
and society.
330
Directing
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
This course is intended as an introduction to
directing for the stage. The principles of working
with actors and leading a team of designers will
accompany a series of small assignments leading
to a final directing project. Includes theory and
practice in play directing: play selection,
playscript interpretation, composition,
movement, business management, casting,
rehearsal, performance, director/designer and
director/actor relationships. We will focus on
perception and expression as a means of drawing
inner and physical expression from others.
Requires prompt preparation of scripts, direction
of scenes and one-act plays, and theatre
laboratory.
Prerequisite: Two 200 level theatre courses.
329

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
340
Styles in Acting
(4 credits)
To be announced
The course is intended as a means to deepen
and challenge the advanced actor’s craft by
applying their acting skills toward the execution
of several acting styles. The course seeks to
provide students with abundant means of
expression, derived from a study of many
techniques, producing a flexibility which will not
be contradictory to their need-for-truth, but will
develop their range of creative freedom. Style,
from whichever epoch, consists of form and
content, the two being inseparable.
Prerequisite: TH 175.
A: -Commedia into Text, Moliere, Marivaux,
Goldoni and Guzzi
For two hundred years, commedia players had
amused Paris and influenced its playwrights,
notably Moliere and Marivaux. The robust style
and subversive nature inspired them and helped
create an arena for a newly free, emotionally
direct kind of theatre. Lectures cover background
with studio work and seminars built around
improvised scenes along with scenes and
monologues that are to be rehearsed outside of
the class for performance and critique during
class. Studio course with lab requirement
B: Acting Chekhov
Scene study of the great Russian playwright
Anton Chekhov
C: Contemporary Theatre
Scene study of today’s most influential
playwrights and study of the contemporary
theatre scene
Prerequisite: TH 175 Acting scene study; or
permission of instructor.
May be repeated for credit.
341
Acting in Modern Theatre
(4 credits)
Fall (D)
Scene study of Modern classic writers, such as,
Ibsen, Strinberg, Chekhov, and American writers
O’Neill, Miller, Hellman, Wilson, and Vogel.
Studio course with Lab requirement.
330
343
Commedia del’ Arte
(4 credits)
Spring (D)
Commedia del’ Arte offers an opportunity to
explore the work and history of the actor-creator,
the actor for whom the empty space, the
ensemble and the audience are equal partners. As
a living theatre form commedia del’ Arte no
longer exists, but the study of the masks,
improvisational techniques, lazzi and scenario
provide he contemporary actor with a
challenging container in which to explore
essential human archetypes and relationships as
well as the art of comedy. Lectures cover
background with studio work and seminars built
around improvised scenes along with scenes and
monologues that are to be rehearsed outside the
class for performance and critique during class.
Studio course with Lab requirement
344
Acting Shakespeare
(4 credits)
Spring (E)
The course will begin with helping the student
to feel the very heartbeat of the work, the
students/actors have to know how to decipher
and understand a text that may feel strange on
the tongue, and they will have to discover the
text’s tone and tempo, mine is inner richness,
and learn how to speak the text with ease.
Lectures cover background with studio work and
seminars built around improvised scenes along
with scenes and monologues that are to be
rehearsed outside the class for performance and
critique during class. Studio course with Lab
requirement.
345
Acting in Film and TV
(4 credits)
To be announced
In this course students learn to deliver
performances that are truthful, based on instinct
rather than intellect. Participants work with
student directors in preparing scenes selected
from film, television, theatre, or original material
to be recorded on videotape for in-class
presentation, discussion and critical analysis by
the instructor.
Studio course with lab requirement

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
350
Play and Screenwriting
(4 credits)
Fall (E)
Using the creative approach, the course will
examine several forms of scriptwriting (e.g.,
playscript, the screenplay and scripts for
audio/visual media), introduce tools of critical
analysis through critique of student’s original
work, and present practical aspects of marketing
the stage of screenplay.
No previous experience required.
361
Seminar: Modern Drama
(Also listed as EN 361)
(4 credits)
To be announced
Exploration of the styles and techniques of
modern century theatre. Includes selected British,
American, and Continental plays by modern
dramatists such as, Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov,
Shaw, Synge, O’Neill, Pirandello, Brecht, and
Pinter.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or above.
365
Children’s Theatre
(4 credits)
Fall (D) Spring (D)
This is a course in the multiple aspects and
practices of Children’s Theatre in America. The
course will examine the theatrical conventions
and structures of this distinct area of Theatre.
This course will explore the multiple areas of
children’s theatre from performance of text to
puppetry. This course will include writing a paper
on Children’s theatre or practitioner in America.
The art of Children’s theatre is a loss of our
present inhibitions and willingness to rediscover
the child within. We will discuss and explore all
areas of performing for children.
No previous experience required.
370
Career Internship in Theatre Arts
(4 credits)
Fall (D), Spring (D)
Working internship for one semester at a
professional theatre, television, or radio station.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above.
389
Independent Study
Fall (D), Spring (D)
In-depth study and research culminating in a
substantial paper or performance project.
Prerequisite: junior standing or above; a
minimum GPA of 3.0 and permission of the
chairperson.
393
Special Studies in Theatre Arts
Fall (E), Spring (D)
Advanced course on special topics such as
Solo Performance, Performance: From Ritual to
Theatre, autobiographical Adaptations:
Ethnographic method for playwriting and
performance, Spirituality and Theatre, Movement
Theatre and the New Vaudeville, or New
Perspectives on Theatre Adaptation. The course
in designed as a means of addressing the
interdisciplinary nature of the art of theatre and
poses subjects of interest to students and faculty.
Prerequisite: Two Theatre Courses 200 level or
above
Topics may vary; may be repeated for credit.
490
Advanced Workshop in Theatre:
Senior Project
Spring (D)
Capstone project for the senior Theatre Arts
and English Major. Individual projects in various
aspects of theatre arts to be selected with the
adviser. May include acting or scene and costume
design or theatre producing or any of the cognate
fields of theatre study.
Topics vary; may be repeated for credit.
331

Theatre Arts and Acting ____________________________________
Arcadia University
International Offerings
in Theatre Arts
The following overseas courses are
offered periodically (though not
necessarily every year) through the
Arcadia University Center for Education
Abroad. Each is approved for
undergraduate credit for Arcadia students.
The Center’s catalogs list other courses
that may be transferable, provided that
approval is secured prior to enrollment.
Athens, Greece
G324
Attic Tragedy
This course aims to provide the students with
a comprehensive picture of classical tragedy
(satyr play included), its function, pragmatics,
and significance for Athens and the rest of the
Hellenic communities. Main topics will include:
The origins and (self) definitions of the tragic
genre; tragedy in its social and political context;
the performance of tragedy and theatrical
conventions; theatre as the dominant mode of
public discourse in classical Athens; and the
“internationalization’ of tragedy in the fourth
century. All the major Attic plays will be
discussed including Aeschylus’ Persions,
Eumenides, Sophocles’ Oedipus Tyrranus,
Antigone, Euripides’ Medea, Hippolytus,
Bacchae.
332
London Semester Program
LH311
An Introduction to Shakespeare
This course provides students with a means of
approaching Shakespeare focusing on the themes
and ideas which permeated his dramatic art.
Shakespeare’s artistic development is explored
with special emphasis placed on the dynamic
relationship of the plays to 20th century society
and the individual. Although this is an
introductory course, it is not a survey course. It is
a detailed study of six representative texts which
are placed in both a modern and Elizabethan
social and theatrical context. Wide use is made
of available recordings, films and stage
productions. A combination of lectures, tutorials
and seminars enables students to approach the
material in a variety of ways. Lectures cover
background and social and theatrical material as
well as Shakespeare’s biography. In general, the
tutorials emphasize close textual study and the
discussion of the relevance of these plays to the
20th century. Students must be prepared to pay
for the required trips and theatre tickets.

_____________________________________ Theatre Arts and Acting
LH313
Play Critique
The Play Critique course is centered on going
to the theatre, which makes it different from
other academic courses you may have taken.
Theatre is a live art form: to experience its
richness and diversity, as provided by this course,
is a once in a lifetime luxury.
By the end of the course, you will know all
about the artistic, financial and professional
structure that shape the theatre in Britain, as
well as have an understanding of British society
and culture in general.
Throughout the semester, you will attend 10 or
11 theatre productions covering as wide a range
of the London theatres as possible.
Complementing these visits will be a series of
lectures that combine historical and cultural
backgrounds with information about the practical
aspects of theatre, such as direction and stage
design.
Whenever possible, guest speakers are invited
from the professional theatre. You will also
participate in a weekly seminar discussion about
each of the theatre productions attended. This
will teach you to consider your role as a member
of the audience, to help you to develop a
constructive critical approach and give you the
opportunity to test your ideas in debate.
LH331
Modern British Theatre
Founded on the premise that drama is a
reflection of the values of the culture that
created it, this course will introduce students to
the main movements in European theatre and
drama of the past 120 years. After identifying the
origins of these movements in continental
Europe, students will discover how these same
movements found expression in British theatre.
The course will also examine the changes in
theatre practice during the period of time that it
covers.
Attendance at a minimum of six performances
is scheduled as a part of the course. In
preparation for these theatre visits, a close study
of selected key plays by leading British and
European playwrights—Ibsen, Chekhov,
Strindberg, Brecht, Beckett, Wilde, Shaw,
Osborne, Pinter and Ayckbourn—is
complemented by a consideration of the
development of theatrical theories and practices.
The course contains a number of lectures,
some given by people working in the professional
theatre, on such subjects as set and costume
design, the production process, styles in
playwriting, acting and directing. There are also
several practical workshops designed to give
students an opportunity to gain some experience
in stagecraft and performance.
333

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs ________________________
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
Programs
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Business Administration (Pre-M.B.A.)
Adviser
Professor Biggs
Overview
The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate is designed for students who have a bachelor’s
degree in a field other than business and wish to acquire a background in business
administration to satisfy prerequisites for graduate study or to seek employment. (See
page 117 for a discussion of M.B.A. programs.)
In addition to the general certificate, specialized certificate programs may also be
arranged through the department chair in the areas of accounting, finance,
management, marketing or human resource administration.
All students interested in this certificate must consult with the department chair.
Candidates for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate must complete at least seven of the
required courses at Arcadia University. All course requirements must be fulfilled and a
grade of “C” or better (cumulative GPA of 2.0) must be earned in all courses presented
for the certificate. The department chair may approve substitute courses. (See pp.
123–129 for course descriptions.)
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(33–35 credits as listed below.)
1. Seven courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
or BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA 367 Operations Management
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
2. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
334

_________________________ Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
4. Recommended for students who plan to pursue graduate study:
MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
MA 202/208 Calculus II/Applied Calculus II
MA 242 Intermediate Methods in Statistics
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Computer Science
Adviser
Professor Friedler
Overview
The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate is designed for students who already have a degree
in another field and wish to acquire a background in computer science. Students can
use this program to enter the computer employment market, to learn computing skills
for use in their present field, or to satisfy prerequisites for graduate study in computer
science.
Candidates for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate must complete at least four of the
courses needed for the minor certificate and at least seven of the courses needed for the
major certificate at Arcadia University. (See pp. 153–156 for course descriptions.)
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(18–42 credits as listed below.)
Minor Certificate (18–21 credits)*
1. Six courses in computer science:
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
CS 202 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming II
CS 203 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis
2. Three electives at the 200 or 300 level, at least one of which must be at the 300
level.
* Substitutions may be made with the permission of the department chair.
335

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs ________________________
Major Certificate (39–42 credits)*
1. Six courses in computer science required for the minor certificate as listed above.
2. Six additional courses in computer science:
CS 354 Database Management Systems Design
CS 358 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
CS 362 Computer Organization Architecture with Assembly
Programming
CS 490, 491 Capstone I, II
One computer science elective at the 300 level.
3. One course in mathematics:
MA 230 Discrete Structures
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Corporate Communications (36–40 credits)
Faculty
Assistant Professors Deshpande, Holderman, McClenning
Overview
The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Corporate Communications is designed to
prepare individuals seeking to enter the communications field or to enhance the skills
and knowledge of those already in the field. Specifically, it prepares individuals for
careers in the following areas or agencies:
Public relations firms (PR/Marketing)
Advertising agencies
Communications departments of corporations or agencies
Training and development or human resources departments.
All students interested in this certificate must consult with the director of the Post-
Baccalaureate Certificate in Corporate Communications. Candidates for the Certificate
must complete at least eight of the courses at Arcadia University (at least four courses
in English and communications and at least four courses in business administration and
economics). All course requirements must be fulfilled and a grade of “C” or better
(cumulative GPA of 2.0) must be earned in all courses. The director may approve
substitute courses. (See pp. 145–149 for course descriptions.)
* Substitutions may be made with the permission of the department chair.
336

_________________________ Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(36–40 credits as listed below.)
Students will need to know one word processing package and one business application
software package, such as excel. It is also required that students have a college-level
mathematics course.
1. Four courses in communications:
CM 101 Introduction to Communications
CM 110 Speech Communications
or CM 215 Informative and Persuasive Speaking
CM/EN 218 Business Writing
CM/EN 317 Public Relations
2. Four courses in business administration:
BA 101 International Business
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA 362 Human Resources Administration
or BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
3. Two courses in economics:
EC 210 Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 211 Principles of Microeconomics
4. Two of the following electives (one of which must be at the 300 level):
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 341 Advertising and Sales Promotion
BA 348 Marketing Research
CM/EN 217 Journalism I
CM 275 Video Production I
CM/EN 315 Technical Writing
CM/EN 319 Writing for Radio and Television
CM 340 Special Studies in Communication
CM 350 Video Production II (recommended for those who want to
develop knowledge and practice in video production)
CM 389 Independent Study in Communications
EN 345 Special Studies in Writing (recommended for those who want to
develop knowledge and practice in written communication)
337

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs ________________________
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Health Administration
Adviser
Adjunct Professor Kieserman
Overview
The program in health administration is designed to focus on areas that are
important to being an administrator in health-care settings. It involves preparation in
business, health issues, the liberal arts and an internship in a health-care setting.
The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Health Administration prepares students to
assume administrative positions in organizations such as hospitals, long-term and shortterm
health-care facilities, clinics, health insurance or management companies and
health divisions within companies. The program will provide students with background
in the ethical, social, quantitative, managerial and functional dimensions of health
administration. Many of the program requirements also are prerequisite courses for
programs leading to a master’s degree in business administration or in a health-related
area.
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(36 credits as listed below.)
1. Three courses in health administration:
HA 150 Introduction to Health Services
HA 320 Health Care Planning and Policy
HA
or
470* Internship in Health Administration
HA 490 Seminar in Health Administration
2. Seven courses in business administration:
BA 201 Financial Accounting
BA 202 Managerial Accounting
BA 230 Legal Environment of Business
BA 340 Principles of Marketing
BA
or
362 Human Resources Administration
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
BA 380 Principles of Finance
* Students who are already working in the health care field may be able to substitute another HA course for the
internship. ID 260: Cooperative Education may be substituted.
338

_________________________ Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs
3. Two courses in related areas:
PL 165 Occupational Ethics
PS 230 Health Care and Environmental Policy
SO 260 Sociology of Health Care
4. Prior course work in microeconomics, social or public policy or government, ethics,
statistics and computer applications.
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Health Professions or in the Sciences
Adviser
Professor Mikulski
Overview
This post-baccalaureate program is designed for persons who have completed a
bachelor’s degree and wish to pursue a career in the health professions or sciences. The
program prepares students for admission to schools of dentistry, medicine, osteopathy,
optometry, audiology, podiatry, veterinary medicine, physician assistant studies and
other health-related fields; for graduate study in biology, chemistry and physics; or for
entry into full-time employment in the basic sciences. Candidates should have a
distinguished undergraduate college record with an overall GPA of at least 3.0.
Satisfactory performance on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) or other
health-profession college admissions test is required. These tests are normally taken in
the spring of the junior year. Most students spend two years at Arcadia University,
taking two to four courses each semester and during the summer session. Students who
desire assured admission into the Physician Assistant Program must complete at least
two courses each semester. These students must have their curriculum approved by the
chair of the Department of Physician Assistant Studies.
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
in the Health Professions
(Variable credits depending on student’s preparation.)
The minimum recommendation of the American Medical Association includes the
following courses:
BI 101, 102 General Biology I, II
BI 211 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology
or
BI 205, 206 Human Anatomy, Human Physiology
CH 101, 102 Modern Chemical Concepts I, II
CH 201, 202 Organic Chemistry: Structure, Mechanisms and Reactions
MA 201 Calculus I
339

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs ________________________
PH 201, 202 Fundamental Concepts of Physics I, II
or
PH 211, 212 Conceptual Physics I, II
Students choose additional courses in consultation with their adviser. In view of the
diverse backgrounds of students entering the program, the course work and time
required are individualized. Students who plan to enter careers in the health professions
elect course work in their chosen field, such as pre-med or pre-nursing.
In addition to the minimum science courses, a strong background in liberal arts and
social sciences is recommended.
Students who seek admission to the Arcadia University Master of Science Program
in Physician Assistant Studies are expected to hold a baccalaureate degree and must
meet the following minimum prerequisites in order to be assured of acceptance:
1. A 3.30 GPA in a 32-credit (minimum) course of study designed in consultation with
a PA adviser and completed in a period not to exceed 24 months.
2. A total score of 1700 in the Graduate Record Examination (verbal, quantitative and
analytical portions) with no single score below 450.
3. Eight credits (or two required courses) per semester (or one course in any single
summer session).
4. Two hundred hours of health-care experience or a combination of health-care
experience and clinical research.
5. Three letters of recommendation, at least one of which is from a licensed physician
or physician assistant who is able to judge your academic qualifications and readiness
for rigorous academic work at the graduate level.
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
in the Sciences
(Variable credits depending on student’s preparation.)
Students are required to take additional courses in the sciences beyond the minimum
number of recommended courses listed for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in the
Health Professions. In addition, students who plan to enter careers in the basic sciences
elect course work in their chosen field, such as in biology, chemistry and physics,
chemistry and business, or optometry. In view of the diverse backgrounds of students
entering this program, the course work and time required are individualized.
In addition to the minimum science courses, a strong background in liberal arts and
social sciences is recommended.
340

_________________________ Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Programs
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in
Management Information Systems
Adviser
Assistant Professor Hejazi
Overview
The post-baccalaureate program is designed for students who already possess a
bachelor’s degree and wish to gain expertise in the analysis, selection and
implementation of computer-based techniques to solve organizational problems. The
program provides students with a balanced combination of course work from computer
science and business administration. The program format is customized for each student
through electives selected in consultation with the adviser.
Candidates for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate must complete at least seven of the
required courses at Arcadia University. A grade of “C” or better is required for any
course used to meet a requirement.
Requirements for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(33–37 credits as listed below.)
1. Three courses in business administration:
BA 101 International Business
BA 363 International Organizational Behavior
BA/CS 369 Management Information Systems
2. Four courses in computer science:
CS 201 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming I
CS 202 Problem-Solving with Algorithms and Programming II
CS 354 Database Management System Design
An additional computer science course at the 200 or 300 level.
3. Two courses in mathematics:
MA/PY 141 Elementary Statistics
MA 145 Quantitative Models for Decision Making
or MA 201/207 Calculus I/Applied Calculus I
4. Two electives at the 200 or 300 level selected in consultation with the adviser. The
electives typically will be in business administration, economics, computer science
and mathematics.
341

__________________________________________________________
342
Jerry M. Greiner, President
Personnel
Board of Trustees •
Faculty •
Administration •

_____________________________________________Board of Trustees
Board of Trustees
Joseph L. Castle II, Chair
Lois Haber, Vice Chair
James Rosenberg, Vice Chair
Francis G. Vitetta, Vice Chair
Margaret Wright Steele, Secretary
Class of 2005
Rosemary D. Blankley, B.S.
Carmel, CA
Chair, Arcadia University Annual Fund
Alumna ’57
Joseph L. Castle, II, B.A.
Gladwyne
Chairman and CEO, Castle Energy Corporation
Lois E. Haber, B.A.
Bryn Mawr
Retired President and CEO, Delaware Valley
Financial Services, Inc.
Alumna ’71
Kathleen O’Connor, B.A.
Philadelphia
Administrative Assistant, Albert Einstein
Healthcare Network
Alumna ’02
Marianna Peckmann, M.A.Ed.
Ambler
Retired Science Teacher
Alumna ’60, ’83
Audrey Reynolds, B.A.
Ambler
Alumna ’85
James Rosenberg, J.D.
Wynnewood
Chairman, Litigation Department,
Saul, Ewing LLP
Allyson Y. Schwartz, M.S.S.
Jenkintown
Senator, Senate of Pennsylvania
Class of 2006
Eileen Heisman, M.S.W.
Cheltenham
President, National Philanthropic Trust
Mark K. Kessler, J.D.
Haverford
Chairman, Corporate Department, Wolf, Block,
Schorr and Solis-Cohen, LLP
Hal M. Krisbergh, M.B.A.
Meadowbrook
Chairman and CEO, Worldgate
Communications, Inc.
Toya Rucker Lawson, B.A.
Mantua, NJ
Recruiter, Peopleflex, Inc.
Alumna ’00
Harvey Shipley Miller,
Fort Washington
Trustee, The Judith Rothschild Foundation
Delbert S. Payne, M.S.
Willingboro, NJ
Retired Manager of Corporate Social
Investment, Rohm and Haas Co.
Michael Schluth, D.H.L.
Doylestown
President, Alstin Advertising, Inc.
Francis G. Vitetta, B.A.
Spring House
Chairman, VITETTA
Emily C. Zerweck, B.F.A.
Maple Glen
Retired President, Karvart Products
Alumna ’52
Class of 2007
John A. Affleck, M.B.A.
Wyndmoor
President, Stratton Management Company
Joseph Archie, B.A., Ph.D., M.Litt., J.D.
Philadelphia
Partner, Dechert, Price & Rhoads
Alumnus ’77
Jon D. Fox, J.D.
Elkins Park
Attorney, Jaffe, Friedman
Beverly Goldberg, B.S.
Elkins Park
Director, Leadership Gifts, Abington Memorial
Hospital
Alumna ’53
Laura Fisher Korman, B.A., M.Ed.
Blue Bell
Teacher
Alumna ’89, ’95
Alba E. Martinez, J.D.
Philadelphia
President and CEO, United Way of
Southeastern Pennsylvania
William Meiers, M.A., M.A.H.
Richboro
Adjunct Professor of English, Arcadia University
Alumnus ’93, ’96
343

Board of Trustees __________________________________________
Hugh G. Moulton, J.D.
Fort Washington
Retired Executive Vice President, Unisource
Worldwide, Inc.
Theresa Rollins, M.B.A., Ph.D.
Wyndmoor
Adjunct Professor of Accounting, LaSalle
University
Gerald B. Rorer, M.B.A.
Villanova
Real Estate Investor
Margaret Wright Steele, B.A.
Laverock
President, Perez-Steele Galleries, Inc.
Alumna ’80
Theodore V. Wood, Jr., M.B.A.
Wyndmoor
President, Tigaco, Inc.
Class of 2008
Joycellen Young Auritt, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Philadelphia
Psychologist
Alumna ’71
Marilyn Cranin, D.H.L.
Hewlett, NY
Landscape Designer
Alumna ’54
Marie-Louise Vermeiren Jackson, M.A.
Meadowbrook
Vice President, Fourjay Foundation
Michael Korolishin, J.D.
Doylestown
Attorney, Michael J. Korolishin
Garrett D. Page, J.D.
Willow Grove
Treasurer of Montgomery County
Calvin E. Uzelmeier, Jr., D.Min.
Warminster
Reverend (Retired), Warminster Presbyterian
Church
344
Trustees Emeriti
Ellington M. Beavers, Ph.D.
Meadowbrook
Chairman, Biocoat
President, Beacon Research
Henry Disston, II, B.S.
Philadelphia
Retired Vice President, Brooks Instrument
Division, Emerson Electric Co.
Bryce Douglas, Ph.D.
Kimberton
Retired Corporate Vice President, Science and
Technology, SmithKline Beecham Corporation
Daniel J. Paracka, M.B.A.
Rome, GA
Consultant, The Rand Group
Thomas J. Reilly, Jr.
Huntingdon Valley
Retired Partner, Arthur Anderson & Co.
John W. Sheble, B.S.
Lafayette Hill
Retired Chairman of the Board, Delaware Valley
York, Inc.
John M. Templeton, Jr., M.D.
Bryn Mawr
President, The John Templeton Foundation
Lowell S. Thomas, Jr., J.D.
Sedgwick, ME
Of Counsel, Saul, Ewing LLP
Trustees Ex-Officio
Linda Vandegrift Gazzillo, B.F.A.
Hamilton Square, NJ
Graphic Designer, 361 Design Group
President, Arcadia University Alumni
Association
Alumna ’90
Jerry Greiner, Ph.D.
Glenside
President, Arcadia University

___________________________________________________________
Faculty
NOTE: The faculty members listed here are those who were under contract during
the academic year previous to the publication of this catalog.
Christina Le Ager
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Temple University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Lehigh
University. Appointed 1991–
* Alma Alabilikian
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Arcadia University. Appointed
1966–2004
Gerard Allan
Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., California State University, Long Beach;
M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School.
Appointed 2000–2002.
* Robert Anu-Hubbard
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Haverford College; J.D., Cornell
University. Appointed Spring 2002–
Peter M. Appelbaum
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Duke
University; M.A., Ed.D., The University of
Michigan. Appointed 2001–
Richard Arras
Assistant Professor of Computer Science
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 1982–
* Marlene Archie
Adjunct Professor of English
M.H.S., Lincoln University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University. Appointed 2002–
* Michael R. Archie
Adjunct Professor of Political Science
B.A., M.H.A., Arcadia University; J.D.,
Washington and Lee University. Appointed
1996–
* Douglas Baird
Adjunct Professor of Biology
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
M.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Appointed 2003.
* Dana Jeffrey Bardwell
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.B.A.,
Temple University. Appointed 2003–
* Part-time
* Alan Barson
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University.
Appointed 1974–
* Patricia A. Bass
Adjunct Professor of Health Administration
B.A., M.A., LaSalle University. Appointed
1995–
David Bassuk
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts and
Director of the Theatre Arts Program
B.A., State University of New York, Purchase;
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University.
Appointed 1991–2004.
Betsey Batchelor
Associate Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A.,
Rhode Island School of Design. Appointed 1990–
* Linda Beckman
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of California at Berkeley. Appointed 2003–
Parambir Bedi
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science and
Chief Information Officer
M.S., M.B.A., Temple University. Appointed
1992–
* Toshiko Bell
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.S., Gwynedd-Mercy College; Teacher
Certification in Japanese, Ursinus College.
Appointed 1987–
* Arthur Benedict
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Beloit College; M.A., New York
University. Appointed 2002–
* Nora Berger-Green
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.A., Villanova University. Appointed 2002–
William D. Biggs
Professor of Business Administration, and
Chair of the Department of Business/Health
Administration and Economics
B.A., Muskingum College; M.B.A., Dusquesne
University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University. Appointed 1980–
345

Faculty __________________________________________________
Joshua Blustein
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Stockton College; Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1989–
* Sylvain Boni
Adjunct Professor of Philosophy
B.S., M.Ed., Temple University; Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College. Appointed 1994–
* Margot R. Bram
Adjunct Professor of Biology
B.S., The College of William and Mary; M.S.,
the Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey.
Appointed 2002–
* Gregory Brellochs
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Massachusetts College of Art. Appointed
Spring 2004–
Thomas M. Brinker, Jr.
Associate Professor of Accounting and
Coordinator, Accounting Program
B.S., St. Joseph’s University; M.S.T., M.S.,
Widener University; J.D., LL.M., Regent
University School of Law, CPA, CFE.
Appointed 1997–
* Anne Elliott Brown
Adjunct Professor of Education
A.B., University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill;
M.Ed., Arcadia University. Appointed 1994–
* Susan Buchler
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.A., Arcadia University. Appointed 2003–
* Barbara M. Bur
Lab Instructor in Biology
B.S., Chestnut Hill College. Appointed Spring
1997–
Lauretta M. Bushar
Associate Professor of Biology and Holder of
The Stacy Anne Vitetta ’82 Professorship,
1996–1998
B.A., M.A., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College. Appointed 1993–
* Francis J. Calter
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Drexel University; A.I. Appointed Spring
2004–
Samuel M. Cameron
Professor of Psychology (Active Retired) and
Faculty Archivist
B.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Appointed 1964–2002. 2002–
* Part-time
346
Peter Campbell
Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Carleton College; Ph.D., Columbia
University. Appointed 1989–
Cristiane Carneiro
Instructor of Political Science
B.A., M.A., Universidade Federal de
Pernambuco, Recife, Brazil. Appointed 2000–
Christopher Rodolfo Celis
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Washington & Lee University; M.A.,
The University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., The
University of Chicago. Appointed Summer
1999–
Pradyumna S. Chauhan
Professor of English
LL.B., University of Agra; M.A., University of
Delhi; Certificate Oxford (England); Ph.D.,
Duke University. Appointed 1968–69, 1971–.
Jonathan T. Church
Assistant Professor of Anthropology and
Chair of the Sociology and Anthropology
Department
B.A., Hampshire College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University. Appointed 1992–. Sabbatical,
Spring 2004.
* Carolyn E. Cohen
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.Ed., Temple University. Appointed 2001–
* Connie Coleman
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.F.A., M.A.E., Rhode Island School of
Design. Appointed Spring 2004–
* Scott E. Conlan
Adjunct Professor of Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., Temple University; M.S.,
Drexel University. Appointed Spring 1995–
Sarah White Cooper
Instructor in Biology
B.S., Allegheny College; M.A. in Ed., Arcadia
University. Appointed 1981–
* Catherine R. Corcoran
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.S., Philadelphia University. Appointed 2001–

____________________________________________________ Faculty
* Randall C. Couch
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Trinity University; M.F.A., Warren
Wilson College. Appointed 2003.
Rebecca L. Craik
Professor of Physical Therapy and Chair of
the Department
B.A., Case Western Reserve University; M.S.
Duke University; Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 1983– .
* Daliza Crane
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., New York
University. Appointed 2003–
Emanuele Curotto
Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Holder
of the Stacy Anne Vitetta ’82 Professorship,
2000–2002
B.S., University of Massachusetts, Lowell;
Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed 1998–
Andrea Crivelli-Kovach
Assistant Professor of Medical Science and
Community Health and Director of
Community Health Programs
B.A., M.A., Immaculata College; Ph.D.,
Temple University. Appointed 1996–
* Andrea D’Asaro
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Western Washington University; M.A.,
Temple University. Appointed Spring 2000–
Kara M. Danielson
Instructor of Modern Languages
B.A., Colgate University; M.A., Boston
University; M.A., University of Connecticut.
Appointed 2001–2004.
* Joe D’Agostino
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Temple University. Appointed Spring
2004–
* Mark E. Dean
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design; M.F.A.,
Queens College, CUNY. Appointed 1992–
* Michelle L. Earley Dean
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., University of the Arts; M.A.,
Hahnemann University. Appointed 1997–
* Aura Omana de Baki
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
M.A., Universidad de Los Andes, Venezuela;
M.A., Temple. Appointed 2003–
* Part-time
Shekhar Deshpande
Associate Professor of Communications
B.Sc., Shivaji University, India; M.Sc.,
University of Bombay; B.A., Xavier Institute of
Communications, Bombay; M.S., University of
Tennessee; Ph.D., The Graduate School
Southern Illinois University. Appointed 1988–
* Michael DeLuca
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Arcadia University; M.F.A., Hope
School of Fine Arts. Appointed 2002–
* Charles S. DiLullo
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Joseph’s University; M.B.A., Drexel
University; CPA. Appointed 2003–
* Marie DiMauro
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.B.A., Temple University; B.F.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2001–
* Brian Dickerson
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Arcadia University; M.F.A., Vermont
College. Appointed 2003–
* James F. Dinsmore
Adjunct Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed 2001–
* Jeff Dion
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., University of the Arts. Appointed
2001–
* Madi Distefano
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
M.F.A., Temple University. Appointed 2002–
* Tyler Doherty
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., McGill University, Montreal; M.F.A.,
Naropa University. Appointed 2003–
* Melanie Drolsbaugh
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., M.A., Gallaudet University. Appointed
2002–
Michael Dryer
Assistant Professor and Chair, Department of
Medical Science and Community Health
B.A., State University of New York, New Paltz;
B.S., George Washington University; M.P.H.,
New York Medical College. Appointed 1996–
* Jane A. Duffy
Adjunct Professor of Education and
Coordinator of Field Placement and
Supervision
B.A., University of Hartford; Ed.M., Temple
University. Appointed 1991–
347

Faculty __________________________________________________
* Joan Dugan
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester University. Appointed 2000–
Martha E. Eastlack
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Oglethorpe University; M.S., Boston
University, Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Appointed 1996–
* Seham F. El Gendi
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Ain-Shams University, Egypt; M.A.,
University of Autonoma, Spain, Ph.D.,
University of Complutense, Spain. Appointed
Spring 2004–
* William Elnick
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics, and
Associate Registrar
B.A., Rider College; M.Ed., Arcadia University.
Appointed 1996–
* Ora Elyasiani
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Hebrew University and Rubin Academy of
Music; M.A., Temple University. Appointed
1997–
* Thomas Evert III
Adjunct Professor of Music
B.A., Trenton State College; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 1995–
* Daphne E. Ewing
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., University of Virginia. Appointed 1997–
* Steve Fabiani
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Temple University; M.S.Ed., St. Joseph’s
University. Appointed Spring 2004–
* Joseph S. Falzone
Adjunct Professor of Economics
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College; M.A.,
Trenton State College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1997–
* Robin Fickle
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., California State University, Fresno;
M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Appointed Spring 1995–
* Laura Fitzwater
Adjunct Professor of English
B.S., Rosemont College; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2001–
* Gudrun Frank
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Darmstadt, Germany. Appointed Spring
2004–
* Part-time
348
Reva Fox
Visiting Assistant Professor and Interim
Director of the Theatre Program
M.F.A., Indiana University. Appointed 2002–
William V. Frabizio
Associate Professor and Chair of Music
B.A., Temple University; M.M., Rutgers
University; D.Mus.Arts, Temple University.
Appointed 1970–
Louis M. Friedler
Professor of Mathematics, Associate, Society
of Actuaries, and Chair of the Department of
Computer Science and Mathematics
B.A., Colby College; M.S., Case Western
Reserve University; Ph.D., University of
Alberta. Appointed 1991–
* Edward Gavin
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
University of Connecticut. Appointed 2001–
Dennis Gallagher
Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Coordinator of the First Year Academic
Experience
B.A., San Francisco State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-
Champaign. Appointed 1996–
Ana Maria Garcia
Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Drew University; Ph.D., Hahnemann
University. Appointed 1997–
* Richard L. Garvin
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.S., Drexel University. Appointed
1982–
* Linda S. George
Adjunct Professor of English
B.S., Boston University. Appointed 2002–
* Denise Gess
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., LaSalle University; M.A., Rutgers
University. Appointed Spring 2004–
Angela R. Gillem
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Boston University. Appointed 1993– .
Steven Goldberg
Professor of Education
B.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; J.D., Brooklyn Law School; M.A.,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed Spring 1988–Sabbatical
2003–2004

____________________________________________________ Faculty
Bette P. Goldstone
Associate Professor of Education and Co-
Director of the Honors Program
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Boston University; Ed.D., Temple University.
Appointed 1979–
* Grace Gonglewski
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts.
B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts.
Appointed Spring 2004
Hugh H. Grady, Jr.
Professor of English.
B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Texas. Appointed 1987–
* Kelly Gredone
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.B.A., Philadelphia University.
Appointed 1999–
* Louis J. Grossman
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Dickinson College. Appointed Spring
2004–
Steven P. Gulkus
Associate Professor of Education and Chair of
the Department
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., West Virginia University. Appointed
1976–
Leif Gustavson
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,
Bread Loaf School of English, Middlebury
College; Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania.
Appointed 2001–
* Gretchen A. Haertsch
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Pennsylvania State University. Appointed
2000–
Warren Haffar
Assistant Professor of Political Science and
Director, International Peace and Conflict
Resolution Studies
B.S., University of Utah; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania. Appointed Spring
2000–
Annette L. Halpin
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., M.B.A., LaSalle University. Ph.D.,
Drexel University. Appointed 1984–
* Edward Harkins
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.A., LaSalle University; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed Spring 1998–
* Part-time
Bonnie Hayes
Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Connecticut College; M.A., The
University of Pittsburgh. Appointed 1979–
Geoffrey A. Haywood
Associate Professor and Chair of History
B.A., M.A., Aukland University, New
Zealand; M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Appointed 1992–
Gail W. Hearn
Professor of Biology and Holder of The Frank
and Evelyn Steinbrucker ’43 Endowed Chair,
1996–1999.
A.B., Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D., Rockefeller
University. Appointed 1973–
Sassan Hejazi
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Coordinator of CEU Programs
B.M.E., University of Delaware; M.B.A.,
LaSalle University; M.I.E., The Pennsylvania
State University; Ph.D., The Open University of
The Netherlands. Appointed Spring 1988–
Thomas Hemmeter
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Creighton University; M.A., Indiana
University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University. Appointed 1990–
Lisa Hennon
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., University of Iowa; M.S.E., Drake
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin..
Appointed 2000–
* John A. Heusser
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Tyler School of
Art. Appointed 2001–
* Millie Hiibel
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
M.F.A., Temple University. Appointed 2002–
Margaret J. Hickman
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., University of Vermont; M.Ed., Arizona
State University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of
Texas at Austin. Appointed 2003–
John R. Hoffman
Associate Professor of Biology and Chair of
the Department
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
The University of Michigan. Appointed 1993–
Lisa Holderman
Assistant Professor of Communications
B.A., M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D.
Temple University. Appointed 1996–
349

Faculty __________________________________________________
* Sandra M. Hordis
Adjunct Professor of English, and Director of
the Writing Center
B.S., East Stroudsburg University; M.A.,Ph.D.,
Lehigh University. Appointed Spring 2000–
* Andrew D. Hottle
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., M.A., The Ohio State University.
Appointed 2001–
Stephen Huber
Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Earlham College; M.S., Ph.D., Drexel
University. Appointed 1977– Sabbatical
2003–2004.
* Anastasia Hudgins
Adjunct Professor of Anthropology
B.A., Western Kentucky University; M.A.,
Temple University. Appointed Spring 2003–
* Jeffrey A. Ingram
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2003–
* Johanna Inman
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Arcadia University; M.F.A., Tyler School
of Art, Temple University. Appointed 2002–
* Cyndi Janzen
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Simon Fraser University, Canada.
Appointed 2003–
* Joanne Joella
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Marymount Manhattan College; M.A.,
Arcadia University. Appointed 2003–
Norman Johnston
Professor of Sociology (Active Retired)
B.A., Central Michigan University; A.M.
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania. Years of Service 1962–1992.
1992–
Elaine F. Jones
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Appointed 2003–
* Nancy Lee Jones
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Stanford University; M.Sc., The London
School of Economics and Political Science;
M.A., Ph.D., Tufts University. Appointed
2003.
* Quincy Scott Jones
Adjunct Professor of English
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Temple
University. Appointed 2003–
* Part-time
350
* Anne Kaier
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Manhattanville College; M.A., Oxford
University, England; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Appointed Spring 2004–
* Johanna Kane
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Shippensburg University; M.A.,
Hahnemann University. Appointed 2003.
* Victoria Katona
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science and
Systems Manager
B.A., Arcadia University. Appointed 1997–
Russell A. Kazal
Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania. Appointed 1999–
* Timothy Kelly
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Bloomsburg University. Appointed 2001–
* David G. Kennedy
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., M.A., J.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 2004–
* Mahamed S. Khalil
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science and
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Cairo University, Egypt; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 2003–
* Robert H. Kieserman
Adjunct Professor of Health Administration
B.S., M.B.A., Temple University. Appointed
Spring 1996–
Suzanne B. Kinard
Instructor and Head of Reader Services,
Landman Library.
A.B., Wilson College; M.S., Drexel University.
Appointed 1982–
* Vance R. Kincade, Jr.
Adjunct Professor of History
B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D., Miami University. Appointed
Spring 2000–
* Helene Klein
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Muhlenberg College. Appointed 2000–
* Christopher J. Kleckner
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., West Chester University. Appointed
Spring 2003–

____________________________________________________ Faculty
* Edith C. Krieger
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed 2001–
Bette E. Landman
University President, and Assistant Professor
of Anthropology
B.S., Bowling Green State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University. Appointed
1971–2004.
Carol Leiper
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
Diploma in Physiotherapy, University of Alberta,
Canada; B.S.P.T., University of Manitoba,
Canada; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 1983– Sabbatical, Spring 2004.
Scott R. Lindsten
Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., M.F.A., Colorado State University.
Appointed 2001–2004.
* Christian Lisak
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Southern Illinois University; M.F.A.,
University of North Carolina. Appointed Spring
2003–
* Rebecca Lisak
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.F.A., The University of North Carolina at
Greensboro. Appointed 2001–
* Gail Marie Lloyd
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Temple University. Appointed 2003–
* Larry Loebell
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., M.F.A., Temple University; M.A.,
Colorado State University. Appointed 2003–
Rosalie B. Lopopolo
Associate Professor of Physical Therapy and
Holder of the Frank and Evelyn Steinbrucker
’43 Endowed Chair, 2002–2005.
B.S., University of California, Davis;
M.A.P.T., Stanford University School of
Medicine; M.B.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 1993–
Doreen Loury
Assistant Professor of African American
Studies in the Department of Sociology and
Director, Gateway/Act 101 Programs
M.A., Lincoln University; Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1991–
Charles E. Lower
Assistant Professor and Director of Career
Services
B.A., Gettysburg; M.S., Long Island
University. Appointed 1976–
* Part-time
* John Luetzow
Adjunct Professor of Religion
B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., LaSalle
College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed 1990–
Thomas J. Lynch
Assistant Professor, Department of Medical
Science and Community Health
B.S., Cornell University; A.E.A., Universite de
Poitiers, M.A., Hofstra University; Ph.D.,
Medical College of Georgia; P.A., Saint Francis
College. Appointed May 1997–
Kathleen Kline Mangione
Associate Professor of Physical Therapy and
Holder of The Stacy Anne Vitetta ’82
Professorship, 1998–2000.
B.S., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D.,
New York University. Appointed 1995–
Judith Marsh
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh. Appointed 2003–
* Jennifer D. Marshall
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., St. Joseph’s University; M.A., The
College of New Jersey; Ph.D., Lehigh
University. Appointed 2003–
José A. Marrero
Assistant Professor of Italian in the Modern
Languages Department.
B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., Indiana University.
Appointed 2003–
Linda Marie Mascavage
Associate Professor of Chemistry, and
Co-Director of the Honors Program
B.S., Georgian Court College; M.S., Ph.D.,
Seton Hall University. Appointed 1992–
Jennifer B. Goldfarb Mattisoff
Instructor of English
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Ph.D.,
Lehigh University. Appointed Spring 2000–
Robert F. Mauro
Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.F.A., Pratt
Institute. Appointed 1978–
* Anna McAleer
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., M.B.A., LaSalle College. Appointed
1989–
Philip McClure
Associate Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Temple University; M.S., Medical College
Virginia; Ph.D., Drexel University. Appointed
1998–
351

Faculty __________________________________________________
* Diane Marie McDonald
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2003–
* Judith C. McKeon
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Temple University; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed 2001–
* Donald McNutt
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Michigan State
University. Appointed 2003–
* Nichole McShane
Adjunct Professor of Music
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2002–
* William Meiers
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Dickinson College; M.A.E., M.A.H.,
Arcadia University. Appointed 1999–
* Christopher M. Mendla
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.B.A., LaSalle University. Appointed
2001–
* Marc C. Meyer
Adjunct Professor of Biology
B.A., The City University of New York,
Queens College. Appointed Spring 2004–
* Joe Michaels
Adjunct Professor of Sociology
B.A., Catholic University; M.A., Fairfield
University. Appointed Spring 2004–
Chester M. Mikulski
Professor of Chemistry and Chair of the
Department of Chemistry and Physics
B.S., Ph.D., Drexel University. Appointed
Spring 1976–
* Juris Mason Milestone
Adjunct Professor of Sociology
B.A., Eastern Washington University. Appointed
2001–
* Jennifer Mintzer
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Ursinus College; M.F.A., American
University. Appointed Spring 2003–
Marianne Miserandino
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Rochester; Ph.D., Cornell
University. Appointed 1992–
Karen E. Misher
Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Arcadia University; M.F.A., University
of the Arts. Appointed Spring 1996–
* Part-time
352
* Linda Moonblatt
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., San Francisco
State College; M.B.A., Northeastern University.
Appointed Fall 1989–
Gregg Moore
Assistant Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., Skidmore College; M.F.A., New York
State College of Ceramics, Alfred University.
Appointed 2003–
Wayne Morra
Associate Professor of Economics, Director of
Institutional Research and Holder of The
Frank and Evelyn Steinbrucker ’43 Endowed
Chair, 1999–2002
B.S., California State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University. Appointed 1981–
* Bonnie Moses
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; J.D.,
LL.M., Temple University. Appointed 1982–
* Lewis Motter
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Miami University, Florida. Appointed
Spring 1984–
* Brooke Moyer
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., The University of the Arts; M.F.A.,
Cranbrook Academy of Art. Appointed Spring
2003–
* John Muccitelli
Adjunct Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Gwynedd-Mercy College; M.S., Ph.D.,
Clark University. Appointed 1998–
* Christine Holzer Mullin
Adjunct Professor of Communications and
Assistant Registrar
B.A., LaSalle University; M.A.Ed., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2000–
* Marie Duke Murphy
Lab Instructor in Biology
B.S., Arcadia University. Appointed 1994–
* Holly Neibauer
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Arcadia University. Appointed
1999–

____________________________________________________ Faculty
* Erik Thomas Nelson
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science and
Education and Instructional Technology
Specialist
B.S., Kutztown University; M.E., Arcadia
University. Appointed 1997–
Barbara F. Nodine
Professor of Psychology and Chair of the
Department
A.B., Bucknell University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Massachusetts. Appointed 1969–
Andrea Nord-Tankin
Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies and
Clinical Coordinator in the Medical Science
and Community Health Department
B.S., University of Connecticut; B.S., P.A.C.,
Duke University. Appointed 1998; 2003–
Carol A. Oatis
Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Marquette University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania. Appointed Spring 1991–
Finbarr W. O’Connor
Professor and Chair of the Department of
Philosophy and Religion
B.A., National University of Ireland; B.Ph.,
Licentiate in Philosophy, St. Patrick’s College,
Ireland; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Appointed 1968–
* Olugbemiga Ogunkua
Adjunct Professor of Biology
M.D., University of Ibadan, Nigeria; Ph.D.,
Temple University School of Medicine. Appointed
2003.
Carlos E. Ortiz
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., B.S., Universidad de Los Andes, Bogota,
Columbia; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin. Appointed 1997–
* Robert Osifchin
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
M.Ed., Temple University. Appointed 1998–
Alex Oyengo Otieno
Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Nairobi, Kenya. Appointed
2001; 2003–
Paul A. Palugod
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Coordinator of the International Business
and Culture Program.
B.A. San Beda College, Philippines; M.S.,
Asian Social Institute, Philippines; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh. Appointed 1999–2004.
* Part-time
* James Paradis
Adjunct Professor of History
B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Temple
University. Appointed Spring 2000–
Gretchen M. Paruch
Assistant Professor and Academic
Coordinator, Department of Medical Science
and Community Health
B.A., Marietta College; B.S., PA-C, Long
Island University; MPAS, Pacific University
School of Physician Assistant Studies. Appointed
1996–
* Christopher Pastore
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
A.B., Princeton; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed Spring 2002–
* Joanne Patti
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., Rider College.
Appointed 1999–
David Paulk
Assistant Professor and Medical Sciences
Coordinator, Department of Medical Science
and Community Health and Holder of the
Stacy Anne Vitetta ’82 Professorship
2002–2004.
B.S., Alderson-Broaddus College; M.S., West
Virginia University. Appointed 2000–
* Kathleen Mary Pearle
Adjunct Professor of History
A.B., Smith College; M.A., SUNY at Stony
Brook. Appointed 1992–
Norah Peters-Davis
Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty
Development, and Associate Professor of
Sociology
B.A., Rosemont College; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College. Appointed Spring 1991–
* Marsha H. Petty
Adjunct Professor of Religion
B.A., Arcadia University; M.A., Covenant
Theological Seminary. Appointed 2001–
* Diane Pieri
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Temple University, Tyler School of Art.
Appointed 2001–
* Janet E. Pilla
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.F.A., Syracuse University; M.F.A., Temple
University. Appointed 1997–
* Pamela Z. Poe
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., Westminster
Choir College; M.A., American University.
Appointed Spring 2004–
353

Faculty __________________________________________________
Deborah Pomeroy
Associate Professor of Science Education
B.S., Colorado State University; M.Ed.,
University of Alaska, Fairbanks; Ed.D.,
Harvard Graduate School of Education.
Appointed 1993–
Alan W. Powell
Assistant Professor of Communications
B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design; M.F.A.,
Mason Gross School of Art, Rutgers University.
Appointed 2001; 2003–
* Madhu Puri
Adjunct Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Isabella Thoburn College, India; M.S.,
University of Lucknow, India; M.S., University
of Tennessee. Appointed 2003–
Ann Ranieri
Instructor and Head of Technical Services,
Landman Library
B.S., Indiana University; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University. Appointed Spring 1988–
* Patricia Rauner
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., Arcadia University. Appointed 2003.
Sharon Ravitch
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Temple University; Ed.M., Harvard
University; Ph.D., The University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed 1997; 2003–
W. Scott Rawlins
Associate Professor of Science Illustration,
and Chair of the Department of Fine Arts
B.A., Earlham College; M.A., The George
Washington University; M.F.A., The University
of Michigan. Appointed 1994–
* Cynthia Kennedy Reedy
Instructor of Education
B.A., Catawba College; M.S., University of
North Carolina, Greensboro. Appointed 1991–
* William Derek Rhodarmer
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., M.A., Western Carolina University;
M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed
2001–
* Tlaloc Antonio Rivas
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz;
M.F.A., University of Washington. Appointed
Spring 2004–
Steven J. Robbins
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed 1996–
* Part-time
354
* Elaine Rodgers
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., Arcadia
University. Appointed 2001–
* Ian Rose
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Western Illinois University. Appointed
Spring 1997–
Raymond Rose
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Bucknell University; Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1970–
* Debra Rosenblum
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.F.A., University of the Arts. Appointed Spring
2000–
* Ewart Rouse
Adjunct Professor of English
Rutgers University. Appointed Spring 1993–
* Wesley G. Rouse
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Hampton University. Appointed 1999–
* Benjamin M. Rowley
Adjunct Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Eastern Washington University;
Ph.D., Temple University. Appointed Spring
2004–
Dayle Ellyn Saar
Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Benedictine University; M.B.A., North
Texas University; M.S., Ph.D., Northern Illinois
University. Appointed 2003–2004.
* Hilary Sachs
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Wayne State University; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Appointed 2003.
* Ernie Sadashige
Adjunct Professor of English
A.B., Duke University; M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University. Appointed 2003.
* Marie Sanchez
Lab Instructor in Biology
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Appointed 1988–
* Carol M. Saraullo
Adjunct Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.F.A., Moore College of Art. Appointed 1995–
* Douglas J. Sauber
Adjunct Professor of Education
B.S., Union College; M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1996–

____________________________________________________ Faculty
Karen Sawyer
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy and
Academic Co-Coordinator of Clinical
Education
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.S.P.T., Duke
University, M.A., Biblical Theological Seminary
DPT, Arcadia University. Appointed 1994–
* Benjamin Schulman
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.F.A., Tyler School of Art, Temple University.
Appointed Spring 2002–
* Frank Schwartz
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina. Appointed, 1980–
Rodolfo C. Schweizer
Associate Professor and Chair of Modern
Languages Department
B.S., Universidad Nacional de Cordoba,
Argentina; Ph.D., Temple University. Appointed
2001–
* Patricia Scully
Adjunct Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
Appointed Spring 1987–
* Lester M. Sdorow
Adjunct Professor of Psychology
B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra
University. Appointed 2000–
* Gabriela M. Segal
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
M.A., University of Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Appointed 1997–
* Kenneth S. Shapiro
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.S., J.D., Boston University. Appointed
1978–1995; 2001–
Jeffrey Shultz
Associate Dean for Internationalization,
Professor of Education and Coordinator of the
General Education Program
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Ed.M., Ed.D., Harvard. Appointed 1985–
* Alisa A. Sickora
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Bloomsburg University. Appointed Spring
2004–
* Part-time
Christopher R. A. Sim
Assistant Professor and Clinical Coordinator,
Department of Medical Science and
Community Health
B.S., University of San Francisco; P.A.-C.,
Hahnemann University, M.S.P.A.S., University
of Nebraska Medical Center. Appointed 1999–
Military Leave 2003–2004.
* Mary Sims
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Temple University; J.D., Pepperdine
University School of Law. Appointed 1993–
Graciela Slesaransky-Poe
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., LaPlata University, Argentina; Ph.D.,
Temple University. Appointed 2001–
* Dorothy Robinson Sloan
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Virginia State College; M.Ed.,
Temple University. Appointed 2002–
* Kimberly J. Small
Adjunct Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ursinus College; M.S., Ball State
University. Appointed 2003.
* Deborah A. Smith
Adjunct Professor of Biology
B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University.
Appointed 1996–
Derik Smith
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University. Appointed 2003–
* Erec Smith
Adjunct Professor of English
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois. Appointed 2003.
* Bonnie Squires
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.S., M.A., The University of Pennsylvania.
Appointed Spring 2004–
* Renée Starr
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., State University of New York at
New Paltz. Appointed Spring 1996–
* Edith Stetser
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Temple University; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania. Appointed 1989–
Harold W. Stewart
Registrar, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Bob Jones University; M.A., University
of Delaware. Appointed 1969–
355

Faculty __________________________________________________
* Louis Stricoff
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.S., M.Ed., Temple University. Appointed
2003.
* Jas Szygiel
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
Certificate, Hussian School of Art. Appointed
Spring 1990–
Judith Taylor
Associate Professor of Fine Arts
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University;
M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design.
Appointed 1995–
Jan Stephen Tecklin
Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Temple
University; Certificate in Physical Therapy,
University of Pennsylvania. Appointed 1982–
Joan H. Thompson
Associate Professor and Co-Chair of the
Department of Political Science
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University. Appointed 1986–
Robert Thompson
Associate Professor and Co-Chair of the
Department of Political Science
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., The
University of Maryland; Ph.D., The School of
Government and Public Administration, The
American University. Appointed 1986–
* Stephen A. Tippett
Adjunct Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., Eastern College; M.Div., Westminster
Seminary; M.A., Princeton Seminary; Teaching
Certificate in French, Secondary Level.
Appointed 1992–
* David J. D. Toia
Adjunct Professor of Communications
B.A., Cabrini College. Appointed Spring 2004–
James D. Tomlinson
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S.E., University of Central Arkansas; M.S.,
Duke University. Appointed 1991–
Susan Tomlinson
Assistant Professor and Academic
Coordinator of Clinical Education in the
Physical Therapy Department.
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill; M.S., Duke University; DPT, Arcadia
University. Appointed 1988; 2003–
* Melinda Van Sant
Adjunct Professor of Fine Arts
B.S., University of Santo Tomas, Manila,
Philippines. Appointed Spring 2002–
* Part-time
356
Archie Vomachka
Professor of Biology
B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Michigan
State University. Appointed 1988–
* Mark Anthony Wade
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
M.F.A., Yale School of Drama. Appointed
Spring 2004–
* Robert J. Wagner
Adjunct Professor of History
B.S., M.A., Temple University. Appointed
2001–
* Celeste Walker
Adjunct Professor of Theatre Arts
B.F.A., Kutztown University; M.F.A., The
New School University. Appointed 2001–
* John G. Walsh, Jr.
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Purdue University; M.B.A., Lehigh
University. Appointed Spring 2002–2003.
Jo Ann Weiner
Associate Professor of English and Chair of
the Department of English, Communications
and Theatre Arts
A.B., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania. Appointed 1977–
Renée Weisberg
Associate Professor of Education (Active
Retired)
B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University. Years
of Service 1977–1999. 1999–
* Helga Wells
Adjunct Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., M.A., Boston University Graduate
School. Appointed 1990–
* Laura A. Wentz
Adjunct professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Rider College. Appointed 2003–
Richard A. Wertime
Professor of English and Director of Master of
Arts in English and Master of Arts in
Humanities Programs
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania. Appointed 1975–
* Judith G. Wiley
Adjunct Professor of Psychology
B.A., Plymouth State College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Missouri-Columbia. Appointed
1996–
* Mary Winn
Adjunct Professor of Psychology
B.A., LaSalle University; Ph.D., Temple
University. Appointed 1993–

____________________________________________________ Faculty
Edward F. Wolff
Associate Professor of Computer Science and
Mathematics
A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Massachusetts. Appointed 1977–
* Yun S. Yoo
Adjunct Professor of Computer Science and
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Drexel University. Appointed 2003.
* Sergio Zefelippo, Jr.
Adjunct Professor of Mathematics
B.A., LaSalle University; M.A., Villanova
University. Appointed 1985–
B 2 EST Program Faculty
Colleen Brophy
Rush Middle School, Philadelphia
Danielle Buettner
Rush Middle School, Philadelphia
Brian Costello
Jones Middle School, Philadelphia
Heather Fox
Webster High School, Philadelphia
Curita Goode
Webster High School, Philadelphia
Leah Gumbrecht
Harding Middle School, Philadelphia
Jolie Hess
George Washington High School, Philadelphia
Chelsea Koehler
DeBurgos Billingual Magnet Middle School,
Philadelphia
Marie Nicole LaVerde
Leeds Middle School, Philadelphia
Tiffany Maye
Pennypacker School, Philadelphia
Damon McNeil
Ludlow School, Philadelphia
Karen Newsome
Leeds Middle School, Philadelphia
Pei Zheng
Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Tsinghua University; M.S., Beijing
University, China; Ph.D., Michigan State
University. Appointed 2003–
Anne Ziegler
Instructor and Reference/Bibliographic
Librarian, Landman Library.
B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Syracuse
University; M.L.S., Pratt Institute. Appointed
2003–
* Michael E. Zweig
Adjunct Professor of Music
M.S., Arcadia University. Appointed 2002–
The following adjunct members of the Arcadia University Faculty served as classroom
teachers during 2003–04 in the schools indicated as part of the Building Behavioral &
Emotional Support Teams (B 2 EST) Program, a cooperative initiative of the University
and the School District of Philadelphia.
* Part-time
Eric Paterson
DeBurgos Billingual Magnet Middle School,
Philadelphia
Tracey Rawley
Pennypacker School, Philadelphia
Rickia J. Reid
Jones Middle School, Philadelphia
Chris Reuter
George Washington High School, Philadelphia
Chris Searle
Penn Treaty Middle School, Philadelphia
LeVar Talley
Harding Middle School, Philadelphia
Claire Verden
Rush Middle School, Philadelphia
Vicki Wilkinson
Ludlow School, Philadelphia
Christina Ager, Executive Director
Allener Rogers, Director
Adriana Gonzalez-Lopez, Director of Consulting
and Training
Carol Merkle, Supervisor of Classroom Programs
Krystal Buhr, Substitute Teacher
357

Emeriti __________________________________________________
Emeriti 2003–2004
Lloyd M. Abernethy
Professor Emeritus of History
B.S., Wake Forest University; M.A., M. Phil.,
Columbia University. Years of Service 1957–1999.
William Bracy
Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of North
Carolina. Years of Service 1965–1985.
Arthur C. Breyer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry and Physics
B.A., New York University; M.A., Columbia
University; Ph.D. Rutgers University. Years of
Service 1964–1992.
Helen Buttel
Associate Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., Middlebury College; A.M., City College of
New York; Ph.D., Temple University, Years of
Service 1962–1988.
Samuel M. Cameron
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
(Active Retired)
B.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Years of
Service 1964–2002.
William J. Carr
Professor Emeritus of Psychology
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh. Years of Service 1970–1990.
Elizabeth Clark
Adjunct Professor Emeritus of Sociology
A.B., New Jersey College for Women, Rutgers
University; M.A., Rutgers University. Years of
Service 1982–1990.
Helene C. Cohan
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Modern
Language
B.A., Northwestern University; University of
Munich; M.A., Northwestern University. Years of
Service 1963–2000.
Kathryn E. Darby
Assistant Dean of Graduate Studies and
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Biology
A.B. Beaver College; M.A., Temple University.
Years of Service 1945–Dec. 1987.
Jack Davis
Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts
B.A., M.A., University of California, Berkeley.
Years of Service Spring 1969–1990.
Edith B. Gross
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Sociology
A.B., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College. Years of Service Spring 1984–1997.
358
Myra K. Jacobsohn
ProfessorEmeritus of Biology
B.A., Barnard College; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College. Years of
Service 1974–2000
Norman Johnston
Professor Emeritus of Sociology
(Active Retired)
B.A., Central Michigan University; A.M.,
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania. Years of Service 1962–2002
Kenneth D. Matthews, Jr.
Associate Professor Emeritus of History
B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Years of Service 1973–1988.
Charles E. Moulton
Professor Emeritus of Computer Science and
Mathematics
B.A., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; M.A.,
Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo.
Years of Service 1966–1992.
Phyllis Newcomer
Professor of Education
A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Temple University. Years of
Service 1976–2001.
A. Richard Polis
Dean of Graduate Studies and Professor
Emeritus of Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University. Years
of Service 1968–2000.
Mary S. Sturgeon
Associate Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., Baylor University; A.M., University of
Chicago; University of Pennsylvania. Years of
Service 1943–1979.
Anita Udell
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Foreign
Languages
B.A., Montclair State College; Certificat d’etudes,
Laval University; M.A., Columbia University.
Years of Service 1964–1990.
David J. Weiner
Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Florida. Years of Service
Spring 1990–2003
Renée Weisberg
Associate Professor Emeritus of Education
(Active Retired)
B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University. Years of
Service Spring 1977–1999.
Paula Winokur
Associate Professor of Fine Arts
B.F.A., B.S.in Ed., Tyler School of Art, Temple
University. Appointed Fall 1973, 1975–2003.

_____________________________________________ Administration
Administration
Office of the President
Jerry M. Greiner, Ph.D.
President
Jeffrey Ewing, M.Ed.
Executive Assistant to the President/
Affirmative Action Office
Academic Affairs
Michael L. Berger, Ed.D.
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Provost
Norah Peters-Davis, Ph.D.
Dean of Undergraduate Studies and Faculty
Development
Andrea Coren, M.Ed.
Learning Disabilities Specialist
Dennis Gallagher, Ph.D.
Coordinator of the First Year Academic
Experience
Bruce Keller, M.Ed.
Assistant Dean, Academic Advising and
Placement
Doreen E. Loury, Ph.D.
Director, Gateway/Act 101 Program
Linda Pizzi, M.S. Ed.
Director, Education Enhancement Center
Mark Curchack, Ph.D.
Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies
Maureen I. Guim, M.Ed.
Assistant Dean of Graduate and Professional
Studies
Linda Diamond, M.Ed.
Director, Community Scholars
Elaine Scarpino, B.S.
Director, Educational Outreach
Jacqueline Y. Seguin-Mandel, M.S.
Director, Professional and Continuing Studies
Jeffrey Shultz, Ed.D.
Associate Dean for Internationalization
Parambir Bedi, M.S., M.B.A.
Chief Information Officer
José Dieudonne, B.S.
Network Manager
Victoria Katona, B.A.
Systems Manager
Erik Nelson, M.Ed.
Instructional Technology Specialist
Harold W. Stewart, M.A.
Registrar
William S. Elnick, M.Ed.
Associate Registrar
Christine H. Mullin, M.A.Ed.
Assistant Registrar
Degree Audit and Certification
Nicole Zucker, M.Ed.
Assistant Registrar
Registration and Records
Charles Myers, M.L.S.
Director, Landman Library
Barbara Sheehan, M.Ed.
Grant Development Specialist
Richard Torchia, B.A.
Director, Arcadia University Art Gallery
Janice Finn, B.S.
Director, International Services
Student Affairs
Janet E. Walbert, Ed.D.
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of
Students
Matthew Swatchick, M.A.
Associate Dean of Students
Dian Taylor-Alleyne, M.S.
Assistant Dean of Students for Campus Life
and Student Involvement
Joshua Stern, M.A.
Assistant Dean of Students for Residence Life
Corinne Mike, M.A.
Assistant Director of Residence Life
Catherine M. Mattingly, M.A. ’99
Area Coordinator
Nicholas Luchko, M.S.
Area Coordinator
Rochelle Peterson, M.Ed.
Assistant Dean of Students for Multicultural
Affairs
Charles Lower, M.S.
Director, Career Services and Cooperative
Education
Cindy Rubino, B.S.W.
Coordinator of Community Service
Leslie Hayes, B.A.
Director of Conference Services and Campus
Scheduling
359

Administration ____________________________________________
Shirley Liddle, M.S.
Director of Athletics and Recreation
Stan Exeter, B.A.
Associate Director of Athletics and
Recreation
Linda S. Detra, M.A.
Manager of Kuch Center
Maria Honorio, A.T.C.
Head Athletic Trainer
Ellen Sitron, M.S.N., R.N.C., C.R.N.P.
Director of Health Services
Ladonna Smith, C.R.N.P.
Nurse Practitioner
Frances A. Pollock, R.N., L.M.F.T.
Director of the Counseling Center and Alcohol
and Other Drug Program
Christine Coppa, M.S.W.
L.S.W. Counselor
Cynthia Rutherford, M.S.S., L.C.S.W.
Counselor
360
Enrollment Management
Dennis L. Nostrand, M.Ed.
Vice President for Enrollment Management
Mark Lapreziosa, B.A.
Director of Enrollment Management
Elizabeth A. Rihl Lewinsky, M.A.
Director of Financial Aid/Associate Director of
Enrollment Management
Kathleen H. Beardsley, B.A.
Associate Director of Enrollment Management
Emily Bergson-Shilcock, M.Ed.
Associate Director of Enrollment Management/
Transfer Coordinator
Christine M. Soda, M.A. Ed.
Associate Director of Financial Aid/Senior
Assistant Director of Enrollment Management
Michele M. Collins, B.A.
Assistant Director of Enrollment Management
Collene D. Hare, B.B.A.
Assistant Director of Enrollment Management
Holly R. Kirkpatrick, B.A.
Assistant Director of Enrollment Management
Russell W. Althouse, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Mayra R. Castillo, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Lisa M. Endrikat, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Shoshana Kuriloff, A.B.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Danielle M. Luckner, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Laura J. McNulty, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Kimberly Pogue Reid, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor
Daniel Yannuzzi, B.A.
Enrollment Management Counselor

_____________________________________________ Administration
Treasurer’s Office
Michael Coveney, M.B.A.
Vice President for Finance and Treasurer
Brian McCloskey, M.B.A.
Controller
Michelle Godinho, B.A.
Assistant Controller
Lynette Allen-Collins, M.B.A.
Director of Human Resources
Mimi Bassetti, B.A.
Director of Administrative Services
James J. Bonner, Jr., M.A.
Director of Public Safety
Jim Flaherty, Ph.D.
Facility Director
James M. Adams, B.S.
Associate Controller
Institutional Advancement
Frank C. Vogel, Jr., B.A.
Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Maryanne D. Bowers, M.A.H. ’82
Assistant Vice President
for Institutional Advancement
Eugene J. Bucci, B.A.
Systems Manager
Judith C. Severin, B.A.
Director of the Annual Fund
Shana McGlinchey, B.A.
Assistant Director of the Annual Fund
Roberta Thomas, M.A.
Director of Alumni and Parent Relations
Georgene Pilling, M.A. ’05
Associate Director of Alumni and Parent
Relations
Juli Roebuck, B.A.
Director of University Relations
Bill Avington, B.S.
Assistant Director of University Relations and
Media Relations Manager
Janet Gala, B.F.A.
Publications Manager
Center for Education Abroad
David C. Larsen, Ph.D.
Vice President and Director
Andrea Patrick, M.B.A.
Associate Director
Julie A. Rosner, M.B.A.
Controller
Arlene P. Snyder, M.S.
Administrative Manager
John D. Wells, M.A.
Director of Enrollment Management
361

___________________________________________________________
Index
A
Absence
from classes 63–64
from examinations 66
Academic calendar 2–3
Academic dismissal 71
Academic honors 68
Academic ineligibility 68–69
Academic policies 62–73
Academic probation 68–69
Academic programs 74–91
daytime 75–84
evening 85–91
international focus 94–104
Academic recognition 14–15
Academic resources 28–31
Academic standing 69
Academic support services 18–19, 29
Academic warning 69
Acceleration 70
Accounting 113, 120, 122, 123, 124, 125
(also see Business Administration)
Accreditation 8
ACT, see Examinations
Act 101 Program 28, 38
Activities, student 11–13
ACT-PEP, see Examinations
Actuarial Science Concentration 240–246,
293
Administration 359–361
Admission procedures
for auditing courses 45–46, 66–66
for certificate programs 43
for entering freshmen 33–38
for evening students 43–47
for full-time students 33–42
for high school students taking college
courses 36–37, 43–44
for home schooled students 36
for international students 42
for part-time students 43–47
certificates offered 83–84, 90
Community Scholars Program 47, 84
degrees offered 75–76
evening programs 85–90
expenses, see Expenses
362
high school program 84
programs 6, 75–91
student lounges 21
student publications 11, 12, 22
for special status students 43
for taking non-credit courses 43
for transfer students 39–42, 43–44
Admissions 33–47
advanced placement 38
alternate plans 37–38
application fee 34, 39, 44, 49, 51
application forms
entering freshman 34–36
transfer student 39–42
conditional acceptance 37
deadlines 35, 36, 37, 39–40
deferred admission 37
deposits 37, 41
early admission 37
early decision plan 37
Gateway to Success/ACT 101 28, 38
homeschool 36
honors program 39
interviews 34, 42, 45
mid-year 38, 64
non-traditional credit 43
re-admission 72
secondary school preparation 33–34
supplementary materials 36, 40
test scores 35, 40, 44, 49
to education department 159–160
transcripts 35, 40, 44, 46–47
transfer credit 41, 45–46
transfer students 39–42, 44
(also see Admission procedures)
Advanced placement 38
Advisers 19, 28
AE (art education courses) 208
AH (art history courses) 209–210
American College Testing Assessment
Program (ACT), see Examinations
American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT-PEP),
see Examinations
American Language Academy 11
AN (anthropology courses) 312–317
Anthropology 307, 310, 316, 317

_____________________________________________________ Index
Application fee, see Admissions
Application procedures, see Admission
procedures
Arcadia University
accreditation 8
description of campus 6–9
emergency closing number inside front
cover
facilities 21–27
history 7, 8
location 7, inside back cover
Mission Statement 5
opportunities 8–9
personnel 342–361
policies 62–71
resources in the metropolitan area 8–9
scholarships 58–61
Art, see Fine Arts
Art education 185, 191–192, 196–197
certification 163, 193, 196, 197
courses 209
internship 208
(also see Fine Arts)
Art gallery 11, 25–26
Art history 185, 190, 191, 195, 199
courses 209–211
minor in 193, 199
(also see Fine Arts)
Art therapy 185, 192, 193, 198
emphasis 192
courses 210, 211
internship 210, 211
(also see Fine Arts)
AT (art therapy courses) 210, 211
Athletics 14
Attendance at classes 63–64
Auditing 45, 65–66
Australia programs 102
Awards 15–17
B
BA (Business Administration courses)
123–129
Bachelor of Arts 75–77
Bachelor of Fine Arts 77
Bachelor of Science 76, 85
Bachelor’s degree, second 64–65
BI (biology courses) 109–113
Biology 105–113
B.A., major in 105–108
courses 109–113
minor in 106, 108
secondary education certification 108,
163, 166–167
study abroad options 105
Board and room 49
Board of Trustees 343–344
Bookstore 27
“Bridge, The” 230
British Programs 11, 102, 103
Business Administration and Economics
113–117
B.A., major in 115, 118, 119
B.S., major in 115, 116, 118–119
B.S., major in accounting 115, 119
courses 123–129
internships 127
minor in 122, 123
post-baccalaureate certificate 83, 90–91,
334–335
study abroad options 115
(also see Accounting, Economics,
Finance, Marketing, Management,
Management-Information Systems,
Human Resources Administration)
Business and Chemistry, see Chemistry and
Business
C
Calendar, academic 2–3
Campus
description 6–9
facilities 21–27
life 11–20
map inside back cover
Career Services 18
Center for Education Abroad 10, 72,
102–104
Ceramics 190, 194, 201, 206 (also see Fine
Arts)
Certificate programs 334–341
(also see Post-Baccalaureate Certificate)
Certification, see Education
CH (chemistry courses) 136–141
Changes
in course scheduling 2, 64
in major 81–82, 189
Chemistry 130–140
B.A., major in 131, 132, 133, 134, 135
B.S., major in 132, 133–135
courses 136–141
internship 138
minor in 131, 133, 135
363

Index ____________________________________________________
secondary education certification 163,
166
study abroad option 132
Chemistry and business 130–131
B.S., major in 130–131
Cinema Studies Minor 228
Class, see Course
Classrooms 22–24
CLEP, see Examinations
Clubs and organizations 12–13
CM (communications courses) 145–149
Code of academic responsibility 68
Codes, department 94
College Board Examinations, see
Examinations
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP), see Examinations
College Scholarship Service 53–54
Commencement 2, 70
Communications 141–149
B.A., major in 141–142, 151–152
courses 145–149
individualized concentrations 141–142,
143–144
internship 149
minor in 141, 145
post-baccalaureate certificates 334–335
programs in
corporate communications 141–145
print communications 141, 142, 144
video communications 141, 144
study abroad option 142
Community Scholars Program 47, 84
Community service 30
Commuter students
assistants 18–19, 22
expenses 49–50
facilities 21–27
Computer Center, see Computer Facilities
Computer courses 153–156
Computer facilities 21, 22–24
Computer graphics 24–25
Computer Science 150–156
B.A., major in 151, 152
B.S., major in 151, 151–153
courses 153–156
minor in 150, 151–153
post-baccalaureate certificates 151, 333
study abroad option 150
Computing Technology 157–158
B.A., major in 157
options
Design 158
Technical 158
364
Conditional acceptance 37
Continuing Education 7
Cooperative Education Program 30, 233
Corporate Communications, see
Communications
Counseling services
academic 18–19
career 18
psychological 18, 19
Counseling program, see Psychology
Course
add/drop 2, 63–64
credit 62, 72, 73
descriptions 93–341
fees 49, 50 (also see expenses)
loads 62
numbering 93
off-campus 29–30
registration 2, 63
scheduling 2, 63–64
time of day 93
Courses of study 93–341
Creative Writing Minor 175
Credit
academic 62
assessment 45–47
by examination 38, 45, 46, 50, 51, 72
by transfer 40, 45–47, 70
from other institutions 72
from summer study abroad 72
Criminology, see Sociology
CS (computer science courses) 153–156
Cultural activities 11
Curriculum materials laboratory 22–23
D
Daytime programs 75–84
Dean’s Honor List 68–71
Deferred admission 37
Deferred payment 50–51
Degree requirements
daytime program 75–84
evening program 85–89
Degree status 43
Degrees offered
Bachelor of Arts 75–77, 85, 86
Bachelor of Fine Arts 77
Bachelor of Science 76, 85
bachelor’s, second 64–65
combined 82
master’s 91
special 82
through daytime program 75–84

_____________________________________________________ Index
through evening program 85–89
Department codes 94
Departmental honors 68–71
Deposits 37, 41, 50 (also see Admissions)
Dining facilities 22
Disabled students 19
Dismissal 71
Dormitories, see Residence halls
Dramatics, see Theatre arts
E
Early admission 37
Early Childhood Education 164–165
Early decision plan 37
Early graduation 70
EC (economics courses) 127–129
Economics (see Business Administration)
courses 127–129
minor in 117
ED (education courses) 167–170
Education 159–170
admission 159–160
art 163 (also see Fine Arts)
B.A., early childhood or elementary 160,
164–165
combined B.A. and M.A.
(concentration in special education)
165, 167
courses 167–170
graduate programs 91, 159
instructional certification 161
major in 161, 164–165
minor in 163, 165–166
secondary education certification
163, 166, 174–175, 299
special 163, 167, 296 (also see
Psychology)
student teaching 170
study abroad option 165
Education abroad, see Study Abroad Option
Education records 72
Electives 82, 90
Elementary education 164–165
Emergency closing inside front cover
Emeriti 358
Employment, Student Services 18–19
Cooperative Education Program 30,
231
EN (English courses) 176–185
Engineering program 83, 171, 172
England, see British Programs
English 172–185
B.A., major in 173–174
courses 176–185
creative writing minor 175
internship 183
minor in 175
professional writing minor 175
secondary education certification 163,
166, 174–175
study abroad option 173
Enrollment statistics 47
Environmental Studies Program 279,
294–295 (also see Pre-professional
Programs)
Equal opportunity inside front cover
Equatorial Guinea, program 104
Ethical conduct 20, 68
Evening Programs 85–90
admissions procedures 43–47
certificate programs
see Post-Baccalaureate Certificates
international business and culture 117
liberal studies 236–237
bachelor’s degrees 85, 86
business administration 85, 117
computer science 85, 150
core requirements 86–91
degrees offered 85
expenses 51–52
post-baccalaureate certificates 83, 90,
334–341
in business administration 83, 90,
334–341
in computer science 83, 90, 150, 335
in corporate communications 83, 90,
336–337
in health administration 83, 90,
338–339
in health professions 83, 90, 339–340
in management information systems,
83, 90, 341
in the sciences 83, 90, 340
requirements for certificates 83, 90,
requirements for degrees 86–91
transfer credits 41, 45–46, 70
Examinations 66
absence from 66
Advanced Placement 38
American College Testing Assessment
Program (ACT) 35, 40, 44, 46
American College Testing Proficiency
Examination Program (ACT-PEP),
see Excelsior College Examination
365

Index ____________________________________________________
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 38, 45, 46
course credit by 45, 46, 50, 51, 73
dates 2–3
Excelsior College Examination 38, 45, 46
placement 38
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) 35, 40,
44
Excelsior College Examination see
Examinations
Expenses 49–52
application fee 49, 51
auditing fee 49, 51
board and room 49
cooperative education assignment fee 49,
51
course fees 49, 51
deferred payment plans 51
deposits 50
examination for credit 50–51
for commuter students 49
for evening students 51
for full-time students 49–51
for part-time students 51–53
for resident students 49
for senior citizens 49
general fee 49
high school students 51
late registration fee 51, 52
music lessons 49, 51
parking permit 50, 51
payment 50–51, 52
refunds 52–53
room and board 49
special fees 49–51
studio fees 50, 51
study abroad 9, 102–104
tuition 49, 51
Experiential learning opportunities 29–30
Experimental course 93
Extracurricular activities 11–12
F
FA (fine arts courses) 200–213
Faculty 345–357
Federal Grants 56
Federal Work Study (FWS), see Work
Study
Fees, see Expenses
Finance 113–114, 123 (also see Business
Administration)
Financial aid 53–57
application procedures 54, 55
366
deadlines 54, 55
grants 55
loans 56–57
scholarships 58–61
veteran’s benefits 17
Work-Study Program 57
Fine Arts 185–199
admission portfolio 35, 40, 44–45,
187–188
art education 185, 190, 192, 196–197
audition 36, 40, 45
B.A., concentrations in art history, preart
therapy and studio art, 192,
196–197, 198
art history 185, 195, 199, 209
art therapy 185, 192, 193, 209, 210,
211
B.F.A., concentrations in art ed,
ceramics, graphic design, interior
design, metals and jewelry, painting,
photography, printmaking 189–191,
192–193
certificate program 192, 196–197
courses 200–213
computer graphics 22, 24
exhibits 25–26
fees 49, 51
internship 208
minor in art history 192, 199
minor in studio art 192, 199
missions statement 186
studios 22, 23, 24
study abroad options 189-190
(also see Scientific illustration)
Fine Arts Center 25
Fine Arts supplies, see Bookstore
Fine Arts studios 20, 21, 22
First Year Study Abroad Experience 10
Foreign languages, see Modern
Languages
Foreign students, see International students
Foreign study, see Study Abroad
Forensic Criminology in the Social
Science minor 229, 300, 310
France, programs 103
FR (French courses) 251–252
French
courses 251–252
minor in 250
G
Gateway to Success Program 28, 38

_____________________________________________________ Index
General Education requirements
daytime programs 75–84
evening programs 85–91
Geographical distribution of students 47
German
courses, 248
minor in 250, 252
GM (German courses) 252
Grade point average (GPA) 68–69
Grading system 67–71
Graduate studies 82, 91, 159–160, 162–163
international program 98–99
Graduation 70–71
requirements 70
Grants 55, 56
Graphic Design 185, 190, 204, 207 (also
see Fine Arts)
Great Britain, see British programs
Greece, programs 103
GSL, see Loans
Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL), see
Loans
Guidance, see Counseling services
H
HA (health administration courses) 214
Health Administration 214–217
B.A. major in 214, 216, 217
minor in 216
courses 217
study abroad option 214–215
Health insurance 20, 50
Health services 20
High school program
admission 33, 36, 37, 43–44
description 84
fees 51
History 218–225
B.A., major in 219
courses 220–223
minor in 219
study abroad option 218
History of art, see Art history
History of College 7–8
HN (honor courses) 227
Holidays
religious 18
scheduled 2–3
Home school admissions 36, 54
Honorary societies 13–14
Honor code, see Code of academic
responsibility
Honors
academic 68
Dean’s Honor List 68–71
departmental 68–71
graduation 70
prizes and awards 15–17
Honors Convocation 2, 13
Honors Program 39, 226–227
Housing
off campus 21
on campus 21
HS (history courses) 220–225
Human Resources Administration
113–114, 125 (also see Business
Administration)
Human Resources Management, see
Psychology
Human services, see Sociology
I
ID (interdisciplinary courses) 229–235
Immunizations required 20
Incompletes 67
Independent study 65
Individualized major programs 65
Individualized minor programs, see
Business Administration
Infirmary, see Health services
Instructional Media Services (IMS) 27
Insurance, health and personal property
20, 50
Intercollegiate sports 14–15
Interdisciplinary program 228–235
cinema studies minor 228
courses 215–217
forensic criminology minor 229
international cinema minor 228
women’s studies 230
Interdisciplinary science 234–235
requirements for major 234–235
Interior design 194, 204, 207 (also see Fine
Arts)
International Baccalaureate 42
International Business and Culture 117,
119–120 (also see Business
Administration)
International Cinema Minor 228
International Focus Programs
in business and culture 94–97
in peace and conflict resolution 97–99
international studies minor 100–104,
309
367

Index ____________________________________________________
International Peace and Conflict
Resolution 97–99, 281
International Opportunities 10
International students 10, 39–42, 47, 57
International Studies grad program 97–99
Internships 30
art education 208
art therapy 210–211
business administration 127
chemistry 138
communications 149
cooperative education 231
English 183
fine arts 208, 211
modern languages 256
political science 270, 276, 277
theatre arts 332, 333
Interviews 34, 42, 45
Intramural sports 14–15
Ireland programs 103
IT (Italian courses) 252–253
Italian
courses 252–253
minor in 248, 249
J
JA (Japanese courses) 253
Japanese 253
Jewelry, see Fine arts
Journalism (also see Communications)
courses 146, 148, 178, 180
student publications 11, 12, 22
K
Korean program 103
L
Laboratories 22–24
Landman Library 26
Languages, see Modern languages
Late registration 51, 52
Law, see Pre-law
LB (liberal studies courses) 237–238
Leave of Absence policy 71
Liberal Studies 236–238, 309
Library 26
Loans 56–57
Location of the University 7, 8, inside back
cover
Lockers 21, 23
London Preview 10
368
London Semester Programs, see British
programs
Lounges 21, 23, 24, 25
M
MA (mathematics courses) 243–246
Major programs 81–82, 89–90
selection 38, 75–77, 85
Management 117, 126 (also see Business
Administration)
Management Information Systems,
computer-based 113–114, 118 (also
see Business Administration)
Map inside back cover
Marketing 113–114, 125 (also see Business
Administration)
Mathematics 239–246
B.A., major in 239–241
B.S., major in 239–241
courses 243–246
minor in 240, 242
minor in statistics 240, 242
study abroad option 239
M.B.A., accelerated program 113, 117, 284
Meals, see Dining facilities
Medical illustration, see Scientific
Illustration
Medicine, see Pre-professional programs
Metals and Jewelry 185, 191, 197, 201,
203 (also see Fine Arts)
Mexico program 103
Mid-year
admission 37–38
Minors 82, 90
Mission Statement 5
ML (modern language courses) 251–256
Modern languages 247–256
French 251
minor in 248, 250, 251, 252
German 252
minor in 248, 250, 252
internship 256
Italian 250
minor in 248, 250, 252, 253
Japanese 253
Spanish 248–249, 254–255
minor in 250
study abroad option 247–248
MU (music courses) 258–261
Multicultural affairs 18
Music 257–261
courses 258–261

_____________________________________________________ Index
N
ensembles 11–12
fees 49, 51
minor in 258
study abroad option 257
New Zealand, program 103
Newspaper, student 12, 13, 22
Non-credit courses 43
Non-matriculated students 43
Nursing, see Pre-nursing program
O
Objectives of the University 5–7
Off-campus
courses 29–30, 31
housing 21
Office of International Services (OIS) 10–11
Optometry Program 83, 262–263
Organizations and Clubs 11–13
P
Painting 193, 194, 200, 202, 206 (also see
Fine Arts)
Parents’ Loans for Undergraduate Students
(PLUS), see Loans
Parking permit 50, 51
Part-time students 43–46, 51–53, 85–91
Pass-fail option 67
Payment of tuition
payment plans 50–51, 52
Pell Grants, see Grants
Perkins Loan, see Loans
Personnel, University 342–361
PH (physics courses) 139–141
PHEAA Loan, see Loans
Philadelphia, resources available 8–9, 10
Philosophy and Religion 264–269
B.A., major in 265
courses 266–269
minor in 265
study abroad option 264–265
Photography 191, 195, 207, 209, 213 (also
see Fine Arts)
Physical Therapy, see Pre-physical Therapy
Program
Physician Assistant Studies, see Pre-
Physician Assistant Studies
Physics
courses 139–141
minor in 133, 135
PL (philosophy courses) 266–269
Placement office, see Career planning
services
Placement tests 38
PLUS loans, see Loans
Policies, University 62–73
Political Science 270–279
B.A., major in 272–273
concentrations in
International Politics 273
Pre-Law and Political Theory 273
U.S. Politics and Policy 273
courses 274–279
internships 271, 276, 277
minor in 272
study abroad option 270
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
admission to programs 43
for transfer students 70
in business administration 334–335
in computer science 151, 335
in corporate communications 336–337
in health administration 338–339
in health professions 339–340
in management information systems 341
in the sciences 340
offered in the day 83
offered in the evening 90
requirements 84, 91
Pre-Criminal Justice, see Sociology
Pre-Law Program 281–283
Pre-M.B.A. Program 284
Pre-Medical Program 285–286
Pre-Nursing Program 286–287
Pre-Physical Therapy Program 289–290
Pre-Physician Assistant Studies 287–288
Pre-Professional Programs 280–281
environmental studies program 280,
294–295
international peace and conflict
resolution program 97, 98–99, 281
pre-law program 281–283
pre-M.B.A. program 284
pre-medical program 285–286
pre-nursing program 286–287
pre-physical therapy program: doctorate
289–291
pre-physicians assistant studies 287–288
pre-veterinary program 292–293
Pre-Veterinary Program 292–293
Print Communications, see Communications
Printmaking 191, 195, 200, 202, 206 (also
see Fine Arts)
369

Index ____________________________________________________
Privacy of records 73
Prizes and awards 15–17
Probation, academic 68, 69
PS (political science courses) 274–279
Psychobiology 294–295
B.A., major in 295
Psychology 296–304
art therapy 297, 298
B.A., major in 295–297
courses 300–304
forensic criminology minor 300
human resource management minor 300
individualized options 297–298
M.A. in counseling 298
minor in 299
pre-health professions 297
secondary education certification 297,
298
study abroad option 296
Publications, student 12, 13, 22
PY (psychology courses) 300–304
R
RE (religion courses) 269–269
Re-admission 72
Records, confidentiality 73
Recreational sports 14–15
Refunds 52–53
Registration
dates 2, 3, 62
deposit 50
late fee 51, 52
procedures 63
statistics 47
Religion, also see Philosophy
courses 268–269
minor in 265
Religious holidays 18
Religious organizations 18
Religious services 18
Requirements
for admission 33–47
for graduation 70
Residence halls (also see Room,
Room and board) 21
Resident assistants 19, 21
Rights and responsibilities 20
Room
assignments 21
expenses 49
selection 21
Room and board 49
370
S
SAT, see Examinations
Schedule 2, 3, 63–64
Scholarships 58–61
Arcadia University 58–61
City of Philadelphia 61
National Merit 61
State 61
(also see Grants, Loans)
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), see
Examinations
Scientific Illustration 304–306
admission portfolio 35, 304
B.A., major in 305–306
courses 306
Second bachelor’s degree 64–65
Second major 64
Secondary education certification 108,
163, 166–167, 174–175, 299 (also
see Education)
Security procedures 20
Senior citizens 49, 84
Senior capstone project 82, 90
SEOG, see Grants
SI (scientific illustration courses) 306
Six Week evaluation 68
SO (sociology courses) 312–315
Sociology and Anthropology 307–317
B.A., major in 308, 311
courses 312–315
forensic criminology minor 310
minor in 309–310
minor in Women’s Studies 310
study abroad option 307
SP (Spanish courses) 254–256
Spain, programs 103
Spanish
courses 254–256
major in 248–250
minor in 248
Special status students 43
Special topic course 93
Sports 14
Stafford Loan, see Loans
State grants 55 (also see Grants)
Statistics, minor in 240
Student
activities 11–12
center 22
clubs and organizations 12–13
employment 29–30, 57
handbook 20

_____________________________________________________ Index
loans 56–57
lounges 21
publications 11, 12, 22
rights 20
responsibilities 20, 68
Student Government Organization 13
Student Programming Board 12
Student teaching 170 (also see Education)
Students
commuter 19, 20, 21, 22, 37, 41, 49, 50
disabilities 19, 60
enrollment statistics 47
evening 43–47, 51–53, 85–91
geographical distribution 47
high school 33, 36, 37, 43–44
homeschool 36
international 10, 39–42, 47, 57
part-time 43–46, 51–53,85–91
senior citizens 47, 84
special status 43
transfer 39–42, 44, 70
Studio art 190, 192, 193 (also see Fine
Arts)
Studio fees 50, 52
Studios, fine arts 22, 23, 24
Study Abroad 10, 102–104
Center for Education Abroad 10,
102–104
summer 72, 102–104
(also see individual courses)
Summer
sessions at Arcadia University 2, 3, 62
study at other colleges 31, 72, 102–104
Supplemental Education Opportunity
Grant (SEOG), see Grants
Support services 18–19
T
Teacher certification, see Education
Technical design, see Theatre Arts and
English
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) 42
Tests, see Examinations
TH (theatre arts courses) 324–333
Theatre Arts and Acting 318–333
B.A., major in 319, 321–322
B.A., major in Acting 320, 322
courses 324–333
internship 331
minor in 322
secondary education certification 323
study abroad option 319
Theatre productions 10
TOEFL, see Test of English as a Foreign
Language
Transcripts, see Admissions
Transfer credit 41, 45–46, 70
Transfer students 39–42, 44, 70
Trustees, see Board of Trustees
Tuition 49, 51
Tutoring service 29
U
United Kingdom program 103
V
Vacation dates 2, 3
Varsity sports 14
Veterans’ benefits 19
Veterinary Program, see Pre-veterinary
Program
Video equipment 22–23
Video Communications, see
Communications
Vienna programs 99
Visiting artists 11, 25–26
Visiting scholars and authors 11
Vocational guidance, see Career planning
services
Volunteer activities 8–9, 30
W
Washington Semester 31
Wellness Service Center, see Health
Service
Withdrawal
from a course 2, 3
from the University 71
Women’s Studies
minor in 230, 310
Work-Study Program 57
Worship services 18
Writing Program 29, 175
Y
Yearbook 12, 13, 22
371

Campus Directions
Arcadia University is located on Easton Road, between
Routes 73 and 309.
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike:
Take the Fort Washington exit 339 (old exit #26).
Proceed south on Route 309 approximately 5 miles to
the second Easton Road exit (Glenside). Follow exit
ramp around onto Easton Road. Go under the Route 309
overpass and immediately bear left to the Arcadia
University campus.
From the Tacony Palmyra Bridge and the Betsy Ross
Bridge: (recommended route)
Take Route 95 South. Exit Route 676 West to Route 76
West. (Schuylkill Expressway) Take the Lincoln Drive
exit (#32); follow Lincoln Drive to Mt. Pleasant Avenue.
Turn right on Mt. Pleasant and continue until it dead
ends at Cheltenham Avenue. Turn left onto Cheltenham
Avenue and to the second traffic light
(Wadsworth/Easton Road). Turn right onto Easton Road
and continue about 1 /2 mile, go under the Route 309
overpass bear left immediately to the Arcadia University
campus.
From the Ben Franklin Bridge:
Follow signs to Route 676 West then to Route 76 West.
(Schuylkill Expressway) Take the Lincoln Drive exit
(#32); follow Lincoln Drive to Mt. Pleasant Avenue.
Turn right on Mt. Pleasant and follow it until it dead
ends at Cheltenham Avenue. Turn left onto Cheltenham
Avenue and go to the second traffic light
(Wadworth/Easton Road). Turn right onto Easton Road
and continue about 1 /2 mile, go under the Route 309
overpass bear left immediately to the Arcadia University
Campus.
From southern New Jersey and the Walt Whitman
Bridge:
Take the New Jersey Turnpike to Exit #3, follow Route
168 North to signs for Walt Whitman Bridge. Cross
bridge and follow signs for Route 76 West. (Schuylkill
Expressway) Take the Lincoln Drive exit (#32); follow
Lincoln Drive to Mt. Pleasant Avenue. Turn right on
Mt. Pleasant and follow it until it dead ends at
Cheltenham Avenue. Turn left onto Cheltenham
Avenue and go to the second traffic light (Wadsworth/
Easton Road). Turn right onto Easton Road and
continue about 1 /2 mile, go under the Route 309
overpass bear left immediately to the Arcadia University
campus.
Arcadia University
1 GREY TOWERS CASTLE
2 HEALTH SCIENCES CENTER
3 MURPHY HALL
4 SPRUANCE FINE ARTS CENTER
5 BOYER HALL OF SCIENCE
6 TAYLOR HALL
7 LANDMAN LIBRARY
8 HEINZ HALL
9 BLAKE HALL
10 DINING COMPLEX
11 DILWORTH HALL
12 THOMAS HALL
13 KISTLER HALL
14 KUCH RECREATION AND ATHLETIC CENTER
From northern New Jersey:
Take the New Jersey Turnpike to the Pennsylvania
Turnpike exit (#6). Go west on the Pennsylvania
Turnpike to the Fort Washington exit 339 (old exit #26).
Proceed south on Route 309 approximately 5 miles to
the second Easton Road exit (Glenside). Follow exit
ramp around onto Easton Road. Go under the Route 309
overpass and immediately bear left to the Arcadia
University campus.
From the Commodore Barry Bridge, Wilmington,
Baltimore and Points South:
Take Route 95 North to Route 476 North (Plymouth
Meeting), to the Pennsylvania Turnpike interchange. At
entrance bear right, take the Pennsylvania Turnpike East
toward New Jersey. Take the Fort Washington exit 339
(old exit #26). Proceed south on Route 309
approximately 5 miles to the second Easton Road exit
(Glenside). Follow exit ramp around onto Easton Road.
Go under the Route 309 overpass and immediately bear
left to the Arcadia University campus.
From Philadelphia International Airport:
Take Route 95 South to Route 476 North (Plymouth
Meeting), to the Pennsylvania Turnpike interchange. At
entrance bear right, take the Pennsylvania Turnpike East
toward New Jersey. Take the Fort Washington exit 339
(old exit #26). Proceed south on Route 309
approximately 5 miles to the second Easton Road exit
(Glenside). Follow exit ramp around onto Easton Road.
Go under the Route 309 overpass and immediately bear
left to the Arcadia University campus.
By Train:
Take the SEPTA R5 or R2 lines to Glenside Station. Use
SEPTA #22 bus or taxicab or walk south along Easton
Road to Arcadia University.
By Bus:
Take the SEPTA #22 to Arcadia University. Connect
with the #22 from Broad Street Subway and SEPTA bus
routs C, #18 and #26 at SEPTA center at Broad Street
and Olney Avenue. From Mt. Airy/Cedarbrook take the
SEPTA H bus and transfer to SEPTA #22 at
Cheltenham Avenue and Easton Road.
15 KNIGHT HALL
16 2005 CHURCH ROAD
17 2059 CHURCH ROAD
18 BRUBAKER HALL
19 BLANKLEY FIELD HOCKEY FIELD
20 WEISS TENNIS COURTS
21 777 LIMEKILN PIKE
22 1601 CHURCH ROAD
23 PRESIDENT’S HOUSE
24 ALUMNI FUND WALK OF PRIDE
25 2035 CHURCH ROAD
26 1600 CHURCH ROAD
V VISITOR PARKING
c ENTRANCE